Pt. 173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

where the material is relinquished to an- 24. Past incidents; other entity. Railroad facilities are railroad 25. Overall times in transit; property including, but not limited to, clas- 26. Training and skill level of crews; and sification and switching yards, storage fa- 27. Impact on rail network traffic and con- cilities, and non-private sidings; however, gestion. they do not include an offeror’s facility, pri- [73 FR 20772, April 16, 2008] vate track, private siding, or consignee’s fa- cility. Each rail carrier must use best efforts to communicate with its shippers, con- PART 173—SHIPPERS—GENERAL RE- signees, and interlining partners to ensure QUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS the safety and security of shipments during AND PACKAGINGS all stages of transportation. C. Because of the varying operating envi- ronments and interconnected nature of the Subpart A—General rail system, each carrier must select and Sec. document the analysis method/model used 173.1 Purpose and scope. and identify the routes to be analyzed. 173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index D. The safety and security risk analysis to hazard class definitions. must consider current data and information 173.2a Classification of a material having as well as changes that may reasonably be more than one hazard. anticipated to occur during the analysis 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. year. Factors to be considered in the per- 173.4 Small quantity exceptions. formance of this safety and security risk 173.4a Excepted quantities. analysis include: 173.5 Agricultural operations. 1. Volume of hazardous material trans- 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, mechanical ported; displacement meter provers, and road- 2. Rail traffic density; way striping vehicles exceptions. 3. Trip length for route; 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigeration 4. Presence and characteristics of railroad systems. facilities; 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. 5. Track type, class, and maintenance 173.7 Government operations and materials. schedule; 173.8 Exceptions for non-specification pack- 6. Track grade and curvature; agings used in intrastate transportation. 7. Presence or absence of signals and train 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight con- control systems along the route (‘‘dark’’ tainers containing lading which has been versus signaled territory); fumigated. 8. Presence or absence of wayside hazard 173.10 Tank car shipments. detectors; 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of waste ma- 9. Number and types of grade crossings; terials. 10. Single versus double track territory; 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 11. Frequency and location of track turn- 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 mate- outs; rials. 12. Proximity to iconic targets; 13. Environmentally sensitive or signifi- Subpart B—Preparation of Hazardous cant areas; Materials for Transportation 14. Population density along the route; 15. Venues along the route (stations, 173.21 Forbidden materials and packages. events, places of congregation); 173.22 Shipper’s responsibility. 16. Emergency response capability along 173.22a Use of packagings authorized under the route; special permits. 17. Areas of high consequence along the 173.23 Previously authorized packaging. route, including high consequence targets as 173.24 General requirements for packagings defined in § 172.820(c); and packages. 18. Presence of passenger traffic along 173.24a Additional general requirements for route (shared track); non-bulk packagings and packages. 19. Speed of train operations; 173.24b Additional general requirements for 20. Proximity to en-route storage or repair bulk packagings. facilities; 173.25 Authorized packagings and over- 21. Known threats, including any non-pub- packs. lic threat scenarios provided by the Depart- 173.26 Quantity limitations. ment of Homeland Security or the Depart- 173.27 General requirements for transpor- ment of Transportation for carrier use in the tation by aircraft. development of the route assessment; 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufac- 22. Measures in place to address apparent ture of packagings. safety and security risks; 173.29 Empty packagings. 23. Availability of practicable alternative 173.30 Loading and unloading of transport routes; vehicles.

432

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.31 Use of tank cars. 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of packing 173.32 Requirements for the use of portable group. tanks. 173.140 Class 9—Definitions. 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo tank 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of packing motor vehicles. group. 173.34 [Reserved] 173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)— 173.35 Hazardous materials in intermediate Definitions. bulk (IBCs). 173.145 Other Regulated Materials—Assign- 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large Pack- ment of packing group. agings. 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable 173.40 General packaging requirements for and combustible liquids). toxic materials packaged in cylinders. 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 Subpart C—Definitions, Classification and (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic per- Packaging for Class 1 oxides). 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poi- 173.50 Class 1—Definitions. sonous materials). 173.51 Authorization to offer and transport 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive ma- explosives. terials). 173.52 Classification codes and compat- 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscella- ibility groups of explosives. neous hazardous materials). 173.53 Provisions for using old classifica- 173.156 Exceptions for limited quantity and tions of explosives. 173.54 Forbidden explosives. ORM. 173.55 [Reserved] 173.56 New explosives—Definition and proce- Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging for Haz- dures for classification and approval. ardous Materials Other Than Class 1 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new explo- and Class 7 sives. 173.58 Assignment of class and division for 173.158 Nitric acid. new explosives. 173.159 Batteries, wet. 173.59 Description of terms for explosives. 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable bat- 173.60 General packaging requirements for teries. explosives. 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corro- 173.61 Mixed packaging requirements. sive). 173.62 Specific packaging requirements for 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid kits. explosives. 173.162 Gallium. 173.63 Packaging exceptions. 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. 173.164 Mercury (metallic and articles con- Subpart D—Definitions, Classification, taining mercury). Packing Group Assignments and Ex- 173.165 resin kits. ceptions for Hazardous Material Other 173.166 Air inflators, air bag modules and seat-belt pretensioners. Than Class 1 and Class 7 173.167 Consumer commodities. 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3— 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators. Definitions. 173.170 Black powder for small arms. 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of hazard zone. 173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms. 173.117–173.119 [Reserved] 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel 173.120 Class 3—Definitions. tank. 173.121 Class 3—Assignment of packing 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, adhe- group. sives and ink and resins. 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3— 173.174 Refrigerating machines. Definitions. 173.175 Permeation devices. 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of packing 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liquids). group. 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or more 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Definition and water wet. assignment of packing groups. 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Definitions and 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. types. 173.185 Lithium batteries and cells. 173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2—Assignment of 173.186 Matches. packing group. 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Definitions. n.o.s. 173.133 Assignment of packing group and 173.188 White or yellow phosphorous. hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials. 173.189 Batteries containing sodium or cells 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Definitions and containing sodium. exceptions. 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic gases in 173.136 Class 8—Definitions. Hazard Zone A.

433

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for Hazardous chloropicrin and methyl bromide or Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 methyl chloride mixtures, etc. 173.194 Gas identification sets. 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain low haz- 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, sta- ard solid materials. bilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solu- 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain low haz- tion). ard liquid and solid materials. 173.196 Category A infectious substances. 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain medium 173.197 Regulated medical waste. hazard liquids and solids, including solids with dual hazards. 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain high haz- 173.199 Category B infectious substances. ard liquids and dual hazard materials 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- which pose a moderate hazard. ardous materials in Packing Group I. 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), dan- ardous materials in Packing Group II. gerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- and poisonous liquids with inhalation ardous materials in Packing Group III. hazards (Division 6.1). 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification pack- 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely haz- agings for certain hazardous materials. ardous materials such as poisonous gases 173.205 Specification cylinders for liquid (Division 2.3). hazardous materials. 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain elevated 173.206 Packaging requirements for temperature materials. chlorosilanes. 173.249 Bromine. 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- ardous materials in Packing Group I. Subpart G—Gases; Preparation and 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- Packaging ardous materials in Packing Group II. 173.300 [Reserved] 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- 173.301 General requirements for shipment ardous materials in Packing Group III. of compressed gases and other hazardous 173.214 Packagings which require approval materials in cylinders, UN pressure re- by the Associate Administrator. ceptacles and spherical pressure vessels. 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown, or white. 173.301a Additional general requirements 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice). for shipment of specification cylinders. 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. 173.301b Additional general requirements 173.219 Life-saving appliances. for shipment of UN pressure receptacles. 173.220 Internal combustion engines, self- 173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonlique- propelled vehicles, mechanical equip- fied (permanent) compressed gases. ment containing internal combustion en- 173.302a Additional requirements for ship- gines, battery-powered equipment or ma- ment nonliquefied (permanent) com- chinery, fuel cell-powered equipment or pressed gases in specification cylinders. machinery. 173.302b Additional requirements for ship- 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable and ment of non-liquefied (permanent) com- Plastic compound. pressed gases in UN pressure receptacles. 173.222 Dangerous good in machinery or ap- 173.303 Charging of cylinders with com- paratus. pressed gas in solution (acetylene). 173.223 Packagings for certain flammable 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liquefied solids. compressed gases. 173.304a Additional requirements for ship- 173.224 Packaging and control and emer- ment of liquefied compressed gases in gency temperatures for self-reactive ma- specification cylinders. terials. 173.304b Additional requirements for ship- 173.225 Packaging requirements and other ment of liquefied compressed gases in UN provisions for organic peroxides. pressure receptacles. 173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation, 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a mixture Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard of compressed gas and other material. Zone A. 173.306 Limited quantities of compressed 173.227 Materials poisonous by inhalation, gases. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard 173.307 Exceptions for compressed gases. Zone B. 173.308 Cigarette lighter or other similar de- 173.228 Bromine pentaflouride or bromine vice charged with fuel. trifluoride. 173.309 Fire extinguishers. 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlorine di- 173.310 Exceptions for radiation detectors. oxide hydrate, frozen. 173.311 Metal hydride storage systems. 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges containing haz- 173.312 Requirements for shipment of ardous material. MEGCs.

434

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for Lique- radionuclides on shipping and la- fied Compressed Gases. bels. 173.314 Compressed gases in tank cars and 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for ura- multi-unit tank cars. nium and natural thorium. 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radio- portable tanks. nuclides. 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders. 173.436 Exempt material activity concentra- 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks. tions and exempt consignment activity 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars. limits for radionuclides. 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions. 173.441 Radiation level limitations and ex- 173.321 Ethylamine. clusive use provisions. 173.322 Ethyl chloride. 173.442 Thermal limitations. 173.323 Ethylene oxide. 173.443 Contamination control. 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with com- 173.447 Storage incident to transportation— pressed gas. general requirements. 173.335 [Reserved] 173.448 General transportation require- 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or ments. dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions. 173.337 Nitric oxide. 173.457 Transportation of fissile material 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. packages—specific requirements. 173.340 Tear gas devices. 173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile-excepted mate- Subpart H [Reserved] rial packages. 173.461 Demonstration of compliance with Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials tests. 173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing. 173.401 Scope. 173.465 Type A packaging tests. 173.403 Definitions. 173.466 Additional tests for Type A pack- 173.410 General design requirements. agings designed for liquids and gases. 173.411 Industrial packagings. 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the ability 173.412 Additional design requirements for of Type B and fissile materials pack- Type A packages. agings to withstand accident conditions 173.413 Requirements for Type B packages. in transportation. 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. 173.468 Test for LSA-III material. 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (radio- 173.417 Authorized fissile materials pack- active) materials. ages. 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regu- 173.418 Authorized packages—pyrophoric latory Commission approved packages. Class 7 (radioactive) materials. 173.472 Requirements for exporting DOT 173.419 Authorized packages—oxidizing Specification Type B and fissile pack- Class 7 (radioactive) materials. ages. 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile 173.473 Requirements for foreign-made excepted and non-fissile). packages. 173.421 Excepted packages for limited quan- 173.474 Quality control for construction of tities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials. packaging. 173.422 Additional requirements for ex- 173.475 Quality control requirements prior cepted packages containing Class 7 (ra- to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) dioactive) materials. materials. 173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard 173.476 Approval of special form Class 7 (ra- limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) dioactive) materials. materials. 173.477 Approval of packagings containing 173.424 Excepted packages for radioactive greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or instruments and articles. fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride. 173.425 Table of activity limits—excepted quantities and articles. Subparts J–O [Reserved] 173.426 Excepted packages for articles con- taining natural uranium or thorium. APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] 173.427 Transport requirements for low spe- APPENDIX B TO PART 173—PROCEDURE FOR cific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) TESTING CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY AND materials and surface contaminated ob- RATE OF PERMEATION IN PLASTIC PACK- jects (SCO). AGING AND RECEPTACLES 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) mate- APPENDIX C TO PART 173—PROCEDURE FOR rials packaging. BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and Type APPENDIX D TO PART 173—TEST METHODS FOR B packages. DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, BLASTING, TYPE 173.433 Requirements for determining basic A) radionuclide values, and for the listing of APPENDIXES E–G TO PART 173 [RESERVED]

435

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.1 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

APPENDIX H TO PART 173—METHOD OF TEST- ardous materials for shipment as to ap- ING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUSTIBILITY plicable regulations in this subchapter. AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49 (c) In general, the Hazardous Mate- CFR 1.45, 1.53. rials Regulations (HMR) contained in this subchapter are based on the UN EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to part 173 appear at 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005. Recommendations and are consistent with international regulations issued by the International Civil Aviation Or- Subpart A—General ganization (ICAO Technical Instruc- § 173.1 Purpose and scope. tions) and the International Maritime Organization (IMDG Code). However, (a) This part includes: the HMR are not consistent in all re- (1) Definitions of hazardous materials spects with the UN Recommendations, for transportation purposes; the ICAO Technical Instructions or the (2) Requirements to be observed in IMDG Code, and compliance with the preparing hazardous materials for ship- HMR will not guarantee acceptance by ment by air, highway, rail, or water, or regulatory bodies outside of the United any combination thereof; and States. (3) Inspection, testing, and retesting responsibilities for persons who retest, [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as recondition, maintain, repair and re- amended by Amdt. 173–100, 41 FR 40476, Sept. build containers used or intended for 20, 1976; Amdt. 173–161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20, 1983; Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990; use in the transportation of hazardous Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 20953, May 15, 1992; 64 materials. FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, (b) A shipment of hazardous mate- 2003] rials that is not prepared in accordance with this subchapter may not be of- § 173.2 Hazardous materials classes fered for transportation by air, high- and index to hazard class defini- way, rail, or water. It is the responsi- tions. bility of each hazmat employer subject The hazard class of a hazardous ma- to the requirements of this subchapter terial is indicated either by its class to ensure that each hazmat employee (or division) number, its class name, or is trained in accordance with the re- by the letters ‘‘ORM-D’’. The following quirements prescribed in this sub- table lists class numbers, division num- chapter. It is the duty of each person bers, class or division names and those who offers hazardous materials for sections of this subchapter which con- transportation to instruct each of his tain definitions for classifying haz- officers, agents, and employees having ardous materials, including forbidden any responsibility for preparing haz- materials.

49 CFR ref- Class Division No. Name of class or division erence for No. (if any) definitions

None ...... Forbidden materials...... 173.21 None ...... Forbidden explosives...... 173.54 1 1.1 Explosives (with a mass explosion hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.2 Explosives (with a projection hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.3 Explosives (with predominately a fire hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.4 Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.5 Very insensitive explosives; blasting agents ...... 173.50 1 1.6 Extremely insensitive detonating substances ...... 173.50 2 2.1 Flammable gas...... 173.115 2 2.2 Non-flammable compressed gas ...... 173.115 2 2.3 Poisonous gas...... 173.115 3 ...... Flammable and combustible liquid ...... 173.120 4 4.1 Flammable solid...... 173.124 4 4.2 Spontaneously combustible material ...... 173.124 4 4.3 Dangerous when wet material ...... 173.124 5 5.1 Oxidizer...... 173.127 5 5.2 Organic peroxide...... 173.128 6 6.1 Poisonous materials...... 173.132 6 6.2 Infectious substance (Etiologic agent) ...... 173.134 7 ...... Radioactive material...... 173.403 8 ...... Corrosive material...... 173.136 9 ...... Miscellaneous hazardous material ...... 173.140

436

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.2a

49 CFR ref- Class Division No. Name of class or division erence for No. (if any) definitions

None ...... Other regulated material: ORM-D ...... 173.144

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173– 234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]

§ 173.2a Classification of a material (7) A material that meets the defini- having more than one hazard. tion of a self-reactive material in (a) Classification of a material having § 173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Divi- sion 4.1). more than one hazard. Except as pro- (8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class vided in paragraph (c) of this section, a 8 (corrosive materials), Division 4.1 material not specifically listed in the (flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spon- § 172.101 table that meets the definition taneously combustible materials), Di- of more than one hazard class or divi- vision 4.3 (dangerous when wet mate- sion as defined in this part, shall be rials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Divi- classed according to the highest appli- sion 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids cable hazard class of the following haz- other than Packing Group I, poisonous- ard classes, which are listed in descend- by-inhalation). The hazard class and ing order of hazard: packing group for a material meeting (1) Class 7 (radioactive materials, more than one of these hazards shall be other than limited quantities). determined using the precedence table (2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases). in paragraph (b) of this section. (3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases). (9) Combustible liquids. (4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases). (10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous (5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids), materials). Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhala- (b) Precedence of hazard table for tion only. Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, (6) A material that meets the defini- 5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks tion of a pyrophoric material in those materials that meet the defini- § 173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Divi- tion of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions sion 4.2). 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1:

PRECEDENCE OF HAZARD TABLE [ Hazard class or division and packing group ]

5.1 5.1 6.1, I 6.1, I 6.1 6.1 8, I 8, I 8, II 8, II 8, III 8, III 4.2 4.3 5.1 I 1 II 1 III 1 dermal oral II III liquid solid liquid solid liquid solid

3 I2 ...... 4 .3 ...... 3 3 3 3 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 II2 ...... 4 .3 ...... 3 3 3 3 8 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 III2 ...... 4.3 ...... 6.1 6.1 6.1 34 8 (3) 8 (3) 3 (3) 4.1 II 2 ...... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 4 .1 (3) 8 (3) 4 .1 (3) 4 .1 4.1 III 2 ...... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 (3) 8 (3) 8 (3) 4.1 4.2 II ...... 4 .3 5 .1 4 .2 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 4 .2 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4.2 III ...... 4 .3 5 .1 5 .1 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 8 8 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4.3 I ...... 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4.3 II ...... 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 8 8 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4.3 III ...... 5 .1 5 .1 4 .3 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .3 8 8 8 8 4 .3 4 .3 5.1 I 1 ...... 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5.1 II 1 ...... 6 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5.1 III 1 ...... 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 5 .1 8 8 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 6.1 I, Dermal ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 I, Oral ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Inhalation ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Dermal ...... 8 6.1 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Oral ...... 8 8 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 III ...... 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 See § 173.127. 2 Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other than liquid desensitized explosives. 3 Denotes an impossible combination.

437

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.3 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

4 For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group III, the primary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III.

NOTE 1: The most stringent packing group § 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. assigned to a hazard of the material takes precedence over other packing groups; for (a) The packaging of hazardous mate- example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II rials for transportation by air, high- and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classi- way, rail, or water must be as specified fied as Class 3 PG I. in this part. Methods of manufacture, NOTE 2: A material which meets the defini- packing, and storage of hazardous ma- tion of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity terials, that affect safety in transpor- by dusts and mists which meets criteria for Packing Group I specified in § 173.133(a)(1) tation, must be open to inspection by a must be classed as Division 6.1 if the oral or duly authorized representative of the dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing initial carrier or of the Department. Group I or II. If the oral or dermal toxicity Methods of manufacture and related meets criteria for Packing Group III or less, functions necessary for completion of a the material must be classed as Class 8. DOT specification or U.N. standard (c) The following materials are not packaging must be open to inspection subject to the provisions of paragraph by a representative of the Department. (a) of this section because of their (b) The regulations setting forth unique properties: packaging requirements for a specific (1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that material apply to all modes of trans- meets any other hazard class or divi- portation unless otherwise stated, or sion as defined in this part shall be as- unless exceptions from packaging re- signed a division in Class 1. Class 1 ma- quirements are authorized. terials shall be classed and approved in (c) Salvage drums. Packages of haz- accordance with § 173.56 of this part; ardous materials that are damaged, de- (2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) fective, or leaking; packages found to material that meets the definition of be not conforming to the requirements any other hazard class or division as of this subchapter after having been defined in this part, shall be classed as placed in transportation; and, haz- Division 5.2; ardous materials that have spilled or (3) A Division 6.2 (infectious sub- leaked may be placed in a metal or stance) material that also meets the plastic removable head salvage definition of another hazard class or di- that is compatible with the lading and vision, other than Class 7, or that also shipped for repackaging or disposal is a limited quantity Class 7 material, under the following conditions: shall be classed as Division 6.2; (1) Except as provided in paragraph (4) A material that meets the defini- (c)(7) of this section, the drum must be tion of a wetted explosive in a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and § 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Divi- marked for Packing Group III or higher sion 4.1). Wetted explosives are either performance standards for liquids or specifically listed in the § 172.101 table solids and a leakproofness test of 20 or are approved by the Associate Ad- kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum ministrator (see § 173.124(a)(1) of this manufactured and marked prior to Oc- subchapter); and tober 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in ac- (5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 cordance with the provisions of this (radioactive) material that meets the section in effect on September 30, 1991, definition for more than one hazard is authorized. Capacity of the drum class or division shall be classed in ac- may not exceed 450 L (119 gallons). cordance with § 173.423. (2) Each drum shall be provided when necessary with sufficient cushioning [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as and absorption material to prevent ex- amended at 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. cessive shifting of the damaged pack- 173–241, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– 247, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; Amdt. 173–244, age and to eliminate the presence of 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, Mar. any free liquid at the time the salvage 5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182, drum is closed. All cushioning and ab- 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003] sorbent material used in the drum

438

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.3

must be compatible with the hazardous (iv) Must have gaskets, valves and material. fittings that are compatible with the (3) Each salvage packaging must be hazardous materials contained within. marked with the proper shipping name (3) Each salvage cylinder must be of the hazardous material inside the plainly and durably marked. Unless packaging and the name and address of otherwise specified, the markings the consignee. In addition, the pack- below must be in the same area on any aging must be marked ‘‘SALVAGE’’ or portion of the upper end: ‘‘SALVAGE DRUM’’. (i) The proper shipping name of the (4) Each drum shall be labeled as pre- hazardous material contained inside scribed for the respective material. the packaging; (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping (ii) The name and address of the con- papers in accordance with subpart C of signee or consignor; part 172 of this subchapter. (iii) The name and address or reg- (6) The overpack requirements of istered symbol of the manufacturer; § 173.25 do not apply to drums used in and accordance with this paragraph. (iv) The words ‘‘SALVAGE CYL- (7) A salvage packaging marked ‘‘T’’ INDER’’ in letters at least 50 mm (2.0 in accordance with applicable provi- inches) high on opposite sides near the sions in the UN Recommendations may middle of the cylinder; stamping on the be used. sidewall is not authorized. (d) Salvage cylinders. Cylinders of haz- (4) Each salvage cylinder must be la- ardous materials that are damaged or beled for the hazardous material con- leaking may be overpacked in a non- tained inside the packaging. DOT specification full opening hinged (5) The shipper must prepare shipping head or fully removable head steel sal- papers in accordance with subpart C of vage cylinder under the following con- part 172 of this subchapter. ditions: (6) Transportation is authorized by (1) Only a cylinder containing a Divi- motor vehicle and cargo vessel only. sion 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3, 6.1, or a Class 8 ma- (7) Each salvage cylinder must be terial may be overpacked in a salvage cleaned and purged after each use. cylinder. A cylinder containing acety- (8) In addition to the training re- lene may not be overpacked in a sal- quirements of §§ 172.700 through 172.704 vage cylinder. of this subchapter, a person who loads, (2) Each salvage cylinder— unloads or transports a salvage cyl- (i) Must be designed, constructed and inder must be trained in handling, marked in accordance with Section loading and unloading the salvage cyl- VIII, Division I of the ASME Code inder. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) with (9) Cylinder Requalification: At least a minimum design margin of 4 to 1. once every five years, each cylinder Salvage cylinders may not be equipped must be visually inspected (internally with a pressure relief device. Damaged and externally) in accordance with cylinders must be securely positioned CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of in the salvage cylinder to prevent ex- this subchapter) and pressure tested. A cessive movement. The overpack re- minimum test pressure of at least 11⁄2 quirements of § 173.25 of this part do times MAWP must be maintained for not apply to salvage cylinders used in at least 30 seconds. The cylinder must accordance with this section. be examined under test pressure and (ii) Must have a maximum water ca- removed from service if a leak or a de- pacity of 450 L (119 gallons). fect is found. (iii) Except for liquefied nitrous (i) The retest and inspection must be oxide and carbon dioxide, contents of performed by a person familiar with the damaged or leaking cylinder must salvage cylinders and trained and expe- be limited in pressure and volume so rienced in the use of the inspection and that if totally discharged into the sal- testing equipment. vage cylinder, the pressure in the sal- (ii) Each salvage cylinder that is suc- vage cylinder will not exceed 5⁄4 of the cessfully requalified must be durably MAWP at 55 °C (131 °F). and legibly marked with the word

439

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.4 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

‘‘Tested’’ followed by the requalifica- braced to ensure the packagings are se- tion date (month/year), e.g., ‘‘Tested 9/ cured in the transport vehicle. 04.’’ The marking must be in letters [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990, as and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. high. The requalification marking may 173–234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– be placed on any portion of the upper 261, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. end of the cylinder near the marking 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 FR 76154, required in (d)(3) of this section or on a Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3307, Jan. 24, 2005; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; metal plate permanently secured to the 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 75 FR 27213, May cylinder. Stamping on the cylinder 14, 2010; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011] sidewall is not authorized. (10) Record retention: The owner of § 173.4 Small quantities for highway each salvage cylinder or his authorized and rail. agent shall retain a record of the most (a) When transported domestically by recent visual inspection and pressure highway or rail in conformance with test until the salvage cylinder is re- this section, quantities of Division 2.2 qualified. The records must be made (except aerosols with no subsidiary available to a DOT representative upon hazard), Class 3, Division 4.1, Division request. 4.2 (PG II and III), Division 4.3 (PG II (e) Emergency transportation of DOT and III), Division 5.1, Division 5.2, Divi- sion 6.1, Class 7, Class 8, and Class 9 3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and DOT materials are not subject to any other 106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks. (1) A requirements when— DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 cylinder con- (1) The maximum quantity of mate- taining chlorine or sulphur dioxide rial per inner receptacle or article is that has developed a leak in a valve or limited to— fusible plug may be repaired tempo- (i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for au- rarily by trained personnel using a thorized liquids, other than Division Chlorine Institute Kit ‘‘A’’ (IBR, see 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or § 171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired B materials; cylinder is authorized to be trans- (ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for author- ported by private or contract carrier ized solid materials; one time, one way, from the point of (iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author- discovery to a proper facility for dis- ized materials meeting the definition charge and examination. of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Haz- (2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank ard Zone A or B material; and car tank containing chlorine or sul- (iv) An activity level not exceeding phur dioxide that has developed a leak that specified in §§ 173.421, 173.424, in the valve or fusible plug may be 173.425 or 173.426, as appropriate, for a temporarily repaired by trained per- package containing a Class 7 (radio- sonnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit active) material. ‘‘B’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (v) Thirty (30) mL water capacity (1.8 The repaired tank is authorized to be cubic inches) for authorized Division transported by private or contract car- 2.2 materials. rier one time, one way, from the point (2) With the exception of temperature of discovery to a proper facility for dis- sensing devices, each inner receptacle: ° ° charge and examination. (i) Is not liquid-full at 55 C (131 F), and (3) Training for personnel making the (ii) Is constructed of plastic having a repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of minimum thickness of no less than 0.2 this section must include: mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, , (i) Proper use of the devices and tools or metal; in the applicable kits; (3) Each inner receptacle with a re- (ii) Use of respiratory equipment and movable has its closure held se- all other safety equipment; and curely in place with wire, tape, or (iii) Knowledge of the properties of other positive means; chlorine and sulphur dioxide. (4) Unless equivalent cushioning and (4) Packagings repaired with ‘‘A’’ or absorbent material surrounds the in- ‘‘B’’ kits must be properly blocked and side packaging, each inner receptacle

440

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4a

is securely packed in an inside pack- through (10) of this section may be of- aging with cushioning and absorbent fered for transportation or transported material that: if approved by the Associate Adminis- (i) Will not react chemically with the trator. material, and (d) Lithium batteries and cells are (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire not eligible for the exceptions provided contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; in this section. (5) The inside packaging is securely packed in a strong outer packaging; 74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR (6) The completed package, as dem- 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011] onstrated by prototype testing, is capa- ble of sustaining— § 173.4a Excepted quantities. (i) Each of the following free drops (a) Excepted quantities of materials made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) other than articles transported in ac- directly onto a solid unyielding surface cordance with this section are not sub- without breakage or leakage from any ject to any additional requirements of inner receptacle and without a sub- this subchapter except for: stantial reduction in the effectiveness (1) The shipper’s responsibilities to of the package: properly class their material in accord- (A) One drop flat on bottom; ance with § 173.22 of this subchapter; (B) One drop flat on top; (2) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this (C) One drop flat on the long side; subchapter pertaining to the reporting (D) One drop flat on the short side; of incidents; and and (3) For a Class 7 (Radioactive) mate- (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- rial the requirements for an excepted tion of three intersecting edges; and package. (ii) A compressive load as specified in (4) Packagings for which retention of § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. liquid is a basic function must be capa- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(6): Each of the ble of withstanding without leakage tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may the pressure differential specified in be performed on a different but identical § 173.27(c) of this part. package; i.e., all tests need not be performed (b) Authorized materials. Only mate- on the same package. rials authorized for transport aboard (7) Placement of the material in the passenger aircraft and appropriately package or packing different materials classed within one of the following haz- in the package does not result in a vio- ard classes or divisions may be trans- lation of § 173.21; ported in accordance with this section: (8) The gross mass of the completed (1) Division 2.2 material with no sub- package does not exceed 29 kg (64 sidiary hazard. An aerosol is not in- pounds); cluded as authorized Division 2.2 mate- (9) The package is not opened or oth- rial; erwise altered until it is no longer in (2) Class 3 materials; commerce; and (3) Class 4 (PG II and III) materials (10) The shipper certifies conform- except for self-reactive materials; ance with this section by marking the outside of the package with the state- (4) Division 5.1 (PG II and III); ment ‘‘This package conforms to 49 (5) Division 5.2 materials only when CFR 173.4 for domestic highway or rail contained in a chemical kit, first aid transport only.’’ kit or a polyester resin kit; (b) A package containing a Class 7 (6) Division 6.1, other than PG I, Haz- (radioactive) material also must con- ard Zone A or B material; form to the requirements of (7) Class 7, Radioactive material in § 173.421(a)(1) through (a)(5) or excepted packages § 173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate. (8) Class 8 (PG II and III), except for (c) Packages which contain a Class 2 UN2803 (Gallium) and UN2809 (Mer- (other than those authorized in para- cury); and graph (a) of this section), Division 4.2 (9) Class 9, except for UN1845 (Carbon (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG I) material dioxide, solid or Dry ice), and lithium conforming to paragraphs (a)(1) batteries and cells.

441

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.4a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(c) Inner packaging limits. The max- not react chemically with the mate- imum quantity of hazardous materials rial. in each inner packaging is limited to: (3) Each inner packaging must be se- (1) For toxic material with a Division curely packed in an intermediate pack- 6.1 primary or subsidiary hazard, PG I aging with cushioning material in such or II— a way that, under normal conditions of (i) 1 g (0.04 ounce) for solids; or transport, it cannot break, be punc- (ii) 1 mL (0.03 ounce) for liquids; tured or leak its contents. The inter- (2) 30 g (1 ounce) or 30 mL (1 ounce) mediate packaging must completely for solids or liquids other than those contain the contents in of break- covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- age or leakage, regardless of package tion; and orientation. For liquid hazardous ma- (3) For gases a water capacity of 30 terials, the intermediate packaging mL (1.8 cubic inches) or less. must contain sufficient absorbent ma- (d) Outer packaging aggregate quantity terial that: limits. The maximum aggregate quan- (i) Will absorb the entire contents of tity of hazardous material contained in the inner packaging. each outer packaging must not exceed (ii) Will not react dangerously with the limits provided in the following the material or reduce the integrity or paragraphs. For outer packagings con- function of the packaging materials. taining more than one hazardous mate- (iii) The absorbent material may be rial, the aggregate quantity of haz- the cushioning material. ardous material must not exceed the (4) The intermediate packaging must lowest permitted maximum aggregate be securely packed in a strong, rigid quantity. The limits are as follows: outer packaging. (1) For other than a Division 2.2 or (5) Placement of the material in the Division 5.2 material: package or packing different materials (i) Packing Group I—300 g (0.66 in the package must not result in a pounds) for solids or 300 mL (0.08 gal- violation of § 173.21. lons) for liquids; (6) Each package must be of such a (ii) Packing Group II—500 g (1.1 size that there is adequate space to pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 gal- apply all necessary markings. lons) for liquids; (7) The package is not opened or oth- (iii) Packing Group III—1 kg (2.2 erwise altered until it is no longer in pounds) for solids or 1 L (0.2 gallons) commerce. for liquids; (8) Overpacks may be used and may (2) For Division 2.2 material, 1 L (61 also contain packages of hazardous ma- cubic inches); or terial or other materials not subject to (3) For Division 5.2 material, 500 g the HMR subject to the requirements (1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 of § 173.25. gallons) for liquids. (f) Package tests. The completed pack- (e) Packaging materials. Packagings age as prepared for transport, with used for the transport of excepted inner packagings filled to not less than quantities must meet the following: 95% of their capacity for solids or 98% (1) Each inner receptacle must be for liquids, must be capable of with- constructed of plastic, or of glass, por- standing, as demonstrated by testing celain, stoneware, earthenware or which is appropriately documented, metal. When used for liquid hazardous without breakage or leakage of any materials, plastic inner packagings inner packaging and without signifi- must have a thickness of not less than cant reduction in effectiveness: 0.2 mm (0.008 inch). (1) Drops onto a solid unyielding sur- (2) Each inner packaging with a re- face from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet): movable closure must have its closure (i) Where the sample is in the shape held securely in place with wire, tape of a , it must be dropped in each of or other positive means. Each inner re- the following orientations: ceptacle having a neck with molded (A) One drop flat on the bottom; screw threads must have a leak proof, (B) One drop flat on the top; threaded type cap. The closure must (C) One drop flat on the longest side;

442

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4b

(D) One drop flat on the shortest side; this section is not visible inside the and overpack, the excepted quantities (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- marking must also be placed on the tion of three intersecting edges. overpack. Additionally, an overpack (ii) Where the sample is in the shape containing packages of excepted quan- of a drum, it must be dropped in each tities is not required to be marked with of the following orientations: the word ‘‘OVERPACK.’’ (A) One drop diagonally on the top (h) Documentation. (1) For transpor- chime, with the center of gravity di- tation by highway or rail, no shipping rectly above the point of impact; is required. (B) One drop diagonally on the base (2) For transport by air, a shipping chime; and paper is not required, except that, if a (C) One drop flat on the side. document such as an air waybill ac- (2) A compressive load as specified in companies a shipment, the document § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of must include the statement ‘‘Dan- the tests in this paragraph (f) of this section may be performed on a dif- gerous Goods in Excepted Quantities’’ ferent but identical package; that is, and indicate the number of packages. all tests need not be performed on the (3) For transport by vessel, a ship- same package. ping paper is required and must include (g) Marking. Excepted quantities of the statement ‘‘ in hazardous materials packaged, Excepted Quantities’’ and indicate the marked, and otherwise offered and number of packages. transported in accordance with this (i) Training. Each person who offers section must be durably and legibly or transports excepted quantities of marked with the following marking: hazardous materials must know about the requirements of this section. (j) Restrictions. Hazardous material packaged in accordance with this sec- tion may not be carried in checked or carry-on baggage. [74 FR 2254, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.4b De minimis exceptions. (a) Packing Group II and III mate- rials in Class 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2, Division 4.3, Division 5.1, Division 6.1, Class 8, and Class 9 do not meet the definition of a hazardous material in § 171.8 of this subchapter when pack- aged in accordance with this section and, therefore, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (1) The maximum quantity of mate- (1) The ‘‘*’’ must be replaced by the primary hazard class, or when as- rial per inner receptacle or article is signed, the division of each of the haz- limited to— ardous materials contained in the (i) One (1) mL (0.03 ounce) for author- package. The ‘‘**’’ must be replaced by ized liquids; and the name of the shipper or consignee if (ii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author- not shown elsewhere on the package. ized solid materials; (2) The marking must not be less (2) Each inner receptacle with a re- than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 movable closure has its closure held se- inches), and must be durable and clear- curely in place with wire, tape, or ly visible. other positive means; (3) When packages of excepted quan- (3) Unless equivalent cushioning and tities are contained in an overpack, absorbent material surrounds the in- and the package marking required by side packaging, each inner receptacle

443

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER14JA09.002 § 173.4b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

is securely packed in an inside pack- hyde solution, flammable (UN1198), Al- aging with cushioning and absorbent cohols, n.o.s. (UN1987) and Isopropanol material that: (UN1219) are not subject to the require- (i) Will not react chemically with the ments of this subchapter provided the material, and following packaging, marking and doc- (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire umentation provisions, as applicable, contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; are met: (4) The inside packaging is securely (1) The specimens are: packed in a strong outer packaging; (i) Wrapped in a paper towel or (5) The completed package is capable cheesecloth moistened with alcohol or of sustaining— an alcohol solution and placed in a (i) Each of the following free drops that is heat-sealed. Any made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) free liquid in the bag must not exceed directly onto a solid unyielding surface 30 mL; or without breakage or leakage from any (ii) Placed in or other rigid con- inner receptacle and without a sub- tainers with no more than 30 mL of al- stantial reduction in the effectiveness cohol or alcohol solution. The con- of the package: tainers are placed in a plastic bag that (A) One drop flat on bottom; is heat-sealed; (B) One drop flat on top; (2) The bagged specimens are placed (C) One drop flat on the long side; in another plastic bag with sufficient (D) One drop flat on the short side; absorbent material to absorb the entire and liquid contents inside the primary re- (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- ceptacle. The outer plastic bag is then tion of three intersecting edges; and heat-sealed; (ii) A compressive load as specified in (3) The completed bag is placed in a § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of strong outer packaging with sufficient the tests in this paragraph (a)(5) may cushioning material that conforms to be performed on a different but iden- subpart B of part 173; tical package; that is, all tests need (4) The aggregate net quantity of not be performed on the same package. flammable liquid in one outer pack- (6) Placement of the material in the aging may not exceed 1 L; and package or packing different materials (5) The outer package must be legibly in the package does not result in a vio- marked ‘‘Scientific research speci- lation of § 173.21; mens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies.’’ (7) The aggregate quantity of haz- (6) Documentation. (i) For transpor- ardous material per package does not tation by highway or rail, no shipping exceed 100 g (0.22 pounds) for solids or paper is required. 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids; (ii) For transport by air, a shipping (8) The gross mass of the completed paper is not required, except that, if a package does not exceed 29 kg (64 document such as an air waybill ac- pounds); companies a shipment of specimens (9) The package is not opened or oth- containing hazardous materials ex- erwise altered until it is no longer in cepted under the terms of this section, commerce; and the document must include the state- (10) For transportation by aircraft: ment ‘‘Scientific research specimens, (i) The hazardous material is author- 49 CFR 173.4b applies’’ and the number ized to be carried aboard passenger-car- of packages indicated. rying aircraft in Column 9A of the (iii) For transport by vessel, a ship- § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table; ping paper is not required; however, and the Dangerous Cargo Manifest must in- (ii) Material packed in accordance clude the statement ‘‘Scientific re- with this section may not be carried in search specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b ap- checked or carry-on baggage. plies’’ and the number of packages in- (b) Non-infectious specimens, such as dicated. Vessel stowage is the same as specimens of mammals, birds, amphib- for hazardous materials in excepted ians, reptiles, fish, insects and other quantities. invertebrates containing small quan- (7) Training. Each person who offers tities of Ethanol (UN1170), Formalde- or transports excepted quantities of

444

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5

hazardous materials must know about (4) Each person having any responsi- the requirements of this section. bility for transporting the agricultural (8) Restrictions. For transportation by product or preparing the agricultural aircraft, hazardous material packaged product for shipment has been in- in accordance with this section may structed in the applicable requirements not be carried in checked or carry-on of this subchapter. baggage by a passenger or crew mem- (c) Formulated liquid agricultural ber. products in specification packagings of [74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011] closures manifolded to a closed mixing system and equipped with positive dry § 173.5 Agricultural operations. disconnect devices may be transported (a) For other than a Class 2 material, by a private motor carrier between a the transportation of an agricultural final distribution point and an ulti- product over local roads between fields mate point of application or for load- of the same farm is excepted from the ing aboard an airplane for aerial appli- requirements of this subchapter. A cation. Class 2 material transported over local (d) Moveable fuel storage tenders. A roads between fields of the same farm non-DOT specification cargo tank is excepted from subparts G and H of motor vehicle may be used to transport part 172 of this subchapter. In either Liquefied petroleum gas, UN1075, in- instance, transportation of the haz- cluding Propane, UN1978, as moveable ardous material is subject to the fol- fuel storage tender used exclusively for lowing conditions: agricultural purposes when operated by (1) It is transported by a farmer who a private carrier under the following is an intrastate private motor carrier; conditions: and (1) The cargo tank must have a min- (2) The movement of the agricultural imum design pressure of 250 psig. product conforms to requirements of (2) The cargo tank must meet the re- the State in which it is transported quirements of the HMR in effect at the and is specifically authorized by a time of its manufacture and must be State statute or regulation in effect be- marked accordingly. For questions re- fore October 1, 1998. garding these requirements, contact (b) The transportation of an agricul- PHMSA by either: tural product to or from a farm, within (i) Telephone (800) 467–4922 or (202) 150 miles of the farm, is excepted from 366–4488 (local); or the requirements in subparts G and H (ii) By electronic mail (e-mail) to: of part 172 of this subchapter and from [email protected]. the specific packaging requirements of (3) The cargo tank must have a water this subchapter when: capacity of 1,200 gallons or less. (1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor carrier; (4) The cargo tank must conform to (2) The total amount of agricultural applicable requirements in National product being transported on a single Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 58, motor vehicle does not exceed: Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, (i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium see § 171.7 of this subchapter). nitrate fertilizer properly classed as (5) The cargo tank must be securely Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk pack- mounted on a motor vehicle. aging, or (6) The cargo tank must be filled in (ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or accordance with § 173.315(b) for lique- gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids, fied petroleum gas. of any other agricultural product; (7) The cargo tank must be painted (3) The movement and packaging of white, aluminum, or other light-re- the agricultural product conform to flecting color. the requirements of the State in which (8) Transportation of the filled move- it is transported and are specifically able fuel storage tender is limited to authorized by a State statute or regu- movements over local roads between lation in effect before October 1, 1998; fields using the shortest practical dis- and tance.

445

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.5a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(9) Transportation of the moveable (h) See § 172.800(b) pertaining to secu- fuel storage tender between its point of rity plans. use and a liquefied petroleum gas dis- [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1215, Jan. 8, 1997, as tribution facility is authorized only if amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. the cargo tank contains no more than 22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, five percent of its water capacity. A 1998; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165, movable fuel storage tender may only Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR be filled at the consumer’s premises or 5491, Feb. 1, 2011] point of use. § 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, me- (e) Liquid soil pesticide fumigants. MC chanical displacement meter prov- 306 and DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehi- ers, and roadway striping vehicles cles and DOT 57 portable tanks may be exceptions. used to transport liquid soil pesticide (a) Oilfield service vehicles. Notwith- fumigants, Pesticides, liquid, toxic, standing § 173.29 of this subchapter, a flammable, n.o.s., flash point not less cargo tank motor vehicle used in oil- than 23 degrees C, 6.1, UN2903, PG II, ex- field servicing operations is not subject clusively for agricultural operations by to the specification requirements of a private motor carrier between a bulk this subchapter provided— loading facility and a farm (including (1) The cargo tank and equipment between farms). However, transpor- contains only residual amounts (i.e., it tation is not to exceed 150 miles be- is emptied so far as practicable) of a tween the loading facility and the flammable liquid alone or in combina- farm, and not more than five days are tion with water, permitted for intermediate stops for (2) No flame producing device is oper- temporary storage. Additionally, ated during transportation, and transport is permitted only under the (3) The proper shipping name is pre- following conditions: ceded by ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST CON- (1) Cargo tanks. MC 306 and DOT 406 TAINED * * * ’’ on the shipping paper for each movement on a public high- cargo tank motor vehicles must: way. (i) Meet qualification and mainte- (b) Mechanical displacement meter nance requirements (including periodic provers. (1) A mechanical displacement testing and inspection) in accordance meter prover, as defined in § 171.8 of with Subpart E of Part 180 of this sub- this subchapter, permanently mounted chapter; on a truck chassis or trailer and trans- (ii) Conform to the pressure relief ported by motor vehicle is excepted system requirements specified in from the specification packaging re- § 173.243(b)(1); quirements in part 178 of this sub- (iii) For MC 306 cargo tanks, be chapter provided it— equipped with stop-valves capable of (i) Contains only the residue of a Di- being remotely closed by manual and vision 2.1 (flammable gas) or Class 3 mechanical means; and (flammable liquid) material. For liq- (iv) For DOT 406 cargo tanks, con- uids, the meter prover must be drained form to the bottom outlet require- to not exceed 10% of its capacity or, to ments specified in § 173.243(b)(2). the extent that draining of the meter (2) Portable tanks. DOT 57 portable prover is impracticable, to the max- tanks must— imum extent practicable. For gases, the meter prover must not exceed 25% (i) Be constructed of stainless steel; of the marked pressure rating; and (ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L (ii) Meet qualification and mainte- (1,000 gallons) or less; nance requirements of Subpart G of (iii) Is designed and constructed in Part 180 of this subchapter. accordance with chapters II, III, IV, V (f) See § 173.315(m) pertaining to nurse and VI of ASME Standard B31.4 (IBR, tanks of anhydrous ammonia. see § 171.7 of this subchapter); (g) See § 173.6 pertaining to materials (iv) Is marked with the MAWP deter- of trade. mined from the pipe component with the lowest pressure rating; and

446

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5a

(v) Is equipped with rear-end protec- containing flammable lading must be tion as prescribed in § 178.337–10(c) of purged. this subchapter and 49 CFR 393.86 of the (7) Each meter prover successfully Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regula- completing the external visual inspec- tions. tion and the pressure test must be (2) The description on the shipping marked with the test date (month/ paper for a meter prover containing the year), and the type of test or inspec- residue of a hazardous material must tion as follows: include the phrase ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST (i) V for external visual inspection; CONTAINED * * * ’’ before the basic and description. (ii) P for pressure test. (3) Periodic test and inspection. (i) The marking must be on the side of a Each meter prover must be externally tank or the largest piping component visually inspected once a year. The ex- in letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a ternal visual inspection must include contrasting background. at a minimum: checking for leakage, (8) The owner must retain a record of defective fittings and welds, defective the most recent external visual inspec- closures, significant dents and other tion and pressure test until the next defects or abnormalities which indicate test or inspection of the same type is a potential or actual weakness that successfully completed. The test or in- could render the meter prover unsafe spection report must include the fol- for transportation; and lowing: (ii) Each meter prover must be pres- (i) Serial number or other meter sure tested once every 5 years at not prover identifier; less than 75% of design pressure. The (ii) Type of test or inspection per- pressure must be held for a period of formed; time sufficiently long to assure detec- (iii) Test date (month/year); tion of leaks, but in no case less than (iv) Location of defects found, if any, 5 minutes. and method used to repair each defect; (4) In addition to the training re- (v) Name and address of person per- quirements in subpart H, the person forming the test or inspection; who performs the visual inspection or (vi) Disposition statement, such as pressure test and/or signs the inspec- ‘‘Meter Prover returned to service’’ or tion report must have the knowledge ‘‘Meter Prover removed from service’’. and ability to perform them as re- (c) Roadway striping. In addition to quired by this section. conformance with all other applicable (5) A meter prover that fails the peri- requirements of this subchapter, non- odic test and inspection must be re- DOT specification cargo tanks used for jected and removed from hazardous roadway striping are authorized pro- materials service unless the meter vided all the following conditions in prover is adequately repaired, and this paragraph (c) are met. thereafter, a successful test is con- (1) Authorized materials. Only the haz- ducted in accordance with the require- ardous materials listed in the table ments of this section. below may be transported in roadway (6) Prior to any repair work, the striping vehicles. Cargo tanks may not meter prover must be emptied of any be filled to a capacity that would be hazardous material. A meter prover greater than liquid full at 130 °F.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION

Hazard class/ Identification Packing Proper shipping name division number group

Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid ...... 3 UN1133 II Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solution, varnish, 3 UN1263 II polish, liquid , and liquid lacquer base. Paint related material including paint thinning drying, removing, or re- 3 UN1263 II ducing compound. Flammable liquids, n.o.s. a ...... 3 UN1993 II Gasoline ...... 3 UN1203 II Acetone b ...... 3 UN1090 II Dichloromethane b ...... 6 .1 UN1593 III

447

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.5b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION—Continued

Hazard class/ Identification Packing Proper shipping name division number group

Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone b ...... 3 UN1193 II Ethyl acetate b ...... 3 UN1173 II Methanol b ...... 3 UN1230 II Organic peroxide type E, liquid (Dibenzoyl peroxide) c ...... 5 .2 UN3107 II Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s. b ...... 3 UN1268 III 1,1,1-Trichloroethane b ...... 6 .1 UN2831 III Toluene b ...... 3 UN1294 II Xylenes b ...... 3 UN1307 II, III Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s. c ...... 9 UN3082 III Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s. c ...... 8 UN3267 III Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.c ...... 8 UN1760 III Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s., at or above 100 °C and below its 9 UN3257 III flash point (including molten metals, molten salts, etc.) d. a: containing ethyl acetate. b: Solvent. c: Catalyst. d: Thermoplastic material non-hazardous at room temperature.

(2) Cargo tank requirements. Each non- (4) Marking. A non-DOT specification DOT specification cargo tank used for cargo tank used for roadway striping roadway striping must be securely must be plainly marked on both sides bolted to a motor vehicle and must— near the middle in letters at least two (i) Be constructed and certified in inches in height on a contrasting back- conformance with the HMR in effect at ground ‘‘ROADWAY STRIPING’’. the time of its manufacture and must (5) Operational controls. A non-DOT be marked accordingly. For questions specification cargo tank used for road- regarding these requirements, contact way striping may not be pressurized PHMSA by either: (1) Telephone (800) when the motor vehicle is traveling to 467–4922 or (202) 366–4488 (local); or (2) and from job sites. Additionally, the by electronic mail (e-mail) to: distance traveled by a non-DOT speci- [email protected]; fication cargo tank used for roadway (ii) Have a minimum design pressure striping may not exceed 750 miles. of 100 psig; Thermoplastic resin may only be heat- ed during roadway striping operations. (iii) Have a maximum capacity of 500 gallons; [70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005, as amended at 75 (iv) For solvents and organic perox- FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 5492, Feb. 1, ides, the cargo tank may not contain 2011] more than 50 gallons; § 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigera- (v) Be given an external visual in- tion systems. spection prior to each use to ensure This section authorizes the highway that it has not been damaged on the transportation of residual amounts of previous trip; Division 2.2 refrigerant gases or anhy- (vi) Be retested and reinspected in drous ammonia contained in non-speci- accordance with § 180.407(c) of this sub- fication pressure vessels that are com- chapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo ponents of refrigeration systems, which tank motor vehicle; and may or may not be permanently (vii) Be securely mounted to a motor mounted to a transport vehicle, used vehicle in accordance with the secure- for agricultural operations. These re- ment provisions prescribed in §§ 393.100 frigeration systems are used at field through 393.106 of this title. sites to cool (pre-cool) produce before (3) Test records. The owner or oper- the produce is loaded into trucks or ator of the roadway striping vehicle railcars for market or used to supple- must maintain hydrostatic test records ment stationary refrigeration systems in accordance with § 180.417(b) and must during peak harvest times. The compo- make those records available to any nents of these refrigeration systems representative of the Department of are commonly known as vacuum tubes, Transportation upon request. accumulators, refrigeration units, ice

448

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5b

makers, pressure coolers, or evapo- MAWP of not less than 150 psig, except rators. that each pressure vessel or associated (a) General packaging requirements. piping that will contain refrigerant gas Each non-specification pressure vessel during transportation must be rated at must conform to the following: an MAWP of not less than 250 psig. (1) Each pressure vessel must be de- During transportation, pressure in the signed, manufactured, and maintained components that are part of the in accordance with applicable require- evaporating line may not exceed 150 ments of the ASME Code (IBR, see psig. § 171.7 of this subchapter). (2) Each pressure vessel and associ- (2) Except as authorized in this sec- ated piping that is part of the tion, each pressure vessel and associ- evaporating line must be marked ated piping must be rated at a max- ‘‘LOW SIDE’’ in a permanent and clear- imum allowable work pressure (MAWP) ly visible manner. The evaporating line of 250 psig. The pressure in these com- must have a pressure gauge with cor- ponents may not exceed MAWP. responding temperature markings (3) Any part of the piping or pressure mounted so as to be easily readable vessel separated from another compo- when standing on the ground. The nent of the refrigeration system by gauge must be permanently marked or means of a valve, blank flange, or other tagged ‘‘SATURATION GAUGE’’. device must be equipped with a pres- (3) Each pressure vessel and associ- sure relief valve set at MAWP. All lines ated piping with an MAWP of 250 psig that must be disconnected for trans- or greater containing liquid anhydrous portation purposes must be closed by ammonia must be isolated using appro- means of a cap, plug or blank flange, priate means from piping and compo- and valves at the end of disconnected nents marked ‘‘LOW SIDE’’. lines must be tightly closed. (4) Liquid lading is only authorized in (4) The aggregate total volumetric system components with a rated capacity of components within the re- MAWP of not less than 250 psig. frigeration system authorized for high- (5) Prior to transportation, each pres- way transportation in accordance with sure vessel and associated piping with this section may not exceed 2,500 gal- a rated MAWP of less than 250 psig lons per vehicle. must be relieved of enough gaseous lad- (5) Each pressure vessel and associ- ing to ensure that the MAWP is not ex- ated piping containing anhydrous am- ceeded at transport temperatures up to monia must conform to the following: 54 °C (130 °F). (i) Piping with a diameter of 2 inches (6) Refrigeration systems placed into or more must conform to ASTM A 53 service prior to June 1, 1991, may con- Schedule 40 or ASTM A106 Schedule 40 tinue in service until October 1, 2017. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (c) Prior to transportation over pub- (ii) Piping with a diameter of less lic highways, each pressure vessel and than 2 inches must conform to ASTM A associated piping must be drained of 53 Schedule 80 or ASTM A 106 Schedule refrigerant gas or liquid anhydrous am- 80 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). monia to the extent practicable. (iii) The words ‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’ Drained contents must be recovered in must be marked as required in special conformance with all applicable envi- provision 13 in § 172.102 of this sub- ronmental regulations. Residual liquid chapter and, when practicable, within anhydrous ammonia in each compo- 24 inches of the placard. nent may not exceed one percent of the (b) Refrigeration systems placed into component’s total volumetric capacity service prior to June 1, 1991. (1) For re- or 10 gallons, whichever is less. frigeration systems placed into service (d) System inspection and testing. (1) prior to June 1, 1991, each pressure ves- Each refrigeration system authorized sel and associated piping for the con- under this section must be visually in- densing line (‘‘high side’’) must be spected every year. The visual inspec- rated at an MAWP of not less than 250 tion must include items listed in psig. Each pressure vessel and associ- § 180.407(d)(2) of this subchapter appli- ated piping for the evaporating line cable to refrigeration systems. A cer- (‘‘low side’’) must be rated at an tificate of the annual visual inspection

449

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.6 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

must be dated and signed by the person packaging having a gross mass or ca- performing the inspection and must pacity not over— contain that person’s company affili- (i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for ation. The certificate must remain at a Packing Group I material; the equipment owner’s office. (ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gal- (2) Each refrigeration system author- lons) for a Packing Group II, Packing ized under this section must be proof Group III, or ORM-D material; pressure tested every two years begin- (iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted ning with the initial pressure test per- mixture, not to exceed 2 percent con- formed after manufacture. Additional centration, of a Class 9 material. pressure tests must be performed after (2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a any modification, repair or damage to cylinder with a gross weight not over a part of the system pressurized with 100 kg (220 pounds), or a permanently refrigerant gas. System test pressures mounted tank manufactured to the may not be less than one-and-one-half ASME Code of not more than 70 gallon (1.50) times the rated MAWP of the sys- water capacity for a non-liquefied Divi- tem component or piping. sion 2.2 material with no subsidiary (3) Pressure relief valves must be suc- hazard. cessfully tested every two years at the (3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing MAWP for the components or piping to Group II or III contained in a pack- which they are attached. Pressure re- aging having a gross capacity not ex- lief valves may be replaced and marked ceeding 30 mL (1 ounce). every 5 years with valves certified at (4) A Division 6.2 material, other the appropriate MAWP, in which case than a Category A infectious sub- the valves need not be tested every two stance, contained in human or animal years. Valves that do not pass the test samples (including, but not limited to, must be repaired or replaced. secreta, excreta, blood and its compo- (e) Test markings and reports. (1) Evi- nents, tissue and tissue fluids, and dence of testing specified in paragraph body parts) being transported for re- (d) of this section must be marked on search, diagnosis, investigational ac- the right forward side of the refrigera- tivities, or disease treatment or pre- tion system with 2 inch high letters in- vention, or is a biological product or dicating type of last test (V = visual; P regulated medical waste. The material = pressure: hydrostatic or pneumatic) must be contained in a combination and the month/year in which it was packaging. For liquids, the inner pack- performed. Reports and all of the re- aging must be leakproof, and the outer quirements for records of inspections packaging must contain sufficient ab- including markings must be completed sorbent material to absorb the entire as specified in part 180. contents of the inner packaging. For (2) Pressure relief valves must be du- sharps, the inner packaging (sharps rably marked with either the date of container) must be constructed of a last test, set-pressure and testing com- rigid material resistant to punctures pany or the date of last replacement, and securely closed to prevent leaks or set-pressure, and certifying company, punctures, and the outer packaging as applicable. must be securely closed to prevent [74 FR 16142, Apr. 9, 2009] leaks or punctures. For solids, liquids, and sharps, the outer packaging must § 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. be a strong, tight packaging securely When transported by motor vehicle closed and secured against shifting, in- in conformance with this section, a cluding relative motion between pack- material of trade (see § 171.8 of this sub- ages, within the vehicle on which it is chapter) is not subject to any other re- being transported. quirements of this subchapter besides (i) For other than a regulated med- those set forth or referenced in this ical waste, the amount of Division 6.2 section. material in a combination packaging (a) Materials and amounts. A material must conform to the following limita- of trade is limited to the following: tions: (1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, (A) One or more inner packagings, 6.1, or ORM-D material contained in a each of which may not contain more

450

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.7

than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces), (2) A bulk packaging containing a di- and an outer packaging containing not luted mixture of a Class 9 material more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gal- must be marked on two opposing sides lon); or with the four-digit identification num- (B) A single inner packaging con- ber of the material. The identification taining not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or number must be displayed on placards, 16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer pack- orange panels or, alternatively, a white aging. square-on-point configuration having (ii) For a regulated medical waste, a the same outside dimensions as a combination packaging must consist of placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) one or more inner packagings, each of on a side), in the manner specified in which may not contain more than 4 kg § 172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter. (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon), and an outer (3) A DOT specification cylinder (ex- cept DOT specification 39) must be packaging containing not more than 16 marked and labeled as prescribed in kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons). this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder (5) This section does not apply to a must display the markings specified in hazardous material that is self-reactive 178.65(i). (see § 173.124), poisonous by inhalation (4) The operator of a motor vehicle (see § 173.133), or a hazardous waste. that contains a material of trade must (b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be be informed of the presence of the haz- leak tight for liquids and gases, sift ardous material (including whether the proof for solids, and be securely closed, package contains a reportable quan- secured against shifting, and protected tity) and must be informed of the re- against damage. quirements of this section. (2) Each material must be packaged (d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for in the manufacturer’s original pack- a material of trade authorized by para- aging, or a packaging of equal or great- graph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the ag- er strength and integrity. gregate gross weight of all materials of (3) Outer packagings are not required trade on a motor vehicle may not ex- for receptacles (e.g., cans and ) ceed 200 kg (440 pounds). that are secured against shifting in (e) Other exceptions. A material of , carts, bins, or compart- trade may be transported on a motor ments. vehicle under the provisions of this sec- (4) For gasoline, a packaging must be tion with other hazardous materials made of metal or plastic and conform without affecting its eligibility for ex- to the requirements of this subchapter ceptions provided by this section. or to the requirements of the Occupa- [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as tional Safety and Health Administra- amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. tion of the Department of Labor con- 22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; Amdt. 173– tained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or 259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1926.152(a)(1). 1, 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 53137, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR (5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 mate- 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007] rial must conform to packaging, quali- fication, maintenance, and use require- § 173.7 Government operations and ments of this subchapter, except that materials. outer packagings are not required. (a) Hazardous materials offered for Manifolding of cylinders is authorized transportation by, for, or to the De- provided all valves are tightly closed. partment of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. (c) Hazard communication. (1) A non- Government, including commercial bulk packaging other than a cylinder shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, (including a receptacle transported must be packaged in accordance with without an outer packaging) must be the regulations in this subchapter or in marked with a common name or proper packagings of equal or greater strength shipping name to identify the material and efficiency as certified by DOD in it contains, including the letters ‘‘RQ’’ accordance with the procedures pre- if it contains a reportable quantity of a scribed by ‘‘Packaging of Hazardous hazardous substance. Material, DLAD 4145.41/AR 700–143/AFJI

451

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.7 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

24–210/NAVSUPINST 4030.55B/MCO tagged to indicate the presence of an 4030.40B (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- explosive. chapter).’’ Hazardous materials offered (d) Notwithstanding the require- for transportation by DOD under this ments of §§ 173.416 and 173.417 of this provision may be reshipped by any subchapter, packagings made by or shipper to any consignee provided the under the direction of the U.S. Depart- original packaging has not been dam- ment of Energy may be used for the aged or altered in any manner. transportation of Class 7 materials (1) Hazardous materials sold by the when evaluated, approved, and certified DOD in packagings that are not by the Department of Energy against marked in accordance with the require- packaging standards equivalent to ments of this subchapter may be those specified in 10 CFR part 71. Pack- shipped from DOD installations if the ages shipped in accordance with this DOD certifies in writing that the pack- paragraph shall be marked and other- agings are equal to or greater in wise prepared for shipment in a manner strength and efficiency than the pack- equivalent to that required by this sub- aging prescribed in this subchapter. chapter for packagings approved by the The shipper shall obtain such a certifi- Nuclear Regulatory Commission. cation in duplicate for each shipment. (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials He shall give one copy to the origi- owned by the Department of Defense nating carrier and retain the other for and packaged prior to January 1, 1990, no less than 1 year. in accordance with the requirements of (2) [Reserved] this subchapter in effect at that time, (b) Shipments of hazardous mate- are excepted from the marking and la- rials, made by or under the direction or beling requirements of part 172 of this supervision of the U.S. Department of subchapter and the packaging and Energy (DOE) or the Department of De- package marking requirements of part fense (DOD), for the purpose of na- 178 of this subchapter, provided the tional security, and which are escorted packagings have maintained their in- by personnel specifically designated by tegrity and the explosive material is or under the authority of those agen- declared as ‘‘government-owned goods cies, are not subject to the require- packaged prior to January 1, 1990’’ on ments of this subchapter. For transpor- the shipping papers. In addition, pack- tation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, ages of these materials owned by the the escorts must be in a separate trans- port vehicle from the transport vehicle Department of Defense that are carrying the hazardous materials that marked and labeled in conformance are excepted by this paragraph. A docu- with the requirements of the HMR that ment certifying that the shipment is were in effect at the time they were for the purpose of national security originally marked and labeled are ex- must be in the possession of the person cepted from the current marking and in charge of providing security during labeling requirements. transportation. (f) The requirements of this sub- (c) Shipments of explosive samples, chapter do not apply to shipments of not exceeding 1 g net weight, offered by hazardous materials carried aboard an and consigned to the Bureau of Alco- aircraft that is not owned by a govern- hol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of ment or engaged in carrying persons or the Department of the Treasury are property for commercial purposes, but not otherwise subject to the regula- is under the exclusive direction and tions in parts 110–189 of this subchapter control of the government for a period when placed in a specifically designed of not less than 90 days as specified in multi-unit assembly packed in a strong a written contract or lease. An aircraft outer packaging. The packaging must is under the exclusive direction and be of a type accepted by ATF as capa- control of a government when the gov- ble of precluding a propagation of any ernment exercises responsibility for: explosion outside the packaging. The (1) Approving crew members and de- second component from the outside of termining they are qualified to operate the packaging must be marked or the aircraft;

452

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9

(2) Determining the airworthiness paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section and directing maintenance of the air- must— craft; and (1) Be operated by an intrastate (3) Dispatching the aircraft, includ- motor carrier and in use as a pack- ing the times of departure, airports to aging for hazardous material before Oc- be used, and type and amount of cargo tober 1, 1998; to be carried. (2) Be operated in conformance with the requirements of the State in which [29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 it is authorized; FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] (3) Be specifically authorized by a EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- State statute or regulation in effect be- tations affecting § 173.7, see the List of CFR fore October 1, 1998, for use as a pack- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- aging for the hazardous material being ing Aids section of the printed volume and at transported; www.fdsys.gov. (4) Be offered for transportation and transported in conformance with all § 173.8 Exceptions for non-specifica- tion packagings used in intrastate other applicable requirements of this transportation. subchapter; (5) Not be used to transport a flam- (a) Non-specification bulk packagings. mable cryogenic liquid, hazardous sub- Notwithstanding requirements for stance, hazardous waste, or a marine specification packagings in subpart F pollutant (except for gasoline); and of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this (6) For a tank authorized under para- subchapter, a non-specification bulk graph (b) or (c) of this section, conform packaging may be used for transpor- to all requirements in part 180 (except tation of a hazardous material by an for § 180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the intrastate motor carrier until July 1, same manner as required for a DOT 2000, in accordance with the provisions specification MC 306 cargo tank motor of paragraph (d) of this section. vehicle. (b) Non-specification cargo tanks for pe- troleum products. Notwithstanding re- [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as quirements for specification pack- amended by Amdt. 172–262, 62 FR 49567, Sept. 22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, agings in subpart F of this part and 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a Sept. 13, 2011] non-specification cargo tank motor ve- hicle having a capacity of less than § 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight 13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by containers containing lading which an intrastate motor carrier for trans- has been fumigated. portation of a flammable liquid petro- (a) For the purpose of this section, leum product in accordance with the not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail provisions of paragraph (d) of this sec- car, freight container, truck body, or tion. trailer in which the lading has been fu- (c) Permanently secured non-bulk tanks migated with any material, or is under- for petroleum products. Notwithstanding going fumigation, is a package con- requirements for specification pack- taining a hazardous material. agings in subpart F of this part 173 and (b) No person may offer for transpor- parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a tation or transport a rail car, freight non-specification metal tank perma- container, truck body, or trailer in nently secured to a transport vehicle which the lading has been fumigated or and protected against leakage or dam- treated with any material, or is under- age in the event of a turnover, having going fumigation, unless the FUMI- a capacity of less than 450 L (119 gal- GANT marking specified in paragraph lons), may be used by an intrastate (e) of this section is prominently dis- motor carrier for transportation of a played so that it can be seen by any flammable liquid petroleum product in person attempting to enter the interior accordance with the provisions of para- of the transport vehicle or freight con- graph (d) of this section. tainer. For domestic transportation, a (d) Additional requirements. A pack- hazard warning authorized by aging used under the provisions of EPA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used

453

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.9 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

as an alternative to the FUMIGANT body, or trailer has been completely marking. ventilated either by opening the doors (c) No person may affix or display on of the unit or by mechanical ventila- a rail car, freight container, truck tion to ensure no harmful concentra- body, or trailer the FUMIGANT mark- tion of gas remains after fumigation ing specified in paragraph (e) of this has been completed. section, unless the lading has been fu- (e) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FU- migated or is undergoing fumigation. MIGANT marking must consist of red (d) The FUMIGANT marking re- or black letters on a white background quired by paragraph (b) of this section that is at least 30 cm (11.8 inches) wide must remain on the rail car, freight and at least 25 cm (9.8 inches) high. Ex- container, truck body, or trailer until cept for size and color, the FUMIGANT the rail car, freight container, truck marking must be as follows:

454

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9

(2) The ‘‘*’’ shall be replaced with the (1) Has been completely ventilated ei- technical name of the fumigant. ther by opening the doors of the unit or (f) A closed cargo transport unit that by mechanical ventilation after fumi- has been fumigated is not subject to gation, and any other provisions of this subchapter (2) Displays the FUMIGANT mark- if it— ing, including the date of ventilation.

455

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER29DE06.002 § 173.10 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(g) For international shipments, tion) for such removal. The consignee transport documents should indicate must furnish adequately safe mechan- the date of fumigation, type and ical hoist, obtained from the carrier if amount of fumigant used, and instruc- desirable, by which the tanks shall be tions for disposal of any residual fumi- lifted from the car and deposited di- gant, including fumigation devices. rectly upon vehicles furnished by the (h) Any person subject to the require- consignee for immediate removal from ments of this section, solely due to the carrier property or tanks must be lift- fumigated lading, must be informed of ed by adequately safe mechanical hoist the requirements of this section and from car directly to vessels for further the safety precautions necessary to protect themselves and others in the transportation. event of an incident or accident involv- (c) Any tank car of other than DOT- ing the fumigated lading. 106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and (i) Any person who offers for trans- 179.301 of this subchapter), containing portation or transports a rail car, anhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydro- freight container, truck body or trailer carbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and that is subject to this subchapter sole- having interior pipes of liquid and gas ly because of the hazardous materials discharge valves equipped with check designation specified in paragraph (a) valves, may be consigned for delivery of this section is not subject to any re- and unloading on carrier tracks, if the quirements of this subchapter other lading is piped directly from the car to than those contained in this section. permanent storage tanks of sufficient [71 FR 78629, Dec. 29, 2006] capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Such cars may also be con- § 173.10 Tank car shipments. signed for storage on a private track or (a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 ma- on a carrier track when designated by terial (including a cryogenic liquid) or the carrier for such storage. Class 3 material with a flash point (d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A below 38 °C (100 °F), except liquid road type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this asphalt or tar, may not be offered for subchapter), the tanks must be placed transportation unless originally con- in position and attached to the car signed or subsequently reconsigned to structure by the shipper. parties having private-siding (see Note (e) Class 3 materials with a flash 1 of this section) or to parties using point below 38 °C (100 °F) and Division railroad siding facilities which have 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic been equipped for piping the liquid from tank cars to permanent storage liquid) may not be loaded into tank tanks of sufficient capacity to receive cars on carrier property from tank contents of car. trucks or drums. (b) A tank car containing any Class 2 NOTE 1: For this purpose, a private track is material must not be offered for trans- a track outside of carrier’s right-of-way, portation unless the car is consigned yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier for delivery (see paragraph (c) of this does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed section) and unloading on a private or right-of-way; or a track or portion of a track (see Note 1 of this section) except track which is devoted to the purpose of its that where no private track is avail- user, either by lease or written agreement; able, delivery and unloading on carrier in which case the lease or written agreement tracks is permitted provided the fol- will be considered as equivalent to owner- lowing conditions are complied with: ship. (1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A NOTE 2: Carriers should give permission for type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this the unloading of these containers on carrier subchapter) may be offered for trans- tracks only where no private siding is avail- able within reasonable trucking distance of portation and the loaded unit tanks final destination. The danger involved is the may be removed from car frame on car- release of compressed gases due to accidental rier tracks, provided the shipper has obtained from the delivering carrier and filed with originating carrier, writ- ten permission (see Note 2 of this sec-

456

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.12

damage to container in handling. The expo- Division 4.2 Packing Group I materials sure to this danger decreases directly with must be packaged using UN standard the isolation of the unloading point. steel or plastic drums tested and [29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 marked to the Packing Group I per- FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and by Amdt. 173–162, 48 formance level for liquids or solids; and FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983, and amended by bromine pentafluoride and bromine Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 173–207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; trifluoride may not be packaged using Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 UN 4G fiberboard boxes: FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR (A) A UN 1A2 or UN 1B2 metal drum, 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] a UN 1D plywood drum, a UN 1G fiber drum, or a UN 1H2 plastic drum, tested § 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of and marked to at least the Packing waste materials. Group III performance level for liquids (a) Open head drums. If a hazardous or solids; material that is a hazardous waste is (B) At a minimum, a double-walled required by this subchapter to be UN 4G fiberboard box made out of 500 shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a pound burst-strength fiberboard fitted drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less with a liner at least 3 bung opening) and the hazardous waste mils (0.12 inches) thick and when filled contains solids or semisolids that make during testing to 95 percent capacity its placement in a closed head drum with a solid material, successfully impracticable, an equivalent (except passes the tests prescribed in §§ 178.603 for closure) open head drum may be (drop) and 178.606 (stacking), and is ca- used for the hazardous waste. pable of passing the tests prescribed in (b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials § 178.608 (vibration) to at least the prohibited by paragraph (b)(3) of this Packing Group II performance level for section are not authorized for trans- liquids or solids; or port in packages authorized by this (C) A UN 11G fiberboard intermediate paragraph (b). Waste materials classed bulk container (IBC) or a UN 11HH2 as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, composite IBC, fitted with a poly- 5.2, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the ethylene liner at least 6 mils (0.24 specification packaging requirements inches) thick, that successfully passes of this subchapter for combination the tests prescribed in Subpart O of packagings if packaged in accordance Part 178 and § 178.603 to at least the with this paragraph (b) and transported Packing Group II performance level for for disposal or recovery by highway, rail or cargo vessel. In addition, a ge- liquids or solids; a UN 11HH2 is com- neric description from the § 172.101 Haz- posed of multiple layers of encap- ardous Materials Table may be used in sulated between place of specific chemical names, when inner and outer layers of woven coated two or more chemically compatible . waste materials in the same hazard (iii) The gross weight of each com- class are packaged in the same outside pleted combination package may not packaging. exceed 205 kg (452 lbs). (2) Combination packaging require- (3) Prohibited materials. The following ments: waste materials may not be packaged (i) Inner packagings. The inner pack- or described under the provisions of agings must be either glass, not ex- this paragraph (b): a material poi- ceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or sonous-by-inhalation, a Division 6.1 metal or plastic, not exceeding 20 L (5.3 Packing Group I material, chloric acid, gallons) rated capacity. Inner pack- and oleum (fuming sulfuric acid). agings containing liquid must be sur- (c) Reuse of packagings. A previously rounded by a chemically compatible used packaging may be reused for the absorbent material in sufficient quan- shipment of waste material trans- tity to absorb the total liquid contents. ported for disposal or recovery, not (ii) Outer packaging. Each outer pack- subject to the reconditioning and reuse aging may contain only one class of provisions contained in § 173.28 and part waste material. The following outer 178 of this subchapter, under the fol- packagings are authorized except that lowing conditions:

457

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.12 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(1) Except as authorized by this para- (2) Waste cyanides and waste acids. For graph, the waste must be packaged in waste cyanides stored, loaded, and accordance with this part and offered transported with waste acids: for transportation in accordance with (i) The cyanide or a cyanide mixture the requirements of this subchapter. may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net (2) Transportation is performed by weight per inner packaging and may highway only. not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight (3) A package is not offered for trans- per outer packaging; a cyanide solution portation less than 24 hours after it is may not exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per finally closed for transportation, and inner packaging and may not exceed 10 each package is inspected for leakage L (3.0 gallons) per outer packaging; and and is found to be free from leaks im- (ii) The acids must be packaged in mediately prior to being offered for lab packs in accordance paragraph (b) transportation. of this section or in single packagings (4) Each package is loaded by the authorized for the acid in Column (8B) shipper and unloaded by the consignee, of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials unless the motor carrier is a private or Table of this subchapter not to exceed contract carrier. 208 L (55 gallons) capacity. (5) The packaging may be used only (3) Waste Division 4.2 materials and once under this paragraph and may not waste Class 8 liquids. For waste Division be used again for shipment of haz- 4.2 materials stored, loaded, and trans- ardous materials except in accordance ported with waste Class 8 liquids: with § 173.28. (i) The Division 4.2 material may not (d) Technical names for n.o.s. descrip- tions. The requirements for the inclu- exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per sion of technical names for n.o.s. de- inner packaging and may not exceed 10 scriptions on shipping papers and pack- kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer age markings, §§ 172.203 and 172.301 of packaging; and this subchapter, respectively, do not (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack- apply to packages prepared in accord- aged in lab packs in accordance with ance with paragraph (b) of this section, paragraph (b) of this section or in sin- except that packages containing mate- gle packagings authorized for the ma- rials meeting the definition of a haz- terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 ardous substance must be described as Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- required in § 172.203 of this subchapter chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) and marked as required in § 172.324 of capacity. this subchapter. (4) Waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, (e) Segregation requirements. Waste Hazard Zone A material and waste Class materials packaged according to para- 3, Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, graph (b) of this section and trans- 5.1 and 5.2 materials. For waste Division ported in conformance with this para- 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A graph (e) are not subject to the seg- material stored, loaded, and trans- regation requirements in §§ 174.81(d), ported with waste Class 8 liquids, or 176.83(b), and 177.848(d) if blocked and Division 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials: braced in such a manner that they are (i) The Division 6.1 Packing Group I, separated from incompatible materials Hazard Zone A material must be pack- by a minimum horizontal distance of aged in accordance with § 173.226(c) of 1.2 m (4 feet) and the packages are this subchapter and overpacked in a loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) off UN standard steel or plastic drum the floor of the freight container, unit meeting the Packing Group I perform- load device, transport vehicle, or rail ance level; car. The following conditions specific (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack- to incompatible materials also apply: aged in lab packs in accordance with (1) General restrictions. The freight paragraph (b) of this section or in sin- container, device, transport gle packagings authorized for the ma- vehicle, or rail car may not contain terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 any Class 1 explosives, Class 7 radio- Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- active material, or uncontainerized chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) hazardous materials; capacity.

458

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.13

(iii) The Division 4.2 material may § 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divi- not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight sions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Class- per inner packaging and may not ex- es 8 and 9 materials. ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per (a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, outer packaging; 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted (iv) The Division 5.1 materials may from the labeling (except for the not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label), per inner packaging and may not ex- placarding and segregation require- ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per ments of this subchapter if prepared for outer packaging. The aggregate net transportation in accordance with the weight per freight container, unit load requirements of this section. A mate- device, transport vehicle, or rail car rial that meets the definition of a ma- may not exceed 100 kg (220 pounds); terial poisonous by inhalation may not (v) The Division 5.2 material may not be offered for transportation or trans- exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net weight per ported under provisions of this section. inner packaging and may not exceed 5 (b) A hazardous material conforming kg (11 pounds) net weight per outer to the requirements of this section packaging. Organic Peroxide, Type B may be transported by motor vehicle material may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 and rail car. In addition, packages pre- pounds) net weight per inner packaging pared in accordance with this section and may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) may be transported by aircraft under net weight per outer packaging. The the following conditions: aggregate net weight per freight con- (1) Cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous tainer, unit load device, transport vehi- materials permitted to be transported cle, or rail car may not exceed 50 kg aboard either a passenger or cargo-only (110 pounds). aircraft by column (9A) or (9B) of the (f) Additional exceptions. Lab packs Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 conforming to the requirements of this of this subchapter are authorized section are not subject to the fol- aboard cargo-only aircraft. lowing: (2) Passenger carrying aircraft. Only (1) The overpack marking and label- hazardous materials permitted to be ing requirements in § 173.25(a)(2) of this transported aboard a passenger aircraft subchapter when secured to a by column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate- with shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap ex- rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub- cept that representative of each chapter are authorized aboard pas- Hazard Class or Division in the over- senger aircraft. The completed pack- pack must be visibly displayed on two age, assembled as for transportation, opposing sides. must be successfully tested in accord- (2) The restrictions for overpacks ance with part 178 of this subchapter at containing Class 8, Packing Group I the Packing Group I level. A hazardous material and Division 5.1, Packing material which meets the definition of Group I material in § 173.25(a)(5) of this a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the Packing subchapter. These waste materials may Group I level in accordance with be overpacked with other materials. § 173.127(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter may (g) Household waste. Household waste, not be transported aboard a passenger as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, aircraft. is not subject to the requirements of (3) Packages offered for transpor- this subchapter when transported in tation aboard either passenger or accordance with applicable state, local, cargo-only aircraft must meet the re- or tribal requirements. quirements for transportation by air- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990, as craft specified in § 173.27 of this sub- amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. chapter. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173– (c) A hazardous material permitted 138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 50460, by paragraph (a) of this section must Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR be packaged as follows: 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, (1) For liquids: 2009; 75 FR 27214, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 56315, (i) The hazardous material must be Sept. 13, 2011] placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic

459

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.21 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

or metal inner packaging with a max- (iii) The barrier bag and its contents imum capacity not exceeding 1.2 L. must be placed in a fiberboard box that Sufficient outage must be provided is placed in a hermetically-sealed bar- such that the inner packaging will not rier bag which is impervious to the lad- become liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The ing. net quantity (measured at 20 °C (68 °F)) (iv) The intermediate packaging of liquid in any inner packaging may must be placed inside an outer pack- not exceed 1 L. For transportation by aging conforming to § 173.211. aircraft, the net quantity in one pack- (v) Not more than four intermediate age may not exceed the quantity speci- packagings are permitted in an outer fied in columns (9A) or (9B), as appro- packaging. priate. (d) The outside of the package must (ii) The inner packaging must be be marked, in association with the placed in a hermetically sealed barrier proper shipping name, with the state- bag which is impervious to the lading, ment: ‘‘This package conforms to 49 and then wrapped in a non-reactive ab- CFR 173.13.’’ sorbent material in sufficient quantity [Amdt. 173–253, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996, as to completely absorb the contents of amended at 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR the inner packaging. Alternatively, the 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; inner packaging may first be wrapped 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010] in a non-reactive absorbent material and then placed in the hermetically sealed barrier bag. The combination of Subpart B—Preparation of Haz- inner packaging, absorbent material, ardous Materials for Transpor- and bag must be placed in a snugly fit- tation ting metal can. § 173.21 Forbidden materials and pack- (iii) The metal can must be securely ages. closed. For liquids that are in Division 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be her- Unless otherwise provided in this metically sealed. For Division 4.2 ma- subchapter, the offering for transpor- terials in Packing Group I, the metal tation or transportation of the fol- can must be tested in accordance with lowing is forbidden: part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- (a) Materials that are designated ing Group I performance level. ‘‘Forbidden’’ in Column 3 of the § 172.101 table. (iv) The metal can must be placed in (b) Forbidden explosives as defined in a fiberboard box that is placed in a her- § 173.54 of this part. metically sealed barrier bag which is (c) Electrical devices, such as bat- impervious to the lading. teries and battery-powered devices, (v) The intermediate packaging must which are likely to create sparks or be placed inside a securely closed, generate a dangerous evolution of heat, outer packaging conforming to unless packaged in a manner which § 173.201. precludes such an occurrence. (vi) Not more than four intermediate (d) For carriage by aircraft, any packagings are permitted in an outer package which has a magnetic field of packaging. more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5 (2) For solids: m (15 feet) from any surface of the (i) The hazardous material must be package. placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic (e) A material in the same pack- or metal inner packaging. The net aging, freight container, or overpack quantity of material in any inner pack- with another material, the mixing of aging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25 which is likely to cause a dangerous pounds). For transportation by air- evolution of heat, or flammable or poi- craft, the net quantity in one package sonous gases or vapors, or to produce may not exceed the quantity specified corrosive materials. in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate. (f) A package containing a material (ii) The inner packaging must be which is likely to decompose with a placed in a hermetically sealed barrier self-accelerated decomposition tem- bag which is impervious to the lading. perature (SADT) of 50 °C (122 °F) or

460

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.21

less, or polymerize at a temperature of bilization approved by the Associate 54 °C (130 °F) or less with an evolution Administrator are as follows: of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas (i) For highway transportation: when decomposing or polymerizing, un- (A) A material meeting the criteria less the material is stabilized or inhib- of this paragraph (f) may be trans- ited in a manner to preclude such evo- ported only in a transport vehicle, lution. The SADT may be determined freight container, or motor vehicle by any of the test methods described in equipped with a mechanical refrigera- Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and tion unit, or loaded with a consumable Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- refrigerant, capable of maintaining the chapter). inside temperature of the hazardous (1) A package meeting the criteria of material at or below the control tem- paragraph (f) of this section may be re- perature required for the material dur- quired to be shipped under controlled ing transportation. temperature conditions. The control temperature and emergency tempera- (B) Each package containing a mate- ture for a package shall be as specified rial meeting the criteria of this para- in the table in this paragraph based graph (f) must be loaded and main- upon the SADT of the material. The tained at or below the control tempera- control temperature is the temperature ture required for the material. The above which a package of the material temperature of the material must be may not be offered for transportation determined by appropriate means and or transported. The emergency tem- entered on a written record at the time perature is the temperature at which, the packaging is loaded. due to imminent danger, emergency (C) The vehicle operator shall mon- measures must be initiated. itor the inside temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or § 173.21 TABLE: METHOD OF DETERMINING motor vehicle and enter that tempera- CONTROL AND EMERGENCY TEMPERATURE. ture on a written record at the time the package is loaded and thereafter at 1 Control tempera- Emergency tem- SADT tures perature intervals not exceeding two hours. Al- SADT ≤ 20 °C (68 20 °C (36 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) ternatively, a transport vehicle, freight °F). below SADT. below SADT. container, or motor vehicle may be equipped with a visible or audible 20 °C (68 °F) < 15 °C (27 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) SADT ≤ 35 °C below SADT. below SADT. warning device that activates when the (95 °F). inside temperature of the transport ve- hicle, freight container, or motor vehi- 35 °C (95 °F) < 10 °C (18 °F) 5 °C (9 °F) below SADT ≤ 50 °C below SADT. SADT. cle exceeds the control temperature re- (122 °F). quired for the material. The warning

50 °C (122 °F) < (2) (2) device must be readily visible or audi- SADT. ble, as appropriate, from the vehicle 1 Self-accelerating decomposition temperature. operator’s seat in the vehicle. 2 Temperature control not required. (D) The carrier shall advise the vehi- (2) For self-reactive materials listed cle operator of the emergency tempera- in § 173.224(b) table control and emer- ture for the material, and provide the gency temperatures, where required vehicle operator with written proce- are shown in Columns 5 and 6, respec- dures that must be followed to assure tively. For organic peroxides listed in maintenance of the control tempera- The Organic Peroxides Table in § 173.225 ture inside the transport vehicle, control and emergency temperatures, freight container, or motor vehicle. where required, are shown in Columns The written procedures must include 7a and 7b, respectively. instructions for the vehicle operator on (3) Refrigeration may be used as a actions to take if the inside tempera- means of stabilization only when ap- ture exceeds the control temperature proved by the Associate Administrator. and approaches or reaches the emer- Approvals issued by the Bureau of Ex- gency temperature for the material. In plosives are no longer valid (see § 171.19 addition, the written temperature-con- of this subchapter). Methods of sta- trol procedures must identify enroute

461

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.22 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

points where the consumable refrig- by an authorized person under the cri- erant may be procured, or where re- teria specified in § 173.308(a)(4) or, a pairs to, or replacement of, the me- lighter design containing a Class 3 ma- chanical refrigeration unit may be ac- terial, that has not been approved by complished. the Associate Administrator. (E) The vehicle operator shall main- (j) An organic peroxide of the ‘‘ke- tain the written temperature-control tone peroxide’’ category which con- procedures, and the written record of tains more than 9 percent available ox- temperature measurements specified in ygen as calculated using the equation paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if in § 173.128(a)(4)(ii). The category, ke- applicable, in the same manner as spec- tone peroxide, includes, but is not lim- ified in § 177.817 of this subchapter for ited to: shipping papers. (F) If the control temperature is Acetyl acetone peroxide maintained by use of a consumable re- Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) frigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitro- Diacetone alcohol peroxides Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) gen), the quantity of consumable re- Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) frigerant must be sufficient to main- Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) tain the control temperature for twice the average transit time under normal (k) Notwithstanding any other provi- conditions of transportation. sion of this subchapter, including sub- (G) A material that has a control part C of part 171 and 175.10(a)(2) of this temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) or higher subchapter, an oxygen generator may be transported by common car- (chemical) as cargo on a passenger-car- rier. A material that has a control rying aircraft. This prohibition does temperature below 40 °C (104 °F) must not apply to an oxygen generator for be transported by a private or contract medical or personal use of a passenger carrier. that meets the requirements of (ii) For transportation by vessel, § 175.10(a)(7) of this subchapter. shipments are authorized in accordance [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990] with the control temperature require- ments in Chapter 7.7 of the IMDG Code EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). tations affecting § 173.21, see the List of CFR (g) Packages which give off a flam- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- mable gas or vapor, released from a ing Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov. material not otherwise subject to this subchapter, likely to create a flam- § 173.22 Shipper’s responsibility. mable mixture with air in a transport vehicle. (a) Except as otherwise provided in (h) Packages containing materials this part, a person may offer a haz- (other than those classed as explosive) ardous material for transportation in a which will detonate in a fire. packaging or container required by (1) For purposes of this paragraph, this part only in accordance with the ‘‘detonate’’ means an explosion in following: which the shock wave travels through (1) The person shall class and de- the material at a speed greater than scribe the hazardous material in ac- the speed of sound. cordance with parts 172 and 173 of this (2) When tests are required to evalu- subchapter, and ate the performance of a package under (2) The person shall determine that the provisions of this paragraph, the the packaging or container is an au- testing must be done or approved by thorized packaging, including part 173 one of the agencies specified in § 173.56. requirements, and that it has been (i) Except for a package containing a manufactured, assembled, and marked lighter design sample that meets the in accordance with: requirements of § 173.308(b)(2), a pack- (i) Section 173.7(a) and parts 173, 178, age containing a lighter (see § 171.8 of or 179 of this subchapter; this subchapter) containing a Division (ii) A specification of the Department 2.1 material, of a design that has not in effect at the date of manufacture of been examined and successfully tested the packaging or container;

462

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.22a

(iii) National or international regula- agings and every 24 months for com- tions based on the UN Recommenda- bination packagings. tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (b) No person may offer a motor car- chapter), as authorized in § 173.24(d)(2); rier any hazardous material specified (iv) An approval issued under this in 49 CFR 385.403 unless that motor car- subchapter; or rier holds a safety permit issued by the (v) An exemption or special permit Federal Motor Carrier Safety Adminis- issued under subchapter A of this chap- tration. ter. (c) Prior to each shipment of fissile radioactive materials, and Type B or (3) In making the determination highway route controlled quantity under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, packages of radioactive materials (see the person may accept: § 173.403), the shipper shall notify the (i) Except for the marking on the consignee of the dates of shipment and bottom of a metal or plastic drum with expected arrival. The shipper shall also a capacity over 100 L which has been notify each consignee of any special reconditioned, remanufactured or oth- loading/unloading instructions prior to erwise converted, the manufacturer’s his first shipment. For any shipment of certification, specification, approval, irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper or exemption or special permit mark- shall provide physical protection in ing (see §§ 178.2 and 179.1 of this sub- compliance with a plan established chapter); or under: (ii) With respect to cargo tanks pro- (1) Requirements prescribed by the vided by a carrier, the manufacturer’s U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, identification plate or a written cer- or tification of specification or exemption (2) Equivalent requirements approved or special permit provided by the car- by the Associate Administrator. rier. [Amdt. 173–100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977] (4) For a DOT Specification or UN standard packaging subject to the re- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- quirements of part 178 of this sub- tations affecting § 173.22, see the List of CFR Sections Affected which appears in the Find- chapter, a person must perform all ing Aids section of the printed volume and at functions necessary to bring the pack- www.fdsys.gov. age into compliance with parts 173 and 178 of this subchapter, as identified by § 173.22a Use of packagings authorized the packaging manufacturer or subse- under special permits. quent distributor (for example, apply- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ing closures consistent with the manu- (b) of this section, no person may offer facturer’s closure instructions) in ac- a hazardous material for transpor- cordance with § 178.2 of this subchapter. tation in a packaging the use of which A person must maintain a copy of the is dependent upon an exemption or spe- manufacturer’s notification, including cial permit issued under subpart B of closure instructions (see § 178.2(c) of part 107 of this title, unless that person this subchapter) unless permanently is the holder of or a party to the ex- embossed or printed on the packaging. emption or special permit. When applicable, a person must main- (b) If an exemption or special permit tain a copy of any supporting docu- authorizes the use of a packaging for mentation for an equivalent level of the transportation of a hazardous ma- performance under the selective test- terial by any person or class of persons ing variation in § 178.601(g)(1) of this other than or in addition to the holder subchapter. A copy of the notification, of the exemption or special permit, unless permanently embossed or print- that person or a member of that class ed on the packaging, and supporting of persons may use the packaging for documentation, when applicable, must the purposes authorized in the exemp- be made available for inspection by a tion or special permit subject to the representative of the Department upon terms specified therein. Copies of ex- request for the time period of the pack- emptions and special permits may be aging’s periodic retest date, i.e., every obtained by accessing the Hazardous 12 months for single or composite pack- Materials Safety Web site at http://

463

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.23 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a’’ or tion 4L (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) on by writing to the Associate Adminis- or before January 1, 1986. The ‘‘DOT- trator for Hazardous Materials Safety, 4LXXXYY’’ must appear in proximity U.S. Department of Transportation, to other required special permit or ex- East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, emption markings. SE., Washington, DC 20590–0001, Atten- (f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- tion: Records Center. cle must conform to structural integ- (c) When an exemption or special per- rity requirements in § 178.337–3 or to mit issued to a person who offers a haz- corresponding requirements in effect at ardous material contains requirements the time of manufacture. that apply to a carrier of the hazardous (g) A non-bulk packaging manufac- material, the offeror shall furnish a tured, tested, marked, and certified on copy of the current exemption or spe- or before September 30, 1996, in accord- cial permit to the carrier before or at ance with the applicable provisions of the time a shipment is tendered. subparts L and M of part 178 of this [70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005, as amended at 72 subchapter in effect on September 30, FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 1995, may be used as authorized by this 2011] subchapter if the packaging conforms to all requirements applicable at the § 173.23 Previously authorized pack- time of manufacture. In addition, such aging. a packaging may be reused as author- (a) When the regulations specify a ized by § 173.28 without a nominal packaging with a specification mark- thickness marking, if it conforms to ing prefix of ‘‘DOT,’’ a packaging the minimum thickness criteria pre- marked prior to January 1, 1970, with scribed in § 173.28(b)(4). the prefix of ‘‘ICC’’ may be used in its (h) A packaging that is permanently place if the packaging otherwise con- marked with a special permit number, forms to applicable specification re- ‘‘DOT–SP’’ or ‘‘DOT–E,’’ for which the quirements. provisions of the special permit have (b) [Reserved] been incorporated into this subchapter (c) After July 2, 1982, a seamless alu- may continue to be used for the life of minum cylinder manufactured in con- the packaging without obliterating or formance with and for use under DOT otherwise removing the special permit special permit (SP) or exemption (E) number. 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be con- (i) An exemption packaging or ship- tinued in use if marked before or at the ping paper that is permanently marked time of the next retest with either the ‘‘DOT-E’’ prior to October 1, 2007, may specification identification ‘‘3AL’’ im- continue in use as long as the exemp- mediately above the special permit or tion or special permit remains valid, exemption number, or the DOT mark unless otherwise specified in the ex- (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to emption or special permit. the special permit or exemption mark- ing. [Amdt. 173–3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968] (d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- and marked under DOT special permit tations affecting § 173.23, see the List of CFR (SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to Jan- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- uary 1, 1983, may be continued in use if ing Aids section of the printed volume and at marked before or at the time of the www.fdsys.gov. next retest with the specification iden- tification ‘‘4BA’’ near the special per- § 173.24 General requirements for packagings and packages. mit or exemption marking. (e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders (a) Applicability. Except as otherwise manufactured for use under special per- provided in this subchapter, the provi- mit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 sions of this section apply to— may be continued in use, and must be (1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings; marked ‘‘DOT-4LXXXYY’’ (XXX to be (2) New packagings and packagings replaced by the service pressure, YY to which are reused; and be replaced by the letters ‘‘AL’’, if ap- (3) Specification and non-specifica- plicable) in compliance with Specifica- tion packagings.

464

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24

(b) Each package used for the ship- specification or standard in part 178 or ment of hazardous materials under this part 179 of this subchapter. subchapter shall be designed, con- (2) UN standard packagings manufac- structed, maintained, filled, its con- tured outside the United States. A UN tents so limited, and closed, so that standard packaging manufactured out- under conditions normally incident to side the United States, in accordance transportation— with national or international regula- (1) Except as otherwise provided in tions based on the UN Recommenda- this subchapter, there will be no identi- tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- fiable (without the use of instruments) chapter), may be imported and used release of hazardous materials to the and is considered to be an authorized environment; packaging under the provisions of para- (2) The effectiveness of the package graph (c)(1) of this section, subject to will not be substantially reduced; for the following conditions and limita- example, impact resistance, strength, tions: packaging compatibility, etc. must be (i) The packaging fully conforms to maintained for the minimum and max- applicable provisions in the UN Rec- imum temperatures, changes in humid- ommendations and the requirements of ity and pressure, and shocks, loadings this subpart, including reuse provi- and vibrations, normally encountered sions; during transportation; (ii) The packaging is capable of pass- (3) There will be no mixture of gases ing the prescribed tests in part 178 of or vapors in the package which could, this subchapter applicable to that through any credible spontaneous in- standard; and crease of heat or pressure, significantly (iii) The competent authority of the reduce the effectiveness of the pack- country of manufacture provides recip- aging; rocal treatment for UN standard pack- (4) There will be no hazardous mate- agings manufactured in the U.S. rial residue adhering to the outside of (e) Compatibility. (1) Even though the package during transport. certain packagings are specified in this (c) Authorized packagings. A pack- part, it is, nevertheless, the responsi- aging is authorized for a hazardous ma- bility of the person offering a haz- terial only if— ardous material for transportation to (1) The packaging is prescribed or ensure that such packagings are com- permitted for the hazardous material patible with their lading. This particu- in a packaging section specified for larly applies to corrosivity, perme- that material in Column 8 of the ability, softening, premature aging and § 172.101 table and conforms to applica- embrittlement. ble requirements in the special provi- (2) Packaging materials and contents sions of Column 7 of the § 172.101 table must be such that there will be no sig- and, for specification packagings (but nificant chemical or galvanic reaction not including UN standard packagings between the materials and contents of manufactured outside the United the package. States), the specification requirements (3) Plastic packagings and recep- in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; tacles. (i) Plastic used in packagings or and receptacles must be of a type com- (2) The packaging is permitted under, patible with the lading and may not be and conforms to, provisions contained permeable to an extent that a haz- in subparts B or C of part 171 of this ardous condition is likely to occur dur- subchapter or §§ 173.3, 173.4, 173.4a, ing transportation, handling or refill- 173.4b, 173.5, 173.5a, 173.6, 173.7, 173.8, ing. 173.27, or § 176.11 of this subchapter. (ii) Each plastic packaging or recep- (d) Specification packagings and UN tacle which is used for liquid hazardous standard packagings manufactured out- materials must be capable of with- side the U.S.—(1) Specification pack- standing without failure the procedure agings. A specification packaging, in- specified in appendix B of this part cluding a UN standard packaging man- (‘‘Procedure for Testing Chemical Com- ufactured in the United States, must patibility and Rate of Permeation in conform in all details to the applicable Plastic Packagings and Receptacles’’).

465

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.24 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

The procedure specified in appendix B (ii) The closure is leakproof and se- of this part must be performed on each cured against loosening. For air trans- plastic packaging or receptacle used port, stoppers, corks or other such fric- for Packing Group I materials. The tion closures must be held in place by maximum rate of permeation of haz- positive means. ardous lading through or into the plas- (2) Except as otherwise provided in tic packaging or receptacles may not this subchapter, a closure (including exceed 0.5 percent for materials meet- gaskets or other closure components, if ing the definition of a Division 6.1 ma- any) used on a specification packaging terial according to § 173.132 and 2.0 per- must conform to all applicable require- cent for other hazardous materials, ments of the specification and must be when subjected to a temperature no closed in accordance with information, lower than— as applicable, provided by the manufac- (A) 18 °C (64 °F) for 180 days in ac- turer’s notification required by § 178.2 cordance with Test Method 1 in appen- of this subchapter. dix B of this part; (g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to (B) 50 °C (122 °F) for 28 days in accord- reduce internal pressure which may de- ance with Test Method 2 in appendix B velop by the evolution of gas from the of this part; or contents, is permitted only when— (C) 60 °C (140 °F) for 14 days in accord- (1) Except for shipments of cryogenic ance with Test Method 3 in appendix B liquids as specified in § 173.320(c) and of of this part. carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), trans- (iii) Alternative procedures or rates portation by aircraft is not involved; of permeation are permitted if they (2) Except as otherwise provided in yield a level of safety equivalent to or this subchapter, the evolved gases are greater than that provided by para- not poisonous, likely to create a flam- graph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are mable mixture with air or be an as- specifically approved by the Associate phyxiant under normal conditions of Administrator. transportation; (4) Mixed contents. Hazardous mate- (3) The packaging is designed so as to rials may not be packed or mixed to- preclude an unintentional release of gether in the same outer packaging hazardous materials from the recep- with other hazardous or nonhazardous tacle; materials if such materials are capable (4) For bulk packagings, other than of reacting dangerously with each IBCs, venting is authorized for the spe- other and causing— cific hazardous material by a special (i) Combustion or dangerous evo- provision in the § 172.101 table or by the lution of heat; applicable bulk packaging specification (ii) Evolution of flammable, poi- in part 178 of this subchapter; and sonous, or asphyxiant gases; or (5) Intermediate bulk packagings (iii) Formation of unstable or corro- (IBCs) may be vented when required to sive materials. reduce internal pressure that may de- (5) Packagings used for solids, which velop by the evolution of gas subject to may become liquid at temperatures the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) likely to be encountered during trans- through (g)(3) of this section. The IBC portation, must be capable of con- must be of a type that has successfully taining the hazardous material in the passed (with the vent in place) the ap- liquid state. plicable design qualification tests with (f) Closures. (1) Closures on pack- no release of hazardous material. agings shall be so designed and closed (h) Outage and filling limits—(1) Gen- that under conditions (including the ef- eral. When filling packagings and re- fects of temperature, pressure and vi- ceptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage bration) normally incident to transpor- (outage) must be left to ensure that tation— neither leakage nor permanent distor- (i) Except as provided in paragraph tion of the packaging or receptacle will (g) of this section, there is no identifi- occur as a result of an expansion of the able release of hazardous materials to liquid caused by temperatures likely to the environment from the opening to be encountered during transportation. which the closure is applied; and Requirements for outage and filling

466

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24a

limits for non-bulk and bulk pack- packaging in such a manner as to be agings are specified in §§ 173.24a(d) and likely to damage inner packagings or 173.24b(a), respectively. receptacles. (2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liq- (5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package uids. Filling limits for compressed must be capable of withstanding, with- gases and cryogenic liquids are speci- out rupture or leakage, the vibration fied in §§ 173.301 through 173.306 for cyl- test procedure specified in § 178.608 of inders and §§ 173.314 through 173.319 for this subchapter. bulk packagings. (b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1) (i) Air transportation. Except as pro- A single or composite non-bulk pack- vided in subpart C of part 171 of this aging may be filled with a liquid haz- subchapter, packages offered or in- ardous material only when the specific tended for transportation by aircraft gravity of the material does not exceed must conform to the general require- that marked on the packaging, or a ments for transportation by aircraft in specific gravity of 1.2 if not marked, § 173.27. except as follows: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990, as (i) A Packing Group I packaging may amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. be used for a Packing Group II mate- 2, 1991; 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– rial with a specific gravity not exceed- 238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–241, ing the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the 59 FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–242, 60 specific gravity marked on the pack- FR 26805, May 18, 1995; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, aging, provided all the performance 2001; 66 FR 45379, 81, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, criteria can still be met with the high- July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR er specific gravity material; 76154, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, (ii) A Packing Group I packaging 2009] may be used for a Packing Group III material with a specific gravity not ex- § 173.24a Additional general require- ceeding the greater of 2.7, or 2.25 times ments for non-bulk packagings and the specific gravity marked on the packages. packaging, provided all the perform- (a) Packaging design. Except as pro- ance criteria can still be met with the vided in § 172.312 of this subchapter: higher specific gravity material; and (1) Inner packaging closures. A com- (iii) A Packing Group II packaging bination packaging containing liquid may be used for a Packing Group III hazardous materials must be packed so material with a specific gravity not ex- that closures on inner packagings are ceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times upright. the specific gravity marked on the (2) Friction. The nature and thickness packaging, provided all the perform- of the outer packaging must be such ance criteria can still be met with the that friction during transportation is higher specific gravity material. not likely to generate an amount of (2) Except as otherwise provided in heat sufficient to alter dangerously the this section, a non-bulk packaging may chemical stability of the contents. not be filled with a hazardous material (3) Securing and cushioning. Inner to a gross mass greater than the max- packagings of combination packagings imum gross mass marked on the pack- must be so packed, secured and cush- aging. ioned to prevent their breakage or (3) A single or composite non-bulk leakage and to control their shifting packaging which is tested and marked within the outer packaging under con- for liquid hazardous materials may be ditions normally incident to transpor- filled with a solid hazardous material tation. Cushioning material must not to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- be capable of reacting dangerously ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- with the contents of the inner pack- aging in liters, multiplied by the spe- agings or having its protective prop- cific gravity marked on the packaging, erties significantly weakened in the or 1.2 if not marked. In addition: event of leakage. (i) A single or composite non-bulk (4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and packaging which is tested and marked other metallic devices shall not pro- for Packing Group I liquid hazardous trude into the interior of the outer materials may be filled with a solid

467

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.24a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Packing Group II hazardous material (i) The inner and outer packagings to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- used for each hazardous material con- ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- form to the relevant packaging sec- aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multi- tions of this part applicable to that plied by the specific gravity marked on hazardous material; the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (ii) The package as prepared for ship- (ii) A single or composite non-bulk ment meets the performance tests pre- packaging which is tested and marked scribed in part 178 of this subchapter for Packing Group I liquid hazardous for the packing group indicating the materials may be filled with a solid highest order of hazard for the haz- Packing Group III hazardous material ardous materials contained in the to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- package; ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- (iii) Corrosive materials (except aging in liters, multiplied by 2.25, mul- ORM-D) in bottles are further packed tiplied by the specific gravity marked in securely closed inner receptacles be- on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. fore packing in outer packagings; and (iii) A single or composite non-bulk (iv) For transportation by aircraft, packaging which is tested and marked the total net quantity does not exceed for Packing Group II liquid hazardous the lowest permitted maximum net materials may be filled with a solid quantity per package as shown in Col- Packing Group III hazardous material umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- § 172.101 table. The permitted maximum ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- net quantity must be calculated in aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multi- kilograms if a package contains both a plied by the specific gravity marked on liquid and a solid. the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (2) A packaging containing inner (4) Packagings tested as prescribed in § 178.605 of this subchapter and marked packagings of Division 6.2 materials with the hydrostatic test pressure as may not contain other hazardous mate- prescribed in § 178.503(a)(5) of this sub- rials except— chapter may be used for liquids only (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or when the vapor pressure of the liquid liquid nitrogen, as authorized under conforms to one of the following: the HMR; (i) The vapor pressure must be such (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize that the total pressure in the pack- blood or plasma; or aging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class liquid plus the partial pressure of air or 8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack- other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) ing Groups II or III used to stabilize or at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the prevent degradation of the sample, pro- basis of a maximum degree of filling in vided the quantity of such materials accordance with paragraph (d) of this does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g section and a filling temperature of 15 (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. The °C (59 °F)), will not exceed two-thirds of maximum quantity in an outer pack- the marked test pressure; age, including a hazardous material (ii) The vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 used to preserve or stabilize a sample, °F) must be less than four-sevenths of may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 4 kg the sum of the marked test pressure (8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not plus 100 kPa (15 psia); or subject to the requirements of this sub- (iii) The vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 chapter. °F) must be less than two-thirds of the (d) Liquids must not completely fill a sum of the marked test pressure plus receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C 100 kPa (15 psia). (131 °F) or less. (5) No hazardous material may re- main on the outside of a package after [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR filling. 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; (c) Mixed contents. (1) An outer non- Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 bulk packaging may contain more than FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, one hazardous material only when— 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006]

468

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24b

§ 173.24b Additional general require- e1 = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in ments for bulk packagings. mm or inches respectively; Rm1 = Specified minimum tensile strength of (a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except the steel used in deka-newtons per square as otherwise provided in this sub- millimeter or pounds per square inch re- chapter, liquids and liquefied gases spectively; and must be so loaded that the outage is at A1 = Specified minimum percentage elon- least five percent for materials poi- gation of the steel used multiplied by 100 sonous by inhalation, or at least one (for example, 20 percent times 100 equals 20). Elongation values used must be deter- percent for all other materials, of the mined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test speci- total capacity of a cargo tank, portable men. tank, tank car (including dome capac- ity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any (c) Air pressure in excess of ambient compartment thereof, at the following atmospheric pressure may not be used reference temperatures— to load or unload any lading which (i) 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated may create an air-enriched mixture tank; within the flammability range of the (ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank car hav- lading in the vapor space of the tank. ing a thermal protection system, incor- (d) A bulk packaging may not be porating a metal jacket that provides loaded with a hazardous material that: an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 (1) Is at a temperature outside of the °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 packaging’s design temperature range; kilojoules per hour per square meter or per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per (2) Except as otherwise provided in square foot/ per degree F) temperature this subchapter, exceeds the maximum differential; or weight of lading marked on the speci- (iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated fication plate. tank. (e) Stacking of IBCs and Large Pack- (2) Hazardous materials may not be agings. (1) IBCs and Large Packagings loaded into the dome of a tank car. If not designed and tested to be stacked. the dome of the tank car does not pro- No packages or freight (hazardous or vide sufficient outage, vacant space otherwise) may be stacked upon an IBC must be left in the shell to provide the or a Large Packaging that was not de- required outage. signed and tested to be stacked upon. (2) IBCs and Large Packagings de- (b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes signed and tested to be stacked. The of this section, the reference stainless superimposed weight placed upon an steel is stainless steel with a guaran- IBC or a Large Packaging designed to teed minimum tensile strength of 51.7 be stacked may not exceed the max- deka newtons per square millimeter imum permissible stacking test mass (75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation marked on the packaging. of 40 percent or greater. Where the reg- (f) UN portable tanks. (1) A UN port- ulations permit steel other than stain- able tank manufactured in the United less steel to be used in place of a speci- States must conform in all details to fied stainless steel (for example, as in the applicable requirements in parts § 172.102 of this subchapter, special pro- 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter. vision B30), the minimum thickness for (2) UN portable tanks manufactured the steel must be obtained from one of outside the United States. A UN portable the following formulas, as appropriate: tank manufactured outside the United Formula for metric units States, in accordance with national or international regulations based on the 1 e1 = (12.74e0) / (Rm1 A1) ⁄3 UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), which is an author- Formula for non-metric units ized packaging under § 173.24 of this subchapter, may be filled, offered and 1 e1 = (144.2e0) / (Rm1 A1) ⁄3 transported in the United States, if the where: § 172.101 Table of this subchapter au- thorizes the hazardous material for e0 = Required thickness of the reference stainless steel in mm or inches respec- transportation in the UN portable tank tively; and it conforms to the applicable T

469

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.25 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

codes, and tank provision codes, or the overpack with its filling holes up other special provisions assigned to the and the overpack is marked with pack- hazardous material in Column (7) of age orientation marking arrows on two the Table. In addition, the portable opposite vertical sides of the overpack tank must— with the arrows pointing in the correct (i) Conform to applicable provisions direction of orientation. in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see (4) The overpack is marked with the § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the re- word ‘‘OVERPACK’’ when specification quirements of this subpart; packagings are required, unless speci- (ii) Be capable of passing the pre- fication markings on the inside pack- scribed tests and inspections in part 180 ages are visible. of this subchapter applicable to the UN (5) Packages containing Class 8 (cor- portable tank specification; rosive) materials in Packing Group I or (iii) Be designed and manufactured Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in according to the ASME Code (IBR, see Packing Group I may not be over- § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure packed with any other materials. vessel design code approved by the As- sociate Administrator; (6) Where packages of limited quan- (iv) Be approved by the Associate Ad- tity materials are overpacked and, ministrator when the portable tank is until December 31, 2012 or December 31, designed and constructed under the 2013, packages bearing the ORM–D AIR provisions of an alternative arrange- or ORM–D marking, respectively, must ment (see § 178.274(a)(2) of this sub- be marked ‘‘OVERPACK’’ unless all chapter); and marking required by this section are (v) The competent authority of the visible. Where packages of excepted country of manufacture must provide quantities (see § 173.4a of this part) are reciprocal treatment for UN portable overpacked and all required markings tanks manufactured in the United are not visible through the overpack, States. they must be repeated on the overpack. An overpack containing packages of [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. excepted quantities is not required to 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– be marked ‘‘OVERPACK.’’ 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 (b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch- FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR wrapped trays may be used as outer 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; packagings for inner packagings pre- 67 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; pared in accordance with the limited 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, quantity provisions or consumer com- 2011] modity provisions of this subchapter, § 173.25 Authorized packagings and provided that— overpacks. (1) Inner packagings are not fragile, (a) Authorized packages containing liable to break or be easily punctured, hazardous materials may be offered for such as those made of glass, porcelain, transportation in an overpack as de- stoneware or certain plastics; and fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, if all (2) Each complete package does not of the following conditions are met: exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross weight. (1) The package meets the require- (c) Hazardous materials which are re- ments of §§ 173.21 and 173.24 of this sub- quired to be labeled POISON may be chapter. transported in the same motor vehicle (2) The overpack is marked with the with material that is marked or known proper shipping name and identifica- to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible ma- tion number, when applicable, and is terial intended for consumption by hu- labeled as required by this subchapter mans or animals provided the haz- for each hazardous material contained ardous material is marked, labeled, therein, unless marking and labels rep- and packaged in accordance with this resentative of each hazardous material subchapter, conforms to the require- in the overpack are visible. ments of paragraph (a) of this section (3) Each package subject to the ori- and is overpacked as specified in entation marking requirements of § 177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an § 172.312 of this subchapter is packed in overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2

470

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

drum tested and marked for a Packing aircraft must be labeled with the Group II or higher performance level. CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label re- [Amdt. 173–165, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983, as quired by § 172.402(c) of this subchapter amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612 Dec. and may not be offered for transpor- 21, 1990; 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– tation or transported aboard pas- 234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–214, 59 senger-carrying aircraft. FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, (c) Pressure requirements. (1) Pack- 1999; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, agings must be designed and con- Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; 73 FR structed to prevent leakage that may 57005, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011] be caused by changes in altitude and § 173.26 Quantity limitations. temperature during transportation aboard aircraft. When quantity limitations do not ap- pear in the packaging requirements of (2) Packagings for which retention of this subchapter, the permitted gross liquid is a basic function must be capa- weight or capacity authorized for a ble of withstanding without leakage packaging is as shown in the packaging the greater of— specification or standard in part 178 or (i) An internal pressure which pro- 179, as applicable, of this subchapter. duces a gauge pressure of not less than 75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990] Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1; or 95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or § 173.27 General requirements for transportation by aircraft. (ii) A pressure related to the vapor pressure of the liquid to be conveyed, (a) The requirements of this section determined by one of the following: are in addition to the requirements in (A) The total gauge pressure meas- § 173.24 and apply to packages offered or ured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor intended for transportation aboard air- pressure of the material and the partial craft. Except for materials not subject pressure of air or other inert gases, less to performance packaging require- 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), mul- ments in subpart E of this part, a pack- tiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; deter- aging containing a Packing Group III mined on the basis of a filling tempera- material with a primary or subsidiary ture of 15 °C (59 °F) and a degree of fill- risk of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class ing such that the receptacle is not 8 must meet the Packing Group II per- completely liquid full at a temperature formance level when offered or in- of 55 °C (131 °F) or less; tended for transportation by aircraft. (B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 (b) Packages authorized onboard air- ° ° craft. (1) When Column 9a of the C (122 F) less 100 kPa (15 psia); or § 172.101 table indicates that a material (C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 ° ° is ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not C (131 ) less 100 kPa (15 psia). be offered for transportation or trans- (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of ported aboard passenger-carrying air- paragraph (c)(2) of this section— craft. (i) Hazardous materials may be con- (2) When Column 9b of the § 172.101 tained in an inner packaging which table indicates that a material is does not itself meet the pressure re- ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not be quirement provided that the inner offered for transportation or trans- packaging is packed within a supple- ported aboard aircraft. mentary packaging which does meet (3) The maximum quantity of haz- the pressure requirement and other ap- ardous material in a package that may plicable packaging requirements of be offered for transportation or trans- this subchapter. ported aboard a passenger-carrying air- (ii) Packagings which are subject to craft or cargo aircraft may not exceed the hydrostatic pressure test and that quantity prescribed for the mate- marking requirements of §§ 178.605 and rial in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of 178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this sub- the § 172.101 table. chapter must have a marked test pres- (4) A package containing a hazardous sure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psig) material which is authorized aboard for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger (12 psig) for liquids in Packing Group

471

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 in this part, or in Subpart C of part 171 kPa (15 psig) for other liquids. of this subchapter, when combination (d) Closures. Stoppers, corks or other packagings are intended for transpor- such friction-type closures must be tation aboard an aircraft, inner pack- held securely, tightly and effectively in agings must conform to the quantity place by positive means. Each screw- limitations set forth in table 1 of this type closure on any packaging must be paragraph for transport aboard pas- secured to prevent closure from loos- senger-carrying aircraft and table 2 of ening due to vibration or substantial this paragraph for transport aboard change in temperature. cargo-only aircraft. (e) Absorbent materials. Except as oth- (2) Limited quantities. (i) Unless other- erwise provided in this subchapter, liq- wise specified in this part, or in Sub- uid hazardous materials of Class 3, 4, or part C of Part 171 of this subchapter, 8, or Division 5.1, 5.2 or 6.1 that are when a limited quantity of authorized packaged and offered for transport in hazardous material packaged in a com- glass, earthenware, plastic or metal bination packaging is intended for inner packagings must be packaged transportation aboard an aircraft, the using absorbent material as follows: inner packagings must conform to the (1) Packing Group I liquids on pas- quantity limitations set forth in table senger aircraft must be packaged using 3 of this paragraph. Materials must be materials capable of absorbing the en- authorized for transportation aboard a tire contents of the inner packagings. passenger-carrying aircraft (see Col- (2) Packing Group I liquids on cargo umn (9A) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Ma- aircraft, and Packing Group II liquids terials Table). Substances or articles including Division 5.2 liquids on pas- not authorized as limited quantity by senger and cargo aircraft, must be aircraft are: packaged using a sufficient quantity of (A) Those in Packing Group I; absorbent material to absorb the entire (B) Class 1 (explosive) and Class 7 (ra- contents of any one of the inner pack- dioactive) material; agings containing such liquids. When the inner packagings are of different (C) Divisions 2.1 (flammable gas) (ex- sizes and quantities, sufficient absorb- cept Aerosols (UN1950) and Recep- ent material must be used to absorb tacles, small (UN2037) without sub- the entire contents of the inner pack- sidiary risk) and Division 2.3 (toxic aging with the greatest volume of liq- gas); uid. (D) Divisions 4.1 (self-reactive), 4.2 (3) When absorbent materials are re- (spontaneously combustible) (primary quired and the outer packaging is not or subsidiary risk), and 4.3 (dangerous liquid tight, a means of containing the when wet) (liquids); liquid in the event of a leakage must be (E) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) provided in the form of a leakproof (except when contained in a Chemical liner, plastic bag or other equally effi- or First aid kit (UN3316) or Polyester cient means of containment. resin kit (UN3269) (Types D, E and F (4) Absorbent material must not non-temperature controlled only)); react dangerously with the liquid (see (F) Class 8 (corrosive) materials §§ 173.24 and 173.24a.). UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, 3028; (5) Absorbent material is not re- and quired if the inner packagings are so (G) All Class 9 (miscellaneous) mate- protected that they are unlikely to rials except for UN1941, UN1990, UN2071, break and leak their contents from the UN3077, UN3082, UN3316. outer packaging under normal condi- (ii) Effective January 1, 2012, pack- tions of transportation. ages must be marked with the limited (f) Combination packagings. (1) Ex- quantity ‘‘Y’’ mark as prescribed in cepted quantities. For authorized mate- § 172.315 of this part when conforming rials and inner and outer package to Table 3 of this paragraph. Until De- quantity limits for combination pack- cember 31, 2012, a package may instead ages of excepted quantities intended for be marked with the proper shipping transportation by aircraft, see § 173.4a name ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and of this part. Unless otherwise specified ‘‘ORM–D–AIR’’ (including ‘‘Charcoal,

472

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

NA1361) if it contains a consumer com- hibit any damage affecting safety in modity, as authorized by this sub- transport and there must be no leakage chapter in effect on October 1, 2010. from the inner packagings. (iii) Strong outer packagings are re- (vi) Each package must be capable of quired and a completed package may withstanding, without breakage or not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs) gross weight. leakage of any inner packaging, a force (iv) A secondary means of closure re- applied to the top surface for a dura- quired for all liquids contained in inner tion of 24 hours equivalent to the total packagings. If this requirement cannot weight of identical packages if stacked be satisfied, the use of an intermediate to a height of 3 m (including the test and leakproof form of containment, sample). such as a liner, is required. (vii) Except for UN3082, inner pack- (v) Packages must be capable of pass- agings of combination packagings con- ing a 1.2 m drop test on to a rigid, non- taining liquids must be capable of pass- resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in ing the appropriate pressure differen- the position most likely to cause dam- tial test prescribed in paragraph (c) of age. The criteria for passing the test is this section. that the outer packaging must not ex- (3) The tables are as follows:

TABLE 1—MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON PASSENGER- CARRYING AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack- Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a of the § 172.101 aging table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings

Liquids: Not greater than 0.5L ...... 0.5L ...... 0.5L. Greater than 0.5L. not greater than lL ...... 0.5L ...... lL. Greater than 1L, not greater than 5L ...... 1L ...... 5L. Greater than 5L, not greater than 60L ...... 2.5L ...... 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ...... 5L ...... 25L. Greater than 220L ...... No limit ...... No limit. Solids: Not greater than 5 kg ...... 0.5 kg ...... 1 kg. Greater than 5 kg, not greater than 25 kg ...... 1 kg ...... 2.5 kg. Greater than 25 kg, not greater than 200 kg ...... 5 kg ...... 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg ...... No limit ...... No limit.

TABLE 2—MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON CARGO AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack- Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the § 172.101 aging table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings

Liquids: Not greater than 2.5L ...... 1L ...... 1L. Greater than 2.5L, not greater than 30L ...... 2.5L ...... 2.5L. Greater than 30L, not greater than 60L ...... 5L ...... 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ...... 5L ...... 25L. Greater than 220L ...... No limit ...... No limit. Solids: Not greater than 15 kg ...... 1 kg ...... 2.5 kg. Greater than 15 kg, not greater than 50 kg ...... 2.5 kg ...... 5 kg. Greater than 50 kg, not greater than 200 kg ...... 5 kg ...... 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg ...... No limit ...... No limit.

473

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE 3—MAXIMUM NET QUANTITY OF EACH INNER PACKAGING FOR MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION AS LIMITED QUANTITY BY AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net quantity of each inner packaging Hazard class or Maximum author- division Glass, earthenware Metal or ized net quantity of Notes or fiber inner pack- plastic inner pack- each outer package agings agings

Class 1 ...... Forbidden. See § 173.63. Class 2 ...... 30 kg Gross ...... Authorized materials: Aerosols (UN1950) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2, and Receptacles, small (UN2037) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2 without sub- sidiary risk and Fuel cells cartridges (UN3478, UN3479), see § 173.230 of this part. Class 3 ...... PG I: Forbidden. PG II: 0.5L ...... PG II: 0.5L ...... PG II: 1L* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- age with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN2924, UN3286) is 0.5L. For Class 3 materials contained in a Pol- yester resin kit (UN3269), see § 173.165 of this part. For Fuel cell cartridges containing flammable liq- uids (UN3473), see § 173.230 of this part. PG III: 2.5L* ...... PG III: 5.0L* ...... PG III: 10L* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- *Corrosive sub- *Corrosive sub- age with corrosive subsidiary risk sidiary risk (e.g., sidiary risk (e.g., (e.g., UN2924) is 1L and toxic sub- UN2924) or toxic UN2924) or toxic sidiary risk (e.g., UN1992) is 2L. (e.g., UN1992) is (e.g., UN1992) is 1L. 1L. Division 4.1 (does PG I: Forbidden. not include self- reactive material). PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 5 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3179) is 1 kg. PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- age with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3180) is 5 kg. Division 4.2 (Pri- Forbidden* ...... 25 kg (net mass)*.. *Until December 31, 2012, Charcoal mary or sub- (NA1361), PG III, may be trans- sidiary). ported as a limited quantity and may be renamed Consumer commodity and reclassed ORM–D–AIR, if eligi- ble. Division 4.3 (solid PG I solids and all material only). liquids regardless of Packing Group: Forbidden. PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 5 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3134) is 1 kg. For fuel cell car- tridges containing water reactive substances (UN3476), see § 173.230 of this part. PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- age with corrosive or flammable sub- sidiary risk (e.g., UN3131 or UN3132, respectively) is 5 kg. Division 5.1 (Liquid PG I: Forbidden. or solid material). Division 5.1 (liquid PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.5L. material). PG III: 0.5L ...... PGIII: 0.5L ...... PG III: 1.0L. Division 5.1 (solid PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 2.5 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- material). age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3087) is 1 kg. PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- age with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3085) is 1 kg.

474

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

TABLE 3—MAXIMUM NET QUANTITY OF EACH INNER PACKAGING FOR MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION AS LIMITED QUANTITY BY AIRCRAFT—Continued

Maximum authorized net quantity of each inner packaging Hazard class or Maximum author- division Glass, earthenware Metal or ized net quantity of Notes or fiber inner pack- plastic inner pack- each outer package agings agings

Division 5.2 (liquid 30 mL ...... 30 mL ...... 1 kg ...... Authorized materials: Types D, E and material). F are authorized only as part of a Chemical or First aid kit (UN3316) in accordance with § 173.161 of this part or a Polyester resin kit (UN3269) in accordance with § 173.165 of this part. Division 5.2 (solid 100g ...... 100g ...... 1 kg. material). Division 6.1 ...... PG I (Inhalation or otherwise): For- bidden. Division 6.1 (liquid PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 1.0L* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- material). age with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3289) is 0.5L. PG III: 0.5L ...... PGIII: 0.5L ...... PG III: 2.0L. Division 6.1 (solid PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 1.0 kg. material). PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg. Class 7 ...... Forbidden. Class 8 ...... PG I: Forbidden. Class 8 (liquid ma- PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.5L ...... For ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges containing cor- terial). rosive substances’’ (UN3477), see § 173.230 of this part. PG III: 0.5L ...... PGIII: 0.5L ...... PG III: 1.0L. Class 8 (solid mate- PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 5.0 kg* ...... *Maximum net quantity per outer pack- rial). age for UN2430 is 1.0 kg. UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, UN3028 are not authorized as limited quan- tity. PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 5.0 kg. Class 9 (liquid ma- 30 mL (UN3316); 30 mL (UN3316); 1 kg (UN3316); 30 Authorized materials: UN1941, terial). 5.0L (UN1941, 5.0L (UN1941, kg (all other au- UN1990, UN2071, UN3077, UN1990, UN1990, thorized Class 9 UN3082, and UN3316 only. Addition- UN3082) 100 g UN3082) 100 g material). ally, Consumer commodity (ID8000) (UN3316); 5.0 kg (UN3316); 5.0 kg in accordance with § 173.167 of this (UN2071, (UN2071, part and Chemical kit or First aid kit UN3077). UN3077). (UN3316) in accordance with § 173.161of this part are authorized. Class 9 (solid mate- 100 g (UN3316); 100 g (UN3316); rial). 5.0 kg (UN2071, 5.0 kg (UN2071, UN3077). UN3077).

(g) Cylinders. For any cylinder con- (i) Effective October 1, 2006, each per- taining hazardous materials and incor- son who offers a hazardous material for porating valves, sufficient protection transportation by aircraft must in- must be provided to prevent operation clude the certification statement speci- of, and damage to, the valves during fied in § 172.204(c)(3). transportation, by one of the following [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as methods: amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (1) By equipping each cylinder with 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR securely attached valve caps or protec- 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; tive headrings; or 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, (2) By boxing or crating the cylinder. 2004; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 73 FR 57006, (h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR tank car or cargo tank containing a 3368, Jan. 19, 2011] hazardous material may not be trans- ported aboard aircraft.

475

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.28 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and re- (i) Except as provided in paragraph manufacture of packagings. (b)(4)(ii) of this section, conform to the (a) General. Packagings and recep- following minimum thickness criteria: tacles used more than once must be in Minimum thickness of packaging material such condition, including closure de- Maximum ca- pacity not Metal drum or Plastic drum or vices and cushioning materials, that over jerrican jerrican they conform in all respects to the pre- scribed requirements of this sub- 20 L ...... 0.63 mm (0.025 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). chapter. Before reuse, each packaging 30 L ...... 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). 40 L ...... 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). must be inspected and may not be re- 60 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). used unless free from incompatible res- 120 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). idue, rupture, or other damage which 220 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). reduces its structural integrity. Pack- inch) 1. agings not meeting the minimum 450 L ...... 1.77 mm (0.070 inch) 5.0 mm (0.197 inch). thickness requirements prescribed in 1 Metal drums or jerricans with a paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body not be reused or reconditioned for and 1.09 mm heads which are manufac- reuse. tured and marked prior to January 1, (b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging. A 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or non-bulk packaging used more than jerricans manufactured and marked on once must conform to the following or after January 1, 1997, and intended provisions and limitations: for reuse, must be constructed with a (1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body inspection, shows evidence of a reduc- and 1.11 mm heads. tion in integrity may not be reused un- (ii) For stainless steel drums and less it is reconditioned in accordance jerricans, conform to a minimum wall with paragraph (c) of this section. thickness as determined by the fol- (2) Before reuse, packagings subject lowing equivalence formula: to the leakproofness test with air pre- scribed in § 178.604 of this subchapter shall be— FORMULA FOR METRIC UNITS (i) Retested without failure in ac- × cordance with § 178.604 of this sub- 21. 4 e0 chapter using an internal air pressure e = 1 3 × (gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psig) for Rm11 A Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig) for Packing Group II and Packing FORMULA FOR U.S. STANDARD Group III; and UNITS (ii) Marked with the letter ‘‘L’’, with × the name and address or symbol of the 21. 4 e0 person conducting the test, and the e = 1 3 × last two digits of the year the test was ()Rm11 A /145 conducted. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Adminis- where: trator. e1 = required equivalent wall thickness of the (3) Packagings made of paper (other metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S. Stand- than fiberboard), , or tex- ard units, use inches). e0 = required minimum wall thickness for tile are not authorized for reuse; the reference steel (in mm or, for U.S. (4) Metal and plastic drums and Standard units, use inches). jerricans used as single packagings or Rm1 = guaranteed minimum tensile strength the outer packagings of composite of the metal to be used (in N/mm2 or for packagings are authorized for reuse U.S. Standard units, use psi). only when they are marked in a perma- A1 = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a nent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm percentage) of the metal to be used on frac- with the nominal (for metal pack- ture under tensile stress (see paragraph (c)(1) of this section). agings) or minimum (for plastic pack- agings) thickness of the packaging ma- (5) Plastic inner receptacles of com- terial, as required by § 178.503(a)(9) of posite packagings must have a min- this subchapter, and— imum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch).

476

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EP26JN96.000 EP26JN96.001 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.28

(6) A previously used non-bulk pack- (i) Removal of all former contents, aging may be reused for the shipment external and labels, and clean- of hazardous waste, not subject to the ing to the original materials of con- reconditioning and reuse provisions of struction; this section, in accordance with (ii) Inspection after cleaning with re- § 173.12(c). jection of packagings with visible dam- (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of age such as tears, creases or cracks, or paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a pack- damaged threads or closures, or other aging otherwise authorized for reuse significant defects; may be reused without being (iii) Replacement of all non-integral leakproofness tested with air provided gaskets and closure devices with new the packaging— or refurbished parts, and cushioning (i) Is refilled with a material which is and cushioning materials; and compo- compatible with the previous lading: nents including gaskets, closure de- (ii) Is refilled and offered for trans- vices and cushioning and cushioning portation by the original filler; material. (For a UN 1H1 plastic drum, (iii) Is transported in a transport ve- replacing a removable gasket or clo- hicle or freight container under the ex- sure device with another of the same clusive use of the refiller of the pack- design and material that provides aging; and equivalent performance does not con- (iv) Is constructed of— stitute reconditioning); and (iv) Ensuring that the packagings are (A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel restored to a condition that conforms with a thickness not less than one and in all respects with the prescribed re- one-half times the minimum thickness quirements of this subchapter. prescribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this (3) A person who reconditions a pack- section; aging manufactured and marked under (B) Plastic, provided the packaging is the provisions of subpart L of part 178 not refilled for reuse on a date more of this subchapter, shall mark that than five years from the date of manu- packaging as required by § 178.503(c) facture marked on the packaging in ac- and (d) of this subchapter. The mark- cordance with § 178.503(a)(6) of this sub- ing is the certification of the recondi- chapter; or tioner that the packaging conforms to (C) Another material or thickness the standard for which it is marked when approved under the conditions es- and that all functions performed by the tablished by the Associate Adminis- reconditioner which are prescribed by trator for reuse without retesting. this subchapter have been performed in (c) Reconditioning of non-bulk pack- compliance with this subchapter. aging. (1) For the purpose of this sub- (4) The markings applied by the re- chapter, reconditioning of metal drums conditioner may be different from is: those applied by the manufacturer at (i) Cleaning to base material of con- the time of original manufacture, but struction, with all former contents, in- may not identify a greater performance ternal and external corrosion, and any capability than that for which the external coatings and labels removed; original design type had been tested (ii) Restoring to original shape and (for example, the reconditioner may contour, with chimes (if any) straight- mark a drum which was originally ened and sealed, and all non-integral marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/ gaskets replaced: and Z2.0). (iii) Inspecting after cleaning but be- (5) Packagings which have significant fore painting, Packagings that have defects which cannot be repaired may visible pitting, significant reduction in not be reused. material thickness, metal fatigue, (d) Remanufacture of non-bulk pack- damaged threads or closures, or other agings. For the purpose of this sub- significant defects, must be rejected. chapter, remanufacture is the conver- (2) For the purpose of this sub- sion of a non-specification, non-bulk chapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk packaging to a DOT specification or packaging other than a metal drum in- U.N. standard, the conversion of a cludes: packaging meeting one specification or

477

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.29 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

standard to another specification or (1) Any hazardous material shipping standard (for example, conversion of name and identification number mark- 1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2 ings, any hazard warning labels or removable head drums) or the replace- placards, and any other markings indi- ment of integral structural packaging cating that the material is hazardous components (such as non-removable (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) are heads on drums). A person who re- removed, obliterated, or securely cov- manufactures a non-bulk packaging to ered in transportation. This provision conform to a specification or standard does not apply to transportation in a in part 178 of this subchapter is subject transport vehicle or a freight container to the requirements of part 178 of this if the packaging is not visible in trans- subchapter as a manufacturer. portation and the packaging is loaded (e) Non-reusable containers. A pack- by the shipper and unloaded by the aging marked as NRC according to the shipper or consignee; DOT specification or UN standard re- (2) The packaging— quirements of part 178 of this sub- (i) Is unused; chapter may be reused for the ship- (ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue ment of any material not required by and purged of vapors to remove any po- this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT tential hazard; specification or UN standard pack- (iii) Is refilled with a material which aging. is not hazardous to such an extent that (f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be re- any residue remaining in the pack- used must be disinfected prior to reuse aging no longer poses a hazard; or by any means effective for neutralizing (iv) Contains only the residue of— the infectious substance the packaging (A) An ORM-D material; or previously contained. A secondary (B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas, packaging or outer packaging con- other than ammonia, anhydrous, and forming to the requirements of § 173.196 with no subsidiary hazard, at a gauge or § 173.199 need not be disinfected prior pressure less than 200 kPa (29.0 psig); at to reuse if no leakage from the primary 20 °C (68 °F); and receptacle has occurred. Drums or (3) Any material contained in the jerricans not meeting the minimum packaging does not meet the defini- thickness requirements prescribed in tions in § 171.8 of this subchapter for a paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may hazardous substance, a hazardous not be reused or reconditioned for waste, or a marine pollutant. reuse. (c) A non-bulk packaging containing [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990] only the residue of a hazardous mate- rial covered by Table 2 of § 172.504 of EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tations affecting § 173.28, see the List of CFR this subchapter that is not a material Sections Affected which appears in the Find- poisonous by inhalation or its residue ing Aids section of the printed volume and at shipped under the subsidiary www.fdsys.gov. placarding provisions of § 172.505— (1) Does not have to be included in § 173.29 Empty packagings. determining the applicability of the (a) General. Except as otherwise pro- placarding requirements of subpart F vided in this section, an empty pack- of part 172 of this subchapter; and aging containing only the residue of a (2) Is not subject to the shipping hazardous material shall be offered for paper requirements of this subchapter transportation and transported in the when collected and transported by a same manner as when it previously contract or private carrier for recondi- contained a greater quantity of that tioning, remanufacture or reuse. hazardous material. (d) Notwithstanding the stowage re- (b) Notwithstanding the require- quirements in Column 10a of the ments of paragraph (a) of this section, § 172.101 table for transportation by ves- an empty packaging is not subject to sel, an empty drum or cylinder may be any other requirements of this sub- stowed on deck or under deck. chapter if it conforms to the following (e) Specific provisions for describing provisions: an empty packaging on a shipping

478

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

paper appear in § 172.203(e) of this sub- certificate of construction (AAR Form chapter. 4–2 or by addendum on Form R–1). See (f) [Reserved] § 179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a (g) A package which contains a res- tank car from one specified service on idue of an elevated temperature mate- its certificate of construction to an- rial may remain marked in the same other may be made only by the owner manner as when it contained a greater or with the owner’s authorization. A quantity of the material even though it tank car proposed for a commodity no longer meets the definition in § 171.8 service other than specified on its cer- of this subchapter for an elevated tem- tificate of construction must be ap- perature material. proved for such service by the AAR’s (h) A package that contains a residue Tank Car Committee. of a hazardous substance, Class 9, listed (3) No person may fill a tank car in the § 172.101 Table, Appendix A, overdue for periodic inspection with a Table I, that does not meet the defini- hazardous material and then offer it tion of another hazard class and is not for transportation. Any tank car a hazardous waste or marine pollutant, marked as meeting a DOT specification may remain marked, labeled and, if ap- and any non-specification tank car plicable, placarded in the same manner transporting a hazardous material as when it contained a greater quan- must have a periodic inspection and tity of the material even though it no test conforming to subpart F of part longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of 180 of this subchapter. this subchapter for a hazardous sub- (4) No railroad tank car, regardless of stance. its construction date, may be used for [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990, as the transportation in commerce of any amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. hazardous material unless the air 2, 1991; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, brake equipment support attachments 1992; Amdt. 173–251, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; of such tank car conform to the stand- Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR ards for attachments set forth in 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; §§ 179.100–16 and 179.200–19 of this sub- 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, chapter. 2010] (5) No railroad tank car, regardless of § 173.30 Loading and unloading of its construction date, may be used for transport vehicles. the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material with a self-ener- A person who is subject to the load- gized manway located below the liquid ing and unloading regulations in this level of the lading. subchapter must load or unload haz- (6) Unless otherwise specifically pro- ardous materials into or from a trans- vided in this part: port vehicle or vessel in conformance (i) When the tank car delimiter is an with the applicable loading and unload- ‘‘A,’’ offerors may also use tank cars ing requirements of parts 174, 175, 176, with a delimiter ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’. and 177 of this subchapter. (ii) When the tank car delimiter is an [68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003] ‘‘S,’’ offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’. § 173.31 Use of tank cars. (iii) When a tank car delimiter is a (a) General. (1) No person may offer a ‘‘T’’ offerors may also use tank cars hazardous material for transportation with a delimiter of ‘‘J’’. in a tank car unless the tank car meets (iv) When a tank car delimiter is a the applicable specification and pack- ‘‘J’’, offerors may not use a tank car aging requirements of this subchapter with any other delimiter. or, when this subchapter authorizes the (7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank use of a non-DOT specification tank car may continue to be used for the car, the applicable specification to transportation of a hazardous material which the tank was constructed. if it meets the requirements of this (2) Tank cars and appurtenances may subchapter and the design require- be used for the transportation of any ments in Part 179 of this subchapter in commodity for which they are author- effect on September 30, 2003; however, ized in this part and specified on the no new construction is authorized.

479

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(8) A tank car authorized by the (4) Thermal protection requirements. Transport Canada TDG Regulations The following tank cars must have (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may thermal protection that conforms to be used provided it conforms to the ap- the requirements of § 179.18 of this sub- plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this chapter: subchapter. (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 (b) Safety systems—(1) Coupler vertical material, except for a class 106, 107A, restraint. Each tank car conforming to 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car a DOT specification and any other tank equipped with a thermal protection car used for transportation of a haz- system conforming to § 179.18 of this ardous material must be equipped with subchapter, or that has an insulation a coupler vertical restraint system system having an overall thermal con- that meets the requirements of § 179.14 ductance of no more than 0.613 of this subchapter. kilojoules per hour, per square meter, (2) Pressure relief devices. (i) Pressure per degree Celsius temperature dif- relief devices on tank cars must con- ferential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, form to part 179 of this subchapter. per hour, per degree Fahrenheit tem- (ii) A single-unit tank car trans- perature differential), conforms to this porting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, or requirement. Class 2, 3, or 4 material must have a re- (ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 closing pressure relief device. However, material that was not required to have a single-unit tank car built before Jan- thermal protection prior to July 1, uary 1, 1991, and equipped with a non- 1996, must be equipped with thermal reclosing pressure relief device may be protection no later than July 1, 2006. used to transport a Division 6.1 PG I or (5) Bottom-discontinuity protection re- II material or a Class 4 liquid provided quirements. No person may offer for such materials do not meet the defini- transportation a hazardous material in tion of a material poisonous by inhala- a tank car with bottom-discontinuity tion. protection unless the tank car has bot- (3) Tank-head puncture-resistance re- tom-discontinuity protection that con- quirements. The following tank cars forms to the requirements of E9.00 and must have a tank-head puncture-resist- E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for ance system that conforms to the re- Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- quirements in § 179.16 of this sub- chapter). Tank cars not requiring bot- chapter, or to the corresponding re- tom-discontinuity protection under the quirements in effect at the time of in- terms of Appendix Y of the AAR Speci- stallation: fications for Tank Cars as of July 1, (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 1996, must conform to these require- material. ments no later than July 1, 2006, except (ii) Tank cars constructed from alu- that tank cars transporting a material minum or nickel plate that are used to that is hazardous only because it meets transport hazardous material. the definition of an elevated tempera- (iii) Except as provided in paragraph ture material or because it is molten (b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank sulfur do not require bottom disconti- cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) nuity protection. and (ii) of this section not requiring a (6) Scheduling of modifications and tank-head puncture resistance system progress reporting. The date of conform- prior to July 1, 1996, must have a tank- ance for the continued use of tank cars head puncture resistance system in- subject to paragraphs (b)(4), (b)(5), and stalled no later than July 1, 2006. (f) of this section and § 173.314(j) is sub- (iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built ject to the following conditions and prior to September 1, 1981, having a limitations. tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 (i) Each tank car owner shall modify, gallons), and used to transport a Divi- reassign, retire, or remove at least 50 sion 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must percent of their in-service tank car have a tank-head puncture-resistant fleet within the first half of the com- system installed no later than July 1, pliance period and the remainder of 2001. their in-service tank car fleet during

480

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

the second half of the compliance pe- (i) Except where insulation or a ther- riod. mal protection system precludes an in- (ii) By October 1 of each year, each spection, the tank shell and heads for owner of a tank car subject to this abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, dis- paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the tortions, defects in welds, or any other Federal Railroad Administration, Haz- condition that makes the tank car un- ardous Materials Division, Office of safe for transportation; Safety Assurance and Compliance, 1120 (ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Wash- gaskets for corrosion, damage, or any ington, DC 20590, a progress report that other condition that makes the tank shows the total number of in-service car unsafe for transportation; tank cars that need head protection, (iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, thermal protection, or bottom-dis- or elements that make the tank car continuity protection; the number of unsafe for transportation; new or different tank cars acquired to (iv) All closures on tank cars and de- replace those tank cars required to be termine that the closures and all fas- upgraded to a higher service pressure; tenings securing them are properly and the total number of tank cars tightened in place by the use of a bar, modified, reassigned, acquired, retired, wrench, or other suitable tool; or removed from service the previous (v) Protective housings for proper se- year. curement; (c) Tank car test pressure. A tank car used for the transportation of a haz- (vi) The pressure relief device, in- ardous material must have a tank test cluding a careful inspection of the rup- pressure equal to or greater than the ture disc in non-reclosing pressure re- greatest of the following: lief devices, for corrosion or damage (1) Except for shipments of carbon di- that may alter the intended operation oxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride, of the device. The rupture disc is not vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, required to be removed prior to visual 133 percent of the sum of lading vapor inspection if the tank car contains the pressure at the reference temperature residue, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- of 46 °C (115 °F) for non-insulated tank chapter, of a Class 8, PG II or PG III cars or 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tank material with no subsidiary hazard or cars plus static head, plus gas padding the residue of a Class 9 elevated tem- pressure in the vacant space of a tank perature material; car; (vii) Each tell-tale indicator after (2) 133 percent of the maximum load- filling and prior to transportation to ing or unloading pressure, whichever is ensure the integrity of the rupture greater; disc; (3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials (viii) The external thermal protec- that are poisonous by inhalation (see tion system, tank-head puncture re- § 173.31(e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates); sistance system, coupler vertical re- (4) The minimum pressure prescribed straint system, and bottom disconti- by the specification in part 179 of this nuity protection for conditions that subchapter; or make the tank car unsafe for transpor- (5) The minimum test pressure pre- tation; scribed for the specific hazardous ma- (ix) The required markings on the terial in the applicable packaging sec- tank car for legibility; and tion in subpart F or G of this part. (x) The periodic inspection date (d) Examination before shipping. (1) No markings to ensure that the inspection person may offer for transportation a and test intervals are within the pre- tank car containing a hazardous mate- scribed intervals. rial or a residue of a hazardous mate- (2) Closures on tank cars are re- rial unless that person determines that quired, in accordance with this sub- the tank car is in proper condition and chapter, to be designed and closed so safe for transportation. As a minimum, that under conditions normally inci- each person offering a tank car for dent to transportation, including the transportation must perform an exter- effects of temperature and vibration, nal visual inspection that includes: there will be no identifiable release of

481

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

a hazardous material to the environ- (A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar ment. ln any action brought to enforce (340 psig) or higher; or this section, the lack of securement of (B) The tank shell and heads are any closure to a tool-tight condition, manufactured from AAR steel speci- detected at any point, will establish a fication TC–128, normalized; rebuttable presumption that a proper (ii) A higher test pressure is required inspection was not performed by the of- if otherwise specified in this sub- feror of the car. That presumption may chapter; and be rebutted by any evidence indicating (iii) Other than as provided in para- that the lack of securement resulted graph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car from a specific cause not within the which does not conform to the require- control of the offeror. ments of this paragraph (f)(1), and was (e) Special requirements for materials authorized for a hazardous substance poisonous by inhalation—(1) Interior under the regulations in effect on June heater coils. Tank cars used for mate- 30, 1996, may continue in use until July rials poisonous by inhalation may not 1, 2006. have interior heater coils. (2) List of hazardous substances. Haz- (2) Tank car specifications. A tank ardous substances for which the provi- car used for a material poisonous by in- sions of this paragraph (f) apply are as halation must have a tank test pres- follows: sure of 20.7 Bar (300 psig) or greater, Aldrin head protection, and a metal jacket Allyl chloride (e.g., DOT 105S300W), except that— alpha-BHC (i) A higher test pressure is required beta-BHC if otherwise specified in this sub- delta-BHC chapter; and gamma-BHC Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether (ii) Each tank car constructed on or Bromoform after March 16, 2009, and used for the Carbon tetrachloride transportation of PIH materials must Chlordane meet the applicable authorized tank p-Chloroaniline car specifications and standards listed Chlorobenzene in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3) and § 173.314(c) or Chlorobenzilate (d). p-Chloro-m-cresol (iii) A tank car meeting the applica- 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether Chloroform ble authorized tank car specifications 2-Chloronapthalene listed in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3), or o-Chlorophenol § 173.314(c) or (d) is authorized for the 3-Chloropropionitrile transportation of a material poisonous DDE by inhalation for a period of 20 years DDT after the date of original construction. 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (iv) A tank car owner retiring or oth- m-Dichlorobenzene o-Dichlorobenzene erwise removing a tank car from serv- p-Dichlorobenzene ice transporting materials poisonous 3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine by inhalation, other than because of 1,4-Dichloro-2-butene damage to the car, must retire or re- 1,1-Dichloroethane move cars constructed of non-normal- 1,2-Dichloroethane ized steel in the head or shell before re- 1,1-Dichloroethylene moving any car in service transporting Dichloroisopropyl ether Dichloromethane @ materials poisonous by inhalation con- 2,4-Dichlorophenol structed of normalized steel meeting 2,6-Dichlorophenol the applicable DOT specification. 1,2-Dichloropropane (f) Special requirements for hazardous 1,3-Dichloropropene substances. (1) A tank car used for a Dieldrin hazardous substance listed in para- alpha-Endosulfan graph (f)(2) of this section must have a beta-Endosulfan Endrin tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar Endrin aldehyde (200 psig), head protection and a metal Heptachlor jacket, except that— Heptachlor epoxide (i) No metal jacket is required if— Hexachlorobenzene

482

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

Hexachlorobutadiene or ‘‘Crew at Work,’’ may also appear in Hexachloroethane white letters under the word ‘‘STOP.’’ Hexachlorophene (3) At least one wheel on the tank car Hexachloropropene must be blocked against movement in Isodrin Kepone both directions, and the hand brakes Methoxychlor must be set. If multiple tank cars are 4,4′-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) coupled together, sufficient hand Methylene bromide brakes must be set and wheels blocked Pentachlorobenzene to prevent movement in both direc- Pentachloroethane tions. Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) Pentachlorophenol [Amdt. 173–245, 60 FR 49072, Sept. 21, 1995, as Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) amended by Amdt. 173–245, 61 FR 33254, June Pronamide 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, Silvex (2,4,5-TP) 1996; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33427, 2,4,5-T June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; TDE 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34075, 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) June 13, 2005; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 72 FR Tetrachloroethane 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 Tetrachloroethylene FR 27215, May 14, 2010] 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol Toxaphene § 173.32 Requirements for the use of 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene portable tanks. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (a) General requirements. No person 1,1,2-Trichloroethane may offer a hazardous material for Trichloroethylene transportation in a portable tank ex- 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol cept as authorized by this subchapter. Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate (1) Except as otherwise provided in (g) Tank car loading and unloading. this subpart, no person may use a port- When placed for loading or unloading able tank for the transportation of a and before unsecuring any closure, a hazardous material unless it meets the tank car must be protected against requirements of this subchapter. movement or coupling as follows: (2) No person may fill and offer for (1) Each hazmat employee who is re- transportation a portable tank when sponsible for loading or unloading a the prescribed periodic test or inspec- tank car must secure access to the tion under subpart G of part 180 of this track to prevent entry by other rail subchapter has become due until the equipment, including motorized service test or inspection has been successfully vehicles. Derails, lined and locked completed. This requirement does not switches, portable bumper blocks, or apply to any portable tank filled prior other equipment that provides an to the test or inspection due date. equivalent level of security may be (3) When a portable tank is used as a used to satisfy this requirement. cargo tank motor vehicle, it must con- (2) Caution signs must be displayed form to all the requirements prescribed on the track or on the tank cars to for cargo tank motor vehicles. (See warn persons approaching the cars § 173.33.) from the open end of the track and (b) Substitute packagings. A particular must be left up until after all closures Specification portable tank may be are secured and the cars are in proper substituted for another portable tank condition for transportation. The cau- as follows: tion signs must be of metal or other (1) An IM or UN portable tank may durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 be used whenever an IM or UN portable cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15 tank having less stringent require- inches) wide, and bear the word ments is authorized provided the port- ‘‘STOP.’’ The word ‘‘STOP’’ must ap- able tank meets or exceeds the require- pear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 ments for pressure-relief devices, bot- inches) high. The letters must be white tom outlets and any other special pro- on a blue background. Additional visions specified in § 172.102(c)(7)(vi) of words, such as ‘‘Tank Car Connected’’ this subchapter.

483

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) Where a Specification IM101 or applicable to T codes), and provided IM102 portable tank is prescribed, a UN the portable tanks conform to the peri- portable tank or Specification 51 port- odic inspection and tests specified for able tank otherwise conforming to the the particular portable tank in subpart special commodity requirements of G of part 180 of this subchapter. After § 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the January 1, 2003, all newly manufac- material to be transported may be tured portable tanks must conform to used. the requirements for the design, con- (3) A DOT Specification 51 portable struction and approval of UN portable tank may be used whenever a DOT tanks as specified in §§ 178.273, 178.274, Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank 178.275, 178.276, 178.277 and part 180, sub- is authorized. A DOT Specification 60 part G, of this subchapter. portable tank may be used whenever a (3) A DOT Specification portable DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable tank manufactured prior to January 1, tank is authorized. A higher integrity 1992 that is equipped with a non-re- tank used instead of a specified port- closing pressure relief device may con- able tank must meet the same design tinue in service for the hazardous ma- profile; for example, a DOT Specifica- terials for which it is authorized. Ex- tion 51 portable tank must be lined if cept for a DOT Specification 56 or 57 used instead of a lined DOT Specifica- portable tank, a DOT Specification tion 60 portable tank. portable tank manufactured after Jan- (4) A portable tank authorized by the uary 1, 1992, used for materials meeting Transport Canada TDG Regulations the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or be used provided it conforms to the ap- Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this with a reclosing pressure relief valve subchapter. having adequately sized venting capac- (c) Grandfather provisions for portable ity unless otherwise specified in this tanks—(1) Continued use of Specification subchapter (see §§ 178.275(f)(1) and 56 and 57 portable tanks. Continued use 178.277 of this subchapter). of an existing portable tank con- (4) Any portable tank container con- structed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 structed prior to May 15, 1950, com- is authorized only for a portable tank plying with the requirements of either constructed before October 1, 1996. A the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure stainless steel portable tank internally Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the API ASME lined with polyethylene that was con- Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943 structed on or before October 1, 1996, Edition, may be used for the transpor- and that meets all requirements of tation of liquefied compressed gas, pro- DOT Specification 57 except for being vided it fulfills all the requirements of equipped with a polypropylene dis- the part and specifications for the par- charge ball valve and polypropylene ticular gas or gases to be transported. secondary discharge opening closure, Such portable tanks must be marked may be marked as a Specification 57 ‘‘ICC Specification 51X’’ on the plate portable tank and used in accordance required by the specification, except as with the provisions of this section. modified by any or all of the following: (2) A DOT Specification 51, IM 101, or (i) Portable tanks designed and con- IM 102 portable tank may not be manu- structed in accordance with Pars. U–68, factured after January 1, 2003; however, U–69, or U–201 of the ASME Code, 1943 such tanks may continue to be used for and 1946 editions, may be used. Port- the transportation of a hazardous ma- able tanks designed and constructed in terial provided they meet the require- accordance with Par. U–68 or Par. U–69 ments of this subchapter, including the may be re-rated at a working pressure specification requirements and the re- 25 percent in excess of the design pres- quirements of this subchapter for the sure for which the portable tank was transportation of the particular haz- originally constructed. If the portable ardous material according to the T tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or must be marked on the plate as fol- the new T codes in § 172.102(c)(7)(i) (see lows: ‘‘Re-rated working pressure— § 171.14(d)(4) for transitional provisions psig’’.

484

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

(ii) Loading and unloading acces- (5) Any device for tightening man- sories, valves, piping, fittings, safety hole covers to ensure such devices are and gauging devices, do not have to operative and adequate to prevent comply with the requirements for the leakage at the manhole cover. particular location on the portable (f) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- tank. ardous material may not be loaded into (5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable a portable tank if the hazardous mate- tank fulfilling the requirements of that rial would: specification may be continued in serv- (i) Damage the portable tank; ice for transportation of a liquefied pe- (ii) React with the portable tank; or troleum gas if it is retested every five (iii) Otherwise compromise its prod- years in accordance with the require- uct retention capability. ments in § 180.605 of this subchapter. (2) A hazardous material may not be Use of existing portable tanks is au- thorized. New construction is not au- loaded in a DOT Specification 51, DOT thorized. Specification 60, an IM or UN portable tank unless the portable tank has a (d) Determination of an authorized portable tank. Prior to filling and offer- pressure relief device that provides ing a portable tank for transportation, total relieving capacity meeting the the shipper must ensure that the port- requirements of this subchapter. able tank conforms to the authorized (3) Except during a pressure test, a specification and meets the applicable portable tank may not be subjected to requirements in this subchapter for the a pressure greater than its marked hazardous material. The shipper must maximum allowable working pressure ensure that the MAWP, design pressure or, when appropriate, its marked de- or test pressure of the portable tank, sign pressure. as applicable, is appropriate for the (4) A portable tank may not be load- hazardous material being transported. ed to a gross mass greater than the Determination of the applicable pres- maximum allowable gross mass speci- sure must take into account the max- fied on its identification plate. imum pressure used to load or unload (5) Except for a non-flowable solid or the hazardous material, the vapor pres- a liquid with a viscosity of 2,680 sure, static head and surge pressures of centistokes (millimeters squared per the hazardous material and the tem- second) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), an peratures that the hazardous material IM or UN portable tank, or compart- will experience during transportation. ment thereof, having a volume greater (e) External inspection prior to filling. than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be Each portable tank must be given a loaded to a filling density of more than complete external inspection prior to 20% and less than 80% by volume. This filling. Any unsafe condition must be filling restriction does not apply if a corrected prior to its being filled and portable tank is divided by partitions offered for transportation. The exter- or surge plates into compartments of nal inspection shall include a visual in- not more than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) ca- spection of: pacity; this portable tank must not be (1) The shell, piping, valves and other offered for transportation in an ullage appurtenances for corroded areas, dents, defects in welds and other de- condition liable to produce an unac- fects such as missing, damaged, or ceptable hydraulic force due to surge. leaking gaskets; (6) The outage for a portable tank (2) All flanged connections or blank may not be less than 2% at a tempera- flanges for missing or loose nuts and ture of 50 °C (122 °F) unless otherwise bolts; specified in this subchapter. For UN (3) All emergency devices for corro- portable tanks, the applicable max- sion, distortion, or any damage or de- imum filling limits apply as specified fect that could prevent their normal according to the assigned TP codes in operation; Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this (4) All required markings on the tank subchapter except when transported for legibility; and domestically.

485

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(7) Each tell-tale indicator or pres- color if painted, or a bright reflective sure gauge located in the space be- metal or other material if unpainted. tween a frangible disc and a safety re- (2) If a hazardous material is being lief valve mounted in series must be transported in a molten state, the port- checked after the tank is filled and able tank must be thermally insulated prior to transportation to ensure that with suitable insulation material of the frangible disc is leak free. Any sufficient thickness that the overall leakage through the frangible disc thermal conductance is not more than must be corrected prior to offering the 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per tank for transportation. degree Fahrenheit differential. (8) During filling, the temperature of (3) No person may offer a liquid haz- the hazardous materials shall not ex- ardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, ceed the limits of the design tempera- or PG III with a flash point of less than ture range of the portable tank. 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or (9) The maximum mass of liquefied Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN compressed gas per liter (gallon) of portable tank that is equipped with a shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may bottom outlet as authorized in Column not exceed the density of the liquefied (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- compressed gas at 50 °C (122 °F). The chapter by assignment of a T Code in portable tank must not be liquid full at the appropriate proper shipping name 60 °C (140 °F). entry, for unloading to a facility while (g) Additional requirements for specific it remains on a transport vehicle with modal transport. In addition to other ap- the power unit attached unless— plicable requirements, the following (i) The tank outlets conform to apply: § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter; or (1) A portable tank containing a haz- (ii) The facility at which the IM or ardous material may not be loaded UN portable tank is to be unloaded onto a highway or rail transport vehi- conforms to the requirements in cle unless loaded entirely within the § 177.834(o) of this subchapter. horizontal outline of the vehicle, with- (i) Additional requirements for portable out overhang or projection of any part tanks other than IM specification and UN of the tank assembly. portable tanks. (1) The bursting (2) An IM or UN portable tank used strength of any piping and fittings for the transportation of flammable must be at least four times the design liquids by rail may not be fitted with pressure of the tank, and at least four non-reclosing pressure relief devices times the pressure to which, in any in- except in series with reclosing pressure stance, it may be subjected in service relief valves. by the action of a pump or other device (3) A portable tank or Specification (not including safety relief valves) that 106A or 110A multi-unit tank car con- may subject piping to pressures greater taining a hazardous material may not than the design pressure of the tank. be offered for transportation aboard a (2) Pipe joints must be threaded, passenger vessel unless: welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is (i) The vessel is operating under a used, the pipe and pipe fittings must change to its character of vessel cer- not be lighter than Schedule 80 weight. tification as defined in § 171.8 of this Where copper tubing is permitted, subchapter; and joints must be brazed or be of equally (ii) The material is permitted to be strong metal union type. The melting transported aboard a passenger vessel point of brazing material may not be in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. lower than 1,000 °F (537.8 °C). The meth- (h) Additional general commodity-spe- od of joining tubing must not decrease cific requirements. In addition to other the strength of the tubing such as by applicable requirements, the following the cutting of threads. requirements apply: (3) Non-malleable metals may not be (1) Each uninsulated portable tank used in the construction of valves or used for the transportation of a lique- fittings. fied compressed gas must have an exte- (4) Suitable provision must be made rior surface finish that is significantly in every case to allow for expansion, reflective, such as a light-reflecting contraction, jarring and vibration of

486

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

all pipe. Slip joints may not be used for (0.0550 inches) is not required to be this purpose. equipped with excess-flow valves. (5) Piping and fittings must be (ii) An excess-flow valve must close grouped in the smallest practicable automatically if the flow reaches the space and must be protected from dam- rated flow of gas or liquid specified by age as required by the specification. the original valve manufacturer when (6) All piping, valves and fittings on piping mounted directly on the valve is every portable tank must be leakage sheared off before the first valve, tested with gas or air after installation pump, or fitting downstream from the and proved tight at not less than the excess flow valve. design pressure of the portable tank on (iii) An excess-flow valve may be de- which they are used. In the event of re- signed with a by-pass, not to exceed a placement, all such piping, valves, or 0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter open- fittings must be tested in accordance ing to allow equalization of pressure. with the requirements of this section (iv) Filling and discharge lines must before the portable tank is returned to be provided with manually operated transportation service. The require- shut-off valves located as close to the ments of this section apply to all hoses tank as practical. Unless this valve is used on portable tanks, except that manually operable at the valve, the hoses may be tested either before or line must also have a manual shut-off after installation on the portable tank. valve. The use of ‘‘Stop-Check’’ valves (7) All materials used in the con- to satisfy with one valve the require- struction of portable tanks and their ments of this section is forbidden. For appurtenances may not be subject to portable tanks used for refrigerated destructive attack by the contents of liquefied gases, a ‘‘stop check’’ valve the portable tank. may be used on the vapor side of the (8) No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc pressure buildup circuit. nor their alloys may be used. Brazed (10) Each portable tank used for car- joints may not be used. All parts of a bon dioxide or nitrous oxide must be portable tank and its appurtenances lagged with a suitable insulation mate- used for anhydrous ammonia must be steel. rial of such thickness that the overall thermal conductance is not more than (9) Each outlet of a portable tank 0.08 Btu per square foot per degree used for the transportation of non-re- frigerated liquefied compressed gases, Fahrenheit differential in temperature except carbon dioxide, must be pro- per hour. The conductance must be de- ° vided with a suitable automatic excess- termined at 60 Fahrenheit. Insulation flow valve (see definition in § 178.337– material used on portable tanks for ni- 1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must trous oxide must be noncombustible. be located inside the portable tank or (11) Refrigerating or heating coils at a point outside the portable tank must be installed in portable tanks where the line enters or leaves the used for carbon dioxide and nitrous portable tank. The valve seat must be oxide. Such coils must be tested exter- located inside the portable tank or nally to at least the same pressure as may be located within a welded flange the test pressure of the portable tank. or its companion flange, or within a The coils must also be tested inter- nozzle or within a coupling. The instal- nally to at least twice the working lation must be made in such a manner pressure of the heating or refrigerating as to reasonably assure that any undue system to be used, but in no case less strain which causes failure requiring than the test pressure of the portable functioning of the valve shall cause tank. Such coils must be securely an- failure in such a manner that it will chored. In the event of leakage, the re- not impair the operation of the valve. frigerant or heating medium to be cir- (i) A safety device connection or liq- culated through the coil or coils must uid level gauging device that is con- have no adverse chemical reaction with structed so that the outward flow of the portable tank or its contents. the tank contents will not exceed that (12) Excess flow valves are not re- passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm quired for portable tanks used for the

487

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.33 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

transport of refrigerated liquefied (v) Is prohibited by § 173.21 or § 173.24 gases. of this subchapter. [66 FR 33427, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 (3) Air pressure in excess of ambient FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30, atmospheric pressure may not be used 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, to load or unload any lading which 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; may create an air-enriched mixture 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007] within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space of the tank. § 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo (4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in tank motor vehicles. a loading or unloading accident, the (a) General requirements. (1) No person loading or unloading rate used must be may offer or accept a hazardous mate- less than or equal to that indicated on rial for transportation in a cargo tank the cargo tank specification plate, ex- motor vehicle except as authorized by cept as specified in § 173.318(b)(6). If no this subchapter. loading or unloading rate is marked on (2) Two or more materials may not be the specification plate, the loading or loaded or accepted for transportation unloading rate and pressure used must in the same cargo tank motor vehicle be limited such that the pressure in the if, as a result of any mixture of the ma- tank may not exceed 130% of the terials, an unsafe condition would MAWP. occur, such as an explosion, fire, exces- (c) Maximum Lading Pressure. (1) Prior sive increase in pressure or heat, or the to loading and offering a cargo tank release of toxic vapors. motor vehicle for transportation with (3) No person may fill and offer for material that requires the use of a transportation a specification cargo specification cargo tank, the person tank motor vehicle for which the pre- must confirm that the cargo tank scribed periodic retest or reinspection motor vehicle conforms to the speci- under subpart E of part 180 of this sub- fication required for the lading and chapter is past due until the retest or that the MAWP of the cargo tank is inspection has been successfully com- pleted. This requirement does not greater than or equal to the largest apply to a cargo tank supplied by a pressure obtained under the following motor carrier who is other than the conditions: person offering the hazardous material (i) For compressed gases and certain for transportation (see § 180.407(a)(1) of refrigerated liquids that are not cryo- this subchapter), or to any cargo tank genic liquids, the pressure prescribed in filled prior to the retest or inspection § 173.315 of this subchapter. due date. (ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pres- (b) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- sure prescribed in § 173.318 of this sub- ardous material may not be loaded in a chapter. cargo tank if during transportation (iii) For liquid hazardous materials any part of the tank in contact with loaded in DOT specification cargo the hazardous material lading would tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal have a dangerous reaction with the vent, the sum of the tank static head hazardous material. plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded materials loaded in these cargo tanks, with a hazardous material that will the vapor pressure of the lading at 115 have an adverse effect on the tank’s in- °F must be not greater than 1 psig, ex- tegrity or— cept for gasoline transported in accord- (i) May combine chemically with any ance with Special Provision B33 in residue or contaminants in the tank to § 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter. produce an explosion, fire, excessive in- (iv) For liquid hazardous materials crease in pressure, release of toxic va- not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), pors or other unsafe condition. or (iii) of this section, the sum of the (ii)–(iii) [Reserved] vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F, (iv) May severely corrode or react plus the tank static head exerted by with the tank material at any con- the lading, plus any pressure exerted centration and temperature that will by the gas padding, including air in the exist during transportation. ullage space or dome.

488

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.33

(v) The pressure prescribed in subpart to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as ap- tanks. plicable. (2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle (vi) The maximum pressure in the used to transport a liquid hazardous tank during loading or unloading. material with a gas pad must have a (2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, pressure relief system that provides MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC the venting capacity prescribed in 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no § 178.345–10(e) of this subchapter. The marked design pressure or marked with requirements in this paragraph do not a design pressure of 3 psig or less may apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 be used for an authorized lading where cargo tanks. the pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) (3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made is less than or equal to 3 psig. After De- to a specification listed in column 1 may have pressure relief devices or cember 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not outlets conforming to the applicable be loaded and offered for transpor- specification to which the tank was tation unless marked or remarked with constructed, or the pressure relief de- an MAWP or design pressure in accord- vices or outlets may be modified to ance with 49 CFR 180.405(k). meet the applicable requirement for (3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC the specification listed in column 2 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be without changing the markings on the used for an authorized lading where the tank specification plate. The venting pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is capacity requirements of the original less than or equal to the MAWP or DOT cargo tank specification must be MWP, respectively, as marked on the met whenever a pressure relief valve is specification plate. modified. (4) Any cargo tank marked or cer- tified before August 31, 1995, marked Column 1 Column 2 with a design pressure rather than an MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 306 or DOT 406. MAWP may be used for an authorized MC 303, MC 305. lading where the largest pressure de- MC 306 ...... DOT 406. MC 304 ...... MC 307 or DOT 407. rived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or MC 307 ...... DOT 407. equal to the design pressure marked on MC 310, MC 311 ...... MC 312 or DOT 412. the cargo tank. MC 312 ...... DOT 412. MC 330 ...... MC 331. (5) Any material that meets the defi- nition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group (e) Retention of hazardous materials in I or II (poisonous liquid) material must product piping during transportation. be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehi- DOT specification cargo tanks used for cle having a MAWP of 25 psig or great- the transportation of any material er. that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) (6) Substitute packagings. Unless oth- material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic erwise specified, where MC 307, MC 312, peroxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are au- to skin only) may not be transported thorized, minimum tank design pres- with hazardous materials lading re- sure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Pack- tained in the piping, unless the cargo ing Group I or Packing Group II liquid tank motor vehicle is equipped with lading that meets more than one haz- bottom damage protection devices ard class definition. meeting the requirements of § 178.337–10 (d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing or § 178.345–8(b) of this subchapter, or pressure relief devices are not author- the accident damage protection re- ized in any cargo tank except when in quirements of the specification under series with a reclosing pressure relief which it was manufactured. This re- device. However, a cargo tank marked quirement does not apply to a residue or certified before August 31, 1995 which remains after the piping is which is fitted with non-reclosing pres- drained. A sacrificial device (see sure relief devices may continue to be § 178.345–1 of this subchapter) may not used in any hazardous material service be used to satisfy the accident damage for which it is authorized. The require- protection requirements of this para- ments in this paragraph do not apply graph.

489

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.34 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be modity. A specification IBC, for which used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, the prescribed periodic retest or in- DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type spection under subpart D of part 180 of cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307, this subchapter is past due, may not be MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo filled and offered for transportation tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT until the retest or inspection have been 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A successfully completed. This require- higher integrity tank used instead of a ment does not apply to any IBC filled specified tank must meet the same de- prior to the retest or inspection due sign profile (for example, an MC 331 date. cargo tank must be lined if used in (b) Initial use and reuse of IBCs. (Also place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.) see § 180.352 of this subchapter.) An IBC (g) Remote control of self-closing stop other than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1 valves—MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo and 13M2) may be reused. If an inner tanks. Each liquid or vapor discharge liner is required, the inner liner must opening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo be replaced before each reuse. Before tank and each liquid filling and liquid an IBC is filled and offered for trans- discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank portation, the IBC and its service must be provided with a remotely con- equipment must be given an external trolled internal self-closing stop valve, visual inspection, by the person filling except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo the IBC, to ensure that: tank is marked and used exclusively to (1) The IBC is free from corrosion, transport carbon dioxide, or except contamination, cracks, cuts, or other when an MC 338 is used to transport damage which would render it unable argon, carbon dioxide, helium, kryp- to pass the prescribed design type test ton, neon, nitrogen, and xenon. How- to which it is certified and marked; and ever, if the cargo tank motor vehicle was certified before January 1, 1995, (2) The IBC is marked in accordance this requirement is applicable only with requirements in § 178.703 of this when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is subchapter. Additional marking al- used to transport a flammable liquid, lowed for each design type may be flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (re- present. Required markings that are frigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammo- missing, damaged or difficult to read nia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is must be restored or returned to origi- used to transport flammable ladings. nal condition. (h) A cargo tank motor vehicle au- (c) A metal IBC, or a part thereof, thorized by the Transport Canada TDG subject to thinning by mechanical ab- Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- rasion or corrosion due to the lading, chapter) may be used provided it con- must be protected by providing a suit- forms to the applicable requirements able increase in thickness of material, in § 171.12 of this subchapter. a lining or some other suitable method of protection. Increased thickness for [Amdt. 173–212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989] corrosion or abrasion protection must EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- be added to the wall thickness specified tations affecting § 173.33, see the List of CFR in § 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter. Sections Affected which appears in the Find- (d) Notwithstanding requirements in ing Aids section of the printed volume and at § 173.24b of this subpart, when filling an www.fdsys.gov. IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must § 173.34 [Reserved] be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk temperature of 50 °C (122 °F), the IBC is § 173.35 Hazardous materials in IBCs. not filled to more than 98 percent of its (a) No person may offer or accept a water capacity. hazardous material for transportation (e) Where two or more closure sys- in an IBC except as authorized by this tems are fitted in series, the system subchapter. Each IBC used for the nearest to the hazardous material transportation of hazardous materials being carried must be closed first. must conform to the requirements of (f) During transportation— its specification and regulations for the (1) No hazardous material may re- transportation of the particular com- main on the outside of the IBC; and

490

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.35

(2) Each IBC must be securely fas- (j) No IBC may be filled with a Pack- tened to or contained within the trans- ing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, com- port unit. posite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard (g) Each IBC used for transportation IBC used to transport Packing Group I of solids which may become liquid at solid materials may not exceed 1.5 temperatures likely to be encountered cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity. during transportation must also be ca- For Packing Group I solids, a metal pable of containing the substance in IBC may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 the liquid state. cubic feet) capacity. (2) Liquids having a vapor pressure (k) When an IBC is used for the trans- greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C portation of liquids with a flash point (122 °F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55 °C of 60 °C (140 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or (131 °F) may not be transported in powders with the potential for dust ex- metal IBCs. plosion, measures must be taken dur- (1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC ing product loading and unloading to may only be filled with a liquid having prevent a dangerous electrostatic dis- a vapor pressure less than or equal to charge. the greater of the following two values: (l) IBC filling limits. (1) Except as pro- the first value is determined from any vided in this section, an IBC may not of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1) (i), be filled with a hazardous material in excess of the maximum gross mass (ii) or (iii) of this section. The second marked on that container. value is determined by the method in (2) An IBC which is tested and paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section. marked for Packing Group II liquid (i) The gauge pressure (pressure in materials may be filled with a Packing the IBC above ambient atmospheric Group III liquid material to a gross pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C mass not exceeding 1.5 times the max- (131 °F). This gauge pressure must not imum gross mass marked on that con- exceed two-thirds of the marked test tainer, if all the performance criteria pressure and must be determined after can still be met at the higher gross the IBC was filled and closed at 15 °C mass. (60 °F) to less than or equal to 98 per- (3) An IBC which is tested and cent of its capacity. marked for liquid hazardous materials (ii) The absolute pressure (vapor may be filled with a solid hazardous pressure of the hazardous material plus material to a gross mass not exceeding atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50 the maximum gross mass marked on ° ° C (122 F). This absolute pressure must that container. In addition, an IBC in- not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of tended for the transport of liquids the marked test pressure and 100 kPa which is tested and marked for Pack- (14.5 psia). ing Group II liquid materials may be (iii) The absolute pressure (vapor filled with a Packing Group III solid pressure of the hazardous material plus hazardous material to a gross mass not atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55 exceeding the marked maximum gross °C (131 °F). This absolute pressure must mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the per- not exceed two-thirds of the sum of the formance criteria can still be met at marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 the higher gross mass. psia). (4) An IBC which is tested and (iv) Twice the static pressure of the marked for Packing Group I solid ma- substance, measured at the bottom of terials may be filled with a Packing the IBC. This value must not be less Group II solid material to a gross mass than twice the static pressure of water. not exceeding the maximum gross mass (2) Gauge pressure (pressure in the marked on that container, multiplied IBC above ambient atmospheric pres- by 1.5, if all the performance criteria sure) in metal IBC must not exceed 110 can be met at the higher gross mass; or kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C (122 °F) or 130 kPa a Packing Group III solid material to a (18.9 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F). gross mass not exceeding the maximum (i) The requirements in this section gross mass marked on the IBC, multi- do not apply to DOT-56 or –57 portable plied by 2.25, if all the performance cri- tanks. teria can be met at the higher gross

491

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.36 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

mass. An IBC which is tested and packaging in such a manner as to be marked for Packing Group II solid ma- likely to damage inner packagings or terials may be filled with a Packing receptacles. Group III solid material to a gross (c) Initial use and reuse of Large Pack- mass not exceeding the maximum gross agings. A Large Packaging may be re- mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by used. If an inner packaging is con- 1.5. structed of paper or flexible plastic, [Amdt. 173–238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as the inner packaging must be replaced amended by Amdt. 173–243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. before each reuse. Before a Large Pack- 4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45380, aging is filled and offered for transpor- 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; tation, the Large Packaging must be 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010] given an external visual inspection, by the person filling the Large Packaging, § 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large to ensure: Packagings. (1) The Large Packaging is free from (a) No person may offer or accept a corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, hazardous material for transportation or other damage which would render it in a Large Packaging except as author- unable to pass the prescribed design ized by this subchapter. Except as oth- type test to which it is certified and erwise provided in this subchapter, no marked; and Large Packaging may be filled with a (2) The Large Packaging is marked in Packing Group I or II material. Each accordance with requirements in Large Packaging used for the transpor- § 178.910 of this subchapter. Additional tation of hazardous materials must marking allowed for each design type conform to the requirements of its may be present. Required markings specification and regulations for the that are missing, damaged or difficult transportation of the particular com- to read must be restored or returned to modity. original condition. (b) Packaging design. (1) Inner pack- (d) During transportation— aging closures. A Large Packaging con- (1) No hazardous material may re- taining liquid hazardous materials must be packed so that closures on main on the outside of the Large Pack- inner packagings are upright. aging; and (2) Flexible Large Packagings. Flexible (2) Each Large Packaging must be se- Large Packagings (e.g., 51H) are only curely fastened to or contained within authorized for use with flexible inner the transport unit. packagings. (e) Each Large Packaging used for (3) Friction. The nature and thickness transportation of solids which may be- of the outer packaging must be such come liquid at temperatures likely to that friction during transportation is be encountered during transportation not likely to generate an amount of may not be transported in paper or heat sufficient to dangerously alter the fiber inner packagings. The inner pack- chemical stability of the contents. agings must be capable of containing (4) Securing and cushioning. Inner the substance in the liquid state. packagings of Large Packagings must (f) Liquid hazardous materials may be packed, secured and cushioned to only be offered for transportation in prevent their breakage or leakage and inner packagings appropriately resist- to control their shifting within the ant to an increase of internal pressure outer packaging under conditions nor- likely to develop during transpor- mally incident to transportation. Cush- tation. ioning material must not be capable of reacting dangerously with the contents (g) A Large Packaging used to trans- of the inner packagings or having its port hazardous materials may not ex- protective properties significantly ceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) ca- weakened in the event of leakage. pacity. (5) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and (h) Mixed contents. (1) An outer Large other metallic devices must not pro- Packaging may contain more than one trude into the interior of the outer hazardous material only when—

492

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.40

(i) The inner and outer packagings (3) A UN composite cylinder certified used for each hazardous material con- to ISO–11119–3 is not authorized for a form to the relevant packaging sec- Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B mate- tions of this part applicable to that rial. hazardous material, and not result in a (4) For UN seamless cylinders used violation of § 173.21; for Hazard Zone A materials, the max- (ii) The package as prepared for ship- imum water capacity is 85 L. ment meets the performance tests pre- (b) Outage and pressure requirements. scribed in part 178 of this subchapter For DOT specification cylinders, the for the hazardous materials contained pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard in the package; Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials (iii) Corrosive materials (except may not exceed the service pressure of ORM–D) in bottles are further packed the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be in securely closed inner receptacles be- provided so that the cylinder will not fore packing in outer packagings; and be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). (iv) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity does not exceed (c) Closures. Each cylinder containing the lowest permitted maximum net a Hazard Zone A material must be quantity per package as shown in Col- closed with a plug or valve conforming umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the to the following: § 172.101 table. The permitted maximum (1) Each plug or valve must have a net quantity must be calculated in taper-threaded connection directly to kilograms if a package contains both a the cylinder and be capable of with- liquid and a solid. standing the test pressure of the cyl- (2) A packaging containing inner inder without damage or leakage. For packagings of Division 6.2 materials UN pressure receptacles, each valve may not contain other hazardous mate- must be capable of withstanding the rials, except dry ice. test pressure of the pressure receptacle (i) When a Large Packaging is used and be connected directly to the pres- for the transportation of liquids with a sure receptacle by either a taper thread flash point of 60.5 °C (141 °F) (closed or other means which meets the re- cup) or lower, or powders with the po- quirements of ISO 10692–2: (IBR, see tential for dust explosion, measures § 171.7 of this subchapter). must be taken during product loading (2) Each valve must be of the and unloading to prevent a dangerous packless type with non-perforated dia- electrostatic discharge. phragm, except that, for corrosive ma- terials, a valve may be of the packed [75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010] type with an assembly made gas-tight § 173.40 General packaging require- by means of a seal cap with gasketed ments for toxic materials packaged joint attached to the valve body or the in cylinders. cylinder to prevent loss of material When this section is referenced for a through or past the packing. Hazard Zone A or B hazardous material (3) Each valve outlet must be sealed elsewhere in this subchapter, the re- by a threaded cap or threaded solid quirements in this section are applica- plug and inert gasketing material. ble to cylinders used for that material. (4) The materials of construction for (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A cylinder the cylinder, valves, plugs, outlet caps, must conform to a DOT specification luting, and gaskets must be compatible or a UN standard prescribed in subpart with each other and with the lading. C of part 178 of this subchapter, except (d) Additional handling protection. that acetylene cylinders and non-refill- Each cylinder or cylinder overpack able cylinders are not authorized. The combination offered for transportation use of UN tubes and MEGCs is prohib- containing a Division 2.3 or 6.1 Hazard ited for Hazard Zone A materials. Zone A or B material must conform to (2) The use of a specification 3AL cyl- the valve damage protection perform- inder made of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 ance requirements of this section. In is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard addition to the requirements of this Zone A material or a Division 6.1 Haz- section, overpacks must conform to the ard Zone A material. overpack provisions of § 173.25.

493

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.50 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(1) DOT specification cylinders must Subpart C—Definitions, Classifica- conform to the following: tion and Packaging for Class (i) Each cylinder with a wall thick- 1 ness at any point of less than 2.03 mm (0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, not have fitted valve protection must 1990, unless otherwise noted. be overpacked in a box. The box must conform to overpack provisions in § 173.50 Class 1—Definitions. § 173.25. Box and valve protection must (a) Explosive. For the purposes of this be of sufficient strength to protect all subchapter, an explosive means any sub- parts of the cylinder and valve, if any, stance or article, including a device, from deformation and breakage result- which is designed to function by explo- ing from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more sion (i.e., an extremely rapid release of onto a non-yielding surface, such as gas and heat) or which, by chemical re- concrete or steel, impacting at an ori- action within itself, is able to function entation most likely to cause damage. in a similar manner even if not de- ‘‘Deformation’’means a cylinder or signed to function by explosion, unless valve that is bent, distorted, mangled, the substance or article is otherwise misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a classed under the provisions of this similar condition. subchapter. The term includes a pyro- (ii) Each cylinder with a valve must technic substance or article, unless the be equipped with a protective metal substance or article is otherwise cap, other valve protection device, or classed under the provisions of this an overpack which is sufficient to pro- subchapter. tect the valve from breakage or leak- (b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided age resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) into six divisions as follows: onto a non-yielding surface, such as (1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives concrete or steel. Impact must be at an that have a mass explosion hazard. A orientation most likely to cause dam- mass explosion is one which affects al- age. most the entire load instantaneously. (2) Each UN cylinder containing a (2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B mate- that have a projection hazard but not a rial must have a minimum test pres- mass explosion hazard. sure in accordance with P200 of the UN (3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of that have a fire hazard and either a this subchapter). For Hazard Zone A minor blast hazard or a minor projec- gases, the cylinder must have a min- tion hazard or both, but not a mass ex- imum wall thickness of 3.5 mm if made plosion hazard. of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of (4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives steel or, alternatively, cylinders may that present a minor explosion hazard. be packed in a rigid outer packaging The explosive effects are largely con- that meets the Packing Group I per- fined to the package and no projection formance level when tested as prepared of fragments of appreciable size or for transport, and that is designed and range is to be expected. An external constructed to protect the cylinder and fire must not cause virtually instanta- valve from puncture or damage that neous explosion of almost the entire may result in release of the gas. contents of the package. 1 (e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not (5) Division 1.5 consists of very in- be manifolded or connected. This provi- sensitive explosives. This division is comprised of substances which have a sion does not apply to MEGCs con- mass explosion hazard but are so insen- taining Hazard Zone B materials in ac- sitive that there is very little prob- cordance with § 173.312. ability of initiation or of transition [67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 1 The probability of transition from burn- 2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 3371, ing to detonation is greater when large quan- Jan. 19, 2011] tities are transported in a vessel.

494

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.52

from burning to detonation under nor- § 173.52 Classification codes and com- mal conditions of transport. patibility groups of explosives. 2 (6) Division 1.6 consists of extremely (a) The classification code for an ex- insensitive articles which do not have a plosive, which is assigned by the Asso- mass explosive hazard. This division is ciate Administrator in accordance with comprised of articles which contain this subpart, consists of the division only extremely insensitive detonating number followed by the compatibility substances and which demonstrate a group letter. Compatibility group let- negligible probability of accidental ini- ters are used to specify the controls for tiation or propagation. the transportation, and storage related [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as thereto, of explosives and to prevent an amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR increase in hazard that might result if 45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] certain types of explosives were stored or transported together. Transpor- § 173.51 Authorization to offer and tation compatibility requirements for transport explosives. carriers are prescribed in §§ 174.81, (a) Unless otherwise provided in this 175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this sub- subpart, no person may offer for trans- chapter for transportation by rail, air, portation or transport an explosive, vessel, and public highway, respec- unless it has been tested and classed tively, and storage incidental thereto. and approved by the Associate Admin- (b) Compatibility groups and classi- istrator (§ 173.56). fication codes for the various types of (b) Reports of explosives approved by explosives are set forth in the following the Department of Defense or the De- tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility partment of Energy must be filed with, groups and classification codes for sub- and receive acknowledgement in writ- stances and articles described in the ing by, the Associate Administrator first column of table 1. Table 2 shows prior to such explosives being offered the number of classification codes that for transportation. are possible within each explosive divi- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as sion. Altogether, there are 35 possible amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] classification codes for explosives.

TABLE 1—CLASSIFICATION CODES

Compat- Classi- Description of substances or article to be classified ibility fication group code

Primary explosive substance ...... A 1.1A Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective fea- B 1.1B tures. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, 1.2B cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives.. 1.4B Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explo- C 1.1C sive substance. 1.2C 1.3C 1.4C Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating D 1.1D explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article 1.2D containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features. 1.4D 1.5D Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propel- E 1.1E ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid). 1.2E 1.4E Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of initiation, with a propel- F 1.1F ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propel- 1.2F ling charge. 1.3F 1.4F Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explo- G 1.1G sive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other 1.2G than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid or gel 1.3G or hypergolic liquid). 1.4G Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus ...... H 1.2H 1.3H

2 The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is limited to the explosion of a single article. 495

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.53 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE 1—CLASSIFICATION CODES—Continued

Compat- Classi- Description of substances or article to be classified ibility fication group code

Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel ...... J 1.1J 1.2J 1.3J Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent ...... K 1.2K 1.3K Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due L 1.1L to water-activation or presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or pyrophoric substances) needing iso- 1.2L lation of each type. 1.3L Articles containing only extremely insensitive detonating substances...... N 1.6N Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning S 1.4S are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package.

TABLE 2—SCHEME OF CLASSIFICATION OF EXPLOSIVES, COMBINATION OF HAZARD DIVISION WITH COMPATIBILITY GROUP

Hazard Compatibility group division A B C D E F G H J K L N S A–S

1.1 1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D 1.1E 1.1F 1.1G ...... 1.1J ...... 1.1L ...... 9 1.2 ...... 1.2B 1.2C 1.2D 1.2E 1.2F 1.2G 1.2H 1.2J 1.2K 1.2L ...... 10 1.3 ...... 1.3C ...... 1.3F 1.3G 1.3H 1.3J 1.3K 1.3L ...... 7 1.4 ...... 1.4B 1.4C 1.4D 1.4E 1.4F 1.4G ...... 1.4S 7 1.5 ...... 1.5D ...... 1 1.6 ...... 1.6N ...... 1

Total 1 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1 1 35

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.53 Provisions for using old classi- (b) An explosive mixture or device fications of explosives. containing a chlorate and also con- Where the classification system in ef- taining: fect prior to January 1, 1991, is ref- (1) An ammonium salt, including a erenced in State or local laws, ordi- substituted ammonium or quaternary nances or regulations not pertaining to ammonium salt; or the transportation of hazardous mate- (2) An acidic substance, including a rials, the following table may be used salt of a weak base and a strong acid. to compare old and new hazard class (c) A leaking or damaged package or names: article containing an explosive. (d) Propellants that are unstable, Current classification Class name prior to Jan. 1, 1991 condemned or deteriorated. Division 1.1 ...... Class A explosives. (e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol Division 1.2 ...... Class A or Class B explosives. dinitrate, or any other liquid explo- Division 1 3 ...... Class B explosive. Division 1.4 ...... Class C explosives. sives not specifically authorized by Division 1.5 ...... Blasting agents. this subchapter. Division 1.6 ...... No applicable hazard class. (f) A loaded firearm (except as pro- vided in 49 CFR 1544.219). § 173.54 Forbidden explosives. (g) Fireworks that combine an explo- Unless otherwise provided in this sive and a detonator. subchapter, the following explosives (h) Fireworks containing yellow or shall not be offered for transportation white phosphorus. or transported: (i) A toy torpedo, the maximum out- (a) An explosive that has not been ap- side dimension of which exceeds 23 mm proved in accordance with § 173.56 of (0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing this subpart. a mixture of potassium chlorate, black

496

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56

antimony (antimony sulfide), and sul- assigned a recommended shipping de- fur, if the weight of the explosive mate- scription, division and compatibility rial in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 group, based on the tests and criteria ounce). prescribed in §§ 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58. (j) Explosives specifically forbidden The person requesting approval of the in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter. new explosive must submit to the Asso- (k) Explosives not meeting the ac- ciate Administrator a report of the ex- ceptance criteria specified in § 173.57 of amination and assignment of a rec- this subchapter. ommended shipping description, divi- (l) An explosive article with its sion, and compatibility group. If the means of initiation or ignition in- Associate Administrator finds the ap- stalled, unless approved in accordance proval request meets the regulatory with § 173.56. criteria, the new explosive will be ap- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as proved in writing and assigned an EX amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. number. The examination must be per- 173–236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR formed by a person who is approved by 61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] the Associate Administrator under the provisions of subpart H of part 107 of § 173.55 [Reserved] this chapter and who— (i) Has (directly, or through an em- § 173.56 New explosives—definition ployee involved in the examination) at and procedures for classification and approval. least ten years of experience in the ex- amination, testing and evaluation of (a) Definition of new explosive. For explosives; the purposes of this subchapter a new (ii) Does not manufacture or market means an explosive produced explosive explosives, and is not controlled by or by a person who: financially dependent on any entity (1) Has not previously produced that that manufactures or markets explo- explosive; or sives, and whose work with respect to (2) Has previously produced that ex- explosives is limited to examination, plosive but has made a change in the testing and evaluation; and formulation, design or process so as to (iii) Is a resident of the United alter any of the properties of the explo- States. sive. An explosive will not be consid- ered a ‘‘new explosive’’ if an agency (2) A new explosive made by or under listed in paragraph (b) of this section the direction or supervision of a com- has determined, and confirmed in writ- ponent of the DOD may be examined, ing to the Associate Administrator, classed, and concurred in by: that there are no significant dif- (i) U.S. Army Technical Center for ferences in hazard characteristics from Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST), Naval the explosive previously approved. Sea Systems Command (SEA–9934), or (b) Examination, classing and ap- Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when proval. Except as provided in para- approved by the Chairman, DOD Explo- graph (j) of this section, no person may sives Board, in accordance with the offer a new explosive for transportation DOD Explosives Hazard Classification unless that person has specified to the Procedures (IBR, see § 171.7 of the sub- examining agency the ranges of com- chapter); or position of ingredients and compounds, (ii) The agencies and procedures spec- showing the intended manufacturing ified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. tolerances in the composition of sub- (3) A new explosive made by or under stances or design of articles which will the direction or supervision of the De- be allowed in that material or device, partment of Energy (DOE) may be— and unless it has been examined, (i) Examined by the DOE in accord- classed and approved as follows: ance with the DOD Explosives Hazard (1) Except for an explosive made by Classification Procedures, and must be or under the direction or supervision of classed and approved by DOE; or the Department of Defense (DOD) or (ii) Examined, classed, and approved the Department of Energy (DOE), a in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of new explosive must be examined and this section.

497

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.56 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(4) For a material shipped under the (3) The package is labeled as required description of ‘‘ammonium nitrate-fuel by this subchapter and the following is oil mixture (ANFO)’’, the only test re- marked on the package: quired for classification purposes is the (i) The words ‘‘SAMPLE FOR LAB- Cap Sensitivity Test—Test Method 5(a) ORATORY EXAMINATION’’; prescribed in the Explosive Test Man- (ii) The net weight of the new explo- ual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) sive; and (IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter). The (iii) The tentative shipping name and test must be performed by an agency identification number. listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (e) Transportation of unapproved ex- (b)(3) of this section, the manufacturer, plosives for developmental testing. or the shipper. A copy of the test re- Notwithstanding the requirements of port must be submitted to the Asso- paragraph (b) of this section, the owner ciate Administrator before the mate- of a new explosive that has not been rial is offered for transportation, and a examined or approved may transport copy of the test report must be re- that new explosive from the place tained by the shipper for as long as where it was produced to an explosives that material is shipped. At a min- testing range if— imum, the test report must contain the (1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initi- name and address of the person or or- ating) explosive or a forbidden explo- ganization conducting the test, date of sive according to this subchapter; the test, quantitative description of (2) It is described as a Division 1.1 ex- the mixture, including prill size and plosive (substance or article) and is porosity, and a description of the test packed, marked, labeled, described on results. shipping papers and is otherwise of- (c) Filing DOD or DOE approval re- fered for transportation in conform- port. DOD or DOE must file a copy of ance with the requirements of this sub- each approval, accompanied by sup- chapter applicable to Division 1.1; porting laboratory data, with the Asso- (3) It is transported in a motor vehi- ciate Administrator and receive ac- cle operated by the owner of the explo- knowledgement in writing before offer- sive; and ing the new explosive for transpor- (4) It is accompanied by a person, in tation, unless the new explosive is: addition to the operator of the motor vehicle, who is qualified by training (1) Being transported under para- and experience to handle the explosive. graph (d) or (e) of this section; or (f) Notwithstanding the requirements (2) Covered by a national security of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this sec- classification currently in effect. tion, the Associate Administrator may (d) Transportation of explosive sam- approve a new explosive on the basis of ples for examination. Notwithstanding an approval issued for the explosive by the requirements of paragraph (b) of the competent authority of a foreign this section with regard to the trans- government, or when examination of portation of a new explosive that has the explosive by a person approved by not been approved, a person may offer the Associate Administrator is imprac- a sample of a new explosive for trans- ticable, on the basis of reports of tests portation, by railroad, highway, or ves- conducted by disinterested third par- sel from the place where it was pro- ties, or may approve the transpor- duced to an agency identified in para- tation of an explosives sample for the graph (b) of this section, for examina- purpose of examination by a person ap- tion if— proved by the Associate Administrator. (1) The new explosive has been as- (g) An explosive may be transported signed a tentative shipping description under subparts B or C of part 171 or and class in writing by the testing § 176.11 of this subchapter without the agency; approval of the Associate Adminis- (2) The new explosive is packaged as trator as required by paragraph (b) of required by this part according to the this section if the Associate Adminis- tentative description and class as- trator has acknowledged in writing the signed, unless otherwise specified in acceptability of an approval issued by writing by the testing agency; and, the competent authority of a foreign

498

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.57

government pursuant to the provisions components which could be in physical of the UN Recommendations, the ICAO contact with each other in the finished Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code device must be placed in contact with (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or each other during the thermal stability other national or international regula- test; and tions based on the UN Recommenda- (3) The manufacturer applies in writ- tions. In such a case, a copy of the for- ing to the Associate Administrator fol- eign competent authority approval, lowing the applicable requirements in and a copy of the written acknowledge- APA Standard 87–1, and is notified in ment of its acceptance must accom- writing by the Associate Administrator pany each shipment of that explosive. that the fireworks have been classed, (h) The requirements of this section approved, and assigned an EX-number. do not apply to cartridges, small arms Each application must be complete, in- which are: cluding all relevant background data (1) Not a forbidden explosive under and copies of all applicable drawings, § 173.54 of this subchapter; test results, and any other pertinent (2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, or information on each device for which shotgun; approval is being requested. The manu- (3) Ammunition with inert projectile facturer must sign the application and or blank ammunition; and certify that the device for which ap- (4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 cal- proval is requested conforms to APA iber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 Standard 87–1 and that the descriptions gauge for shotgun shells. and technical information contained in Cartridges, small arms meeting the cri- the application are complete and accu- teria of this paragraph (h) may be as- rate. If the application is denied, the signed a classification code of 1.4S by manufacturer will be notified in writ- the manufacturer. ing of the reasons for the denial. The (i) If experience or other data indi- Associate Administrator may require cate that the hazard of a material or a that the fireworks be examined by an device containing an explosive com- agency listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this position is greater or less than indi- section. cated according to the definition and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as criteria specified in §§ 173.50, 173.56, and amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51560, Administrator may specify a classifica- Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR tion or except the material or device 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; from the requirements of this sub- 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 25177, May 3, chapter. 2007] (j) Fireworks. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this § 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new section, Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks explosives. may be classed and approved by the As- (a) Unless otherwise excepted, an ex- sociate Administrator without prior plosive substance must be subjected to examination and offered for transpor- the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity tation if the following conditions are Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)), the Friction met: Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)), (1) The fireworks are manufactured the Thermal Stability Test (Test Meth- in accordance with the applicable re- od 3(c)) at 75 °C (167 °F) and the Small- quirements in APA Standard 87–1 (IBR, Scale Burning Test (Test Method see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explo- (2) A thermal stability test is con- sive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests ducted on the device by the BOE, the and Criteria) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this BOM, or the manufacturer. The test subchapter). A substance is forbidden must be performed by maintaining the for transportation if any one of the fol- device, or a representative prototype of lowing occurs: a large device such as a display shell, (1) For a liquid, failure to pass the at a temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 test criteria when tested in the Drop consecutive hours. When a device con- Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa- tains more than one component, those ratus for liquids;

499

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.58 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) For a solid, failure to pass the test § 173.58 Assignment of class and divi- criteria when tested in the Drop sion for new explosives. Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa- (a) Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explo- ratus for solids; sives. In addition to the test prescribed (3) The substance has a friction sen- in § 173.57 of this subchapter, a sub- sitiveness equal to or greater than that stance or article in these divisions of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), (PETN) when tested in the Friction 6(b), and 6(c), as described in the UN Sensitivity Test; Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see (4) The substance fails to pass the § 171.7 of this subchapter), for assign- test criteria specified in the Thermal ment to an appropriate division. The Stability Test at 75 °C (167 °F); or criteria for assignment of class and di- (5) Explosion occurs when tested in vision are as follows: the Small-Scale Burning Test. (1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is (b) An explosive article, packaged or mass explosion; unpackaged, or a packaged explosive (2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is substance must be subjected to the dangerous projections; Thermal Stability Test for Articles and (3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) radiant heat or violent burning, or and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test both, but there is no blast or projection Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in hazard; the Explosive Test Manual. An article (4) Division 1.4 if there is a small haz- or packaged substance is forbidden for ard with no mass explosion and no pro- transportation if evidence of thermal jection of fragments of appreciable size instability or excessive impact sensi- or range; tivity is found in those tests according (5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group to the criteria and methods of assess- S (1.4S) if the hazardous effects are ing results prescribed therein. confined within the package or the (c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, blast and projection effects do not sig- type A) is forbidden for transportation nificantly hinder emergency response if any of the following occurs: efforts. The UN Test Type 6(d) is used (1) It does not have, when uniformly to determine whether a Division 1.4S mixed with the absorbent material, a classification is appropriate for an satisfactory antacid in a quantity suf- item assigned a proper shipping name ficient to have the acid neutralizing to which special provision 347 (see power of an amount of magnesium car- § 172.102 of this subchapter) applies; or bonate equal to one percent of the ni- (6) Not in the explosive class if the troglycerin or other liquid explosive substance or article does not have sig- ingredient; nificant explosive hazard or if the ef- fects of explosion are completely con- (2) During the centrifuge test (Test fined within the article. Method D–2, in appendix D to this part) (b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for or the compression test (Test Method ANFO, a substance that has been ex- D–3 in appendix D to this part), a non- amined in accordance with the provi- gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 sions § 173.57(a) of this subchapter, percent by weight of the liquid explo- must be subjected to the following ad- sive or a gelatin dynamite loses more ditional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test, than 10 percent by weight of the liquid Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT explosive; or Test, and External Fire Test, each as (3) During the leakage test (Test described in the Explosive Test Man- Method D–1 in appendix D to this part), ual. A material may not be classed as there is any loss of liquid. a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as following occurs: amended at 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 64 FR (1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sen- 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; sitivity Test (Test Method 5(a)); 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011] (2) Detonation occurs in the DDT Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii));

500

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

(3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud prescribed in § 173.52(b) of this sub- noise and projection of fragments, oc- chapter. curs in the External Fire Test (Test [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as Method 5(c), or amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 63 FR (4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, Method 5(d)). 2011; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011] (c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order to be classed as a 1.6 explosive, an arti- § 173.59 Description of terms for explo- cle must pass all of the following tests, sives. as prescribed in the Explosive Test For the purpose of this subchapter, a Manual: description of the following terms is (i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test; provided for information only. They (ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off must not be used for purposes of classi- Test; fication or to replace proper shipping (iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; names prescribed in § 172.101 of this and subchapter. (iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact Ammonium-nitrate—fuel oil mixture Test. (ANFO). A blasting explosive con- (2) A substance intended for use as taining no essential ingredients other the explosive load in an article of Divi- than prilled ammonium nitrate and sion 1.6 must be an extremely insensi- fuel oil. tive detonating substance (EIDS). In Ammunition. Generic term related order to determine if a substance is an mainly to articles of military applica- EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests tion consisting of all types of bombs, in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) grenades, rockets, mines, projectiles of this section, which are described in and other similar devices or contri- the Explosive Test Manual. The sub- vances. stance must be tested in the form (i.e., Ammunition, illuminating, with or with- composition, granulation, density, etc.) out burster, expelling charge or propelling in which it is to be used in the article. charge. Ammunition designed to A substance is not an EIDS if it fails produce a single source of intense light any of the following tests: for lighting up an area. The term in- (i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensi- cludes illuminating cartridges, gre- tivity Test; nades and projectiles, and illuminating (ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test; and target identification bombs. The (iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at term excludes the following articles 75 °C (167 °F); which are listed separately: cartridges, signal; signal devices; hand signals; dis- (iv) The Small Scale Burning Test; tress flares, aerial and flares, surface. (v) The EIDS Cap Test; Ammunition, incendiary. Ammunition (vi) The EIDS Gap Test; containing an incendiary substance (vii) The Susan Test; which may be a solid, liquid or gel in- (viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test; cluding white phosphorus. Except when (ix) The EIDS External Fire Test; the composition is an explosive per se, and it also contains one or more of the fol- (x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test. lowing: a propelling charge with primer (d) The Associate Administrator may and igniter charge, or a fuze with waive or modify certain test(s) identi- burster or expelling charge. The term fied in §§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this sub- includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid chapter, or require additional testing, or gel, with burster, expelling charge if appropriate. In addition, the Asso- or propelling charge; Ammunition, in- ciate Administrator may limit the cendiary with or without burster, expel- quantity of explosive in a device. ling charge or propelling charge; and (e) Each explosive is assigned a com- Ammunition, incendiary, white phos- patibility group letter by the Associate phorus, with burster, expelling charge Administrator based on the criteria or propelling charge.

501

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Ammunition, practice. Ammunition cludes articles containing white phos- without a main bursting charge, con- phorus. taining a burster or expelling charge. Articles, pyrotechnic for technical pur- Normally it also contains a fuze and poses. Articles which contain pyro- propelling charge. The term excludes technic substances and are used for the following article which is listed technical purposes, such as heat gen- separately: Grenades, practice. eration, gas generation, theatrical ef- Ammunition, proof. Ammunition con- fects, etc. The term excludes the fol- taining pyrotechnic substance, used to lowing articles which are listed sepa- test the performance or strength of rately: all ammunition; cartridges, sig- new ammunition, weapon component nal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; or assemblies. flares, aerial; flares, surface; release de- Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition con- vices, explosives; rivets, explosive; signal taining a smoke-producing substance devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture railway track, explosive; and signals, (CSAM), titanium tetrachloride (FM), smoke. white phosphorus, or smoke-producing Black powder (gunpowder). Substance substance whose composition is based consisting of an intimate mixture of on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phos- charcoal or other carbon and either po- phorus. Except when the substance is tassium or sodium nitrate, and sul- an explosive per se, the ammunition phur. It may be meal, granular, com- also contains one or more of the fol- pressed, or pelletized. lowing: a propelling charge with primer Bombs. Explosive articles which are and igniter charge, or a fuze with dropped from aircraft. They may con- burster or expelling charge. The term tain a flammable liquid with bursting includes: Ammunition, smoke, with or charge, a photo-flash composition or without burster, expelling charge or bursting charge. The term excludes tor- propelling charge; Ammunition, smoke, pedoes (aerial) and includes bombs, white phosphorus with burster, expel- photo-flash; bombs with bursting charge; ling charge or propelling charge. bombs with flammable liquids, with Ammunition, tear-producing with burst- bursting charge. er, expelling charge or propelling charge. Boosters. Articles consisting of a Ammunition containing tear-producing charge of detonating explosive without substance. It may also contain one or means of initiation. They are used to more of the following: a pyrotechnic increase the initiating power of deto- substance, a propelling charge with nators or detonating cord. primer and igniter charge, or a fuze Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting with burster or expelling charge. of a small charge of explosive to open Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition con- projectiles or other ammunition in taining toxic agent. It may also con- order to disperse their contents. tain one or more of the following: a py- Cartridges, blank. Articles which con- rotechnic substance, a propelling sist of a cartridge case with a center or charge with primer and igniter charge, rim fire primer and a confined charge or a fuze with burster or expelling of smokeless or black powder, but no charge. projectile. Used in training, saluting, Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive or in starter pistols, etc. (Articles, EEI). Articles that contain Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting only extremely insensitive detonating of a casing, a primer and flash powder, substances and which demonstrate a all assembled in one piece for firing. negligible probability of accidental ini- Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (as- tiation or propagation under normal sembled) or semi-fixed (partially as- conditions of transport and which have sembled) ammunition designed to be passed Test Series 7. fired from weapons. Each cartridge in- Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which cludes all the components necessary to contain a pyrophoric substance (capa- function the weapon once. The name ble of spontaneous ignition when ex- and description should be used for mili- posed to air) and an explosive sub- tary small arms cartridges that cannot stance or component. The term ex- be described as cartridges, small arms.

502

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Separate loading ammunition is in- Charges, demolition. Articles con- cluded under this name and description sisting of a charge of detonating explo- when the propelling charge and projec- sive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, tile are packed together (see also Car- metal or other material. The term ex- tridges, blank). cludes articles identified as bombs, (2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and mines, etc. tear-producing cartridges are described Charges, depth. Articles consisting of under ammunition, incendiary, etc. a charge of detonating explosive con- Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. tained in a drum or projectile. They Ammunition consisting of a casing are designed to detonate under water. with propelling charge and a solid or Charges, expelling. A charge of empty projectile. deflagrating explosive designed to eject Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting the payload from the parent article of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other without damage. material containing only propellant Charges, explosive, without detonator. explosive. The term excludes charges, Articles consisting of a charge of deto- shaped, commercial. nating explosive without means of ini- Cartridges, power device. Articles de- tiation, used for explosive welding, signed to accomplish mechanical ac- joining, forming, and other processes. tions. They consist of a casing with a Charges, propelling. Articles con- charge of deflagrating explosive and a sisting of propellant charge in any means of ignition. The gaseous prod- physical form, with or without a cas- ucts of the deflagration produce infla- ing, for use in cannon or for reducing tion, linear or rotary motion; activate drag for projectiles or as a component diaphragms, valves or switches, or of rocket motors. project fastening devices or extin- Charges, propelling for cannon. Arti- guishing agents. cles consisting of a propellant charge Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to in any physical form, with or without a fire colored flares or other signals from casing, for use in a cannon. signal pistols or devices. Charges, shaped, without detonator. Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition Articles consisting of a casing con- consisting of a cartridge case fitted taining a charge of detonating explo- with a center or rim fire primer and sive with a cavity lined with rigid ma- containing both a propelling charge terial, without means of initiation. and solid projectile(s). They are de- They are designed to produce a power- signed to be fired in weapons of caliber ful, penetrating jet effect. not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun car- Charges, shaped, flexible, linear. Arti- tridges of any caliber are included in cles consisting of a V-shaped core of a this description. The term excludes: detonating explosive clad by a flexible Cartridges, small arms, blank, and metal sheath. some military small arms cartridges Charges, supplementary, explosive. Ar- listed under Cartridges for weapons, ticles consisting of a small removable inert projectile. booster used in the cavity of a projec- Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Ar- tile between the fuze and the bursting ticles consisting of a cartridge case charge. made from metal, plastics or other Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Ar- non-flammable materials, in which ticles containing an explosive designed only the explosive component is the to transmit a detonation or deflagra- primer. tion within an explosive train. Cases, combustible, empty, without Contrivance, water-activated with primer. Articles consisting of cartridge burster, expelling charge or propelling cases made partly or entirely from ni- charge. Articles whose functioning de- trocellulose. pends of physico-chemical reaction of Charges, bursting. Articles consisting their contents with water. of a charge of detonating explosive Cord, detonating, flexible. Articles con- such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics- sisting of a core of detonating explo- bonded explosive designed to produce sive enclosed in spun fabric with plas- effect by blast or fragmentation. tics or other covering.

503

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Ar- assuming simultaneous explosion of ticles consisting of a core of detonating the whole of the explosive content of explosive clad by a soft metal the load or package. with or without protective covering. Explode. The term indicates those ex- When the core contains a sufficiently plosive effects capable of endangering small quantity of explosive, the words life and property through blast, heat, ‘‘mild effect’’ are added. and projection of missiles. It encom- Cord igniter. Articles consisting of passes both deflagration and detona- textile yarns covered with black pow- tion. der or another fast-burning pyro- Explosion of the total contents. The technic composition and a flexible pro- phrase is used in testing a single arti- tective covering, or consisting of a core cle or package or a small stack of arti- of black powder surrounded by a flexi- cles or packages. ble woven fabric. It burns progressively Explosive, blasting. Detonating explo- along its length with an external flame sive substances used in mining, con- and is used to transmit ignition from a struction, and similar tasks. Blasting device to a charge or primer. explosives are assigned to one of five Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles con- types. In addition to the ingredients sisting of a knife-edged device which is listed below for each type, blasting ex- driven by a small charge of plosives may also contain inert compo- deflagrating explosive into an anvil. nents, such as kieselguhr, and other Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for minor ingredients, such as coloring blasting. Non-electric detonators as- agents and stabilizers. sembled with and activated by such Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash consisting of liquid organic nitrates, tube, or detonating cord. They may be such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of of instantaneous design or incorporate such ingredients with one or more of delay elements. Detonating relays in- the following: nitrocellulose, ammo- corporating detonating cord are in- nium nitrate or other inorganic ni- cluded. Other detonating relays are in- trates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or cluded in Detonators, nonelectric. combustible materials, such as wood- Detonators. Articles consisting of a meal and aluminum powder. Such ex- small metal or plastic tube containing plosives must be in powdery, gelat- explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or inous, plastic or elastic form. The term combinations of explosives. They are includes dynamite, blasting gelatine designed to start a detonation train. and gelatine dynamites. They may be constructed to detonate Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances instantaneously, or may contain a consisting of a mixture of ammonium delay element. They may contain no nitrate or other inorganic nitrates more than 10 g of total explosives with an explosive, such as trinitro- weight, excluding ignition and delay toluene, with or without other sub- charges, per unit. The term includes: stances, such as wood-meal or alu- detonators for ammunition; detonators minum powder, or a mixture of ammo- for blasting, both electric and non-elec- nium nitrate or other inorganic ni- tric; and detonating relays without trates with other combustible sub- flexible detonating cord. stances which are not explosive ingre- Dynamite. A detonating explosive dients. Such explosives may not con- containing a liquid explosive ingre- tain nitroglycerin, similar liquid or- dient (generally nitroglycerin, similar ganic nitrates, or chlorates. organic nitrate esters, or both) that is Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances uniformly mixed with an absorbent consisting of a mixture of either potas- material, such as wood pulp, and usu- sium or sodium chlorate or potassium, ally contains materials such as nitro- sodium or ammonium perchlorate with cellulose, sodium and ammonium ni- organic nitro-derivatives or combus- trate. tible materials, such as wood-meal or Entire load and total contents. The aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. phrase means such a substantial por- Such explosives must not contain ni- tion of the material explodes that the troglycerin or any similar liquid or- practical hazard should be assessed by ganic nitrate.

504

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance consisting of a mixture of organic ni- which, when ignited, produces an in- trate compounds and combustible ma- tense light. terials, such as hydrocarbons and alu- Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil minum powder. Such explosives must wells, without detonators. Articles con- not contain nitroglycerin, any similar sisting of a charge of detonating explo- liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or am- sive contained in a casing without the monium-nitrate. The term generally means of initiation. They are used to includes plastic explosives. fracture the rock around a drill shaft Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances to assist the flow of crude oil from the consisting of water as an essential in- rock. gredient and high proportions of am- Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words monium nitrate or other oxidizer, some have a common origin (French fusee, or all of which are in solution. The fusil) and are sometimes considered to other constituents may include nitro- be different spellings, it is useful to derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, maintain the convention that fuse re- hydrocarbons or aluminum powder. fers to a cord-like igniting device, The term includes: explosives, emul- whereas fuze refers to a device used in sion; explosives, slurry; and explosives, ammunition which incorporates me- watergel. chanical, electrical, chemical, or hy- Explosive, deflagrating. A substance, drostatic components to initiate a e.g., propellant, which reacts by defla- train by deflagration or detonation. gration rather than detonation when Fuse, igniter. Articles consisting of a ignited and used in its normal manner. metal tube with a core of deflagrating Explosive, detonating. A substance explosives. which reacts by detonation rather than Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating deflagration when initiated and used in (Quickmatch). Article consisting of cot- its normal manner. ton yarns impregnated with fine black Explosive, extremely insensitive deto- powder. It burns with an external nating substance (EIDS). A substance flame and is used in ignition trains for which, although capable of sustaining a fireworks, etc. detonation, has demonstrated through Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a tests that it is so insensitive that there core of fine-grained black powder sur- is very little probability of accidental rounded by a flexible woven fabric with initiation. one or more protective outer coverings. Explosive, primary. Explosive sub- When ignited, it burns at a predeter- stance which is manufactured with a mined rate without any explosive ef- view to producing a practical effect by fect. explosion, is very sensitive to heat, im- Fuzes. Articles designed to start a pact, or friction, and even in very detonation or deflagration in ammuni- small quantities, detonates. The major tion. They incorporate mechanical, primary explosives are mercury ful- electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic minate, lead azide, and lead styphnate. components and generally protective Explosive, secondary. An explosive features. The term includes: Fuzes, det- substance which is relatively insensi- onating; fuzes detonating with protec- tive (when compared to primary explo- tive features; and fuzes igniting. sives) and is usually initiated by pri- Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles mary explosives with or without the which are designed to be thrown by aid of boosters or supplementary hand or to be projected by rifle. The charges. Such an explosive may react term includes: grenades, hand or rifle, as a deflagrating or as a detonating ex- with bursting charge; and grenades, plosive. practice, hand or rifle. The term ex- Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles de- cludes: grenades, smoke. signed for entertainment. Igniters. Articles containing one or Flares. Articles containing pyro- more explosive substance used to start technic substances which are designed deflagration of an explosive train. They to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. may be actuated chemically, elec- The term includes: flares, aerial and trically, or mechanically. The term ex- flares, surface. cludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse,

505

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, igniting; lighters, fuse, instantaneous, without detonator. Articles consisting of non-detonating; fuzes, igniting; light- a steel tube or metallic strip, into ers, fuse; primers, cap type; and prim- which are inserted shaped charges con- ers, tubular. nected by detonating cord, without Ignition, means of. A general term means of initiation. used in connection with the method Lighters, fuse. Articles of various de- employed to ignite a deflagrating train sign actuated by friction, percussion, of explosive or pyrotechnic substances or electricity and used to ignite safety (for example: a primer for propelling fuse. charge, an igniter for a rocket motor Mass explosion. Explosion which af- or an igniting fuze). fects almost the entire load virtually Initiation, means of. (1) A device in- instantaneously. tended to cause the detonation of an Mines. Articles consisting normally explosive (for example: detonator, det- of metal or composition receptacles onator for ammunition, or detonating and bursting charge. They are designed fuze). to be operated by the passage of ships, vehicles, or personnel. The term in- (2) The term with its own means of ini- cludes Bangalore torpedoes. tiation means that the contrivance has Phlegmatized. The term means that a its normal initiating device assembled substance (or ‘‘phlegmatizer’’) has been to it and this device is considered to added to an explosive to enhance its present a significant risk during trans- safety in handling and transport. The port but not one great enough to be un- phlegmatizer renders the explosive in- acceptable. The term does not apply, sensitive, or less sensitive, to the fol- however, to a contrivance packed to- lowing actions: heat, shock, impact, gether with its means of initiation, percussion or friction. Typical provided the device is packaged so as phlegmatizing agents include, but are to eliminate the risk of causing deto- not limited to: wax, paper, water, poly- nation of the contrivance in the event mers (such as chlorofluoropolymers), of functioning of the initiating device. alcohol and oils (such as petroleum The initiating device can even be as- jelly and paraffin). sembled in the contrivance provided Powder cake (powder paste). Substance there are protective features ensuring consisting of nitrocellulose impreg- that the device is very unlikely to nated with not more than 60 percent of cause detonation of the contrivance nitroglycerin or other liquid organic under conditions which are associated nitrates or a mixture of these. with transport. Powder, smokeless. Substance based on (3) For the purposes of classification, nitrocellulose used as propellant. The any means of initiation without two ef- term includes propellants with a single fective protective features should be base (nitrocellulose (NC) alone), those regarded as Compatibility Group B; an with a double base (such as NC and ni- article with its own means of initi- troglycerin (NG)) and those with a tri- ation, without two effective protective ple base (such as NC/NG/ features, is Compatibility Group F. A nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag- means of initiation which itself pos- charges of smokeless powder are listed sesses two effective protective features under charges, propelling and charges, is Compatibility Group D, and an arti- propelling for cannon. cle with its own means of initiation Primers, cap type. Articles consisting which possesses two effective features of a metal or plastic cap containing a is Compatibility Group D or E. A small amount of primary explosive means of initiation, adjudged as having mixture that is readily ignited by im- two effective protective features, must pact. They serve as igniting elements be approved by the Associate Adminis- in small arms cartridges and in percus- trator. A common and effective way of sion primers for propelling charges. achieving the necessary degree of pro- Primers, tubular. Articles consisting tection is to use a means of initiation of a primer for ignition and an auxil- which incorporates two or more inde- iary charge of deflagrating explosive, pendent safety features. such as black powder, used to ignite

506

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.60

the propelling charge in a cartridge but which are so insensitive that there case for cannon, etc. is very little probability of initiation, Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or or of transition from burning to deto- bullet, which are projected from a can- nation under normal conditions of non or other artillery gun, rifle, or transport and which have passed test other small arm. They may be inert, series 5. with or without tracer, or may contain Torpedoes. Articles containing an ex- a burster, expelling charge or bursting plosive or non-explosive propulsion charge. The term includes: projectiles, system and designed to be propelled inert, with tracer; projectiles, with through water. They may contain an burster or expelling charge; and projec- inert head or warhead. The term in- tiles, with bursting charge. cludes: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with Propellant, liquid. Substances con- inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled, sisting of a deflagrating liquid explo- with or without bursting charge; and sive, used for propulsion. torpedoes, with bursting charge. Propellant, solid. Substances con- Tracers for ammunition. Sealed arti- sisting of a deflagrating solid explo- cles containing pyrotechnic sub- sive, used for propulsion. stances, designed to reveal the trajec- Propellants. Deflagrating explosives tory of a projectile. used for propulsion or for reducing the Warheads. Articles containing deto- drag of projectiles. nating explosives, designed to be fitted Release devices, explosive. Articles to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. consisting of a small charge of explo- They may contain a burster or expel- sive with means of initiation. They ling charge or bursting charge. The sever rods or links to release equip- term includes: warhead rocket with ment quickly. bursting charge; and warheads, tor- Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a pedo, with bursting charge. solid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as contained in a cylinder fitted with one amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. or more nozzles. They are designed to 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777, propel a rocket or guided missile. The Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR term includes: rocket motors; rocket 3371, Jan. 19, 2011] motors with hypergolic liquids with or without an expelling charge; and rock- § 173.60 General packaging require- et motors, liquid fuelled. ments for explosives. Rockets. Articles containing a rocket (a) Unless otherwise provided in this motor and a payload which may be an subpart and in § 173.7(a), packaging explosive warhead or other device. The used for Class 1 (explosives) materials term includes: guided missiles; rockets, must meet Packing Group II require- line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, ments. Each packaging used for an ex- with bursting charge; rockets, with plosive must be capable of meeting the bursting charge; rockets, with expel- test requirements of subpart M of part ling charge; and rockets, with inert 178 of this subchapter, at the specified head. level of performance, and the applica- Signals. Articles consisting of pyro- ble general packaging requirements of technic substances designed to produce paragraph (b) of this section. signals by means of sound, flame, or (b) The general requirements for smoke or any combination thereof. The packaging of explosives are as follows: term includes: signal devices, hand; (1) Nails, staples, and other closure signals, distress ship; signals, railway devices, made of metal, having no pro- track, explosive; signals, smoke. tective covering may not penetrate to Sounding devices, explosive. Articles the inside of the outer packaging un- consisting of a charge of detonating ex- less the inner packaging adequately plosive. They are dropped from ships protects the explosive against contact and function when they reach a pre- with the metal. determined depth or the sea bed. (2) The closure device of containers Substance, explosive, very insensitive for liquid explosives must provide dou- (Substance, EVI) N.O.S. Substances ble protection against leakage, such as which present a mass explosive hazard a secured in place with tape.

507

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.60 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(3) Inner packagings, fittings, and (10) An explosive article containing cushioning materials, and the placing an electrical means of initiation that of explosive substances or articles in is sensitive to external electro- packages, must be such that the explo- magnetic radiation, must have its sive substance is prevented from be- means of initiation effectively pro- coming loose in the outer packaging tected from electromagnetic radiation during transportation. Metallic compo- sources (for example, radar or radio nents of articles must be prevented transmitters) through either design of from making contact with metal pack- the packaging or of the article, or agings. Articles containing explosive both. substances not enclosed in an outer (11) Plastic packagings may not be casing must be separated from each able to generate or accumulate suffi- other in order to prevent friction and cient static electricity to cause the impact. Padding, trays, partitioning in packaged explosive substances or arti- the inner or outer packaging, molded cles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently plastics or receptacles may be used for function. Metal packagings must be this purpose. compatible with the explosive sub- (4) When the packaging includes stance they contain. water that could freeze during trans- (12) Explosive substances may not be portation, a sufficient amount of anti- packed in inner or outer packagings freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol, where the differences in internal and must be added to the water to prevent external pressures, due to thermal or freezing. If the anti-freeze creates a other effects, could cause an explosion fire hazard, it may not be used. When a or rupture of the package. percentage of water in the substance is (13) Packagings for water soluble sub- specified, the combined weight of water stances must be water resistant. Pack- and anti-freeze may be substituted. agings for desensitized or phlegmatized (5) If an article is fitted with its own substances must be closed to prevent means of ignition or initiation, it must changes in concentration during trans- be effectively protected from acci- port. When containing less alcohol, dental actuation during normal condi- water, or phlegmatizer than specified tions of transportation. in its proper shipping description, the (6) The entry of explosive substances substance is a ‘‘forbidden’’ material. into the recesses of double-seamed (14) Large and robust explosives arti- metal packagings must be prevented. cles, normally intended for military (7) The closure device of a metal use, without their means of initiation drum must include a suitable gasket; if or with their means of initiation con- the closure device includes metal-to- taining at least two effective protec- metal screw-threads, the ingress of ex- tive features, may be carried plosive substances into the threading unpackaged provided that a negative must be prevented. result was obtained in Test Series 4 of (8) Whenever loose explosive sub- the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on stances or the explosive substance of an unpackaged article. When such arti- an uncased or partly cased article may cles have propelling charges or are self- come into contact with the inner sur- propelled, their ignition systems must face of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, be protected against conditions en- 4B and metal receptacles), the metal countered during normal transpor- packaging should be provided with an tation. Such unpackaged articles may inner liner or . be fixed to cradles or contained in (9) Packagings must be made of ma- or other suitable handling, stor- terials compatible with, and imper- age or launching devices in such a way meable to, the explosives contained in that they will not become loose during the package, so that neither inter- normal conditions of transport and are action between the explosives and the in accordance with DOD-approved pro- packaging materials, nor leakage, cedures. When such large explosive ar- causes the explosive to become unsafe ticles, as part of their operational safe- in transportation, or the hazard divi- ty and suitability tests, are subjected sion or compatibility group to change to testing that meets the intentions of (see § 173.24(e)(2)). Test Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests

508

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

and Criteria with successful test re- package is treated as though its entire sults, they may be offered for transpor- contents were comprised of the lower tation in accordance with the require- division number. For example, a mixed ments prescribed in (b)(14) above sub- package of Division 1.2 explosives and ject to approval by the Associate Ad- Division 1.4 explosives, compatibility ministrator. group D, must be treated as 1.2D explo- [Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997, as sives. However, when 1.5D explosives amended at 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 76 FR are packed together with 1.2D explo- 43529, July 20, 2011] sives, the whole package must be treat- ed as 1.1D explosives. § 173.61 Mixed packaging require- (3) Explosives of compatibility group ments. S may be packaged together with ex- (a) An explosive may not be packed plosives of any other compatibility in the same outside packaging with group except A or L, and the combined any other material that could, under package may be treated as belonging to normal conditions of transportation, any of the packaged compatibility adversely affect the explosive or its groups except S. packaging unless packaged by DOD or (4) Explosives of compatibility group DOE in accordance with § 173.7(a). L shall only be packed with an iden- (b) Hardware necessary for assembly tical explosive. of explosive articles at the point-of-use (5) Explosives articles of compat- may be packed in the same outside ibility groups C, D, or E may be packed packaging with the explosive articles. together and the entire package shall The hardware must be securely packed be treated as belonging to compat- in a separate inside packaging. Suffi- ibility group E. cient cushioning materials must be (6) Explosives articles of compat- used to ensure that all inside pack- ibility groups C, D, E, or N may be agings are securely packed in the out- packed together and the entire package side packaging. shall be treated as belonging to com- (c) The following explosives may not patibility group D. be packed together with other Class 1 explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, (7) Explosives substances of compat- UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN ibility groups C and D may be pack- 0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, aged together and the entire package UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN shall be treated as belonging to com- 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and UN patibility group D. 0500. These explosives may be mix- (8) Explosive articles of compat- packed with each other in accordance ibility group G, except for fireworks with the compatibility requirements and articles requiring special pack- prescribed in paragraph (e) of this sec- aging, may be packaged together with tion. explosive articles of compatibility (d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives groups C, D or E and the combined may not be packed with the following package shall be treated as belonging explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, to compatibility group E. UN 0336, and UN 0337. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as (e) Except as prescribed in para- amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR graphs (c) and (d) of this section, dif- 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001; ferent explosives may be packed in one 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. outside packaging in accordance with 7, 2004; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28 2008] the following compatibility require- ments: § 173.62 Specific packaging require- (1) Explosives of the same compat- ments for explosives. ibility group and same division number (a) Except as provided in § 173.7 of may be packed together. this subchapter, when the § 172.101 (2) Explosives of the same compat- Table specifies that an explosive must ibility group or authorized combina- be packaged in accordance with this tion of compatibility group but dif- section, only packagings which con- ferent division number may be packed form to the provisions of paragraphs together, provided that the whole (b) and (c) of this section or § 173.7(e) of

509

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

this subchapter and the applicable re- EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued quirements in §§ 173.60 and 173.61 may be used unless otherwise approved by ID# PI the Associate Administrator. UN0074 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) (b) Explosives Table. The Explosives UN0075 ...... 115 Table specifies the Packing Instruc- UN0076 ...... 112 UN0077 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) tions assigned to each explosive. Explo- UN0078 ...... 112 sives are identified in the first column UN0079 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) in numerical sequence by their identi- UN0081 ...... 116 UN0082 ...... 116 or 117 fication number (ID #), which is listed UN0083 ...... 116 in column 4 of the § 172.101 table, of this UN0084 ...... 116 subchapter. The second column of the UN0092 ...... 135 UN0093 ...... 135 Explosives Table specifies the Packing UN0094 ...... 113 Instruction (PI) which must be used for UN0099 ...... 134 packaging the explosive. The Explo- UN0101 ...... 140 UN0102 ...... 139 sives Packing Method Table in para- UN0103 ...... 140 graph (c) of this section defines the UN0104 ...... 139 methods of packaging. The Packing In- UN0105 ...... 140 structions are identified using a 3 digit UN0106 ...... 141 UN0107 ...... 141 designation. The Packing Instruction UN0110 ...... 141 prefixed by the letters ‘‘US’’ is par- UN0113 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) ticular to the United States and not UN0114 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0118 ...... 112 found in applicable international regu- UN0121 ...... 142 lations. UN0124 ...... US1 UN0129 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) EXPLOSIVES TABLE UN0130 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0131 ...... 142 ID# PI UN0132 ...... 114(b) UN0133 ...... 112(a) UN0004 ...... 112 UN0135 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0005 ...... 130 UN0136 ...... 130 UN0006 ...... 130 UN0137 ...... 130 UN0007 ...... 130 UN0138 ...... 130 UN0009 ...... 130 UN0143 ...... 115 UN0010 ...... 130 UN0144 ...... 115 UN0012 ...... 130 UN0146 ...... 112 UN0014 ...... 130 UN0147 ...... 112(b) UN0015 ...... 130 UN0150 ...... 112(a) or 112(b) UN0016 ...... 130 UN0151 ...... 112 UN0018 ...... 130 UN0153 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0019 ...... 130 UN0154 ...... 112 UN0020 ...... 101 UN0155 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0021 ...... 101 UN0159 ...... 111 UN0027 ...... 113 UN0160 ...... 114(b) UN0028 ...... 113 UN0161 ...... 114(b) UN0029 ...... 131 UN0167 ...... 130 UN0030 ...... 131 UN0168 ...... 130 UN0033 ...... 130 UN0169 ...... 130 UN0034 ...... 130 UN0171 ...... 130 UN0035 ...... 130 UN0173 ...... 134 UN0037 ...... 130 UN0174 ...... 134 UN0038 ...... 130 UN0180 ...... 130 UN0039 ...... 130 UN0181 ...... 130 UN0042 ...... 132 UN0182 ...... 130 UN0043 ...... 133 UN0183 ...... 130 UN0044 ...... 133 UN0186 ...... 130 UN0048 ...... 130 UN0190 ...... 101 UN0049 ...... 135 UN0191 ...... 135 UN0050 ...... 135 UN0192 ...... 135 UN0054 ...... 135 UN0193 ...... 135 UN0055 ...... 136 UN0194 ...... 135 UN0056 ...... 130 UN0195 ...... 135 UN0059 ...... 137 UN0196 ...... 135 UN0060 ...... 132 UN0197 ...... 135 UN0065 ...... 139 UN0204 ...... 134 UN0066 ...... 140 UN0207 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0070 ...... 134 UN0208 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0072 ...... 112(a) UN0209 ...... 112 UN0073 ...... 133 UN0212 ...... 133

510

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0213 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0318 ...... 141 UN0214 ...... 112 UN0319 ...... 133 UN0215 ...... 112 UN0320 ...... 133 UN0216 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0321 ...... 130 UN0217 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0322 ...... 101 UN0218 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0323 ...... 134 UN0219 ...... 112 UN0324 ...... 130 UN0220 ...... 112 UN0325 ...... 142 UN0221 ...... 130 UN0326 ...... 130 UN0222 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0327 ...... 130 UN0224 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0328 ...... 130 UN0225 ...... 133 UN0329 ...... 130 UN0226 ...... 112(a) UN0330 ...... 130 UN0234 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0331 ...... 116 or 117 UN0235 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0332 ...... 116 or 117 UN0236 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0333 ...... 135 UN0237 ...... 138 UN0334 ...... 135 UN0238 ...... 130 UN0335 ...... 135 UN0240 ...... 130 UN0336 ...... 135 UN0241 ...... 116 or 117 UN0337 ...... 135 UN0242 ...... 130 UN0338 ...... 130 UN0243 ...... 130 UN0339 ...... 130 UN0244 ...... 130 UN0340 ...... 112(a) or 112(b) UN0245 ...... 130 UN0341 ...... 112(b) UN0246 ...... 130 UN0342 ...... 114(a) UN0247 ...... 101 UN0343 ...... 111 UN0248 ...... 144 UN0344 ...... 130 UN0249 ...... 144 UN0345 ...... 130 UN0250 ...... 101 UN0346 ...... 130 UN0254 ...... 130 UN0347 ...... 130 UN0255 ...... 131 UN0348 ...... 130 UN0257 ...... 141 UN0349 ...... 101 UN0266 ...... 112 UN0350 ...... 101 UN0267 ...... 131 UN0351 ...... 101 UN0268 ...... 133 UN0352 ...... 101 UN0271 ...... 143 UN0353 ...... 101 UN0272 ...... 143 UN0354 ...... 101 UN0275 ...... 134 UN0355 ...... 101 UN0276 ...... 134 UN0356 ...... 101 UN0277 ...... 134 UN0357 ...... 101 UN0278 ...... 134 UN0358 ...... 101 UN0279 ...... 130 UN0359 ...... 101 UN0280 ...... 130 UN0360 ...... 131 UN0281 ...... 130 UN0361 ...... 131 UN0282 ...... 112 UN0362 ...... 130 UN0283 ...... 132 UN0363 ...... 130 UN0284 ...... 141 UN0364 ...... 133 UN0285 ...... 141 UN0365 ...... 133 UN0286 ...... 130 UN0366 ...... 133 UN0287 ...... 130 UN0367 ...... 141 UN0288 ...... 138 UN0368 ...... 141 UN0289 ...... 139 UN0369 ...... 130 UN0290 ...... 139 UN0370 ...... 130 UN0291 ...... 130 UN0371 ...... 130 UN0292 ...... 141 UN0372 ...... 141 UN0293 ...... 141 UN0373 ...... 135 UN0294 ...... 130 UN0374 ...... 134 UN0295 ...... 130 UN0375 ...... 134 UN0296 ...... 134 UN0376 ...... 133 UN0297 ...... 130 UN0377 ...... 133 UN0299 ...... 130 UN0378 ...... 133 UN0300 ...... 130 UN0379 ...... 136 UN0301 ...... 130 UN0380 ...... 101 UN0303 ...... 130 UN0381 ...... 134 UN0305 ...... 113 UN0382 ...... 101 UN0306 ...... 133 UN0383 ...... 101 UN0312 ...... 135 UN0384 ...... 101 UN0313 ...... 135 UN0385 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0314 ...... 142 UN0386 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0315 ...... 142 UN0387 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0316 ...... 141 UN0388 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0317 ...... 141 UN0389 ...... 112(b) or 112(c)

511

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0390 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0465 ...... 101 UN0391 ...... 112(a) UN0466 ...... 101 UN0392 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0467 ...... 101 UN0393 ...... 112(b) UN0468 ...... 101 UN0394 ...... 112(a) UN0469 ...... 101 UN0395 ...... 101 UN0470 ...... 101 UN0396 ...... 101 UN0471 ...... 101 UN0397 ...... 101 UN0472 ...... 101 UN0398 ...... 101 UN0473 ...... 101 UN0399 ...... 101 UN0474 ...... 101 UN0400 ...... 101 UN0475 ...... 101 UN0401 ...... 112 UN0476 ...... 101 UN0402 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0477 ...... 101 UN0403 ...... 135 UN0478 ...... 101 UN0404 ...... 135 UN0479 ...... 101 UN0405 ...... 135 UN0480 ...... 101 UN0406 ...... 114(b) UN0481 ...... 101 UN0407 ...... 114(b) UN0482 ...... 101 UN0408 ...... 141 UN0483 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0409 ...... 141 UN0484 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0410 ...... 141 UN0486 ...... 101 UN0411 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0487 ...... 135 UN0412 ...... 130 UN0488 ...... 130 UN0413 ...... 130 UN0489 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0414 ...... 130 UN0490 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0415 ...... 143 UN0491 ...... 143 UN0417 ...... 130 UN0492 ...... 135 UN0418 ...... 135 UN0493 ...... 135 UN0494 ...... US1 UN0419 ...... 135 UN0495 ...... 115 UN0420 ...... 135 UN0496 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0421 ...... 135 UN0497 ...... 115 UN0424 ...... 130 UN0498 ...... 114(b) UN0425 ...... 130 UN0499 ...... 114(b) UN0426 ...... 130 UN0500 ...... 131 UN0427 ...... 130 UN0502 ...... 130 UN0428 ...... 135 UN0503 ...... 135 UN0429 ...... 135 UN0504 ...... 112(c) UN0430 ...... 135 UN0505 ...... 135 UN0431 ...... 135 UN0506 ...... 135 UN0432 ...... 135 UN0507 ...... 135 UN0433 ...... 111 UN0508 ...... 114(b) UN0434 ...... 130 UN0509 ...... 114(b) UN0435 ...... 130 NA0124 ...... US1 UN0436 ...... 130 NA0276 ...... 134 UN0437 ...... 130 NA0323 ...... 134 UN0438 ...... 130 NA0331 ...... 116 or 117 UN0439 ...... 137 NA0337 ...... 135 UN0440 ...... 137 NA0349 ...... 133 UN0441 ...... 137 NA0494 ...... US1 UN0442 ...... 137 UN0443 ...... 137 (c) Explosives must be packaged in UN0444 ...... 137 UN0445 ...... 137 accordance with the following table: UN0446 ...... 136 (1) The first column lists, in alpha- UN0447 ...... 136 numeric sequence, the packing meth- UN0448 ...... 114(b) UN0449 ...... 101 ods prescribed for explosives in the Ex- UN0450 ...... 101 plosives Table of paragraph (b) of this UN0451 ...... 130 section. UN0452 ...... 141 (2) The second column specifies the UN0453 ...... 130 UN0454 ...... 142 inner packagings that are required. If UN0455 ...... 131 inner packagings are not required, a UN0456 ...... 131 notation of ‘‘Not necessary’’ appears in UN0457 ...... 130 UN0458 ...... 130 the column. The term ‘‘Not necessary’’ UN0459 ...... 130 means that a suitable inner packaging UN0460 ...... 130 may be used but is not required. UN0461 ...... 101 (3) The third column specifies the in- UN0462 ...... 101 UN0463 ...... 101 termediate packagings that are re- UN0464 ...... 101 quired. If intermediate packagings are

512

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

not required, a notation of ‘‘Not nec- specified in the fourth column must be essary’’ appears in the column. The used as the outer packaging of a com- term ‘‘Not necessary’’ means that a bination packaging; otherwise it may suitable intermediate packaging may be used as a single packaging. be used but is not required. (5) Packing Instruction 101 may be (4) The fourth column specifies the used for any explosive substance or ar- outer packagings which are required. If ticle if an equivalent level of safety is inner packagings and/or intermediate shown to be maintained subject to the packagings are specified in the second approval of the Associate Adminis- and third columns, then the packaging trator.

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

101 ...... This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Adminis- trator prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used, the following must be marked on the shipping documents: ‘‘Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of America (USA)’’. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- CEPTIONS: 1. Samples of new or existing explosive substances or articles may be transported as directed by the As- sociate Administrator for purposes including: testing, classification, research and development, quality con- trol, or as a commercial sample. Explosive samples which are wetted or desensitized must be limited to 25 kg. Explosive samples which are not wetted or desen- sitized must be limited to 10 kg in small packages as specified by the Associate Administrator for Haz- ardous Materials Safety 110(a) ...... ...... Bags ...... Drums. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... plastics ...... steel, removable CEPTIONS: textile, plastic coat- textile, plastic coat- head (1A2). 1. The Intermediate packagings must be filled with ed or lined. ed or lined. plastics, removable water saturated material such as an anti-freeze solu- rubber ...... rubber ...... head (1H2) tion or wetted cushioning textile, rubberized .. textile, rubberized .. 2. Outer packagings must be filled with water satu- textile ...... Receptacles ...... rated material such as an anti-freeze solution or plastics ...... wetted cushioning. Outer packagings must be con- metal ...... structed and sealed to prevent evaporation of the wet- ting solution, except when 0224 is being carried dry 110(b) ...... Bags ...... Dividing partitions ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- rubber, conductive metal ...... natural wood, sift- CEPTIONS plastics, conductive wood ...... proof wall (4C2). For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130, 0135 and Receptacles ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). 0224, the following conditions must be satisfied: metal ...... fibreboard ...... reconstituted wood a. inner packagings must not contain more wood ...... (4F). than 50 g of explosive substance (quantity rubber, conductive corresponding to dry substance); plastics, conductive b. each inner packaging must be separated from other inner packagings by dividing partitions; and c. the outer packaging must not be parti- tioned with more than 25 compartments

513

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

111 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, waterproofed steel (4A). CEPTIONS:. plastics ...... aluminium (4B). For UN 0159, inner packagings are not required textile, rubberized .. natural wood, ordi- when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics (1H2) Sheets ...... nary (4C1). drums are used as outer packagings. plastics ...... natural wood, sift textile, rubberized .. proof (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminum, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibreboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol- Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. ids. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, multiwall, plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: water resistant. textile, plastic coat- aluminium (4B). 1. For UN Nos. 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0219 plastics ...... ed or lined. natural wood, ordi- and 0394, packagings must be lead free textile ...... Receptacles ...... nary (4C1). 2. Intermediate packagings are not required if textile, rubberized .. metal ...... natural wood, sift leakproof drums are used as the outer pack- woven plastics ...... plastics ...... proof (4C2). aging Receptacles ...... plywood (4D). 3. For UN 0072 and UN 0226, intermediate pack- metal ...... reconstituted wood agings are not required plastics ...... (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2).

514

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

112(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids Bags ...... Bags (for UN 0150 Bags. other than powders. paper, Kraft ...... only). woven plastics sift- PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, multiwall, plastics ...... proof (5H2/3). CEPTIONS:. water resistant. textile, plastic coat- plastics, film (5H4). 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 plastics ...... ed or lined. textile, sift-proof and 0386, packagings must be lead free. textile ...... (5L2). 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec- textile, rubberized textile, water resist- ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry plastics. ant (5L3). state and a maximum net mass of 30 kg.. woven plastics ...... paper, multiwall, 3. For UN 0222, inner packagings are not re- water resistant quired. (5M2). Boxes steel (4A). aluminium (4B). natural wood, ordi- nary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof (4C2). plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(c) This packing instruction applies to solid dry Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. powders. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, multiwall, paper, multiwall, steel (4A). CEPTIONS: water resistant. water resistant natural wood, 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 plastics ...... with inner lining. aluminum (4B). and 0386, packagings must be lead free woven plastics ...... plastics ...... ordinary (4C1). 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec- Receptacles ...... Receptacles ...... natural wood, ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry fibreboard ...... metal ...... sift proof (4C2). state. Bags must not exceed a maximum net metal ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). mass of 30 kg. plastics ...... reconstituted wood 3. Inner packagings are not required if drums are wood ...... (4F). used as the outer packaging. fibreboard (4G). 4. At least one of the packagings must be sift- plastics, solid proof (4H2). Drums. plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 113 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes.

515

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0094 and UN 0305, no more than 50 g textile, rubberized .. natural wood, ordi- of substance must be packed in an inner pack- Receptacles ...... nary (4C1). aging fibreboard ...... natural wood, sift- 2. For UN 0027, inner packagings are not nec- metal ...... proof walls (4C2). essary when drums are used as the outer pack- plastics ...... plywood (4D). aging wood ...... reconstituted wood 3. At least one of the packagings must be sift- Sheets ...... (4F). proof paper, kraft ...... fibreboard (4G). 4. Sheets must only be used for UN 0028 paper, waxed ...... plastics, solid (4H2). Drums plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 114(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol- Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. ids. plastics ...... plastics ...... steel (4A). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- textile ...... textile, plastic coat- natural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS:. woven plastics ...... ed or lined. nary (4C1). 1. For UN 0077, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack- Receptacles ...... Receptacles ...... natural wood, sift agings must be lead free. metal ...... metal ...... proof walls (4C2). 2. For UN 0342, inner packagings are not re- plastics ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). quired when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics reconstituted wood (1H2) drums are used as outer packagings. (4F). 3. Intermediate packagings are not required if fibreboard (4G). leakproof removable head drums are used as plastics, solid the outer packaging. (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 114(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. CEPTIONS: paper, kraft natural wood, ordinary 1. For UN 0077, 0132, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack- plastics (4C1). agings must be lead free textile, sift-proof natural wood, sift- 2. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, when metal drums woven plastics, sift- proof walls (4C2). (1A2 or 1B2) are used as the outer packaging, proof. plywood (4D). metal packagings must be so constructed that the reconstituted wood risk of explosion, by reason of increased internal Recep- ...... (4F). pressure from internal or external causes, is pre- tacles ...... fiberboard (4G). vented fiberboard 3. For UN 0160, UN 0161, and UN 0508, inner pack- metal Drums. agings are not necessary if drums are used as the paper steel, removable head outer packaging plastics (1A2). 4. For UN 0508 and UN 0509, metal packagings must woven plastics, sift- aluminum, removable not be used proof. head (1B2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 115 ...... Receptacles Bags ...... Boxes.

516

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- metal ...... plastics in metal re- natural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS: plastics ...... ceptacles. nary (4C1). 1. For liquid explosives, inner packagings must be Drums ...... natural wood, sift surrounded with non-combustible absorbent metal ...... proof walls (4C2). cushioning material in sufficient quantity to ab- plywood (4D). sorb the entire liquid content. Metal receptacles reconstituted wood should be cushioned from each other. The net (4F). mass of explosive per package may not exceed fibreboard (4G). 30 kg when boxes are used as outer pack- Drums. aging. The net volume of explosive in each plastics, removable package other than boxes must not exceed 120 head (1H2). litres steel, removable 2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497 when head (1A2). boxes are used as the outer packaging, inner aluminium, remov- packagings must have taped screw cap clo- able head (1B2). sures and be not more than 5 litres capacity plywood (1D). each. A composite packaging consisting of a fibre (1G). plastic receptacle in a metal drum (6HA1) may Specification MC–200 be used in lieu of combination packagings. Liq- containers may be uid substances must not freeze at temperatures used for transport above ¥15 °C (+5 °F) by motor vehicle. 3. For UN 0144, intermediate packagings are not necessary. 116 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Bags. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, water and oil ...... woven plastics CEPTIONS: resistant ...... (5H1/2/3). 1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner plastics ...... paper, mulitwall, packagings are not necessary if leakproof re- texitile, plasic coat- water resistant movable head drums are used as the outer ed or. (5M2). packaging lined ...... plastics, film (5H4). 2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner woven plasics, sift- textile, sift-proof packagings are not required when the explosive proof. (5L2). is contained in a material impervious to liquid Receptacles ...... textile, water resist- 3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are not re- fibreboard, water ant (5L3). quired when contained in rigid plastic which is resistant. Boxes. impervious to nitric esters metal ...... steel (4A). 4. For UN 0331, inner packagings are not re- plastics ...... aluminium (4B). quired when bags (5H2), (5H3) or (5H4) are wood, sift-proof ...... wood, natural, ordi- used as outer packagings Sheets ...... nary (4C1). 5. Bags (5H2 or 5H3) must be used only for UN paper, water resist- natural wood, sift 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332 ant. proof walls (4C2). 6. For UN 0081, bags must not be used as outer paper, waxed ...... plywood (4D). packagings plastics ...... reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Jerricans. steel, removable head (3A2). plastics, removable head (3H2). 117 ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... IBCs.

517

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- ...... metal (11A), (11B), CEPTIONS: (11N), (21A), 1. This packing instruction may only be used for (21B), (21N), explosives of 0082 when they are mixtures of (31A), (31B), ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates (31N). with other combustible substances which are flexible (13H2), not explosive ingredients. Such explosives must (13H3), (13H4), not contain nitroglycerin, similar liquid organic (13L2), (13L3), nitrates, liquid or solid nitrocarbons, or chlor- (13L4), (13M2). ates. rigid plastics 2. This packing instruction may only be used for (11H1), (11H2), explosives of UN 0241 which consist of water (21H1), (21H2), as an essential ingredient and high proportions (31H1), (31H2). of ammonium nitrate or other oxidizers, some composite (11HZ1), or all of which are in solution. The other con- (11HZ2), stituents may include hydrocarbons or alu- (21HZ1), minium powder, but must not include nitro-de- (21HZ2), rivatives such as trinitrotoluene. (31HZ1), 3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN 0082 and (31HZ2). 0241. 4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for solids. 130 ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. Particular Packaging Requirements: The following ap- Steel (4A). plies to UN 0006, 0009, 0010, 0015, 0016, 0018, Aluminum (4B). 0019, 0034, 0035, 0038, 0039, 0048, 0056, 0137, Wood natural, ordi- 0138, 0168, 0169, 0171, 0181, 0182, 0183, 0186, nary (4C1). 0221, 0238, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280, Wood natural, sift- 0281, 0286, 0287, 0297, 0299, 0300, 0301, 0303, proof walls (4C2). 0321, 0328, 0329, 0344, 0345, 0346, 0347, 0362, Plywood (4D). 0363, 0370, 0412, 0424, 0425, 0434, 0435, 0436, Reconstituted wood 0437, 0438, 0451, 0459 and 0488. Large and ro- (4F). bust explosives articles, normally intended for mili- Fiberboard (4G). tary use, without their means of initiation or with Plastics, expanded their means of initiation containing at least two ef- (4H1). fective protective features, may be carried Plastics, solid (4H2). unpackaged. When such articles have propelling Drums. charges or are self-propelled, their ignition systems Steel, removable must be protected against stimuli encountered dur- head (1A2). ing normal conditions of transport. A negative result Aluminum, removable in Test Series 4 on an unpackaged article indicates head (1B2). that the article can be considered for transport Plywood (1D). unpackaged. Such unpackaged articles may be Fiber (1G). fixed to cradles or contained in crates or other suit- Plastics, removable able handling devices. head (1H2). Large Packagings. Steel (50A). Aluminum (50B). Metal other than steel or aluminum (50N). Rigid plastics (50H). Natural wood (50C). Plywood (50D). Reconstituted wood (50F). Rigid fiberboard (50G). 132(a) For articles consisting of closed metal, plastic Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. or fiberboard casings that contain detonating explo- steel (4A). sives, or consisting of plastics-bonded detonating aluminum (4B). explosives. wood, natural; ordi- nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2).

518

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

132(b) For articles without closed casings ...... Receptacles fiber- Not necessary ...... Boxes. board metal plas- steel (4A); alu- tics. Sheets paper minum (4B). plastics. wood, natural, ordi- nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 133 ...... Receptacles ...... Receptacles ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- Intermediate pack- fibreboard ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: agings are only re- metal ...... aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and 0306 quired when trays plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- trays are not authorized as inner packagings are used as inner wood ...... nary (4C1). packagings. wood, natural, sift fibreboard ...... proof walls (4C2). metal ...... plywood (4D). plastics ...... reconstituted wood wood ...... (4F). Trays, fitted with di- fibreboard (4G). viding. plastics, solid partitions ...... (4H2). fibreboard ...... plastics ...... wood ...... 134 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. water resistant steel (4A). Receptacles aluminium (4B). fibreboard wood, natural, or- metal dinary (4C1). plastics wood, natural, sift wood proof walls (4C2). Sheets plywood (4D). fibreboard, cor- reconstituted rugated wood (4F). Tubes fibreboard (4G). fibreboard plastics, ex- panded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fibreboard (1G). plastics, remov- able head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, re- movable head (1B2). plywood (1D).

519

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

135 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. paper ...... steel (4A). plastics ...... aluminium (4B). Receptacles ...... wood, natural, ordi- fibreboard ...... nary (4C1). metal ...... wood, natural, sift plastics ...... proof walls (4C2). wood ...... plywood (4D). Sheets ...... reconstituted wood paper ...... (4F). plastics ...... fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 136 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. plastics ...... steel (4A). textile ...... aluminium (4B) Boxes...... wood, natural, ordi- fibreboard ...... nary (4C1). plastics ...... wood, natural, sift wood ...... proof walls (4C2). Dividing partitions in plywood (4D). the. reconstituted wood outer packagings ...... (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 137 PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. EXCEPTIONS: For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441, plastics ...... steel (4A). when the shaped charges are packed singly, the Boxes ...... aluminium (4B). conical cavity must face downwards and the pack- fibreboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- age marked ‘‘THIS SIDE UP’’. When the shaped Tubes ...... nary (4C1). charges are packed in pairs, the conical cavities fibreboard ...... wood, natural, sift must face inwards to minimize the jetting effect in metal ...... proof walls (4C2). the event of accidental initiation. plastics ...... plywood (4D). Dividing partitions in reconstituted wood the outer pack- (4F). agings. fibreboard (4G). 138 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes.

520

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: aluminium (4B). If the ends of the articles are sealed, inner pack- wood, natural, ordi- agings are not necessary nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fiberboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). 139 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: Receptacles ...... aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and 0290, the fibreboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- ends of the detonating cord must be sealed, for metal ...... nary (4C1). example, by a plug firmly fixed so that the ex- plastics ...... wood, natural, sift plosive cannot escape. The ends of CORD wood ...... proof walls (4C2). DETONATING flexible must be fastened se- Reels ...... plywood (4D). curely ...... reconstituted wood 2. For UN 0065 and UN 0289, inner packagings Sheets ...... (4F). are not required when they are fastened se- paper ...... fibreboard (4G). curely in coils plastics ...... plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 140 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: Reels ...... aluminium (4B). 1. If the ends of UN 0105 are sealed, no inner Sheets ...... wood, natural, ordi- packagings are required paper, kraft ...... nary (4C1). 2. For UN 0101, the packaging must be sift-proof plastics ...... wood, natural, sift except when the fuse is covered by a paper proof walls (4C2). tube and both ends of the tube are covered plywood (4D). with removable caps reconstituted wood 3. For UN 0101, steel or aluminium boxes or (4F). drums must not be used fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G).

521

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

141 ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. fibreboard ...... steel (4A). metal ...... aluminium (4B). plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- wood ...... nary (4C1)...... wood, natural, sift Trays, fitted with di- proof walls (4C2). viding partitions. plywood (4D). plastics ...... reconstituted wood wood ...... (4F). Dividing partitions in fibreboard (4G). the outer pack- plastics, solid agings. (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 142 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. paper ...... steel (4A). plastics ...... aluminium (4B). Receptacles ...... wood, natural, ordi- fibreboard ...... nary (4C1). metal ...... wood, natural, sift plastics ...... proof walls (4C2). wood ...... plywood (4D). Sheets ...... reconstituted wood paper ...... (4F). Trays, fitted with di- fibreboard (4G). viding partitions. plastics, solid plastics ...... (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 143 ...... Bag ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, kraft ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0271, 0272, 0415 and 0491 when textile ...... wood, natural, ordi- metal packagings are used, metal packagings textile, rubberized .. nary (4C1). must be so constructed that the risk of explo- Receptacles ...... wood, natural, sift sion, by reason of increase in internal pressure fibreboard ...... proof walls (4C2). from internal or external causes is prevented metal ...... plywood (4D). 2. Composite packagings (6HH2) (plastic recep- plastics ...... reconstituted wood tacle with outer solid box) may be used in lieu Trays, fitted with di- (4F). of combination packagings viding partitions. fibreboard (4G). plastics ...... plastics, solid wood ...... (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2).

522

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.63

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

144 ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plastics, removable head (1H2). Plywood (1D). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- fibreboard ...... 2steel (4A). CEPTIONS: metal ...... aluminum (4B). For UN 0248 and UN 0249, packagings must be plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- protected against the ingress of water. When Dividing partitions in nary (4C1) with CONTRIVANCES, WATER ACTIVATED are the outer pack- metal liner. transported unpackaged, they must be provided agings. plywood (4D) with with at least two independent protective fea- metal liner. tures which prevent the ingress of water reconstituted wood (4F) with metal liner. plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). US 1 1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under the following conditions: a. Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or offshore supply vessel must be segregated; each kind from every other kind, and from any gun, tool or other supplies, unless approved in accordance with § 173.56. Segregated initiation devices must be carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device or in a fully enclosed steel con- tainer lined with a non-sparking material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may be carried on the same motor vehicle. b. Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112 g (4 ounces) of explosives. c. Each shaped charge if not completely enclosed in glass or metal, must be fully protected by a metal cover after installa- tion in the gun. d. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.1D or 1.4D may be transported by highway by private or contract carriers engaged in oil well operations. (i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks or carrying cases designed and constructed so that the gun is securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to damage by contact, one to the other or any other article or material carried in the vehicle; and (ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the body of the motor vehicle. e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is car- ried in a motor vehicle as specified in paragraph (d) of this packing method or on offshore well tool provided that: (i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this packing method are met; (ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 90.8 kg (200 pounds) per tool pallet; (iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 90.8 kg (200 pounds) of explosive content if the segregation re- quirements in § 176.83(b) of this subchapter are met; and (iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed ‘‘on deck’’ a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must be provided.

[Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24720]

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 173.62, see the List of CFR Sec- tions Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.63 Packaging exceptions. nating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) per: (a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having (1) Transport vehicle, freight con- an explosive content not exceeding 6.5 tainer, or cargo-only aircraft; g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length (one linear foot) may be offered for (2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet transportation domestically and trans- carried on an off-shore supply vessel; ported as Cord, detonating (UN 0289), (3) Cargo compartment of a cargo Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D vessel; or (1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of (4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used all packages containing Cord, deto- to transport personnel to remote work sites, such as offshore drilling units.

523

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.63 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(b) Limited quantities of Cartridges, contains properly packaged articles as small arms, and cartridges power devices. authorized by this subchapter on Octo- (1)(i) Cartridges, small arms, and Car- ber 1, 2010. tridges power device (used to project (iii) Cartridges, small arms and Car- fastening devices), that have been tridges power devices that may be classed as Division 1.4S explosive may shipped as a limited quantity or ORM– be offered for transportation and trans- D material are as follows: ported as limited quantities when (A) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or packaged in accordance with paragraph shotgun; (b)(2) of this section. For transpor- (B) Ammunition with inert projec- tation by aircraft, the package must tiles or blank ammunition; conform to the applicable requirements (C) Ammunition having no tear gas, of § 173.27 of this part and, effective incendiary, or detonating explosive July 1, 2011, Cartridge, power devices projectiles; must be successfully tested under the (D) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 UN Test Series 6(d) criteria for reclas- mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or sification as limited quantity material. pistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for Effective January 1, 2012, Cartridge, shotshells; and power devices must be successfully (E) Cartridges, power devices which tested under the UN Test Series 6(d) are used to project fastening devices. criteria for reclassification as limited (2) Packaging for Cartridges, small quantity material for transportation arms and eligible Cartridge, power de- by highway, rail or vessel. Packages vices as limited quantity or ORM–D containing such articles must be material must be as follows: marked as prescribed in § 172.315. Pack- (i) Ammunition must be packed in in- ages containing such articles are not side boxes, or in partitions which fit subject to the shipping paper require- snugly in the outside packaging, or in ments of subpart C of part 172 of this metal clips; subchapter unless the material meets (ii) Primers must be protected from the definition of a hazardous sub- accidental initiation; stance, hazardous waste, marine pol- (iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal lutant, or is offered for transportation clips must be packed in securely-closed and transported by aircraft or vessel. strong outside packagings; Additionally, packages containing (iv) Maximum gross weight is limited these articles are excepted from the re- to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and quirements of subparts E (Labeling) (v) Cartridges, power devices which and F (Placarding) of part 172 of this are used to project fastening devices subchapter. and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may (ii) Until December 31, 2012, a pack- be packaged loose in strong outside age containing such articles may be packagings. marked with the proper shipping name (c)–(e) [Reserved] ‘‘Cartridges, small arms’’ or ‘‘Car- (f) Detonators containing no more tridges, power device (used to project than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition fastening devices)’’ and reclassed as and delay charges) that are electric ‘‘ORM–D–AIR’’ material if it contains blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long properly packaged articles as author- or longer, delay connectors in plastic ized by this subchapter on October 1, sheaths, or blasting caps with empty 2010. Additionally, for transportation plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer by aircraft, Cartridge, power devices may be packed as follows in which case must be successfully tested under the they are excepted from the packaging UN Test Series 6(d) criteria for reclas- requirements of § 173.62: sification as ORM–D–AIR material ef- (1) No more than 50 detonators in one fective July 1, 2011. Until December 31, inner packaging; 2013, a package containing such arti- (2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR, cles may be marked with the proper see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or com- shipping name ‘‘Cartridges, small partment is used as the outer pack- arms’’ or ‘‘Cartridges, power device aging; (used to project fastening devices)’’ and (3) No more than 1000 detonators in reclassed as ‘‘ORM–D’’ material if it one outer packaging; and

524

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.115

(4) No material may be loaded on top Method for Concentration Limits of of the IME Standard 22 container and Flammability of Chemicals or other no material may be loaded against the equivalent method approved by the As- outside door of the IME Standard 22 sociate Administrator. The flamma- compartment. bility of aerosols is determined by the (g) Detonators that are classed as tests specified in paragraph (l) of this 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than section. 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and (b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, non- delay charges) may be packed as fol- poisonous compressed gas—including com- lows in which case they are excepted pressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized from the packaging requirements of cryogenic gas, compressed gas in solution, § 173.62: asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas). For (1) No more than 50 detonators in one the purpose of this subchapter, a non- inner packaging; flammable, nonpoisonous compressed (2) IME Standard 22 container is used gas (Division 2.2) means any material as the outer packaging; (or mixture) which— (3) No more than 1000 detonators in (1) Exerts in the packaging a gauge one outer packaging; and pressure of 200 kPa (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) (4) Each inner packaging is marked or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), is a liquefied ‘‘l.4B Detonators’’ or ‘‘1.4S Deto- gas or is a cryogenic liquid, and nators’’, as appropriate. (2) Does not meet the definition of [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as Division 2.1 or 2.3. amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (c) Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inha- 173–236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173– lation). For the purpose of this sub- 253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743, chapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR (Division 2.3) means a material which 3371, Jan. 19, 2011] is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and a pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a ma- Subpart D—Definitions Classifica- terial which has a boiling point of 20 °C tion, Packing Group Assign- (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) ments and Exceptions for and which— Hazardous Materials Other (1) Is known to be so toxic to humans Than Class 1 and Class 7 as to pose a hazard to health during transportation, or

SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, (2) In the absence of adequate data on 1990, unless otherwise noted. human toxicity, is presumed to be toxic to humans because when tested § 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and on laboratory animals it has an LC50 2.3—Definitions. value of not more than 5000 mL/m3 (see (a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For § 173.116(a) of this subpart for assign- the purpose of this subchapter, a flam- ment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). mable gas (Division 2.1) means any ma- LC50 values for mixtures may be deter- terial which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or mined using the formula in less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure § 173.133(b)(1)(i) or CGA P–20 (IBR, see (a material which has a boiling point of § 171.7 of this subchapter). 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 (d) Non-liquefied compressed gas. A psia)) which— gas, which when packaged under pres- (1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) sure for transportation is entirely gas- when in a mixture of 13 percent or less eous at ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) with a critical by volume with air; or temperature less than or equal to ¥50 (2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 °C (¥58 °F), is considered to be a non- kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at least 12 liquefied compressed gas. percent regardless of the lower limit. (e) Liquefied compressed gas. A gas, Except for aerosols, the limits specified which when packaged under pressure in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this for transportation is partially liquid at section shall be determined at 101.3 temperatures above ¥50 °C (¥58 °F), is kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a tem- considered to be a liquefied compressed perature of 20 °C (68 °F) in accordance gas. A liquefied compressed gas is fur- with the ASTM E681–85, Standard Test ther categorized as follows:

525

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.116 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(1) High pressure liquefied gas which is and the heat of combustion is less than a gas with a critical temperature be- 20 kJ/g. tween ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) and + 65 °C (149 (3) Aerosols not meeting the provi- °F), and sions of paragraphs (l)(1) or (1)(2) of (2) Low pressure liquefied gas which is this section must be classed in accord- a gas with a critical temperature above ance with the appropriate tests of the + 65 °C (149 °F). UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, (f) Compressed gas in solution. A com- see § 171.7 of this subchapter). An aer- pressed gas in solution is a non-liquefied osol which was tested in accordance compressed gas which is dissolved in a with the requirements of this sub- solvent. chapter in effect on December 31, 2005, (g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid is not required to be retested. means a refrigerated liquefied gas hav- (4) Division 2.3 gases may not be ing a boiling point colder than ¥90 °C transported in an aerosol container. (¥130 °F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) abso- lute. A material meeting this defini- (5) When the contents are classified tion is subject to requirements of this as Division 6.1, PG III or Class 8, PG II subchapter without regard to whether or III, the aerosol must be assigned a it meets the definition of a non-flam- subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 or mable, non-poisonous compressed gas Class 8, as appropriate. in paragraph (b) of this section. (6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or (h) Flammable range. The term flam- II, and substances of Class 8, PG I are mable range means the difference be- forbidden from transportation in an tween the minimum and maximum vol- aerosol container. ume percentages of the material in air (7) Flammable components are Class that forms a flammable mixture. 3 flammable liquids, Division 4.1 flam- (i) Service pressure. The term service mable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable pressure means the authorized pressure gases. The chemical heat of combus- marking on the packaging. For exam- tion must be determined in accordance ple, for a cylinder marked ‘‘DOT with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- 3A1800’’, the service pressure is 12410 teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- kPa (1800 psig). chapter). (j) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas. The terms Refrigerant gas and Dispers- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as ant gas apply to all nonpoisonous re- amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–236, 58 FR 50236, frigerant gases; dispersant gases (fluo- Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. rocarbons) listed in § 172.101 of this sub- 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67506, Dec. 29, chapter and §§ 173.304, 173.314(c), 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; 173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures 66 FR 45379, 45380, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR thereof; and any other compressed gas 51642, Aug. 8, 2002; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; having a vapor pressure not exceeding 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 260 psia at 54 °C(130 °F), used only as a 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, refrigerant, dispersant, or blowing June 14, 2005; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR agent. 2256, Jan. 14, 2009; 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009; 75 (k) For Division 2.2 gases, the oxi- FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 56316, Sept. 13, 2011] dizing ability shall be determined by § 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of haz- tests or by calculation in accordance ard zone. with ISO 10156:1996 and ISO 10156–2:2005 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Divi- (l) The following applies to aerosols sion 2.3 material is assigned in column (see § 171.8 of this subchapter): 7 of the § 172.101 table. There are no (1) An aerosol must be assigned to Di- hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. vision 2.1 if the contents include 85% When the § 172.101 table provides more by mass or more flammable compo- than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 nents and the chemical heat of combus- material, or indicates that the hazard tion is 30 kJ/g or more; zone be determined on the basis of the (2) An aerosol must be assigned to Di- grouping criteria for Division 2.3, the vision 2.2 if the contents contain 1% by hazard zone shall be determined by ap- mass or less flammable components plying the following criteria:

526

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.120

not meet the definition of any other Hazard Inhalation toxicity zone hazard class specified in this sub-

A ...... LC50 less than or equal to 200 ppm. chapter and has a flash point above 60 B ...... LC50 greater than 200 ppm and less than or °C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F). equal to 1000 ppm. (2) A flammable liquid with a flash C ...... LC50 greater than 1000 ppm and less than or ° ° equal to 3000 ppm. point at or above 38 C (100 F) that D ...... LC50 greater than 3000 ppm or less than or does not meet the definition of any equal to 5000 ppm. other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision (b) The criteria specified in para- does not apply to transportation by graph (a) of this section are rep- vessel or aircraft, except where other resented graphically in § 173.133, Figure means of transportation is impracti- 1. cable. An elevated temperature mate- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as rial that meets the definition of a Class amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 3 material because it is intentionally 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR heated and offered for transportation 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] or transported at or above its flash point may not be reclassed as a com- §§ 173.117–173.119 [Reserved] bustible liquid. § 173.120 Class 3—Definitions. (3) A combustible liquid that does not sustain combustion is not subject to (a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose the requirements of this subchapter as of this subchapter, a flammable liquid a combustible liquid. Either the test (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the point of not more than 60 °C (140 °F), or procedure in appendix H of this part any material in a liquid phase with a may be used to determine if a material flash point at or above 37.8 °C (100 °F) sustains combustion when heated that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or under test conditions and exposed to an above its flash point in a bulk pack- external source of flame. aging, with the following exceptions: (c) Flash point. (1) Flash point means (1) Any liquid meeting one of the the minimum temperature at which a definitions specified in § 173.115. liquid gives off vapor within a test ves- (2) Any mixture having one or more sel in sufficient concentration to form components with a flash point of 60 °C an ignitable mixture with air near the (140 °F) or higher, that make up at surface of the liquid. It shall be deter- least 99 percent of the total volume of mined as follows: the mixture, if the mixture is not of- (i) For a homogeneous, single-phase, fered for transportation or transported liquid having a viscosity less than 45 at or above its flash point. S.U.S. at 38 °C (100 °F) that does not (3) Any liquid with a flash point form a surface film while under test, greater than 35 °C (95 °F) that does not one of the following test procedures sustain combustion according to ASTM shall be used: D 4206 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (A) Standard Method of Test for chapter) or the procedure in appendix Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester, H of this part. (ASTM D 56) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this (4) Any liquid with a flash point subchapter); greater than 35 °C (95 °F) and with a (B) Standard Test Methods for Flash fire point greater than 100 °C (212 °F) Point of Liquids by Small Scale according to ISO 2592 (IBR, see § 171.7 of Closed-Cup Apparatus, (ASTM D 3278) this subchapter). (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or (5) Any liquid with a flash point (C) Standard Test Methods for Flash greater than 35 °C (95 °F) which is in a Point by Small Scale Closed Tester, water-miscible solution with a water (ASTM D 3828) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this content of more than 90 percent by subchapter). mass. (ii) For a liquid other than one meet- (b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the ing all the criteria of paragraph purpose of this subchapter, a combus- (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the fol- tible liquid means any liquid that does lowing test procedures must be used:

527

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.121 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(A) Standard Test Methods for Flash flash points shall be the flash point of Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup the material. Tester, (ASTM D 93) (IBR; see § 171.7 of (3) For flash point determinations by this subchapter). For cutback asphalt, Setaflash closed tester, the glass sy- use Method B of ASTM D 93 or alter- ringe specified need not be used as the native tests authorized in this stand- method of measurement of the test ard; sample if a minimum quantity of 2 mL (B) Standard Test Methods for Flash (0.1 ounce) is assured in the test cup. Point of Liquids by Small Scale (d) If experience or other data indi- Closed-Cup Apparatus (ASTM D 3278) cate that the hazard of a material is (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); greater or less than indicated by the (C) Determination of Flash/No criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and Flash—Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (b) of this section, the Associate Ad- (ISO 1516) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- ministrator may revise the classifica- chapter); tion or make the material subject or (D) Determination of Flash point— not subject to the requirements of Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (ISO parts 171 through 185 of this sub- 1523) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- chapter. chapter); (e) Transitional provisions. The Class 3 (E) Determination of Flash Point— classification criteria in effect on De- Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Method cember 31, 2006, may continue to be (ISO 2719) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- used until January 1, 2012. chapter); [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as (F) Determination of Flash Point— amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup Method 2, 1991; 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, (ISO 3679) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67506, 67507, chapter); Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, (G) Determination of Flash/No 1997; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR Flash—Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; Method (ISO 3680) (IBR; see § 171.7 of 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 20, this subchapter); or 2011; 76 FR 56316, Sept. 13, 2011] (H) Determination of Flash Point— Abel Closed-Cup Method (ISO 13736) § 173.121 Class 3—Assignment of pack- ing group. (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (2) For a liquid that is a mixture of (a)(1) The packing group of a Class 3 compounds that have different vola- material is as assigned in column 5 of tility and flash points, its flash point the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 shall be determined as specified in Table provides more than one packing paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the group for a hazardous material, the material in the form in which it is to packing group must be determined by be shipped. If it is determined by this applying the following criteria: test that the flash point is higher than Flash ¥7 °C (20 °F) a second test shall be point Initial boiling point made as follows: a portion of the mix- (closed- cup) ture shall be placed in an open beaker (or similar container) of such dimen- I ...... ≤35 °C sions that the height of the liquid can (95 °F) II ...... <23 °C (73 °F) ...... >35 °C be adjusted so that the ratio of the vol- (95 °F) ume of the liquid to the exposed sur- III ...... ≥23 °C, ≤60 °C >35 °C face area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be (≥73 °F, ≤140 °F) ...... (95 °F) allowed to evaporate under ambient pressure and temperature (20 to 25 °C (2) The initial boiling point of a Class (68 to 77 °F)) for a period of 4 hours or 3 material may be determined by using until 10 percent by volume has evapo- one of the following test methods: rated, whichever comes first. A flash (i) Standard Test Method for Distilla- point is then run on a portion of the tion of Petroleum Products at Atmos- liquid remaining in the evaporation pheric Pressure (ASTM D 86) (IBR; see container and the lower of the two § 171.7 of this subchapter);

528

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.124

(ii) Standard Test Method for Dis- a uniform internal diameter of approxi- tillation Range of Volatile Organic mately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the cali- Liquids (ASTM D 1078) (IBR; see § 171.7 brated section. The sample should be of this subchapter); stirred to obtain a uniform consist- (iii) Petroleum Products—Deter- ency, and poured in up to the 100 mL (3 mination of Distillation Characteris- ounces) mark. The should be tics at Atmospheric Pressure (ISO 3405) inserted and the cylinder left standing (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); undisturbed for 24 hours. After 24 (iv) Petroleum Products—Determina- hours, the height of the upper sepa- tion of Boiling Range Distribution— rated layer should be measured and the Gas Chromatography Method (ISO 3924) percentage of this layer as compared (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or with the total height of the sample cal- (v) Volatile Organic Liquids—Deter- culated. mination of Boiling Range of Organic (c) Transitional provisions. The cri- Solvents Used as Raw Materials (ISO teria for packing group assignments in 4626) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- effect on December 31, 2006, may con- chapter). tinue to be used until January 1, 2012. (b) Criteria for inclusion of viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group III. (1) [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. Group II with a flash point of less than 173–241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, 1994 Amdt. 173– 23 °C (73 °F) may be grouped in Packing 255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; 64 FR 10777, Group III provided that— Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR (i) Less than 3 percent of the clear 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, solvent layer separates in the solvent 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011.] separation test; (ii) The mixture does not contain any § 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and substances with a primary or a sub- 4.3—Definitions. sidiary risk of Division 6.1 or Class 8; (iii) The capacity of the packaging is (a) Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid). For not more than 30 L (7.9 gallons); and the purposes of this subchapter, flam- (iv) The viscosity and flash point are mable solid (Division 4.1) means any of in accordance with the following table: the following three types of materials: (1) Desensitized explosives that— Flow time t in Jet diameter (i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1 seconds in mm Flash point c.c. other than those of compatibility 20

529

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.124 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(B) The material is forbidden from (2) Does not detonate at all, being offered for transportation ac- deflagrates slowly and shows no violent cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter effect when heated under confinement; or § 173.21; or (C) The material meets the definition (3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as all and shows a medium effect when prescribed in subpart D of this part, in heated under confinement. which case it must be so classed; (E) Type E. Self-reactive material (D) The material meets one of the type E is a self-reactive material following conditions: which, in laboratory testing, neither (1) Its heat of decomposition is less detonates nor deflagrates at all and than 300 J/g; or shows only a low or no effect when (2) Its self-accelerating decomposi- heated under confinement. tion temperature (SADT) is greater (F) Type F. Self-reactive material than 75 °C (167 °F) for a 50 kg package; type F is a self-reactive material or which, in laboratory testing, neither (3) It is an oxidizing substance in Di- detonates in the cavitated state nor vision 5.1 containing less than 5.0% deflagrates at all and shows only a low combustible organic substances; or or no effect when heated under confine- (E) The Associate Administrator has ment as well as low or no explosive determined that the material does not power. present a hazard which is associated (G) Type G. Self-reactive material with a Division 4.1 material. type G is a self-reactive material (ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-re- which, in laboratory testing, does not active materials are assigned to a ge- detonate in the cavitated state, will neric system consisting of seven types. not deflagrate at all, shows no effect A self-reactive substance identified by when heated under confinement, nor technical name in the Self-Reactive shows any explosive power. A type G Materials Table in § 173.224 is assigned self-reactive material is not subject to to a generic type in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter for that table. Self-reactive materials not self-reactive material of Division 4.1 identified in the Self-Reactive Mate- provided that it is thermally stable rials Table in § 173.224 are assigned to (self-accelerating decomposition tem- generic types under the procedures of perature is 50 °C (122 °F) or higher for paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section. a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-re- (A) Type A. Self-reactive material active material meeting all character- type A is a self-reactive material istics of type G except thermal sta- which, as packaged for transportation, bility is classed as a type F self-reac- can detonate or deflagrate rapidly. tive, temperature control material. Transportation of type A self-reactive (iii) Procedures for assigning a self-re- material is forbidden. active material to a generic type. A self- (B) Type B. Self-reactive material reactive material must be assigned to a type B is a self-reactive material generic type based on— which, as packaged for transportation, (A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- solid), in accordance with the defini- idly, but is liable to undergo a thermal tion of liquid and solid in § 171.8 of this explosion in a package. subchapter; (C) Type C. Self-reactive material (B) A determination as to its control type C is a self-reactive material temperature and emergency tempera- which, as packaged for transportation, ture, if any, under the provisions of neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- § 173.21(f); idly and cannot undergo a thermal ex- (C) Performance of the self-reactive plosion. material under the test procedures (D) Type D. Self-reactive material specified in the UN Manual of Tests type D is a self-reactive material and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this which— subchapter) and the provisions of para- (1) Detonates partially, does not graph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent (D) Except for a self-reactive mate- effect when heated under confinement; rial which is identified by technical

530

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.125

name in the Self-Reactive Materials tion or if the temperature of the sam- Table in § 173.224(b) or a self-reactive ple exceeds 200 °C (392 °F) during the 24- material which may be shipped as a hour test period when tested in accord- sample under the provisions of § 173.224, ance with UN Manual of Tests and Cri- the self-reactive material is approved teria (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- in writing by the Associate Adminis- chapter), is classed as a Division 4.2 trator. The person requesting approval material. shall submit to the Associate Adminis- (c) Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet trator the tentative shipping descrip- material). For the purposes of this chap- tion and generic type and— ter, dangerous when wet material (Divi- (1) All relevant data concerning phys- sion 4.3) means a material that, by con- ical state, temperature controls, and tact with water, is liable to become tests results; or spontaneously flammable or to give off (2) An approval issued for the self-re- flammable or toxic gas at a rate great- active material by the competent au- er than 1 L per kilogram of the mate- thority of a foreign government. rial, per hour, when tested in accord- (iv) Tests. The generic type for a self- ance with UN Manual of Tests and Cri- reactive material must be determined teria. using the testing protocol from Figure 14.2 (Flow Chart for Assigning Self-Re- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as active Substances to Division 4.1) from amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–233, 58 FR 33305, (3) Readily combustible solids are June 16, 1993; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. materials that— 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, (i) Are solids which may cause a fire 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, through friction, such as matches; 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 73165, (ii) Show a burning rate faster than Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, 2011] tested in accordance with the UN Man- ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of pack- § 171.7 of this subchapter); or ing group. (iii) Any metal powders that can be (a) The packing group of a Class 4 ignited and react over the whole length material is assigned in column (5) of of a sample in 10 minutes or less, when the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 tested in accordance with the UN Man- Table provides more than one packing ual of Tests and Criteria. group for a hazardous material, the (b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combus- packing group shall be determined on tible Material). For the purposes of this the basis of test results following test subchapter, spontaneously combustible methods given in the UN Manual of material (Division 4.2) means— Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of (1) A pyrophoric material. A pyrophoric material is a liquid or solid this subchapter) and by applying the that, even in small quantities and appropriate criteria given in this sec- without an external ignition source, tion. can ignite within five (5) minutes after (b) Packing group criteria for readily coming in contact with air when tested combustible materials of Division 4.1 according to UN Manual of Tests and are as follows: Criteria. (1) Powdered, granular or pasty ma- (2) A self-heating material. A self- terials must be classified in Division heating material is a material that 4.1 when the time of burning of one or through a process where the gradual more of the test runs, in accordance reaction of that substance with oxygen with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- (in air) generates heat. If the rate of teria, is less than 45 seconds or the rate heat production exceeds the rate of of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Pow- heat loss, then the temperature of the ders of metals or metal alloys must be substance will rise which, after an in- classified in Division 4.1 when they can duction time, may lead to self-ignition be ignited and the reaction spreads and combustion. A material of this over the whole length of the sample in type which exhibits spontaneous igni- 10 minutes or less.

531

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.127 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) Packing group criteria for readily (1) Packing Group I, if the material combustible materials of Division 4.1 reacts vigorously with water at ambi- are assigned as follows: ent temperatures and demonstrates a (i) For readily combustible solids tendency for the gas produced to ignite (other than metal powders), Packing spontaneously, or which reacts readily Group II if the burning time is less with water at ambient temperatures than 45 seconds and the flame passes such that the rate of evolution of flam- the wetted zone. Packing Group II mable gases is equal or greater than 10 must be assigned to powders of metal L per kilogram of material over any or metal alloys if the zone of reaction one minute; spreads over the whole length of the (2) Packing Group II, if the material sample in 5 minutes or less. reacts readily with water at ambient (ii) For readily combustible solids temperatures such that the maximum (other than metal powders), Packing rate of evolution of flammable gases is Group III must be assigned if the burn- equal to or greater than 20 L per kilo- ing rate time is less than 45 seconds gram of material per hour, and which and the wetted zone stops the flame does not meet the criteria for Packing propagation for at least 4 minutes. Group I; or Packing Group III must be assigned to (3) Packing Group III, if the material metal powders if the reaction spreads reacts slowly with water at ambient over the whole length of the sample in temperatures such that the maximum more than 5 minutes but not more than rate of evolution of flammable gases is 10 minutes. greater than 1 L per kilogram of mate- (c) Packing group criteria for Divi- rial per hour, and which does not meet sion 4.2 materials is as follows: the criteria for Packing Group I or II. (1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. Group I. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, (2) A self-heating material is as- 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45380, signed to— Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003] (i) Packing Group II, if the material § 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Defini- gives a positive test result when tested tion and assignment of packing with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140 groups. ° C; or (a) Definition. For the purpose of this (ii) Packing Group III, if— subchapter, oxidizer (Division 5.1) (A) A positive test result is obtained means a material that may, generally in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance 140 °C and a negative test result is ob- the combustion of other materials. tained in a test using a 25 mm sample (1) A solid material is classed as a Di- cube at 140 °C and the substance is vision 5.1 material if, when tested in transported in packagings with a vol- accordance with the UN Manual of ume of more than 3 cubic meters; or Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of (B) A positive test result is obtained this subchapter), its mean burning in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at time is less than or equal to the burn- 120 °C and a negative result is obtained ing time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/ in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at cellulose mixture. 140 °C and the substance is transported (2) A liquid material is classed as a in packagings with a volume of more Division 5.1 material if, when tested in than 450 L; or accordance with the UN Manual of (C) A positive result is obtained in a Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously ig- test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100 nites or its mean time for a pressure °C and a negative result is obtained in rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid °C and the substance is transported in (65 percent)/cellulose mixture. packagings with a volume of less than (b) Assignment of packing groups. (1) 450 L. The packing group of a Division 5.1 ma- (d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet terial which is a solid shall be assigned material is assigned to— using the following criteria:

532

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.128

(i) Packing Group I, for any material (1) The material meets the definition which, in either concentration tested, of an explosive as prescribed in subpart exhibits a mean burning time less than C of this part, in which case it must be the mean burning time of a 3:2 potas- classed as an explosive; sium bromate/cellulose mixture. (2) The material is forbidden from (ii) Packing Group II, for any mate- being offered for transportation ac- rial which, in either concentration cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter tested, exhibits a mean burning time or § 173.21; less than or equal to the mean burning (3) The Associate Administrator has time of a 2:3 potassium bromate/cel- determined that the material does not lulose mixture and the criteria for present a hazard which is associated Packing Group I are not met. with a Division 5.2 material; or (iii) Packing Group III for any mate- (4) The material meets one of the fol- rial which, in either concentration lowing conditions: tested, exhibits a mean burning time (i) For materials containing no more less than or equal to the mean burning than 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cel- available oxygen, as calculated using lulose mixture and the criteria for the equation in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of Packing Group I and II are not met. this section, is not more than 1.0 per- (2) The packing group of a Division cent, or 5.1 material which is a liquid shall be (ii) For materials containing more assigned using the following criteria: than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0 (i) Packing Group I for: percent hydrogen peroxide, the avail- (A) Any material which spontane- able oxygen, content (Oa) is not more ously ignites when mixed with cel- than 0.5 percent, when determined lulose in a 1:1 ratio; or using the equation: (B) Any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than the k nc =× ii pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric Oa 16 ∑ acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture. i=1 mi (ii) Packing Group II, any material where, for a material containing k species of which exhibits a mean pressure rise organic peroxides: time less than or equal to the pressure ni = number of -O-O- groups per molecule of rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlo- the i th species

rate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mix- ci = concentration (mass percent) of the i th ture and the criteria for Packing Group species I are not met. mi = molecular mass of the i th species (iii) Packing Group III, any material (b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic which exhibits a mean pressure rise peroxides are assigned to a generic sys- time less than or equal to the pressure tem which consists of seven types. An rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 per- organic peroxide identified by tech- cent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria nical name in the Organic Peroxides for Packing Group I and II are not met. Table in § 173.225 is assigned to a ge- [Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as neric type in accordance with that amended at 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003] table. Organic peroxides not identified in the Organic Peroxides table are as- § 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Defini- signed to generic types under the pro- tions and types. cedures of paragraph (c) of this section. (a) Definitions. For the purposes of (1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is this subchapter, organic peroxide (Divi- an organic peroxide which can detonate sion 5.2) means any organic compound or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent transport. Transportation of type A or- -O-O- structure and which may be con- ganic peroxides is forbidden. sidered a derivative of hydrogen per- (2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is oxide, where one or more of the hydro- an organic peroxide which, as packaged gen atoms have been replaced by or- for transport, neither detonates nor ganic radicals, unless any of the fol- deflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a lowing paragraphs applies: thermal explosion.

533

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC13NO91.031 § 173.129 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- an organic peroxide which, as packaged chapter), and the provisions of para- for transport, neither detonates nor graph (d) of this section. deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo (d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide a thermal explosion. must be approved, in writing, by the (4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is Associate Administrator, before being an organic peroxide which— offered for transportation or trans- (i) Detonates only partially, but does ported, including assignment of a ge- not deflagrate rapidly and is not af- neric type and shipping description, ex- fected by heat when confined; cept for— (ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates (i) An organic peroxide which is iden- slowly, and shows no violent effect if tified by technical name in the Organic heated when confined; or Peroxides Table in § 173.225(c); (iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, (ii) A mixture of organic peroxides and shows a medium effect when heat- prepared according to § 173.225(b); or ed under confinement. (iii) An organic peroxide which may (5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is be shipped as a sample under the provi- an organic peroxide which neither det- sions of § 173.225(b). onates nor deflagrates and shows low, (2) A person applying for an approval or no, effect when heated under con- must submit all relevant data con- finement. cerning physical state, temperature (6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is controls, and tests results or an ap- an organic peroxide which will not det- proval issued for the organic peroxide onate in a cavitated state, does not by the competent authority of a for- deflagrate, shows only a low, or no, ef- eign government. fect if heated when confined, and has (e) Tests. The generic type for an or- low, or no, explosive power. ganic peroxide shall be determined (7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is using the testing protocol from Figure an organic peroxide which will not det- 20.1(a) (Classification and Flow Chart onate in a cavitated state, will not Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from deflagrate at all, shows no effect when the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria heated under confinement, and shows (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). no explosive power. A type G organic [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as peroxide is not subject to the require- amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. ments of this subchapter for organic 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, it is thermally stable (self-accelerating 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, ° 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. decomposition temperature is 50 C (122 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) Dec. 20, 2004] package). An organic peroxide meeting all characteristics of type G except § 173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2—Assign- thermal stability and requiring tem- ment of packing group. perature control is classed as a type F, All Division 5.2 materials are as- temperature control organic peroxide. signed to Packing Group II in column 5 (c) Procedure for assigning an organic of the § 172.101 table. peroxide to a generic type. An organic peroxide shall be assigned to a generic § 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Defini- type based on— tions. (1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or (a) For the purpose of this sub- solid), in accordance with the defini- chapter, poisonous material (Division tions for liquid and solid in § 171.8 of 6.1) means a material, other than a gas, this subchapter; which is known to be so toxic to hu- (2) A determination as to its control mans as to afford a hazard to health temperature and emergency tempera- during transportation, or which, in the ture, if any, under the provisions of absence of adequate data on human § 173.21(f); and toxicity: (3) Performance of the organic per- (1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans oxide under the test procedures speci- because it falls within any one of the fied in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- following categories when tested on

534

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.132

laboratory animals (whenever possible, sonably foreseeable that such con- animal test data that has been re- centrations could be encountered by a ported in the chemical literature human during transport. The result is should be used): expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and (i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid or solid mists or in mL/m3 of air (parts per mil- with an LD for acute oral toxicity of 50 lion) for vapors. See § 173.133(b) for LC50 not more than 300 mg/kg. determination for mixtures and for (ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with limit tests. an LD50 for acute dermal toxicity of (i) When provisions of this sub- not more than 1000 mg/kg. chapter require the use of the LC for (iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or 50 acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts mist with an LC for acute toxicity on 50 and mists based on a one-hour exposure inhalation of not more than 4 mg/L; or (B) A material with a saturated and such data is not available, the LC50 vapor concentration in air at 20 °C (68 for acute toxicity on inhalation based °F) greater than or equal to one-fifth of on a four-hour exposure may be multi- plied by four and the product sub- the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhala- stituted for the one-hour LC for acute tion of vapors and with an LC50 for 50 acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors toxicity on inhalation. of not more than 5000 mL/m3; or (ii) When the provisions of this sub- (2) Is an irritating material, with chapter require the use of the LC50 for properties similar to tear gas, which acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors causes extreme irritation, especially in based on a one-hour exposure and such confined spaces. data is not available, the LC50 for acute (b) For the purposes of this sub- toxicity on inhalation based on a four- chapter— hour exposure may be multiplied by (1) LD50 (median lethal dose) for two and the product substituted for the acute oral toxicity is the statistically one-hour LC50 for acute toxicity on in- derived single dose of a substance that halation. can be expected to cause death within (iii) A solid substance should be test- 14 days in 50% of young adult albino ed if at least 10 percent of its total rats when administered by the oral mass is likely to be dust in a respirable route. The LD value is expressed in 50 range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter terms of mass of test substance per of that particle-fraction is 10 microns mass of test animal (mg/kg). or less. A liquid substance should be (2) LD50 for acute dermal toxicity means that dose of the material which, tested if a mist is likely to be gen- administered by continuous contact for erated in a leakage of the transport 24 hours with the shaved intact skin containment. In carrying out the test (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, both for solid and liquid substances, causes death within 14 days in half of more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen the animals tested. The number of ani- prepared for inhalation toxicity testing mals tested must be sufficient to give must be in the respirable range as de- statistically valid results and be in fined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii). conformity with good pharmacological (c) For purposes of classifying and as- practices. The result is expressed in signing packing groups to mixtures mg/kg body mass. possessing oral or dermal toxicity haz- (3) LC50 for acute toxicity on inhala- ards according to the criteria in tion means that concentration of § 173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to deter- vapor, mist, or dust which, adminis- mine the acute LD50 of the mixture. If tered by continuous inhalation for one a mixture contains more than one ac- hour to both male and female young tive constituent, one of the following adult albino rats, causes death within methods may be used to determine the 14 days in half of the animals tested. If oral or dermal LD of the mixture: the material is administered to the 50 (1) Obtain reliable acute oral and der- animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 percent of the particles available for mal toxicity data on the actual mix- inhalation in the test must have a di- ture to be transported; ameter of 10 microns or less if it is rea-

535

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) If reliable, accurate data is not acteristics of the material or its prob- available, classify the formulation ac- able hazards to humans as shown by cording to the most hazardous con- documented experience indicate that stituent of the mixture as if that con- the material will not cause serious stituent were present in the same con- sickness or death. centration as the total concentration [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as of all active constituents; or amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (3) If reliable, accurate data is not 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– available, apply the formula: 261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Au- gust 28, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR CA+ CB CZ 100 45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, ++= 2004; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 43529, TA TB TTZM July 20, 2011] where: § 173.133 Assignment of packing group C = the % concentration of constituent A, B and hazard zones for Division 6.1 ... Z in the mixture; materials. T = the oral LD50 values of constituent A, B ... Z; (a) The packing group of Division 6.1 TM = the oral LD50 value of the mixture. materials shall be as assigned in col- NOTE TO FORMULA IN PARAGRAPH (c)(3): This umn 5 of the § 172.101 table. When the formula also may be used for dermal § 172.101 table provides more than one toxicities provided that this information is packing group or hazard zone for a haz- available on the same species for all con- ardous material, the packing group and stituents. The use of this formula does not hazard zone shall be determined by ap- take into account any potentiation or pro- plying the following criteria: tective phenomena. (1) The packing group assignment for (d) The foregoing categories shall not routes of administration other than in- apply if the Associate Administrator halation of vapors shall be in accord- has determined that the physical char- ance with the following table:

Dermal toxicity LD50 Inhalation toxicity by dusts Packing group Oral toxicity LD50 (mg/kg) (mg/kg) and mists LC50 (mg/L)

I ...... ≤5.0 ...... ≤50 ≤0.2 II ...... >5.0 and ≤50 ...... >50 and ≤200 >0.2 and ≤2.0 III ...... >50 and ≤300 ...... >200 and ≤1000 >2.0 and ≤4.0

(2)(i) The packing group and hazard based on inhalation of vapors shall be zone assignments for liquids (see in accordance with the following table: § 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases)

Packing Group Vapor concentration and toxicity

3 I (Hazard Zone A) ...... V ≥ 500 LC50 and LC50 ≤ 200 mL/M . 3 I (Hazard Zone B) ...... V ≥ 10 LC50; LC50 ≤ 1000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. 3 II ...... V ≥ LC50; LC50 ≤ 3000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, are not met. 3 III ...... V ≥ .2 LC50; LC50 ≤ 5000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II, are not met.

NOTE 1: V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in mL/m3 at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure. NOTE 2: A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in §§ 172.203(m), 172.313 and table 1 of § 172.504(e) of this subchapter.

(ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1:

536

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06MY97.000 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.133

(3) When the packing group deter- the packing group assigned to the ma- mined by applying these criteria is dif- terial shall be that indicated for the ferent for two or more (oral, dermal or highest degree of toxicity for any of inhalation) routes of administration, the routes of administration.

537

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC02MR91.063 § 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Packaging group Ratio of volatility and LC this paragraph, the packing group and (hazard zone) 50

hazard zone of a tear gas substance is III ...... R ≥ 1/5 and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 5000 mL/ as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101 m3; and the criteria for Packing table. Group I, Hazard Zones A and B and (b) The packing group and hazard Packing Group II are not met. zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are (2) In the absence of LC data on the poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be 50 poisonous (toxic) constituent sub- determined by one of the following stances, the mixture may be assigned a methods: packing group and hazard zone based (1) Where LC data is available on 50 on the following simplified threshold each of the poisonous (toxic) sub- toxicity tests. When these threshold stances comprising the mixture— tests are used, the most restrictive (i) The LC of the mixture is esti- 50 packing group and hazard zone must be mated using the formula: determined and used for the transpor- tation of the mixture. = 1 LC50 () mixture n (i) A mixture is assigned to Packing ∑ fi Group I, Hazard Zone A only if both the following criteria are met: i=1 LC50i where (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create f = mole fraction of the ith component sub- i a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m3 vapor- stance of the liquid. th ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats LC50i = mean lethal concentration of the i component substance in mL/m3 (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere as determined (ii) The volatility of each component by an analytical method appropriate substance is estimated using the for- for the material being classified for one mula: hour and observed for fourteen days. If 6 five or more of the animals die within 10 the fourteen-day observation period, V=× P mL/ m3 i i 1013. the mixture is presumed to have an LC equal to or less than 200 mL/m3. where: 50 (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- Pi = partial pressure of the ith component substance in kPa at 20 °C and one atmos- librium with the liquid mixture is di- pheric pressure. Pi may be calculated ac- luted with 499 equal volumes of air to cording to Raoult’s Law using appropriate form a test atmosphere. Ten albino activity coefficients. Where activity coeffi- rats (five male and five female) are ex- cients are not available, the coefficient posed to the test atmosphere for one may be assumed to be 1.0. hour and observed for fourteen days. If (iii) The ratio of the volatility to the five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, LC50 is calculated using the formula: the mixture is presumed to have a vol- n atility equal to or greater than 500 Vi R = ∑ times the mixture LC50. i=1 LC50i (ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing

(iv) Using the calculated values LC50 Group I, Hazard Zone B only if both the (mixture) and R, the packing group for following criteria are met, and the the mixture is determined as follows: mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A: Packaging group (hazard zone) Ratio of volatility and LC50 (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create ≥ ≤ I (Hazard Zone A) .. R 500 and LC50 (mixture) 200 mL/ a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m3 vapor- 3 m . ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats I (Hazard Zone B) .. R ≥ 10 and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 1000 mL/ m3; and the criteria for Packing (five male and five female) are exposed Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. to the test atmosphere for one hour ≥ ≤ II ...... R 1 and LC50 (mixture) 3000 mL/ and observed for fourteen days. If five m3; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A and B are or more of the animals die within the not met. fourteen-day observation period, the

538

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER07SE04.000 ER28SE01.023 ER07SE04.001 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

mixture is presumed to have an LC50 (B) The vapor pressure of the liquid equal to or less than 1000 mL/m3. mixture is measured and if the vapor (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- concentration is equal to or greater librium with the liquid mixture is di- than 1000 mL/m3, the mixture is pre- luted with 9 equal volumes of air to sumed to have a volatility equal to or 1 form a test atmosphere. Ten albino greater than ⁄5 the mixture LC50. rats (five male and five female) are ex- (e) Transitional provisions. The Divi- posed to the test atmosphere for one sion 6.1 classification criteria in effect hour and observed for fourteen days. If on December 31, 2006, may continue to five or more of the animals die within be used until January 1, 2012. the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a vol- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268–66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 atility equal to or greater than 10 FR 45461–45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58 times the mixture LC50. FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR (iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR Group II only if both the following cri- 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. teria are met, and the mixture does not 28, 2001; 66 FR 49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR meet the criteria for Packing Group I 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; (Hazard Zones A or B): 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is 2009; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011] vaporized and diluted with air to create 3 § 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Defini- a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m vapor- tions and exceptions. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed (a) Definitions and classification cri- to the test atmosphere for one hour teria. For the purposes of this sub- and observed for fourteen days. If five chapter, the following definitions and or more of the animals die within the classification criteria apply to Division fourteen-day observation period, the 6.2 materials. mixture is presumed to have an LC50 (1) Division 6.2 (Infectious substance) equal to or less than 3000 mL/m3. means a material known or reasonably (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- expected to contain a pathogen. A librium with the liquid mixture is used pathogen is a microorganism (includ- to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino ing bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae, rats (five male and five female) are ex- parasites, fungi) or other agent, such posed to the test atmosphere for one as a proteinaceous infectious particle hour and observed for fourteen days. If (prion), that can cause disease in hu- five or more of the animals die within mans or animals. An infectious sub- the fourteen-day observation period, stance must be assigned the identifica- the mixture is presumed to have a vol- tion number UN 2814, UN 2900, UN 3373, atility equal to or greater than the or UN 3291 as appropriate, and must be mixture LC50. assigned to one of the following cat- (iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing egories: Group III only if both the following cri- (i) Category A: An infectious sub- teria are met, and the mixture does not stance in a form capable of causing meet the criteria for Packing Groups I permanent disability or life-threat- (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing ening or fatal disease in otherwise Group II (Hazard Zone C): healthy humans or animals when expo- (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is sure to it occurs. An exposure occurs vaporized and diluted with air to create when an infectious substance is re- a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m3 vapor- leased outside of its protective pack- ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats aging, resulting in physical contact (five male and five female) are exposed with humans or animals. A Category A to the test atmosphere for one hour infectious substance must be assigned and observed for fourteen days. If five to identification number UN 2814 or UN or more of the animals die within the 2900, as appropriate. Assignment to UN fourteen-day observation period, the 2814 or UN 2900 must be based on the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 known medical history or symptoms of equal to or less than 5000 mL/m3. the source patient or animal, endemic

539

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

local conditions, or professional judg- waste or reusable material derived ment concerning the individual cir- from the medical treatment of an ani- cumstances of the source human or mal or human, which includes diag- animal. nosis and immunization, or from bio- (ii) Category B: An infectious sub- medical research, which includes the stance that is not in a form generally production and testing of biological capable of causing permanent dis- products. Regulated medical waste or ability or life-threatening or fatal dis- clinical waste or (bio) medical waste ease in otherwise healthy humans or containing a Category A infectious animals when exposure to it occurs. substance must be classed as an infec- This includes Category B infectious tious substance, and assigned to UN2814 substances transported for diagnostic or UN2900, as appropriate. or investigational purposes. A Cat- (6) Sharps means any object contami- egory B infectious substance must be nated with a pathogen or that may be- described as ‘‘Biological substance, come contaminated with a pathogen Category B’’ and assigned identifica- through handling or during transpor- tion number UN 3373. This does not in- tation and also capable of cutting or clude regulated medical waste, which penetrating skin or a packaging mate- must be assigned identification number rial. Sharps includes needles, syringes, UN 3291. scalpels, broken glass, culture slides, (2) Biological product means a virus, culture dishes, broken capillary tubes, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, broken rigid plastic, and exposed ends vaccine, blood, blood component or de- of dental wires. rivative, allergenic product, or analo- (7) Toxin means a Division 6.1 mate- gous product, or arsphenamine or de- rial from a plant, animal, or bacterial rivative of arsphenamine (or any other source. A toxin containing an infectious trivalent arsenic compound) applicable substance or a toxin contained in an in- to the prevention, treatment, or cure fectious substance must be classed as of a disease or condition of human Division 6.2, described as an infectious beings or animals. A biological product substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or includes a material subject to regula- UN 2900, as appropriate. tion under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C. 151–159. Unless otherwise excepted, a bi- (8) Used health care product means a ological product known or reasonably medical, diagnostic, or research device expected to contain a pathogen that or piece of equipment, or a personal meets the definition of a Category A or care product used by consumers, med- B infectious substance must be as- ical professionals, or pharmaceutical signed the identification number UN providers that does not meet the defi- 2814, UN 2900, or UN 3373, as appro- nition of a patient specimen, biological priate. product, or regulated medical waste, is (3) Culture means an infectious sub- contaminated with potentially infec- stance containing a pathogen that is tious body fluids or materials, and is intentionally propagated. Culture does not decontaminated or disinfected to not include a human or animal patient remove or mitigate the infectious haz- specimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4) ard prior to transportation. of this section. (b) Exceptions. The following are not (4) Patient specimen means human or subject to the requirements of this sub- animal material collected directly chapter as Division 6.2 materials: from humans or animals and trans- (1) A material that does not contain ported for research, diagnosis, inves- an infectious substance or that is un- tigational activities, or disease treat- likely to cause disease in humans or ment or prevention. Patient specimen animals. includes excreta, secreta, blood and its (2) Non-infectious biological mate- components, tissue and tissue swabs, rials from humans, animals, or plants. body parts, and specimens in transport Examples include non-infectious cells, media (e.g., transwabs, culture media, tissue cultures, blood or plasma from and blood culture bottles). individuals not suspected of having an (5) Regulated medical waste or clinical infectious disease, DNA, RNA or other waste or (bio) medical waste means a non-infectious genetic elements.

540

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

(3) A material containing micro-orga- absorbent filter paper or other mate- nisms that are non-pathogenic to hu- rial. mans or animals. (10) A Division 6.2 material, other (4) A material containing pathogens than a Category A infectious sub- that have been neutralized or inac- stance, contained in a patient sample tivated such that they no longer pose a being transported for research, diag- health risk. nosis, investigational activities, or dis- (5) A material with a low probability ease treatment or prevention, or a bio- of containing an infectious substance, logical product, when such materials or where the concentration of the in- are transported by a private or con- fectious substance is at a level natu- tract carrier in a motor vehicle used rally occurring in the environment so exclusively to transport such mate- it cannot cause disease when exposure rials. Medical or clinical equipment to it occurs. Examples of these mate- and laboratory products may be trans- rials include: Foodstuffs; environ- ported aboard the same vehicle pro- mental samples, such as water or a vided they are properly packaged and sample of dust or mold; and substances secured against exposure or contamina- that have been treated so that the tion. If the human or animal sample or pathogens have been neutralized or de- biological product meets the definition activated, such as a material treated of regulated medical waste in para- by steam sterilization, chemical dis- graph (a)(5) of this section, it must be infection, or other appropriate method, offered for transportation and trans- so it no longer meets the definition of ported in conformance with the appro- an infectious substance. priate requirements for regulated med- ical waste. (6) A biological product, including an (11) A human or animal sample (in- experimental or investigational prod- cluding, but not limited to, secreta, ex- uct or component of a product, subject creta, blood and its components, tissue to Federal approval, permit, review, or and tissue fluids, and body parts) being licensing requirements, such as those transported for routine testing not re- required by the Food and Drug Admin- lated to the diagnosis of an infectious istration of the U.S. Department of disease, such as for drug/alcohol test- Health and Human Services or the U.S. ing, cholesterol testing, blood glucose Department of Agriculture. level testing, prostate specific anti- (7) Blood collected for the purpose of body testing, testing to monitor kid- blood transfusion or the preparation of ney or liver function, or pregnancy blood products; blood products; plasma; testing, or for tests for diagnosis of plasma derivatives; blood components; non-infectious diseases, such as cancer tissues or organs intended for use in biopsies, and for which there is a low transplant operations; and human cell, probability the sample is infectious. tissues, and cellular and tissue-based (12) Laundry and medical equipment products regulated under authority of and used health care products, as fol- the Public Health Service Act (42 lows: U.S.C. 264–272) and/or the Food, Drug, (i) Laundry or medical equipment and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). conforming to the regulations of the (8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood Occupational Safety and Health Ad- components collected for the purpose ministration of the Department of of blood transfusion or the preparation Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This excep- of blood products and sent for testing tion includes medical equipment in- as part of the collection process, except tended for use, cleaning, or refurbish- where the person collecting the blood ment, such as reusable surgical equip- has reason to believe it contains an in- ment, or equipment used for testing fectious substance, in which case the where the components within which test sample must be shipped as a Cat- the equipment is contained essentially egory A or Category B infectious sub- function as packaging. This exception stance in accordance with § 173.196 or does not apply to medical equipment § 173.199, as appropriate. being transported for disposal. (9) Dried blood spots or specimens for (ii) Used health care products not fecal occult blood detection placed on conforming to the requirements in 29

541

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the (i) Household waste as defined in manufacturer or the manufacturer’s § 171.8, when transported in accordance designee are excepted from the require- with applicable state, local, or tribal ments of this subchapter when offered requirements. for transportation or transported in ac- (ii) Sanitary waste or sewage; cordance with this paragraph (b)(12). (iii) Sewage sludge or compost; For purposes of this paragraph, a (iv) Animal waste generated in ani- health care product is used when it has mal husbandry or food production; or been removed from its original pack- (v) Medical waste generated from aging. Used health care products con- households and transported in accord- taminated with or suspected of con- ance with applicable state, local, or tamination with a Category A infec- tribal requirements. tious substance may not be transported (14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical under the provisions of this paragraph. parts intended for interment, crema- (A) Each used health care product tion, or medical research at a college, must be drained of free liquid to the ex- hospital, or laboratory. tent practicable and placed in a water- (15) Forensic material transported on tight primary container designed and behalf of a U.S. Government, state, constructed to assure that it remains local or Indian tribal government agen- intact under conditions normally inci- cy, except that— dent to transportation. For a used (i) Forensic material known or sus- health care product capable of cutting pected to contain a Category B infec- or penetrating skin or packaging mate- tious substance must be shipped in a rial, the primary container must be ca- packaging conforming to the provi- pable of retaining the product without sions of § 173.24. puncture of the packaging under nor- mal conditions of transport. Each pri- (ii) Forensic material known or sus- mary container must be marked with a pected to contain a Category A infec- BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 tious substance or an infectious sub- CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). stance listed as a select agent in 42 (B) Each primary container must be CFR Part 73 must be transported in placed inside a watertight secondary packaging capable of meeting the test container designed and constructed to standards in § 178.609 of this subchapter. assure that it remains intact under The secondary packaging must be conditions normally incident to trans- marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol portation. The secondary container conforming to specifications in 29 CFR must be marked with a BIOHAZARD 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of marking conforming to 29 CFR contents must be enclosed between the 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). secondary packaging and the outer (C) The secondary container must be packaging. placed inside an outer packaging with (16) Agricultural products and food as sufficient cushioning material to pre- defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and vent movement between the secondary Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). container and the outer packaging. An (c) Exceptions for regulated medical itemized list of the contents of the pri- waste. The following provisions apply mary container and information con- to the transportation of regulated med- cerning possible contamination with a ical waste: Division 6.2 material, including its pos- (1) A regulated medical waste trans- sible location on the product, must be ported by a private or contract carrier placed between the secondary con- is excepted from— tainer and the outside packaging. (i) The requirement for an ‘‘INFEC- (D) Each person who offers or trans- TIOUS SUBSTANCE’’ label if the outer ports a used health care product under packaging is marked with a ‘‘BIO- the provisions of this paragraph must HAZARD’’ marking in accordance with know about the requirements of this 29 CFR 1910.1030; and paragraph. (ii) The specific packaging require- (13) Any waste or recyclable mate- ments of § 173.197, if packaged in a rigid rial, other than regulated medical non-bulk packaging conforming to the waste, including— general packaging requirements of

542

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.137

§§ 173.24 and 173.24a and packaging re- authorized in paragraph (c) of this sec- quirements specified in 29 CFR tion should be used to determine 1910.1030, provided the material does whether a material is corrosive. not include a waste concentrated stock (b) If human experience or other data culture of an infectious substance. indicate that the hazard of a material Sharps containers must be securely is greater or less than indicated by the closed to prevent leaks or punctures. results of the tests specified in para- (2) A waste stock or culture of a Cat- graph (a) of this section, PHMSA may egory B infectious substance may be revise its classification or make the de- offered for transportation and trans- termination that the material is not ported as a regulated medical waste subject to the requirements of this sub- when it is packaged in a rigid non-bulk chapter. packaging conforming to the general (c) Skin corrosion test data produced packaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and no later than September 30, 1995, using 173.24a and packaging requirements the procedures of part 173, appendix A, specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and trans- in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49 ported by a private or contract carrier CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of in a vehicle used exclusively to trans- October 1, 1994) for appropriate expo- port regulated medical waste. Medical sure times may be used for classifica- or clinical equipment and laboratory tion and assignment of packing group products may be transported aboard for Class 8 materials corrosive to skin. the same vehicle provided they are properly packaged and secured against [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. exposure or contamination. Sharps 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– containers must be securely closed to 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, prevent leaks or punctures. 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, (d) If an item listed in paragraph (b) 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, or (c) of this section meets the defini- Jan. 19, 2011] tion of another hazard class or if it is a hazardous substance, hazardous § 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of pack- waste, or marine pollutant, it must be ing group. offered for transportation and trans- The packing group of a Class 8 mate- ported in accordance with applicable rial is indicated in Column 5 of the requirements of this subchapter. § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table (c) Transitional provisions. The cri- provides more than one packing group teria for packing group assignments in for a Class 8 material, the packing effect on December 31, 2006, may con- group must be determined using data tinue to be used until January 1, 2012. obtained from tests conducted in ac- cordance with the OECD Guideline for [67 FR 53138, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, the Testing of Chemicals, Number 435, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78631, ‘‘In Vitro Membrane Barrier Test Meth- Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR od for Skin Corrosion’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 4718, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 of this subchapter) or Number 404, FR 43530, July 20, 2011] ‘‘Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A § 173.136 Class 8—Definitions. material that is determined not to be (a) For the purpose of this sub- corrosive in accordance with OECD chapter, ‘‘corrosive material’’ (Class 8) Guideline for the Testing of Chemicals, means a liquid or solid that causes full Number 430, ‘‘In Vitro Skin Corrosion: thickness destruction of human skin at Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance the site of contact within a specified Test (TER)’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- period of time. A liquid, or a solid chapter) or Number 431, ‘‘In Vitro Skin which may become liquid during trans- Corrosion: Human Skin Model Test’’ portation, that has a severe corrosion (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may rate on steel or aluminum based on the be considered not to be corrosive to criteria in § 173.137(c)(2) is also a corro- human skin for the purposes of this sive material. Whenever practical, in subchapter without further testing. vitro test methods authorized in However, a material determined to be § 173.137 of this part or historical data corrosive in accordance with Number

543

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.140 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

430 or Number 431 must be further test- does not meet the definition of any ed using Number 435 or Number 404. other hazard class. This class includes: The packing group assignment using (a) Any material which has an anes- data obtained from tests conducted in thetic, noxious or other similar prop- accordance with OECD Guideline Num- erty which could cause extreme annoy- ber 404 or Number 435 must be as fol- ance or discomfort to a flight crew lows: member so as to prevent the correct (a) Packing Group I. Materials that performance of assigned duties; or cause full thickness destruction of in- (b) Any material that meets the defi- tact skin tissue within an observation nition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for period of up to 60 minutes starting an elevated temperature material, a after the exposure time of three min- hazardous substance, a hazardous utes or less. waste, or a marine pollutant. (b) Packing Group II. Materials other [Amdt. 173–224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as than those meeting Packing Group I amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. criteria that cause full thickness de- 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–233, 58 FR 33305, June 16, struction of intact skin tissue within 1993] an observation period of up to 14 days starting after the exposure time of § 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of pack- ing group. more than three minutes but not more than 60 minutes. The packing group of a Class 9 mate- (c) Packing Group III. Materials, rial is as indicated in column 5 of the other than those meeting Packing § 172.101 table. Group I or II criteria— § 173.144 Other Regulated Materials (1) That cause full thickness destruc- (ORM)—Definitions. tion of intact skin tissue within an ob- servation period of up to 14 days start- Until December 31, 2013 and for the ing after the exposure time of more purposes of this subchapter, ‘‘ORM–D than 60 minutes but not more than 4 material’’ means a material such as a hours; or consumer commodity, cartridges, (2) That do not cause full thickness small arms or cartridges, power devices destruction of intact skin tissue but which, although otherwise subject to exhibit a corrosion on either steel or the regulations of this subchapter, pre- sents a limited hazard during transpor- aluminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm tation due to its form, quantity and (0.25 inch) a year at a test temperature packaging. It must be a material for of 55 °C (130 °F) when tested on both which exceptions are provided in Col- materials. The corrosion may be deter- umn (8A) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Ma- mined in accordance with the UN Man- terials Table. ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or other [76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, 2011] equivalent test methods. § 173.145 Other Regulated Materials— NOTE TO § 173.137: When an initial test on Assignment of packing group. either a steel or aluminum surface indicates the material being tested is corrosive, the Packing groups are not assigned to follow up test on the other surface is not re- ORM-D materials. quired. § 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flam- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as mable and combustible liquids). amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous 261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 68 FR 75744, Dec. materials shipments in the following 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78631, paragraphs are permitted only if this Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR section is referenced for the specific 3372, Jan. 19, 2011] hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. § 173.140 Class 9—Definitions. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- For the purposes of this subchapter, tities of flammable liquids (Class 3) and miscellaneous hazardous material (Class combustible liquids are excepted from 9) means a material which presents a labeling requirements, unless the ma- hazard during transportation but which terial is offered for transportation or

544

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.150

transported by aircraft, and are ex- (d) Alcoholic beverages. An alcoholic cepted from the specification pack- beverage (wine and distilled spirits as aging requirements of this subchapter defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11) is not when packaged in combination pack- subject to the requirements of this sub- agings according to this paragraph. For chapter if it— transportation by aircraft, the package (1) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol must also conform to applicable re- by volume; quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., (2) Is in an inner packaging of 5 L (1.3 authorized materials, inner packaging gallons) or less, and for transportation quantity limits and closure secure- on passenger-carrying aircraft con- ment) and only hazardous material au- forms to § 175.10(a)(4) of this subchapter thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- as checked or carry-on baggage; or craft may be transported as a limited (3) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic quantity. A limited quantity package beverage in a packaging of 250 L (66 that conforms to the provisions of this gallons) or less, unless transported by section is not subject to the shipping air. paper requirements of subpart C of part (e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- aqueous solution containing 24 percent rial meets the definition of a hazardous or less alcohol by volume and no other substance, hazardous waste, marine hazardous material— pollutant, or is offered for transpor- (1) May be reclassed as a combustible tation and transported by aircraft or liquid. vessel, and is eligible for the excep- (2) Is not subject to the requirements tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. of this subchapter if it contains no less In addition, shipments of limited quan- than 50 percent water. tities are not subject to subpart F (f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flam- (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- mable liquid with a flash point at or chapter. Each package must conform above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet to the packaging requirements of sub- the definition of any other hazard class part B of this part and may not exceed may be reclassed as a combustible liq- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except uid. This provision does not apply to for transportation by aircraft, the fol- transportation by vessel or aircraft, ex- lowing combination packagings are au- cept where other means of transpor- thorized: tation is impracticable. (1) For flammable liquids in Packing (2) The requirements in this sub- Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5 chapter do not apply to a material L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed classed as a combustible liquid in a in a strong outer packaging; non-bulk packaging unless the combus- (2) For flammable liquids in Packing tible liquid is a hazardous substance, a Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 hazardous waste, or a marine pollut- L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each, ant. packed in a strong outer packaging. (3) A combustible liquid that is in a (3) For flammable liquids in Packing bulk packaging or a combustible liquid Group III and combustible liquids, that is a hazardous substance, a haz- inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gal- ardous waste, or a marine pollutant is lons) net capacity each, packed in a not subject to the requirements of this strong outer packaging. subchapter except those pertaining to: (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- (i) Shipping papers, waybills, switch- cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity ing orders, and hazardous waste mani- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- fests; modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- (ii) Marking of packages; chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer (iii) Display of identification num- commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D bers on bulk packages; or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– (iv) For bulk packagings only, AIR material and offered for transpor- placarding requirements of subpart F tation and transported in accordance of part 172 of this subchapter; with the applicable provisions of this (v) Carriage aboard aircraft and ves- subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. sels (for packaging requirements for

545

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.151 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

transport by vessel, see § 176.340 of this must also conform to applicable re- subchapter); quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., (vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed authorized materials, inner packaging by §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this sub- quantity limits and closure secure- chapter; ment) and only hazardous material au- (vii) Packaging requirements of sub- thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- part B of this part and, in addition, craft may be transported as a limited non-bulk packagings must conform quantity. A limited quantity package with requirements of § 173.203; that conforms to the provisions of this (viii) The requirements of §§ 173.1, section is not subject to the shipping 173.21, 173.24, 173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1, paper requirements of subpart C of part 177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j), and 177.837(d) 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- of this subchapter; rial meets the definition of a hazardous (ix) The training requirements of substance, hazardous waste, marine subpart H of part 172 of this sub- pollutant, or is offered for transpor- chapter. tation and transported by aircraft or (x) Emergency response information vessel, and is eligible for the excep- requirements of subpart G of part 172. tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. (4) A combustible liquid that is not a In addition, shipments of limited quan- hazardous substance, a hazardous tities are not subject to subpart F waste, or a marine pollutant is not sub- (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- ject to the requirements of this sub- chapter. Each package must conform chapter if it is a mixture of one or more components that— to the packaging requirements of sub- (i) Has a flash point at or above 93 °C part B of this part and may not exceed (200 °F), 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except (ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of for transportation by aircraft, the fol- the volume of the mixture, and lowing combination packagings are au- (iii) Is not offered for transportation thorized: or transported as a liquid at a tempera- (i) For flammable solids in Packing ture at or above its flash point. Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990] packed in a strong outer packaging. EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (ii) For flammable solids in Packing tations affecting § 173.150, see the List of CFR Group III, inner packagings not over Sections Affected which appears in the Find- 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, ing Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov. packed in a strong outer packaging. (2) For transportation by highway or § 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. rail, Charcoal briquettes (NA1361) may (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous be packaged as a limited quantity in materials shipments in the following accordance with paragraph (b) of this paragraphs are permitted only if this section in packagings not exceeding 30 section is referenced for the specific kg gross weight and are eligible for the hazardous material in the § 172.101 table exceptions provided in § 173.156. of this subchapter. (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- (b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1. cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity (1) Limited quantities of flammable package (including Charcoal briquettes solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Groups (NA1361)) containing a ‘‘consumer com- II and III and, where authorized by this modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- section, charcoal briquettes (Division chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer 4.2) in Packing Group III, are excepted commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D from labeling requirements, unless the or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– material is offered for transportation AIR material and offered for transpor- or transported by aircraft, and are ex- tation and transported in accordance cepted from the specification pack- with the applicable provisions of this aging requirements of this subchapter subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. when packaged in combination pack- For transportation by aircraft, the agings according to this paragraph. For maximum net mass for Charcoal bri- transportation by aircraft, the package quettes (NA1361) is 25 kg per package.

546

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.152

(d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3. § 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 Limited quantities of dangerous when (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic wet solids (Division 4.3) in Packing peroxides). Groups II and III are excepted from la- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous beling requirements, unless the mate- materials shipments in the following rial is offered for transportation or paragraphs are permitted only if this transported by aircraft, and are ex- section is referenced for the specific cepted from the specification pack- hazardous material in the § 172.101 table aging requirements of this subchapter of this subchapter. when packaged in combination pack- (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- agings according to this paragraph. For tities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in transportation by aircraft, the package Packing Group II and III and organic peroxides (Division 5.2) are excepted must also conform to applicable re- from labeling requirements, unless the quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., material is offered for transportation authorized materials, inner packaging or transported by aircraft, and are ex- quantity limits and closure secure- cepted from the specification pack- ment) and only hazardous material au- aging requirements of this subchapter thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- when packaged in combination pack- craft may be transported as a limited agings according to this paragraph. For quantity. A limited quantity package transportation by aircraft, the package that conforms to the provisions of this must also conform to applicable re- section is not subject to the shipping quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., paper requirements of subpart C of part authorized materials, inner packaging 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- quantity limits and closure secure- rial meets the definition of a hazardous ment) and only hazardous material au- substance, hazardous waste, marine thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- pollutant, or is offered for transpor- craft may be transported as a limited tation and transported by aircraft or quantity. A limited quantity package vessel, and is eligible for the excep- that conforms to the provisions of this tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. section is not subject to the shipping In addition, shipments of limited quan- paper requirements of subpart C of part tities are not subject to subpart F 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- rial meets the definition of a hazardous chapter. Each package must conform substance, hazardous waste, marine to the packaging requirements of sub- pollutant, or is offered for transpor- part B of this part and may not exceed tation and transported by aircraft or 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except vessel, and is eligible for the excep- for transportation by aircraft, the fol- tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. lowing combination packagings are au- In addition, shipments of limited quan- tities are not subject to subpart F thorized: (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- (1) For dangerous when wet solids in chapter. Each package must conform Packing Group II, inner packagings not to the packaging requirements of sub- over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net capacity part B of this part and may not exceed each, packed in a strong outer pack- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except aging. for transportation by aircraft, the fol- (2) For dangerous when wet solids in lowing combination packagings are au- Packing Group III, inner packagings thorized: not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac- (1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, ity each, packed in a strong outer inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gal- packaging. lon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. ity each for solids, packed in a strong 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, outer packaging. 1993; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; (2) For oxidizers in Packing Group 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 14, 2005; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, gallons) net capacity each for liquids Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3373, Jan. 19, 2011] or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity

547

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.153 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

each for solids, packed in a strong form to applicable requirements of outer packaging. § 173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized ma- (3) For organic peroxides that do not terials, inner packaging quantity lim- require temperature control during its and closure securement) and only transportation— hazardous material authorized aboard (i) Except for transportation by air- passenger-carrying aircraft may be craft, for Type B or C organic perox- transported as a limited quantity. A ides, inner packagings not over 25 mL limited quantity package that con- (0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liq- forms to the provisions of this section uids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity is not subject to the shipping paper re- for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. quirements of subpart C of part 172 of (ii) For Type D, E, or F organic per- this subchapter, unless the material oxides, inner packagings not over 125 meets the definition of a hazardous mL (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for substance, hazardous waste, marine liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capac- pollutant, or is offered for transpor- ity for solids, packed in a strong outer tation and transported by aircraft or packaging. vessel, and is eligible for the excep- (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity In addition, shipments of limited quan- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- tities are not subject to subpart F modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer chapter. Each package must conform commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D to the packaging requirements of sub- or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– part B of this part and may not exceed AIR material and offered for transpor- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except tation and transported in accordance for transportation by aircraft, the fol- with the applicable provisions of this lowing combination packagings are au- subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. thorized: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as (1) For poisonous materials in Pack- amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. ing Group II, inner packagings not over 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) each for solids, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, packed in a strong outer packaging. Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR Inner packagings containing a liquid 3374, Jan. 19, 2011] poisonous material which is also a drug § 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 or medicine in Packing Group II may (poisonous materials). be increased to not over 250 mL (8 ounces) each and packed in a strong (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following outer packaging. paragraphs are permitted only if this (2) For poisonous materials in Pack- section is referenced for the specific ing Group III, inner packagings not hazardous material in the § 172.101 table over 5 L (1.3 gallons) each for liquids or of this subchapter. 5.0 kg (11 pounds) each for solids, (b) Limited quantities. The exceptions packed in a strong outer packaging. in this paragraph do not apply to poi- (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- son-by-inhalation materials. Limited cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity quantities of poisonous material (Divi- package of poisonous material in Pack- sion 6.1) in Packing Groups II and III ing Group III or a drug or medicine in are excepted from the labeling require- Packing Group II and III that is also a ments, unless the material is offered ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in for transportation or transported by § 171.8 of this subchapter, may be re- aircraft, and are excepted from the named ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and re- specification packaging requirements classed as ORM–D or, until December of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, the package must also con-

548

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00558 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.155

31, 2012, ORM–D–AIR material and of- (1) For corrosive materials in Pack- fered for transportation and trans- ing Group II, inner packagings not over ported in accordance with the applica- 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for ble provisions of this subchapter in ef- liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) fect on October 1, 2010. net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. (2) For corrosive materials in Pack- 5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, ing Group III, inner packagings not July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 54938, Sept. 20, 2006; each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011] lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. § 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corro- (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- sive materials). cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous package containing a ‘‘consumer com- materials shipments in the following modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- paragraphs are permitted only if this chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer section is referenced for the specific commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D hazardous material in the § 172.101 table or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– of this subchapter. AIR material and offered for transpor- (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- tation and transported in accordance tities of corrosive material (Class 8) in with the applicable provisions of this Packing Groups II and III are excepted subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. from labeling requirements, unless the (d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or material is offered for transportation steel only. Except for a hazardous sub- or transported by aircraft, and are ex- stance, a hazardous waste, or a marine cepted from the specification pack- pollutant, a material classed as a Class aging requirements of this subchapter 8, Packing Group III, material solely when packaged in combination pack- because of its corrosive effect— agings according to this paragraph. For (1) On aluminum is not subject to transportation by aircraft, the package any other requirements of this sub- must also conform to the applicable re- chapter when transported by motor ve- quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., hicle or rail car in a packaging con- authorized materials, inner packaging structed of materials that will not quantity limits and closure secure- react dangerously with or be degraded ment) and only hazardous material au- by the corrosive material; or thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- (2) On steel is not subject to any craft may be transported as a limited other requirements of this subchapter quantity. A limited quantity package when transported by motor vehicle or that conforms to the provisions of this rail car in a bulk packaging con- section is not subject to the shipping structed of materials that will not paper requirements of subpart C of part react dangerously with or be degraded 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- by the corrosive material. rial meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR pollutant, or is offered for transpor- 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, tation and transported by aircraft or Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR vessel, and is eligible for the excep- 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, In addition, shipments of limited quan- 2011] tities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- § 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (mis- chapter. Each package must conform cellaneous hazardous materials). to the packaging requirements of sub- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous part B of this part and may not exceed materials shipments in the following 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except paragraphs are permitted only if this for transportation by aircraft, the fol- section is referenced for the specific lowing combination packagings are au- hazardous material in the § 172.101 table thorized: of this subchapter.

549

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00559 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.156 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(b) Limited quantities of Class 9 mate- tation and transported in accordance rials. Limited quantities of miscella- with the applicable provisions of this neous hazardous materials in Packing subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. Groups II and III are excepted from la- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as beling requirements, unless the mate- amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. rial is offered for transportation or 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173– transported by aircraft, and are ex- 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603, cepted from the specification pack- Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011] aging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination pack- § 173.156 Exceptions for limited quan- agings according to this paragraph. Un- tity and ORM. less otherwise specified in paragraph (a) Exceptions for hazardous mate- (c) of this section, packages of limited rials shipments in the following para- quantities intended for transportation graphs are permitted only if this sec- by aircraft must conform to the appli- tion is referenced for the specific haz- cable requirements (e.g., authorized ardous material in the § 172.101 Table or materials, inner packaging quantity in a packaging section in this part. limits and closure securement) of (b) Packagings for limited quantity § 173.27 of this part. A limited quantity and ORM–D are specified according to package that conforms to the provi- hazard class in §§ 173.150 through 173.155 sions of this section is not subject to and in § 173.306. In addition to other ex- the shipping paper requirements of sub- ceptions provided for limited quantity part C of part 172 of this subchapter, and ORM–D materials in this part: unless the material meets the defini- (1) Strong outer packagings as speci- tion of a hazardous substance, haz- fied in this part, marking requirements ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is specified in subpart D of part 172 of this offered for transportation and trans- subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds) ported by aircraft or vessel, and is eli- gross weight limitation are not re- gible for the exceptions provided in quired for packages of limited quantity § 173.156 of this part. In addition, pack- materials marked in accordance with ages of limited quantities are not sub- § 172.315 of this subchapter, or, until ject to subpart F (Placarding) of part December 31, 2013, materials classed 172 of this subchapter. Each package and marked as ORM–D and described as must conform to the packaging re- a Consumer commodity, as defined in quirements of subpart B of this part § 171.8 of this subchapter, when— and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) (i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or gross weight. Except for transportation similar overpacks; by aircraft, the following combination (ii) Offered for transportation or packagings are authorized: transported by: (1) For miscellaneous materials in (A) Rail; Packing Group II, inner packagings not (B) Private or contract motor car- over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each rier; or for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 (C) Common carrier in a vehicle pounds) net capacity each for solids, under exclusive use for such service; packed in a strong outer packaging. and (2) For miscellaneous materials in (iii) Transported to or from a manu- Packing Group III, inner packagings facturer, a distribution center, or a re- not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity tail outlet, or transported to a disposal each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 facility from one offeror. lbs) net capacity each for solids, (2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight packed in a strong outer packaging. limitation does not apply to packages (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- of limited quantity materials marked cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity in accordance with § 172.315 of this sub- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- chapter, or, until December 31, 2013, modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- materials classed and marked as ORM– chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer D and described as a Consumer com- commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D modity, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– chapter, when offered for transpor- AIR material and offered for transpor- tation or transported by highway or

550

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00560 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.158

rail between a manufacturer, a dis- (ii) Drums weighing less than 85 per- tribution center, and a retail outlet cent of their original may provided— not be used. (i) Inner packagings conform to the (iii) Type 304 or other grades of quantity limits for inner packagings equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in specified in §§ 173.150(b), 173.152(b), the as-welded condition are permissible 173.154(b), 173.155(b) and 173.306 (a) and for nitric acid concentrations up to and (b), as appropriate; including 78 percent. (ii) The inner packagings are packed (iv) For all concentrations of nitric into corrugated fiberboard trays to pre- acid, the following are permissible: vent them from moving freely; (A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched (iii) The trays are placed in a fiber- in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), board box which is banded and secured (B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as- to a wooden pallet by metal, fabric, or welded condition, plastic straps, to form a single (C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved palletized unit; (845–900 °C (1550–1650 °F)), (iv) The package conforms to the (D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated general packaging requirements of sub- (quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), part B of this part; or (v) The maximum net quantity of (E) Other grades of equivalent corro- hazardous material permitted on one sion resistance. palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds); (v) All parts of drum exposed to lad- and ing must be capable of withstanding (vi) The package is properly marked the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the in accordance with § 172.315 or, until extent that 65 percent boiling nitric December 31, 2013, § 172.316 of this sub- acid does not penetrate the metal more chapter. than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per [76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011] month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a suitable corrosion test procedure.) Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging (vi) In addition to marking required by § 178.503 of this subchapter, the fol- for Hazardous Materials Other lowing marks, in lettering of at least Than Class 1 and Class 7 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be placed on drums used to transport ni- SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, tric acid: 1990, unless otherwise noted. (A) The type of steel used in body and head sheets as identified by American § 173.158 Nitric acid. Iron and Steel Institute type number, (a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent and, in addition, the letters ‘‘HT’’ fol- concentration may not be packaged lowing the steel designation on con- with any other material. tainers subject to stress relieving or (b) Nitric acid in any concentration heat treatment during manufacture. which does not contain sulfuric acid or (B) The thickness in mm of metal in hydrochloric acid as impurities, when thinnest part. When the thickness of offered for transportation or trans- metal in the body differs from that in ported by rail, highway, or water shall the head, both must be indicated with be packaged in specification containers slanting line between and with the as follows: gauge of the body indicated first. (1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are au- (C) Original tare weight in kilo- thorized, subject to the following limi- grams, preceded by the letters ‘‘TW.’’ tations: An example of the markings required (i) Stainless steel used in drums must by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), and (C) conform to the following thicknesses: of this section is ‘‘304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55.’’ Nominal (marked) capacity (in Minimum thickness (in mm) (2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer pack- liters) of 1A1 drum of stainless steel agings with glass inner receptacles of 55 0.9 not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca- 115 1.2 pacity each. No more than four 2.5 L 210 1.5 (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be 450 2.0 packed in one outer packaging.

551

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00561 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.159 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater (g) Nitric acid of more than 70 per- concentration which does not contain cent concentration, when offered for sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as transportation or transported by cargo impurities, when offered for transpor- aircraft only, must be packaged in tation or transported by rail, highway, combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, or water may be packaged in 1B1 alu- 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G minum drums. outer packagings with glass or earth- (d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or great- enware inner packagings of not over 1 er concentration, when offered for L (0.3 gallon) or glass of not transportation or transported by rail, over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon). highway, or water may be packaged as (h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent follows: concentration, when offered for trans- (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes portation in cargo aircraft only must with inner packagings consisting of be packaged in combination pack- glass bottles further individually over- agings with 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, packed in tightly closed metal pack- 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G outer packagings agings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L with inner packagings of— (0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cush- (1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 ioned with a non-reactive, absorbent L (0.66 gallon) capacity; material within the metal packagings. (2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) (2) In combination packagings with capacity further individually over- 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2 or 4G outer packed in tightly closed metal pack- packagings with inner glass packagings agings; or of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) or less capacity (3) Glass not over 0.5 L (0.1 cushioned with a non-reactive, absorb- gallon) capacity. ent material and packed within a [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as tightly closed intermediate packaging amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. of metal or plastic. 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– (e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent 255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744, concentration, when offered for trans- Dec. 31, 2003] portation or transported by rail, high- way, or water may be packaged in 4G § 173.159 Batteries, wet. fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F (a) Electric storage batteries, con- wooden boxes with inside glass pack- taining electrolyte acid or alkaline agings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca- corrosive battery fluid (wet batteries), pacity each. may not be packed with other mate- (f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less rials except as provided in paragraphs concentration, when offered for trans- (g) and (h) of this section and in portation or transported by rail, high- §§ 173.220 and 173.222; and any battery or way, or water, may be packaged as fol- battery-powered device must be pre- lows: pared and packaged for transport in a (1) In composite packagings 6PA1, manner to prevent: 6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, or (1) A dangerous evolution of heat 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite pack- (i.e., an amount of heat sufficient to be aging with plastic inner receptacles dangerous to packaging or personal meeting the compatibility require- safety to include charring of pack- ments § 173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are aging, melting of packaging, scorching authorized. of packaging, or other evidence); (2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with (2) Short circuits, including, but not inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L limited to: (0.66 gallon) each. (i) Packaging each battery or each (3) In combination packagings with battery-powered device when prac- 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, ticable, in fully enclosed inner pack- 4F or 4G outer packagings and plastic agings made of non-conductive mate- inner packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 rial; gallon) capacity further individually (ii) Separating or packaging bat- overpacked in tightly closed metal teries and battery-powered devices in a packagings. manner to prevent contact with other

552

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00562 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159

batteries, devices or conductive mate- (7) Plastic box: 4H2. rials (e.g., metal) in the packagings; or (d) The following non-specification (iii) Ensuring exposed terminals are packagings are authorized for batteries protected with non-conductive caps, packed without other materials pro- non-conductive tape, or by other appro- vided all requirements of paragraph (a) priate means; and of this section, and for transportation (3) Damage to terminals. If not impact by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec- resistant, the outer packaging must tion are met: not be used as the sole means of pro- (1) Electric storage batteries are tecting the battery terminals from firmly secured to skids or pallets capa- damage or short circuiting. Batteries ble of withstanding the shocks nor- must be securely cushioned and packed mally incident to transportation are to prevent shifting which could loosen authorized for transportation by rail, terminal caps or reorient the termi- highway, or vessel. The height of the nals. Batteries contained in devices completed unit must not exceed 11⁄2 must be securely installed. Terminal times the width of the skid or pallet. protection methods include but are not The unit must be capable of with- limited to: standing, without damage, a super- (i) Securely attaching covers of suffi- imposed weight equal to two times the cient strength to protect the termi- weight of the unit or, if the weight of nals; the unit exceeds 907 kg (2,000 pounds), a (ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid superimposed weight of 1814 kg (4,000 plastic packaging; or pounds). Battery terminals must not be (iii) Constructing the battery with relied upon to support any part of the terminals that are recessed or other- superimposed weight and must not wise protected so that the terminals short out if a conductive material is will not be subjected to damage if the placed in direct contact with them. package is dropped. (2) Electric storage batteries weigh- (b) For transportation by aircraft: ing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, con- (1) The packaging for wet batteries must incorporate an acid- or alkali- sisting of carriers’ equipment, may be proof liner, or include a supplementary shipped by rail when mounted on suit- packaging with sufficient strength and able skids. Such shipments may not be adequately sealed to prevent leakage of offered in interchange service. electrolyte fluid in the event of spill- (3) One to three batteries not over age; and 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in (2) Any battery-powered device, strong outer boxes. The maximum au- equipment or vehicle must be packaged thorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 for transport in a manner to prevent pounds). unintentional activation or must have (4) Not more than four batteries not an independent means of preventing over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in unintentional activation (e.g., pack- strong outer fiberboard or wooden aging restricts access to activation boxes. The maximum authorized gross switch, switch caps or locks, recessed weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). switches, trigger locks, temperature (5) Not more than five batteries not sensitive circuit breakers, etc.). over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in (c) The following specification pack- strong outer fiberboard or wooden agings are authorized for batteries boxes. The maximum authorized gross packed without other materials pro- weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). vided all requirements of paragraph (a) (6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 of this section, and for transportation kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec- slip covers or in completely closed fi- tion are met: berboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes (1) : 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F. must be of solid or double-faced cor- (2) Fiberboard box: 4G. rugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200 (3) Plywood drum: 1D. pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip (4) Fiber drum: 1G. cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly (5) Plastic drum: 1H2. and provide inside top clearance of at (6) Plastic jerrican: 3H2. least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery

553

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00563 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.159 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

terminals and filler caps with rein- tact with or damage to the batteries; forcement in place. Assembled for ship- and ment, the bottom edges of the slipcover (4) The transport vehicle may not must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of carry material shipped by any person the bottom of the battery. The com- other than the shipper of the batteries. pleted package (battery and box or slip (f) Batteries can be considered as cover) must be capable of withstanding non-spillable provided they are capable a top-to-bottom compression test of at of withstanding the following two least 225 kg (500 pounds) without dam- tests, without leakage of battery fluid age to battery terminal caps, cell cov- from the battery: ers or filler caps. (1) Vibration test. The battery must be (7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg rigidly clamped to the platform of a vi- (75 pounds) each may be packed in com- bration machine, and a simple har- pletely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes monic motion having an amplitude of must be of double-wall corrugated fi- 0.8 mm (0.03 inches) with a 1.6 mm berboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) (0.063 inches) maximum total excursion test, or solid fiberboard testing at least must be applied. The frequency must 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have be varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min be- hand holes in its ends provided that the tween the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The hand holes will not materially weaken entire range of frequencies and return the box. Sides and ends of the box must must be traversed in 95 ± 5 minutes for have cushioning between the battery each mounting position (direction of and walls of the box; combined thick- vibrator) of the battery. The battery ness of cushioning material and walls must be tested in three mutually per- of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm pendicular positions (to include testing (0.5 inch); and cushioning must be ex- with fill openings and vents, if any, in celsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or an inverted position) for equal time pe- other suitable cushioning material. riods. The bottom of the battery must be pro- (2) Pressure differential test. Following tected by a minimum of one excelsior the vibration test, the battery must be ° ± ° pad or by a double-wall corrugated fi- stored for six hours at 24 C 4 C (75 ° ± ° berboard pad. The top of the battery F 7 F) while subjected to a pressure must be protected by a wood frame, differential of at least 88 kPa (13 psig). corrugated trays or scored sheets of The battery must be tested in three mutually perpendicular positions (to corrugated fiberboard having minimum include testing with fill openings and test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other vents, if any, in an inverted position) equally effective cushioning material. for at least six hours in each position. Top protection must bear evenly on (g) Electrolyte, acid or alkaline cor- connectors and/or edges of the battery rosive battery fluid, packed with bat- cover to facilitate stacking of bat- teries wet or dry, must be packed in teries. No more than one battery may one of the following specification pack- be placed in one box. The maximum au- agings: thorized gross weight is 91 kg (200 (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden pounds). boxes with inner receptacles of glass, (e) When transported by highway or not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not rail, electric storage batteries con- over 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each out- taining electrolyte or corrosive battery side container. Inside containers must fluid are not subject to any other re- be well-cushioned and separated from quirements of this subchapter, if all of batteries by a strong solid wooden par- the following are met: tition. The completed package must (1) No other hazardous materials may conform to Packing Group III require- be transported in the same vehicle; ments. (2) The batteries must be loaded or (2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline cor- braced so as to prevent damage and rosive battery fluid included with elec- short circuits in transit; tric storage batteries and filling kits (3) Any other material loaded in the may be packed in strong rigid outer same vehicle must be blocked, braced, packagings when shipments are made or otherwise secured to prevent con- by, for, or to the Departments of the

554

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00564 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159a

Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United rupture, explosion or dangerous evo- States. Packagings must conform to lution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat military specifications. The electro- sufficient to be dangerous to packaging lyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery or personal safety to include charring fluid must be packed in polyethylene of packaging, melting of packaging, bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) ca- scorching of packaging, or other evi- pacity each. Not more than 24 bottles, dence) occurs as a direct result of a securely separated from electric stor- non-spillable battery. For all modes of age batteries and kits, may be offered transportation, a written report in ac- for transportation or transported in cordance with § 171.16(a) is required if a each package. (3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not fire, violent rupture, explosion or dan- more than 12 inside packagings of poly- gerous evolution of heat occurs as a di- ethylene or other material resistant to rect result of a non-spillable battery. the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 gal- (c) Non-spillable batteries are ex- lon) capacity each. Completed pack- cepted from the packaging require- ages must conform to Packing Group ments of § 173.159 under the following III requirements. Inner packagings conditions: must be adequately separated from the (1) Non-spillable batteries must be se- storage battery. The maximum author- curely packed in strong outer pack- ized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds). agings and meet the requirements of These packages are not authorized for § 173.159(a). A non-spillable battery transportation by aircraft. which is an integral part of and nec- (h) Dry batteries or battery charger essary for the operation of mechanical devices may be packaged in 4G fiber- or electronic equipment must be se- board boxes with inner receptacles con- curely fastened in the battery holder taining battery fluid. Completed pack- on the equipment; agings must conform to Packing Group III requirements. Not more than 12 (2) The battery and outer packaging inner receptacles may be packed in one must be plainly and durably marked outer box. The maximum authorized ‘‘NON-SPILLABLE’’ or ‘‘NON-SPILL- gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds). ABLE BATTERY.’’ The requirement to (i) When approved by the Associate mark the outer package does not apply Administrator, electric storage bat- when the battery is installed in a piece teries, containing electrolyte or corro- of equipment that is transported sive battery fluid in a separate res- unpackaged. ervoir from which fluid is injected into (d) Non-spillable batteries are ex- the battery cells by a power device car- cepted from all other requirements of tridge assembled with the battery, and this subchapter when offered for trans- which meet the criteria of paragraph portation and transported in accord- (f) are not subject to any other require- ance with paragraph (c) of this section ments of this subchapter. and the following: [74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009] (1) At a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F), the battery must not contain any § 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and batteries. must be designed so that electrolyte (a) Exceptions for hazardous mate- will not flow from a ruptured or rials shipments in the following para- cracked case; and graphs are permitted only if this sec- (2) For transport by aircraft, when tion is referenced for the specific haz- contained in a battery-powered device, ardous material in the § 172.101 table or equipment or vehicle must be prepared in a packaging section in this part. and packaged for transport in a man- (b) Non-spillable batteries offered for ner to prevent unintentional activation transportation or transported in ac- in conformance with § 173.159(b)(2) of cordance with this section are subject to the incident reporting requirements. this Subpart. For transportation by aircraft, a tele- [74 FR 2258, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 phone report in accordance with FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] § 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent

555

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00565 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.160 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive sure differential requirements pre- (corrosive). scribed in § 173.27(c) of this subchapter. Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be Inner and outer packaging quantity shipped provided they are without igni- limits for packages are as follows: tion elements, bursting charges, deto- (1) Except for liquids of Division 5.2 nating fuses or other explosive compo- (organic peroxide), inner packagings nents. They must be packaged in wood- containing not more than 250 mL. Ex- en (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconsti- cept for transportation by aircraft, for tuted wood (4F) boxes, or plywood Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids drums (1D), which meet Packing Group of Type B and C, inner packagings con- II requirements. taining not more than 25 mL and for Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids § 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid of Type D, E and F, inner packagings kits. containing not more than 125 mL. For (a) Applicability. Chemical kits and transportation by aircraft, for Division first aid kits contain one or more com- 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D, patible items of hazardous materials in E and F (only), inner packagings con- boxes, cases, etc. that, for example, are taining not more than 125 mL; used for medical, analytical, diag- (2) Except for solids of Division 5.2 nostic, testing, or repair purposes. (organic peroxide) of Type B and C, (b) Authorized materials. (1) The kits inner packagings containing not more may only contain hazardous materials than 250 g. Except for transportation for which packaging exceptions are by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic provided in column 8(A) of the § 172.101 peroxide) solid of Type B and C, inner Hazardous Materials Table in this sub- packagings containing not more than chapter. For transportation by air- 100 g. For transportation by aircraft, craft, the kits may only contain quan- for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) tities of hazardous materials author- solid of Type D, E and F (only), inner ized as excepted quantities or as lim- packagings containing not more than ited quantities in §§ 173.4a and 173.27(f) 250 g; of this part, respectively. Materials (3) No more than 10 L or 10 kg of haz- forbidden for transportation by pas- ardous material may be contained in senger aircraft or cargo aircraft may one outer package (excluding dry ice). not be included in the kits. For transportation by aircraft, no (2) The packing group assigned to the more than 1 L or 1 kg of hazardous ma- chemical kit and first aid kit as a terial may be contained in one kit (ex- whole must be the most stringent cluding dry ice); packing group assigned to any indi- (4) Each package must conform to vidual substance in the kit and must be the packaging requirements of subpart shown on the shipping paper, if applica- B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg ble, in accordance with subpart C of (66 pounds) gross weight; Part 172 of this subchapter. (5) Except for Carbon dioxide, solid (c) Packaging. Except for transpor- (Dry ice), UN1845, no other hazardous tation by aircraft or vessel, chemical materials may be packed within the kits and first aid kits must be pack- same outer packaging as the kits. Dry aged in combination packagings con- ice must be packaged in accordance forming to the packaging requirements with § 173.217 of this subchapter; of subpart B of this part. For transpor- (6) The kits must include sufficient tation by aircraft or vessel, chemical absorbent material to completely ab- kits and first aid kits must be pack- sorb the contents of any liquid haz- aged in specification combination ardous materials contained in the kits. packagings based on the performance The contents must be separated, level of the most stringent packing placed, or packed, and closed with group of material contained within the cushioning material to protect them kit. For transportation by aircraft, from damage; and friction-type closures must be secured (7) The contents of the kits must be by secondary means and inner pack- packed so there will be no possibility of agings intended to contain liquids the mixture of contents causing dan- must be capable of meeting the pres- gerous evolution of heat or gas.

556

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00566 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.162

(d) Exceptions. (1)(i) Chemical kits (1) In combination packagings in- and first aid kits are eligible for the tended to contain liquids consisting of excepted quantity exceptions provided glass, earthenware or rigid plastic in §§ 173.4 and 173.4a of this part. For inner packagings with a maximum net transportation by aircraft, chemical mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The kits and first aid kits are eligible for inner packagings must be packed in the limited quantity provisions pro- wood boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiber- vided in § 173.27(f) of this part. For board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H1, inner packaging quantity limits, see 4H2), fiber drums (1G) or removable § 173.27(f), Table 3. head steel and plastic drums or (ii) A package conforming to the pro- jerricans (1A2, 1H2, 3A2 or 3H2) with visions of this section is not subject to sufficient cushioning materials to pre- the shipping paper requirements of sub- vent breakage. Either the inner pack- part C of part 172 of this subchapter, agings or the outer packagings must unless the material meets the defini- have an inner liner that is leakproof or tion of a hazardous substance, haz- bags of strong leakproof and puncture- ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is resistant material impervious to the offered for transportation and trans- contents and completely surrounding ported by aircraft or vessel. Chemical the contents to prevent it from escap- kits and First aid kits conforming to ing from the package, irrespective of this section may be marked as a lim- its position. ited quantity as prescribed in § 172.315 (2) In packagings intended to contain of this subchapter and, if applicable, liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic are eligible for the exceptions provided inner packagings of not more than 2.5 in § 173.156 of this part. Additionally, kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, indi- chemical and first aid kits conforming vidually enclosed in a sealed, leak- to this section are not subject to part tight bag of strong puncture-resistant 174 (carriage by rail) or part 177 (car- material. The sealed bags must be riage by highway) of this subchapter packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood when marked in accordance with (4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiber- § 172.315 of this subchapter. board (4G) or plastic (4H1, 4H2) boxes or (2) Consumer commodities. Until De- in fiber (1G) or steel (1A2) drums, which cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity are lined with leak-tight, puncture-re- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- sistant material. Bags and liner mate- modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- rial must be chemically resistant to chapter may be renamed ‘‘Consumer gallium. commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D (3) Cylinders and steel flasks with or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– vaulted bottoms are also authorized. AIR material and offered for transpor- (b) When it is necessary to transport tation and transported in accordance gallium at low temperatures in order with the applicable provisions of this to maintain it in a completely solid subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. state, the above packagings may be (3) Kits that are carried on board overpacked in a strong, water-resistant transport vehicles for first aid or oper- outer packaging which contains dry ice ating purposes are not subject to the or other means of refrigeration. If a re- requirements of this subchapter. frigerant is used, all of the above mate- rials used in the packaging of gallium [76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011] must be chemically and physically re- sistant to the refrigerant and must § 173.162 Gallium. have impact resistance at the low tem- (a) Except when packaged in cyl- peratures of the refrigerant employed. inders or steel flasks, gallium must be If dry ice is used, the outer packaging packaged in packagings which meet must permit the release of carbon diox- the requirements of part 178 of this ide gas. subchapter at the Packing Group I per- (c) Manufactured articles or formance level for transportation by apparatuses, each containing not more aircraft, and at the Packing Group III than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium performance level for transport by and packaged so that the quantity of highway, rail or vessel, as follows: gallium per package does not exceed 1

557

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00567 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.163 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the re- plywood drums (1D) or fiber drums quirements of this subchapter. (1G). (2) [Reserved] [64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; as amemded at 66 FR 33430, June 21, 2001] (3) When inner packagings of earth- enware, glass or plastic are used, they § 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. must be packed in the outer packaging (a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric with sufficient cushioning material to acid, anhydrous) must be packaged as prevent breakage. follows: (4) Either the inner packagings or the (1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, outer packagings must have inner lin- 3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in specification ings or bags of strong leakproof and 4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that puncture-resistant material imper- brazed 4B, 4BA, and 4BW cylinders are vious to mercury, completely sur- not authorized. The filling density may rounding the contents, so that the es- not exceed 85 percent of the cylinder’s cape of mercury will be prevented irre- water weight capacity. In place of the spective of the position of the package. periodic volumetric expansion test, (b) Manufactured articles or cylinders used in exclusive service may apparatuses, each containing not more be given a complete external visual in- than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of mercury spection in conformance with part 180, and packaged so that the quantity of subpart C, of this subchapter, at the mercury per package does not exceed 1 time such requalification becomes due. g (0.035 ounce) are not subject to the (2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in requirements of this subchapter. part 178 of this subchapter, having a (c) Manufactured articles or minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a apparatuses containing mercury are maximum filling ratio of 0.84. excepted from the specification pack- (b) A cylinder removed from hydro- aging requirements of this subchapter gen fluoride service must be con- when packaged as follows: demned in accordance with § 180.205 of (1) Manufactured articles or this subchapter. Alternatively, at the apparatuses of which metallic mercury direction of the owner, the requalifier is a component part, such as may render the cylinder incapable of manometers, pumps, thermometers, holding pressure. switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mer- [71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] cury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must § 173.164 Mercury (metallic and arti- be in strong outer packagings, having cles containing mercury). sealed inner liners or bags of strong (a) For transportation by aircraft, leakproof and puncture-resistant mate- mercury must be packaged in pack- rial impervious to mercury, which will agings which meet the requirements of prevent the escape of mercury from the part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- package irrespective of its position. ing Group I performance level, as fol- Mercury switches and relays are ex- lows: cepted from these packaging require- (1) In inner packagings of earthen- ments, if they are totally enclosed, ware, glass or plastic containing not leakproof and in sealed metal or plas- more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of mer- tic units. cury, or inner packagings which are (2) Thermometers, switches and re- glass ampoules containing not more lays, each containing a total quantity than 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of mercury, or of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of iron or steel quicksilver flasks con- mercury, are excepted from the re- taining not more than 35 kg (77 pounds) quirements of this subchapter if in- of mercury. The inner packagings or stalled as an integral part of a machine flasks must be packed in steel drums or apparatus and so fitted that shock (1A2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden of impact damage, leading to leakage boxes (4C1), (4C2), plywood boxes (4D), of mercury, is unlikely to occur under reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiber- conditions normally incident to trans- board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H2), port.

558

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00568 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.165

(3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor net weight of mercury are not subject tubes and similar tubes must be pack- to the requirements of this subchapter. aged as follows: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (i) Tubes which are packed in strong amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. outer packagings with all seams and 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– joints sealed with self-adhesive, pres- 246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, sure-sensitive tape which will prevent 10778, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003] the escape of mercury from the pack- age, are authorized up to a total net § 173.165 Polyester resin kits. quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mer- (a) Except for transportation by air- cury per package; craft, polyester resin kits consisting of (ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 a base material component (Class 3, ounces) of mercury are authorized only Packing Group II or III) and an acti- when packed in strong outer pack- vator component (Type D, E, or F or- agings, having sealed inner liners or ganic peroxide which does not require bags of strong leakproof and puncture- temperature control)— resistant material impervious to mer- (1) The organic peroxide component cury which will prevent escape of mer- must be packed in inner packagings cury from the package irrespective of not over 125 mL (4.22 ounces) net capac- its position; ity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 (iii) Tubes which do not contain more ounces) net capacity each for solids; than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each (2) The flammable liquid component and which are packed in the manufac- must be packed in inner packagings turer’s original packagings, are author- not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity ized up to a total net quantity of 30 g each for Packing Group II or III liquid; (1.1 ounces) of mercury per package; and (iv) Tubes which are completely jack- (3) The flammable liquid component eted in sealed leakproof metal cases and the organic peroxide component are authorized in the manufacturer’s may be packed in the same strong original packagings. outer packaging provided they will not (4) A person offering for transpor- interact dangerously in the event of tation electron tubes, mercury vapor leakage. tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate (b) For transportation by aircraft, the quantity of mercury therein on the polyester resin kits consisting of a base shipping paper. material component (Class 3, Packing (5) Mercurial barometers conforming Group II or III) and an activator com- to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, ponent (Type D, E, or F organic per- which are loaded and unloaded from an oxide which does not require tempera- aircraft under the supervision of, and ture control)— accompanied in flight by, a National (1) The organic peroxide component Weather Service official or similar is limited to a quantity of 125 mL (4.22 United States agency official, are ex- ounces) per inner packaging if liquid, cepted from any other requirements of and 500 g (1 pound) if solid. The base this subchapter. material is limited to a quantity of 5 L (d) For transportation by other than (1.3 gallons) in metal or plastic inner aircraft, mercury must be packaged— packagings and 1 L (0.3 gallons) in (1) In any packaging which meets the glass inner packagings; requirements of part 178 of this sub- (2) The components may be placed in chapter at the Packing Group III per- the same outer packaging provided formance level; or they will not interact dangerously in (2) In non-specification reusable the event of leakage; metal packagings. (3) Packing group will be II or III, ac- (e) Except for a hazardous substance cording to the criteria for Class 3, ap- or a hazardous waste or for transpor- plied to the base material. Addition- tation by aircraft or vessel, packages ally, unless otherwise excepted in this containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) subchapter, polyester resin kits must

559

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00569 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.166 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

be packaged in specification combina- inflator or pretensioner is involved, the tion packagings based on the perform- maximum parameters of each par- ance level required of the base material ticular inflator or pretensioner design (II or III) contained within the kit; type for which approval is sought and (4) Closures must be secured by sec- details on the complete package. The ondary means; manufacturer must submit an applica- (5) Inner packagings intended to con- tion, including the test results and re- tain liquids must be capable of meeting port recommending the shipping de- the pressure differential requirements scription and classification for each de- prescribed in § 173.27(c) of this part; and vice or design type to the Associate (6) Except as provided in paragraph Administrator, and must receive writ- (b) of this section, exceptions for poly- ten notification from the Associate Ad- ester resin kits intended for transpor- ministrator that the device has been tation by aircraft are provided in approved for transportation and as- §§ 173.4a (excepted quantities) and signed an EX number; or, 173.27(f) (limited quantities) of this (2) The manufacturer has submitted part. an application, including a classifica- (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- tion issued by the competent authority cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity of a foreign government to the Asso- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- ciate Administrator, and received writ- modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- ten notification from the Associate Ad- chapter may be renamed ‘‘Consumer ministrator that the device has been commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D approved for transportation and as- or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D– signed an EX number. AIR material and offered for transpor- (c) EX numbers. When offered for tation and transported in accordance transportation, the shipping paper with the applicable provisions of this must contain the EX number or prod- subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. uct code for each approved inflator, [76 FR 3376, Jan. 19, 2011] module or pretensioner in association with the basic description required by § 173.166 Air bag inflators, air bag § 172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product modules and seat-belt codes must be traceable to the specific pretensioners. EX number assigned to the inflator, (a) Definitions. An air bag inflator module or pretensioner by the Asso- (consisting of a casing containing an ciate Administrator. The EX number igniter, a booster material, a gas or product code is not required to be generant and, in some cases, a pressure marked on the outside package. vessel (cylinder)) is a gas generator (d) Exceptions. (1) An air bag module used to inflate an air bag in a supple- or seat-belt pretensioner that has been mental restraint system in a motor ve- approved by the Associate Adminis- hicle. An air bag module is the air bag trator and is installed in a motor vehi- inflator plus an inflatable bag assem- cle, aircraft, boat or other transport bly. A seat-belt pre-tensioner contains conveyance or its completed compo- similar hazardous materials and is used nents, such as steering columns or door in the operation of a seat-belt restrain- panels, is not subject to the require- ing system in a motor vehicle. ments of this subchapter. (b) Classification. An air bag inflator, (2) An air bag module containing an air bag module, or seat-belt inflator that has been previously ap- pretensioner may be classed as Class 9 proved for transportation is not re- (UN3268) if: quired to be submitted for further ex- (1) The manufacturer has submitted amination or approval. each design type air bag inflator, air (3) An air bag module containing an bag module, or seat-belt pretensioner inflator that has previously been ap- to a person approved by the Associate proved as a Division 2.2 material is not Administrator, in accordance with required to be submitted for further ex- § 173.56(b), for examination and testing. amination to be reclassed as a Class 9 The submission must contain a de- material. tailed description of the inflator or (4) Shipments for . When of- pretensioner or, if more than a single fered for domestic transportation by

560

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00570 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.167

highway, rail freight, cargo vessel or ciate Administrator in accordance with cargo aircraft, a serviceable air bag paragraph (e) of this section are also module or seat-belt pretensioner re- authorized. moved from a motor vehicle that was (f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the pro- manufactured as required for use in the visions of § 172.402 of this subchapter, United States may be offered for trans- each package or handling device must portation and transported without display a CLASS 9 label. Additional la- compliance with the shipping paper re- beling is not required when the pack- quirement prescribed in paragraph (c) age contains no hazardous materials of this section. However, the word other than the devices. ‘‘Recycled’’ must be entered on the shipping paper immediately after the [Amdt. 173–230, 57 FR 1878, Jan. 16, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. basic description prescribed in § 172.202 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, of this subchapter. No more than one 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 FR 10778, device is authorized in the packaging Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR prescribed in paragraph (e)(1), (2) or (3) 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; of this section. The device must be 66 FR 45183, 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034, cushioned and secured within the pack- July 31, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR age to prevent movement during trans- 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; portation. 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29,2006] (e) Packagings. Rigid, outer pack- § 173.167 Consumer commodities. agings, meeting the general packaging requirements of part 173, and the pack- (a) Effective January 1, 2013, a ‘‘con- aging specification and performance re- sumer commodity’’ (see § 171.8 of this quirements of part 178 of this sub- subchapter) when intended for trans- chapter at the Packing Group III per- portation by aircraft may only include formance level are authorized as fol- articles or substances of Class 2 (non- lows. The packagings must be designed toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing and constructed to prevent movement Group II and III only), Division 6.1 of the articles and inadvertent oper- (Packing Group III only), UN3077, ation. UN3082, and UN3175, provided such ma- (1) 1A2, 1B2, 1G or 1H2 drums. terials do not have a subsidiary risk (2) 3A2 or 3H2 jerricans. and are authorized aboard a passenger- (3) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 boxes. carrying aircraft. Friction-type clo- (4) Reusable high strength plastic or sures must be secured by secondary metal containers or dedicated handling means. Inner packagings intended to devices are authorized for shipment of contain liquids must be capable of air bag inflators, air bag modules, and meeting the pressure differential re- seat-belt pretensioners from a manu- quirements (75 kPa) prescribed in facturing facility to the assembly facil- § 173.27(c) of this part. Consumer com- ity, subject to the following conditions: modities are excepted from the speci- (i) The gross weight of the container fication packaging requirements of or handling device may not exceed 1000 this subchapter and each completed kg (2205 pounds). The container or han- package must conform to subpart B of dling device structure must provide part. Packages of consumer commod- adequate support to allow them to be ities must also be capable of with- stacked at least three high with no standing a 1.2 m drop on solid concrete damage to the containers or devices. in the position most likely to cause (ii) If not completely enclosed by de- damage and a 24-hour stack test. Inner sign, the container or handling device and outer packaging quantity limits must be covered with plastic, fiber- for consumer commodities are as fol- board, or metal. The covering must be lows: secured to the container by banding or (1) Non-toxic aerosols, as defined in other comparable methods. § 171.8 of this subchapter and con- (iii) Internal dunnage must be suffi- structed in accordance with § 173.306 of cient to prevent shifting of the devices this part, in non-refillable, non-metal within the container. containers not exceeding 120 mL (4 (5) Packagings specified in the ap- fluid ounces) each, or in non-refillable proval document issued by the Asso- metal containers not exceeding 820 mL

561

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00571 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.168 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(28 ounces) each, except that flam- that has a primer but no actuating mable aerosols may not exceed 500 mL mechanism must have a protective (16.9 ounces) each; or cover over the primer to prevent actu- (2) Liquids, in inner packagings not ation from external impact. exceeding 500 mL (16.9 ounces) each; or (2) A chemical oxygen generator in- (3) Solids, in inner packagings not ex- stalled in a PBE must contain a pin in- ceeding 500 g (1.0 pounds) each; or stalled so as to prevent the actuator (4) Any combination thereof. from striking the primer, and be placed (b) Inner packagings are to be placed in a protective bag, pouch, case or in an outer packaging not to exceed 30 cover such that the protective breath- kg (66 pounds) gross weight as prepared ing equipment is fully enclosed in such for shipment. a manner that the protective bag, [76 FR 3377, Jan. 19, 2011] pouch, case or cover prevents uninten- tional actuation of the oxygen gener- § 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators. ator. An oxygen generator, chemical (de- (d) Packaging. A chemical oxygen fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) may generator and a chemical oxygen gen- be transported only under the fol- erator installed in equipment, (e.g., a lowing conditions: PBE) must be placed in a rigid outer (a) Approval. A chemical oxygen gen- packaging that— erator that is shipped with an explosive (1) Conforms to the requirements of or non-explosive means of initiation either: attached must be classed and approved (i) Part 178, subparts L and M, of this by the Associate Administrator in ac- subchapter at the Packing Group I or cordance with the procedures specified II performance level; or in § 173.56 of this subchapter. (ii) The performance criteria in Air (b) Impact resistance. A chemical oxy- Transport Association (ATA) Specifica- gen generator, without any packaging, tion No. 300 for a Category I Shipping must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 Container. meter drop onto a rigid, non-resilient, (2) With its contents, is capable of flat and horizontal surface, in the posi- meeting the following additional re- tion most likely to cause actuation or quirements when transported by cargo- loss of contents. only aircraft: (c) Protection against inadvertent actu- (i) The Flame Penetration Resistance ation. A chemical oxygen generator Test specified in Appendix E to part 178 must incorporate one of the following of this subchapter. means of preventing inadvertent actu- (ii) The Thermal Resistance Test ation: specified in Appendix D to part 178 of (1) A chemical oxygen generator that this subchapter. is not installed in protective breathing (e) Equipment marking. The outside equipment (PBE): surface of a chemical oxygen generator (i) Mechanically actuated devices: must be marked to indicate the pres- (A) Two pins, installed so that each ence of an oxygen generator (e.g., ‘‘ox- is independently capable of preventing ygen generator, chemical’’). The out- the actuator from striking the primer; side surface of equipment containing a (B) One pin and one retaining ring, chemical oxygen generator that is not each installed so that each is independ- readily apparent (e.g., a sealed pas- ently capable of preventing the actu- senger service unit) must be clearly ator from striking the primer; or marked to indicate the presence of the (C) A cover securely installed over oxygen generator (example: ‘‘Oxygen the primer and a pin installed so as to Generator Inside’’). prevent the actuator from striking the (f) Items forbidden in air transpor- primer and cover. tation. (1) A chemical oxygen generator (ii) Electrically actuated devices: is forbidden for transportation on The electrical leads must be mechani- board a passenger-carrying aircraft. cally shorted and the mechanical short (2) A chemical oxygen generator is must be shielded in metal foil. forbidden for transportation by both (iii) Devices with a primer but no ac- passenger-carrying and cargo-only air- tuator: A chemical oxygen generator craft after:

562

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00572 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.172

(i) The manufacturer’s expiration 4.1 classification in accordance with date; or §§ 173.56 and 173.58 of this part. (ii) The contents of the generator (b) The total quantity of smokeless have been expended. powder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass in: [72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, (1) One rail car, motor vehicle, or 2009; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56316, cargo-only aircraft; or Sept. 13, 2011] (2) One freight container on a vessel, not to exceed four freight containers § 173.170 Black powder for small arms. per vessel. Black powder for small arms that has (c) Only combination packagings been classed in Division 1.1 may be re- with inner packagings not exceeding classed as a Division 4.1 material, for 3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are author- domestic transportation by motor ve- ized. Inner packagings must be ar- hicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel ranged and protected so as to prevent only, subject to the following condi- simultaneous ignition of the contents. tions: The complete package must be of the (a) The powder must be examined and same type which has been examined as approved for Division 1.1 and Division required in § 173.56 of this part. 4.1 classification in accordance with (d) Inside packages that have been §§ 173.56 and 173.58; examined and approved by the Asso- (b) The total quantity of black pow- ciate Administrator may be packaged der in one motor vehicle, rail car, or in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the freight container may not exceed 45.4 Packing Group I performance level, kg (100 pounds) net mass, and no more provided all inside containers are than four freight containers may be on packed to prevent shifting and the net board one cargo vessel; weight of smokeless powder in any one box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds). (c) The black powder must be packed in inner metal or heavy wall conduc- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as tive plastic receptacles not over 454 g amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (16 ounces) net capacity each, with no 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379, fiberboard box. The inner packagings Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010] must be arranged and protected so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the § 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power contents. The complete package must unit fuel tank. be of the same type which has been ex- Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel amined as required in § 173.56; tanks containing a mixture of anhy- (d) Each completed package must be drous hydrazine and monomethyl hy- marked ‘‘BLACK POWDER FOR drazine (M86 fuel) and designed for in- SMALL ARMS’’ and ‘‘NA 0027’’; and stallation as complete units in aircraft (e) Each package must bear the are excepted from the specification FLAMMABLE SOLID label. packaging requirements of this sub- [Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as chapter when they conform to either of amended at Amdt. 173–255, 62 FR 14338, Mar. the following conditions: 26, 1997] (a) The unit must consist of an alu- minum pressure vessel made from - § 173.171 Smokeless powder for small ing and having welded heads. Primary arms. containment of the fuel within this Smokeless powder for small arms vessel must consist of a welded alu- which has been classed in Division 1.3 minum bladder having a maximum in- may be reclassed in Division 4.1, for do- ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The mestic transportation by motor vehi- outer vessel must have a minimum de- cle, rail car, vessel, or cargo-only air- sign gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185 craft, subject to the following condi- psig) and a minimum burst gauge pres- tions: sure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel (a) The powder must be examined and must be leak-checked during manufac- approved for a Division 1.3 and Division ture and before shipment and must be

563

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00573 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

found leakproof. The complete inner outer packaging. Packages must con- unit must be securely packed in non- form to the packaging requirements of combustible cushioning material, such subpart B of this part but need not con- as vermiculite, in a strong outer tight- form to the requirements of part 178 of ly closed metal packaging which will this subchapter. adequately protect all fittings. Max- imum quantity of fuel per unit and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as package is 42 L (11 gallons); or amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (b) The unit must consist of an alu- 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994] minum pressure vessel. Primary con- § 173.174 Refrigerating machines. tainment of the fuel within this vessel must consist of a welded hermetically A refrigerating machine assembled sealed fuel compartment with an elas- for shipment and containing 7 kg (15 tomeric bladder having a maximum in- pounds) or less of a flammable liquid ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The for its operation in a strong, tight re- pressure vessel must have a minimum ceptacle is excepted from labeling (ex- design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 cept when offered for transportation or psig). Each vessel must be leak- transported by air) and the specifica- checked during manufacture and before tion packaging requirements of this shipment and must be securely packed subchapter. In addition. shipments are in non-combustible cushioning mate- not subject to subpart F of part 172 of rial, such as vermiculite, in a strong this subchapter (Placarding), to part outer tightly closed metal packaging 174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail) which will adequately protect all fit- except § 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to tings. Maximum quantity of fuel per part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons). subchapter except § 177.817 (Shipping [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as papers). amended by 66 FR 45380] § 173.175 Permeation devices. § 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, Permeation devices that contain haz- , ink and resins. ardous materials and that are used for (a) When the § 172.101 table specifies calibrating air quality monitoring de- that a hazardous material be packaged vices are not subject to the require- under this section, the following re- ments of this subchapter provided the quirements apply. Except as otherwise following requirements are met: provided in this part, the description (a) Each device must be constructed ‘‘Paint’’ is the proper shipping name of a material compatible with the haz- for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shel- ardous materials it contains; lac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood filler, (b) The total contents of hazardous and liquid lacquer base. The descrip- materials in each device is limited to 2 tion ‘‘Paint-related material’’ is the ml (0.07 ounces) and the device must ° ° proper shipping name for a paint not be liquid full at 55 C (131 F); thinning, drying, reducing or removing (c) Each permeation device must be compound. However, if a more specific placed in a sealed, high impact resist- description is listed in the § 172.101 ant, tubular inner packaging of plastic table of this subchapter, that descrip- or equivalent material. Sufficient ab- tion must be used. sorbent material must be contained in (b) Paint, paint-related material, ad- the inner packaging to completely ab- hesives, ink and resins must be pack- sorb the contents of the device. The aged as follows: closure of the inner packaging must be (1) As prescribed in § 173.202 of this securely held in place with wire, tape part if it is a Packing Group II mate- or other positive means; rial or § 173.203 of this part if it is a (d) Each inner packaging must be Packing Group III material; or contained in a secondary packaging (2) In inner glass packagings of not constructed of metal, or plastic having over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or a minimum thickness of 1.5 mm (0.06 inner metal packagings of not over 5 L inches). The secondary packaging must (1 gallon) each, packed in a strong be hermetically sealed;

564

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00574 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.183

(e) The secondary packaging must be with dry, absorbent, incombustible ma- securely packed in strong outer pack- terial in a quantity sufficient to absorb aging. The completed package must be the entire contents. The strong, tight capable of withstanding, without metal cans must be closed by positive breakage or leakage of any inner pack- means, not by friction. aging and without significant reduc- (c) Steel drums (1A2) or fiber drums tion in effectiveness: (1G) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) ca- (1) The following free drops onto a pacity each with strong tight inner rigid, non resilient, flat and horizontal metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) ca- surface from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet): pacity each, closed by positive means, (i) One drop flat on the bottom; not friction. (ii) One drop flat on the top; (1) Inner packagings must have no (iii) One drop flat on the long side; opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) di- (iv) One drop flat on the short side; ameter and must be surrounded with (v) One drop on a corner at the junc- noncombustible cushioning material. tion of three intersecting edges; and (2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids (2) A force applied to the top surface may not exceed two-thirds of the rated for a duration of 24 hours, equivalent capacity of the outer drum. For exam- to the total weight of identical pack- ple, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may ages if stacked to a height of 3 m (10 contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) feet) (including the test sample). of pyrophoric liquids. (3) Each of the above tests may be (3) Each layer of inner containers performed on different but identical must be separated by a metal plate sep- packages. arator in addition to cushioning mate- (f) The gross mass of the completed rial. package must not exceed 30 kg. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as [76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011] amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. § 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liq- 28, 2001; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 61941, uids). Oct. 30, 2003] When the § 172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged § 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or under this section, only the following more water wet. non-bulk packagings are authorized: Barium azide—50 percent or more (a) Specification steel or nickel cyl- water wet, must be packed in wooden inders prescribed for any compressed boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber gas except acetylene having a min- drums (1G) with inner glass packagings imum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175 not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity psig). Cylinders with valves must be: each. Packagings must have rubber (1) Equipped with steel valve protec- stoppers wire tied for securement. If tion caps or collars, unless overpacked; transportation is to take place when or and where freezing weather is possible, (2) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1, a suitable antifreeze solution must be 4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or used to prevent freezing. Each pack- plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders aging must conform to the require- must be secured to prevent shifting in ments of part 178 of this subchapter at the box and, when offered for transpor- the Packing Group I performance level. tation or transported, must be so load- ed that pressure relief devices remain § 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. in the vapor space of the cylinder. (See Films, nitrocellulose base, must be § 177.838(h) of this subchapter.) packaged in packagings conforming to (b) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) the requirements of part 178 of this or fiberboard boxes (4G) enclosing not subchapter at the Packing Group III more than four strong, tight metal performance level, as follows: cans with inner receptacles of glass or (a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capac- drums (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), ity each, having positive screwcap clo- wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or re- sures adequately gasketed. Inner pack- constituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood agings must be cushioned on all sides drums (1D) with each reel in a tightly

565

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00575 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.184 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

closed metal can, polypropylene can- proven to meet the criteria of Class 9 ister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard by testing in accordance with the tests inner packaging with cover held in in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- place by adhesive tape or paper; or teria, Third Revised Edition, 1999, need (b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber not be retested. drums (1G) with a single tightly closed (2) Incorporate a safety venting de- metal can, polypropylene canister, or vice or otherwise be designed in a man- strong cardboard or fiberboard inner ner that will preclude a violent rupture packaging with cover held in place by under conditions normally incident to adhesive tape or paper; authorized only transportation. for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film. (3) Be equipped with an effective means to prevent dangerous reverse [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. current flow (e.g., diodes, fuses, etc.) if 26, 1996] a battery contains cells or series of cells that are connected in parallel. § 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. (4) Be packaged in combination pack- agings conforming to the requirements (a) A fusee is a device designed to of part 178, subparts L and M, of this burn at a controlled rate and to subchapter at the Packing Group II produce visual effects for signaling performance level. The lithium battery purposes. The composition of the fusee or cell must be packed in inner pack- must be such that the fusee will not ig- agings in such a manner as to prevent nite spontaneously or undergo marked short circuits, including movement decomposition when subjected to a which could lead to short circuits. The temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 con- inner packaging must be packed within secutive hours. one of the following outer packagings: (b) Fusees (highway and railway) metal boxes (4A or 4B); wooden boxes must be packaged in steel drums (1A2), (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F); fiberboard boxes steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1, 4C2), (4G); solid plastic boxes (4H2); fiber plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood drums (1G); metal drums (1A2 or 1B2); (4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes (4G), plywood drums (1D); plastic jerricans plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. If the (3H2); or metal jerricans (3A2 or 3B2). fusees are equipped with spikes pack- (5) Be equipped with an effective agings must have reinforced ends to means of preventing external short cir- prevent penetration of spikes through cuits. the outer packagings; packages must (6) Except as provided in paragraph be capable of passing drop test require- (d) of this section, cells and batteries ments (§ 178.603 of this subchapter), in- with a liquid cathode containing sulfur cluding at least one drop with spike in dioxide, sulfuryl chloride or thionyl a downward position, and other re- chloride may not be offered for trans- quirements of part 178 of this sub- portation or transported if any cell has chapter, at the Packing Group II per- been discharged to the extent that the formance level. open circuit voltage is less than two [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as volts or is less than 2/3 of the voltage of amended at 66 FR 45379] the fully charged cell, whichever is less. § 173.185 Lithium cells and batteries. (b) Lithium cells or batteries packed (a) Cells and batteries. A lithium cell with equipment. Lithium cells or bat- or battery, including a lithium poly- teries packed with equipment may be mer cell or battery and a lithium-ion transported as Class 9 materials if the cell or battery, must conform to all of batteries and cells meet all the re- the following requirements: quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- (1) Be of a type proven to meet the tion. The equipment and the packages requirements of each test in the UN of cells or batteries must be further Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see packed in a strong outer packaging. § 171.7 of this subchapter). A cell or bat- The cells or batteries must be packed tery and equipment containing a cell in such a manner as to prevent short or battery that was first transported circuits, including movement that prior to January 1, 2006 and is of a type could lead to short circuits.

566

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00576 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.186

(c) Lithium cells or batteries contained manner are not permitted for transpor- in equipment. Lithium cells or batteries tation by passenger aircraft, and may contained in equipment may be trans- be transported by cargo aircraft only if ported as Class 9 materials if the cells approved by the Associate Adminis- and batteries meet all the require- trator prior to transportation. ments of paragraph (a) of this section, [72 FR 44949, Aug. 9, 2007] except paragraph (a)(4) of this section, and the equipment is packed in a § 173.186 Matches. strong outer packaging that is water- (a) Matches must be of a type which proof or is made waterproof through will not ignite spontaneously or under- the use of a liner unless the equipment go marked decomposition when sub- is made waterproof by nature of its jected for 8 consecutive hours to a tem- construction. The equipment and cells perature of 93 °C (200 °F). or batteries must be secured within the (b) Definitions. (1) Fusee matches are outer packaging and be packed so as to matches the heads of which are pre- prevent movement, short circuits, and pared with a friction-sensitive igniter accidental operation during transport. composition and a pyrotechnic com- (d) Cells and batteries, for disposal or position which burns with little or no recycling. A lithium cell or battery of- flame, but with intense heat. fered for transportation or transported (2) Safety matches are matches com- by motor vehicle to a permitted stor- bined with or attached to the box, book age facility, disposal site or for pur- or card that can be ignited by friction poses of recycling is excepted from the only on a prepared surface. specification packaging requirements (3) Strike anywhere matches are of paragraph (a)(4) of this section and matches that can be ignited by friction the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) on a solid surface. and (a)(6) of this section when pro- (4) Wax ‘‘Vesta’’ matches are matches tected against short circuits and that can be ignited by friction either packed in a strong outer packaging on a prepared surface or on a solid sur- conforming to the requirements of face. §§ 173.24 and 173.24a. (c) Safety matches and wax ‘‘Vesta’’ (e) Shipments for testing (prototypes). A matches must be tightly packed in se- lithium cell or battery is excepted curely closed inner packagings to pre- from the requirements of (a)(1) of this vent accidental ignition under condi- section when transported by motor ve- tions normally incident to transpor- hicle for purposes of testing. The cell tation, and further packed in outer fi- or battery must be individually packed berboard, wooden, or other equivalent- in an inner packaging, surrounded by type packagings. These matches in cushioning material that is non-com- outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg bustible and nonconductive. The cell or (50 pounds) gross weight are not sub- battery must be transported as a Class ject to any other requirement (except 9 material. marking) of this subchapter. These (f) A lithium cell or battery that does matches may be packed in the same not comply with the provisions of this outer packaging with materials not subchapter may be transported only subject to this subchapter. under conditions approved by the Asso- (d) Strike-anywhere matches may ciate Administrator. not be packed in the same outer pack- (g) Batteries employing a strong, im- aging with any material other than pact-resistant outer casing and exceed- safety matches or wax ‘‘Vesta’’ ing a gross weight of 12 kg (26.5 lbs.), matches, which must be packed in sep- and assemblies of such batteries, may arate inner packagings. be packed in strong outer packagings, (e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere in protective enclosures (for example, matches must be tightly packed in se- in fully enclosed wooden slatted crates) curely closed chipboard, fiberboard, or on pallets. Batteries must be se- wooden, or metal inner packagings to cured to prevent inadvertent move- prevent accidental ignition under con- ment, and the terminals may not sup- ditions normally incident to transpor- port the weight of other superimposed tation. Each inner packaging may con- elements. Batteries packaged in this tain no more than 700 strike-anywhere

567

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00577 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.187 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

matches and must be packed in outer of part 178 of this subchapter at the steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums Packing Group I performance level, as (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden follows: (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted (a) When placed in water, it must be wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, ply- packaged in specification packagings wood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. Gross as follows: weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must (1) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). Gross with: weight of other outer packagings must (i) Inner hermetically sealed (sol- not exceed 45 kg (100 pounds). dered) metal cans, enclosed in other [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as hermetically sealed (soldered) metal amended at 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004] cans, or (ii) Inner water-tight metal cans con- § 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or taining not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of alloys, n.o.s. phosphorus with screw-top closures; or Packagings for pyrophoric solids, (2) Steel drums (1A1) not over 250 L metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform (66 gallons) capacity each or steel to the requirements of part 178 of this drums (1A2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) subchapter at the packing group per- capacity each. formance level specified in the § 172.101 (b) When dry, it must be cast solid Table. These materials must be pack- and shipped in packagings as follows: aged as follows: (1) Steel drums (1A2) not over 115 L (a) In steel boxes (4A) and contain (30 gallons) capacity each, or not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each. (2) In projectiles or bombs when (b) In wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or shipped by, for, or to the Departments 4F) with inner metal receptacles which of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the have a positive (not friction) means of United States Government, without closure and contain not more than 15 bursting elements. kg (33 pounds) each. (c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991] inner metal receptacles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure § 173.189 Batteries containing sodium and contain not more than 7.5 kg (17 or cells containing sodium. pounds) each. (a) Batteries and cells may not con- (d) In steel drums (1A1 or 1A2) with a tain any hazardous material other than gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331 sodium, sulfur or sodium compounds pounds) per drum. (e.g., sodium polysulfides, sodium (e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner tetrachloroaluminate, etc.). Cells not metal receptacles which have a posi- forming a component of a completed tive (not friction) means of closure and battery may not be offered for trans- contain not more than 15 kg (33 portation at a temperature at which pounds) each. any liquid sodium is present in the cell. (f) In fiber drums (1G) with inner Batteries may only be offered for metal receptacles which have a posi- transportation, or transported, at a tive (not friction) means of closure and temperature at which any liquid so- contain not more than 15 kg (33 dium present in the battery conforms pounds) each. to the conditions prescribed in para- (g) In specification cylinders, as pre- graph (d) of this section. scribed for any compressed gas, except (b) Cells must consist of hermetically for Specifications 8 and 3HT. sealed metal casings which fully en- [71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006] close the hazardous materials and which are so constructed and closed as § 173.188 White or yellow phosphorus. to prevent the release of the hazardous Phosphorus, white or yellow, when materials under normal conditions of offered for transportation or trans- transport. Cells must be placed in suit- ported by rail, highway, or water, must able outer packagings with sufficient be packaged in water or dry in pack- cushioning material to prevent contact agings conforming to the requirements between cells and between cells and the

568

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00578 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.192

internal surfaces of the outer pack- (ii) Adequate ventilation and/or sepa- aging, and to ensure that no dangerous ration between batteries must be pro- shifting of the cells within the outer vided to ensure that the temperature packaging occurs in transport. Cells at any point on the external surface of must be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, the battery casing will not exceed 240 1H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 outer °C (464 °F) during transportation; and packagings which meet the require- (iii) No other hazardous materials, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at with the exception of cells containing the Packing Group II performance sodium, may be loaded in the same level. transport vehicle or freight container. (c) Batteries must consist of cells se- Batteries must be separated from all cured within, and fully enclosed by a other freight by a distance of not less metal casing so constructed and closed than 0.5 m (1.6 feet). as to prevent the release of the haz- (e) Vehicles, machinery and equip- ardous materials under normal condi- ment powered by sodium batteries tions of transport. Batteries may be of- must be consigned under the entry fered for transportation, and trans- ‘‘Battery-powered vehicle or Battery- ported, unpacked or in protective pack- powered equipment.’’ agings that are not subject to the re- [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as quirements of part 178 of this sub- amended by Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. chapter. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, (d) Batteries containing any liquid Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR sodium may not be offered for trans- 43530, July 20, 2011] portation, or transported, by aircraft. Batteries containing liquid sodium § 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic may be transported by motor vehicle, gases in Hazard Zone A. rail car or vessel under the following When § 172.101 of this subchapter conditions: specifies a toxic material must be (1) Batteries must be equipped with packaged under this section, only the an effective means of preventing exter- following cylinders are authorized: nal short circuits, such as by providing (a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, complete electrical insulation of bat- 3AL1800, 3E1800, or seamless UN cyl- tery terminals or other external elec- inders with a minimum test pressure in trical connectors. Battery terminals or accordance with P200 of the UN Rec- other electrical connectors penetrating ommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this the heat insulation fitted in battery subchapter). casings must be provided with thermal (1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cyl- insulation sufficient to prevent the inders may not exceed 57 kg (125 lb) temperature of the exposed surfaces of water capacity (nominal). such devices from exceeding 55 °C (130 (2) Specification 3AL cylinders may °F). only be offered for transportation or (2) No battery may be offered for transported by highway and rail. transportation if the temperature at (b) Packagings must conform to the any point on the external surface of requirements of § 173.40. the battery exceeds 55 °C (130 °F). (c) For cylinders used for phosgene: (3) If any external source of heating (1) The filling density may not exceed is used during transportation to main- 125 percent; tain sodium in batteries in a molten (2) A cylinder may not contain more state, means must be provided to en- than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; and sure that the internal temperature of (3) Each cylinder containing phos- the battery does not reach or exceed gene must be tested for leakage before 400 °C (752 °F). it is offered for transportation or (4) When loaded in a transport vehi- transported and must show no leakage. cle or freight container: The leakage test must consist of im- (i) Batteries must be secured so as to mersing the cylinder and valve, with- prevent significant shifting within the out the protective cap attached, in a transport vehicle or freight container bath of water at a temperature of ap- under conditions normally incident to proximately 66 °C (150 °F) for at least 30 transportation; minutes, during which time frequent

569

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00579 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.193 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

examinations must be made to note leakage or permanent distortion. any escape of gas. The valve of the cyl- Vapor pressure of the contents must inder may not be loosened after this not exceed 140 psig at 55 °C (130 °F). test. Suitable safeguards must be pro- Cans must not be liquid full at 130 °F. vided to protect personnel and facili- Cans must be constructed of tinplate or ties should failure occur during the lined with suitable material and must test. As an alternative, each cylinder have concave or pressure ends. containing phosgene may be tested for (d) Cylinders, except those con- leakage by a method approved in writ- taining methyl bromide, must conform ing by the Associate Administrator. to § 173.40 of this part. [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as FR 33880, June 12, 2006] amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992] § 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bro- mide, chloropicrin and methyl bro- § 173.194 Gas identification sets. mide or methyl chloride mixtures, Gas identification sets containing etc. poisonous material must be packaged (a) Bromoacetone must be packaged in packagings conforming to the re- as follows in wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D quirements of part 178 of this sub- or 4F) with inner glass receptacles or chapter at the Packing Group I per- tubes in hermetically sealed metal re- formance level, as follows: ceptacles in corrugated fiberboard car- (a) In glass inner receptacles, her- tons. Bottles may not contain over 500 metically sealed, of not over 40 mL (1.4 g (17.6 ounces) of liquid each and must fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner re- be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 ceptacle must in turn be placed in a mm (0.5 inch) of absorbent material. sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned Total amount of liquid in the outer box with absorbent material. Not more must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in Packagings must conform to the re- turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box. quirements of part 178 of this sub- No more than four boxes, well-cush- chapter at the Packing Group I per- ioned, may in turn be placed in a steel formance level. cylinder. The cylinder must have a (b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146 chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix- inch) and must have a hermetically tures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride sealed steel closure. mixtures, and chloropicrin mixtures (b) When the poisonous material is charged with non-flammable, non-liq- absorbed in a medium such as acti- uefied compressed gas must be packed vated charcoal or silical gel, gas identi- in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A, fication sets may be shipped as follows: 4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C cylinders having (1) If the poisonous material does not not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water ca- exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid pacity (nominal). This capacity does or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be not apply to shipments of methyl bro- packed in glass inner receptacles of not mide. over 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each. (c) Methyl bromide mixtures con- Each glass receptacle, cushioned with taining up to 2% chloropicrin must be absorbent material must be packed in a packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with hermetically sealed metal can of not inside metal cans containing not over less than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall one pound each, or inside metal cans thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on with a minimum wall thickness of 0.007 all sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of inch containing not over 13⁄4 pounds dry sawdust, must be packed in 4C1, each. The one-pound can must be capa- 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more ble of withstanding an internal pres- than 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g sure of 130 psig without leakage or per- (3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may manent distortion. Vapor pressure of be packed in one outer wooden box. the contents must not exceed 130 psig (2) If the poisonous material does not at 55 °C (130 °F). The 13⁄4–pound can exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid must be capable of withstanding an in- or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be ternal pressure of 140 psig without packed in glass inner receptacles with

570

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00580 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.196

screw-top closures of not less than 60 § 173.196 Category A infectious sub- mL (2 ounces), hermetically sealed. stances. Twelve bottles containing poisonous (a) Category A infectious substances material, not to exceed 100 mL (3.4 packaging. A packaging for a Division ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), or both, 6.2 material that is a Category A infec- may be placed in a plastic carrying tious substance must meet the test case, each glass receptacle surrounded standards of § 178.609 of this subchapter by absorbent cushioning and each sepa- and must be marked in conformance rated from the other by sponge rubber with § 178.503(f) of this subchapter. A partitions. The plastic carrying case packaging for a Category A infectious must be placed in a tightly fitting fi- substance is a triple packaging con- berboard box which in turn must be sisting of the following components: placed in a tightly fitting 4C1, 4C2, 4D (1) A leakproof primary receptacle. or 4F wooden box. (2) A leakproof secondary packaging. If multiple fragile primary receptacles [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as are placed in a single secondary pack- amended at 66 FR 45183, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001] aging, they must be either wrapped in- dividually or separated to prevent con- § 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhy- drous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, tact between them. aqueous solution). (3) A rigid outer packaging of ade- quate strength for its capacity, mass (a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, and intended use. The outer packaging stabilized, must be packed in specifica- must measure not less than 100 mm (3.9 tion cylinders or UN pressure recep- inches) at its smallest overall external tacles as follows: dimension. (1) As prescribed in § 173.192; (4) For a liquid infectious substance, (2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, an absorbent material placed between 3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders of the primary receptacle and the sec- not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water ca- ondary packaging. The absorbent ma- pacity (nominal); terial must be sufficient to absorb the (3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are entire contents of all primary recep- authorized only when transported by tacles. highway and rail; or (5) An itemized list of contents en- (4) UN cylinders, as specified in part closed between the secondary pack- 178, with a minimum test pressure of aging and the outer packaging. 100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of (6) The primary receptacle or sec- 0.55. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is ondary packaging used for infectious not authorized. substances must be capable of with- (b) Cylinders may not be charged standing, without leakage, an internal with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of pressure producing a pressure differen- liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water ca- tial of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 pacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder psi). must be tested for leakage before being (7) The primary receptacle or sec- offered for transportation or trans- ondary packaging used for infectious ported and must show absolutely no substances must be capable of with- leakage; this test must consist of pass- standing without leakage temperatures in the range of ¥40 °C to +55 °C (¥40 °F ing a piece of Guignard’s sodium pic- to +131 °F). rate paper over the closure of the cyl- (b) Additional requirements for pack- inder, without the protection cap at- aging Category A infectious substances. tached, to detect any escape of hydro- Category A infectious substances must gen cyanide from the cylinder. Other be packaged according to the following equally efficient test methods may be requirements, depending on the phys- used in place of sodium picrate paper. ical state and other characteristics of (c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide the material. must conform to § 173.40. (1) Infectious substances shipped at am- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as bient temperatures or higher. Primary re- amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 71 FR ceptacles must be made of glass, metal, 33880, June 12, 2006] or plastic. Positive means of ensuring a

571

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00581 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.197 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

leakproof seal must be provided, such frigerated liquid nitrogen irrespective as heat seal, skirted stopper, or metal of the packaging orientation. crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they (c) Live animals may not be used to must be secured by positive means, transport infectious substances unless such as with adhesive tape, paraffin such substances cannot be sent by any sealing tape, or manufactured locking other means. An animal containing or closure. Lyophilized substances may contaminated with an infectious sub- also be transported in primary recep- stance must be transported under tacles that are flame-sealed with glass terms and conditions approved by the ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass Associate Administrator for Hazardous vials fitted with metal seals. Materials Safety. (2) Infectious substances shipped refrig- (d) Body parts, organs or whole bod- erated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs, ies meeting the definition of Division dry ice). Ice, dry ice, or other refrig- 6.2 material must be packaged as fol- erant must be placed around the sec- lows: ondary packagings or in an overpack (1) In Division 6.2 packaging, as spec- with one or more complete packages ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this marked in accordance with § 178.503 of section; or this subchapter. Interior supports must (2) In packaging meeting the require- be provided to secure the secondary ments of § 173.197. packagings in the original position [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. FR 32260, June 2, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, If ice is used, the outer packaging or 2009] overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice is used, the outer packaging or over- § 173.197 Regulated medical waste. pack must permit the release of carbon (a) General provisions. Non-bulk pack- dioxide gas and otherwise meet the agings, Large Packagings, and non- provisions in § 173.217. The primary re- specification bulk outer packagings ceptacle and the secondary packaging used for the transportation of regu- must maintain their integrity at the lated medical waste or clinical waste temperature of the refrigerant used, as or (bio) medical waste must be rigid well as the temperatures and pressures containers meeting the provisions of of transport by aircraft to which they subpart B of this part. could be subjected if refrigeration were (b) Non-bulk packagings. Except as lost. provided in § 173.134(c) of this subpart, (3) Infectious substances shipped in liq- non-bulk packagings for regulated uid nitrogen. The primary receptacle medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) and the secondary packaging must medical waste must be UN standard maintain their integrity at the tem- packagings conforming to the require- perature of the liquid nitrogen as well ments of Part 178 of this subchapter at as the temperatures and pressures of the Packing Group II performance transport by aircraft to which they level. A non-bulk packaging used as a could be subjected if refrigeration were sharps container must be puncture-re- lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen pack- sistant for sharps and sharps with re- agings must be metal vacuum insu- sidual fluid as demonstrated by con- lated vessels or flasks vented to the at- ducting the performance tests in Part mosphere to prevent any increase in 178, subpart M, of this subchapter on pressure within the packaging. The use packagings containing materials rep- of safety relief valves, check valves, resentative of the sharps and fluids frangible discs, or similar devices in (such as sterile sharps) intended to be the vent lines is prohibited. Fill and transported in the packagings. Sharps discharge openings must be protected containers must be securely closed to against the entry of foreign materials prevent leaks or punctures in conform- that might cause an increase in the in- ance with the instructions provided by ternal pressure. The package orienta- the packaging manufacturer in accord- tion markings specified in § 172.312(a) of ance with § 178.2(c) of this subchapter. this subchapter must be marked on the (c) Large Packagings. packaging. The packaging must be de- (c) Large Packagings. Large Pack- signed to prevent the release of any re- agings constructed, tested, and marked

572

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00582 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.197

in accordance with the requirements (ii) Each Cart or BOP must have specified in subparts P and Q of part smooth, non-porous interior surfaces 178 of this subchapter and conforming free of cracks, crevices, and other de- to other requirements of this para- fects that could damage plastic film graph (c) may be used for the transpor- inner packagings or impede disinfec- tation of regulated medical waste, pro- tion operations. vided the waste is contained in inner (iii) Except as otherwise provided in packagings conforming to the require- this paragraph (d), each Cart or BOP ments of paragraph (e) of this section. must be used exclusively for the trans- * * * Each Large Packaging design portation of regulated medical waste. must be capable of meeting the vibra- Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must tion test specified in § 178.819 of this be disinfected by any means effective subchapter. Each Large Packaging is for neutralizing the infectious sub- subject to the periodic design requali- stance the packaging previously con- fication requirements for IBCs in tained. § 178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to (iv) Untreated concentrated stock the proof of compliance requirements cultures of infectious substances con- of § 178.801(j) and record retention re- taining Category A materials may not quirements of § 178.801(l) of this sub- be transported in a Cart or BOP. chapter. Inner packagings used for liq- (v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7 uids must be rigid. radioactive waste, with the exception (1) Authorized packagings. Only the of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be following Large Packagings are au- transported in a Cart or BOP. thorized for the transportation of liq- (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 uid or solid regulated medical waste: chemotherapeutic waste; untreated (i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N. concentrated stock cultures of infec- (ii) Rigid plastic: 50H. tious substances containing Category B (2) Additional requirements. Each infectious substances; unabsorbed liq- Large Packaging used to transport liq- uids; and sharps containers may be uid regulated medical waste must con- transported in a Cart or BOP only if tain absorbent material in sufficient packaged in rigid non-bulk packagings quantity and appropriate location to conforming to paragraph (a) of this sec- absorb the entire amount of liquid tion. present in the event of an uninten- (2) Wheeled cart (Cart). A Cart is au- tional release of contents. Each Large thorized as an outer packaging for the Packaging design intended for the transportation of regulated medical transportation of sharps containers waste if it conforms to the following must be puncture resistant and capable requirements: of retaining liquids. The design must (i) Each Cart must consist of a solid, also be tested and certified as meeting one-piece body with a nominal volume the performance tests specified for in- not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons). termediate bulk containers intended (ii) Each Cart must be constructed of for the transportation of liquids in sub- metal, rigid plastic, or fiberglass fitted part O of part 178 of this subchapter. with a to prevent leakage during (d) Non-specification bulk packaging. A transport. wheeled cart (Cart) or bulk outer pack- (iii) Each Cart must be capable of aging (BOP) is authorized as an outer meeting the requirements of § 178.810 packaging for the transportation of (drop test) at the Packing Group II per- regulated medical waste in accordance formance level. with the provisions of this paragraph (iv) Inner packagings must be placed (d). into a Cart and restrained in such a (1) General requirements. The fol- manner as to minimize the risk of lowing requirements apply to the breakage. transportation of regulated medical (3) Bulk outer packaging (BOP). A BOP waste in Carts or BOPs: is authorized as an outer packaging for (i) Regulated medical waste in each regulated medical waste if it conforms Cart or BOP must be contained in non- to the following requirements: bulk inner packagings conforming to (i) Each BOP must be constructed of paragraph (e) of this section. metal or fiberglass and have a capacity

573

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00583 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.197 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic its manufacturer as having passed the feet) and not more than 45 cubic meters tests prescribed for tear resistance in (1,590 cubic feet). ASTM D 1922, ‘‘Standard Test Method (ii) Each BOP must have bottom and for Propagation Tear Resistance of side joints of fully welded or seamless Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by construction and a rigid, weatherproof Pendulum Method’’ (IBR, § 171.7 of this top to prevent the intrusion of water subchapter) and for impact resistance (e.g., rain or snow). in ASTM D 1709, ‘‘Standard Test Meth- (iii) Each opening in a BOP must be ods for Impact Resistance of Plastic fitted with a closure to prevent the in- Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method’’ trusion of water or the release of any (IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter). The liquid during all loading, unloading, film bag must meet an impact resist- and transportation operations. ance of 165 grams and a tearing resist- (iv) In the upright position, each BOP ance of 480 grams in both the parallel must be leakproof and able to contain and perpendicular planes with respect a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters to the length of the bag. (79.2 gallons) with closures open. (ii) The plastic film bag must be (v) Inner packagings must be placed closed with a minimum of entrapped in a BOP in such a manner as to mini- air to prevent leakage in transpor- mize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner tation. The bag must be capable of packagings may not be placed in the being held in an inverted position with same BOP with plastic film bag inner the closed end at the bottom for a pe- packagings unless separated from each riod of 5 minutes without leakage. other by rigid barriers or dividers to (iii) When used as an inner packaging prevent damage to the packagings for Carts or BOPs, a plastic film bag caused by load shifting during normal may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.) conditions of transportation. when filled. (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 (2) Liquids. Liquid regulated medical chemotherapeutic waste, untreated waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical concentrated stock cultures of infec- tious substances containing Category B waste transported in a Large Pack- infectious substances, unabsorbed liq- aging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged uids, and sharps may be transported in in a rigid inner packaging conforming a BOP only if separated and secured as to the provisions of subpart B of this required in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this part. conforming to the provisions of section. subpart B of this part. Liquid materials (e) Inner packagings authorized for are not authorized for transportation Large Packagings, Carts, and BOPs. in inner packagings having a capacity After September 30, 2003, inner pack- greater than 19 L (5 gallons). agings must be durably marked or (3) Sharps. Sharps transported in a tagged with the name and location Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be (city and state) of the offeror, except packaged in a puncture-resistant inner when the entire contents of the Large packaging (sharps container). Each Packaging, Cart, or BOP originates at sharps container must be securely a single location and is delivered to a closed to prevent leaks or punctures in single location. conformance with instructions pro- (1) Solids. A plastic film bag is au- vided by the packaging manufacturer. thorized as an inner packaging for solid Each sharps container exceeding 76 L regulated medical waste transported in (20 gallons) in volume must be capable a Cart, Large Packaging, or BOP. of passing the performance tests in Waste material containing absorbed Part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter liquid may be packaged as a solid in a at the Packing Group II performance plastic film bag if the bag contains suf- level. A sharps container may be re- ficient absorbent material to absorb used only if it conforms to the fol- and retain all liquid during transpor- lowing criteria: tation. (i) The sharps container is specifi- (i) The film bag may not exceed a cally approved and certified by the U.S. volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The film Food and Drug Administration as a bag must be marked and certified by medical device for reuse.

574

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00584 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.199

(ii) The sharps container must be per- consisting of a primary receptacle, a manently marked for reuse. secondary packaging, and a rigid outer (iii) The sharps container must be packaging. disinfected prior to reuse by any means (2) Primary receptacles must be effective for the infectious substance packed in secondary packaging in such the container previously contained. a way that, under normal conditions of (iv) The sharps container must have transport, they cannot break, be punc- a capacity greater than 7.57 L (2 gal- tured, or leak their contents into the lons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40 secondary packaging. gallons) in volume. (3) Secondary packagings must be se- [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 cured in rigid outer packagings with FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, suitable cushioning material such that 2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010] any leakage of the contents will not impair the protective properties of the § 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. cushioning material or the outer pack- (a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed aging. in specification steel or nickel cyl- (4) The completed package must be inders as prescribed for any compressed designed, constructed, maintained, gas except acetylene. A cylinder used filled, its contents limited, and closed exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be so that under conditions normally en- given a complete external visual in- countered in transportation, including spection instead of the pressure test re- removal from a pallet or overpack for quired by § 180.205 of this subchapter. subsequent handling, there will be no Visual inspection must be in accord- release of hazardous material into the ance with CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see environment. Package effectiveness § 171.7 of this subchapter). must not be substantially reduced for (b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl minimum and maximum temperatures, must conform to § 173.40. changes in humidity and pressure, and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec 21, 1990, as shocks, loadings and vibrations nor- amended at 67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR mally encountered during transpor- 75742, Dec. 31, 2003] tation. The packaging must be capable § 173.199 Category B infectious sub- of successfully passing the drop tests in stances. §§ 178.609(d) and (h) of this subchapter (a) Category B infectious substances. at a drop height of at least 1.2 meters Except as provided in this paragraph (3.9 feet). Following the drop tests, (a), Category B infectious substances there must be no leakage from the pri- are excepted from all other require- mary receptacle, which must remain ments of this subchapter when offered protected by absorbent material, when for transportation or transported in ac- required, in the secondary packaging. cordance with this section. Category B At least one surface of the outer pack- infectious substances offered for trans- aging must have a minimum dimension portation or transported under the pro- of 100 mm by 100 mm (3.9 inches). visions of this section are subject to (5) The following mark must be dis- the incident reporting requirements in played on the outer packaging on a §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter background of contrasting color. The and to the requirements in § 175.75(b) of width of the line must be at least 2 mm this subchapter concerning cargo loca- (0.08 inches) and the letters and num- tion. Except as provided in paragraph bers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) (a)(9) of this section, a Category B in- high. The size of the mark must be fectious substance meeting the defini- such that no side of the diamond is less tion of a hazard class other than Divi- than 50 mm (1.97 inches) in length. The sion 6.2 must be offered for transpor- proper shipping name ‘‘Biological sub- tation or transported in accordance stances, Category B’’ must be marked with applicable requirements of this on the outer packaging adjacent to the subchapter. (1) A Category B infectious substance diamond-shaped mark in letters that must be packaged in a triple packaging are at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high.

575

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00585 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.199 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

or prevent degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such mate- rials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. Such preservatives are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (10) Clear instructions on filling and closing a packaging used to transport a Category B infectious substance must be provided by the packaging manufac- turer and subsequent distributors to the consignor or person who prepares the package to enable the package to be correctly prepared for transport. A copy or electronic image of these in- structions must be retained by the manufacturer and subsequent distribu- tors for at least one year from the date (6) When packages are placed in an of issuance, and made available for in- overpack, the package markings re- spection by a Federal or state govern- quired by this section must be either ment representative upon request. clearly visible or reproduced on the Packagings must be filled and closed in outside of the overpack. accordance with the information pro- (7) The name and telephone number vided by the packaging manufacturer of a person who is either knowledge- or subsequent distributor. able about the material being shipped (b) Liquid Category B infectious sub- and has comprehensive emergency re- stances. Liquid Category B infectious sponse and incident mitigation infor- substances must be packaged in con- mation for the material, or has imme- formance with the following provi- diate access to a person who possesses sions: such knowledge and information, must (1) The primary receptacle must be be included on a written document leakproof. (such as an air waybill or bill of lading) (2) Absorbent material must be or on the outer packaging. placed between the primary receptacle (8) For transportation by aircraft, and secondary packaging. If several each package, overpack, pallet, or unit fragile primary receptacles are placed load device containing a Category B in- in a single secondary packaging, they fectious substance must be inspected must be either individually wrapped or for leakage when it is unloaded from separated to prevent contact between the aircraft. If evidence of leakage is them. The absorbent material must be found, the cargo compartment in which of sufficient quantity to absorb the en- the package, overpack, pallet, or unit tire contents of the primary recep- load device was transported must be tacles and not compromise the integ- disinfected. Disinfection may be by any rity of the cushioning material or the means that will make the material re- outer packaging. leased ineffective at transmitting dis- (3) The secondary packaging must be ease. leakproof. (9) A packaging containing inner (4) For shipments by aircraft, the pri- packagings of Category B infectious mary receptacle or the secondary pack- substances may not contain other haz- aging must be capable of withstanding ardous materials except— without leakage an internal pressure (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or producing a pressure differential of not liquid nitrogen, as authorized under less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi). paragraph (d) of this section; (5) For shipments by aircraft, the (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize maximum quantity contained in each blood or plasma; or primary receptacle, including any ma- (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class terial used to stabilize or prevent deg- 8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack- radation of the sample, may not exceed ing Groups II and III used to stabilize 1 L (34 ounces), and the maximum

576

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00586 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER02JN06.012 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.201

quantity contained in each outer pack- liner. If dry ice is used, the outside aging, including any material used to packaging must permit the release of stabilize or prevent degradation of the carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet samples, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). the provisions in § 173.217. The primary The outer packaging limitation does receptacle and secondary packaging not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitro- must maintain their integrity at the gen when used to maintain the integ- temperature of the refrigerant used, as rity of the material. well as the temperatures and pressures (c) Solid Category B infectious sub- of transport by aircraft they could be stances. Solid Category B infectious subjected to if refrigeration were lost, substances must be packaged in a tri- and sufficient absorbent material must ple packaging, consisting of a primary be provided to absorb all liquid, includ- receptacle, secondary packaging, and ing melted ice. outer packaging, conforming to the fol- (2) The package is marked ‘‘Carbon lowing provisions: dioxide, solid’’ or ‘‘Dry ice’’ and an in- (1) The primary receptacle must be dication that the material being refrig- siftproof. erated is used for diagnostic treatment (2) If several fragile primary recep- purposes (e.g., frozen medical speci- tacles are placed in a single secondary mens). packaging, they must be either individ- (e) Training. Each person who offers ually wrapped or separated to prevent or transports a Category B infectious contact between them. substance under the provisions of this (3) The secondary packaging must be section must know about the require- siftproof. ments of this section. (4) If residual liquid may be present [67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 in the primary receptacle during trans- FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, portation, then the material must be 2007] transported in accordance with re- quirements in paragraph (b) of this sec- § 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liq- tion. A solid material that may become uid hazardous materials in Packing liquid during transportation must be Group I. transported in accordance with para- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter graph (b) of this section. specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- (5) Except for packages containing rial be packaged under this section, body parts, organs, or whole bodies, for only non-bulk packagings prescribed in shipment by aircraft, the outer pack- this section may be used for its trans- aging may not contain more than 4 kg portation. Each packaging must con- (8.8 pounds), including any material form to the general packaging require- used to stabilize or prevent degrada- ments of subpart B of part 173, to the tion of the samples. The outer pack- requirements of part 178 of this sub- aging limitation does not include ice, chapter at the Packing Group I per- dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to formance level, and to the require- maintain the integrity of the material. ments of the special provisions of col- (d) Refrigerated or frozen specimens umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. (ice, dry ice, and liquid nitrogen). In ad- (b) The following combination pack- dition to complying with the require- agings are authorized: ments in this paragraph (d), dry ice and Outer packagings: liquid nitrogen must be offered for Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 transportation or transported in ac- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 cordance with the applicable require- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: ments of this subchapter. 1N1 or 1N2 (1) Ice or dry ice must be placed out- Plywood drum: 1D side the secondary packaging or in an Fiber drum: 1G overpack. Interior supports must be Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 provided to secure the secondary pack- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 agings in the original position after the Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is Steel box: 4A used, the outside packaging must be Aluminum box: 4B leakproof or must have a leakproof Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

577

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00587 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.202 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Plywood box: 4D Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Fiberboard box: 4G 1N1 or 1N2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plywood drum: 1D Solid plastic box: 4H2 Fiber drum: 1G Inner packagings: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Wooden : 2C2 Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Glass ampoules Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Steel box: 4A senger aircraft, the following single Aluminum box: 4B packagings are authorized: Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Plywood box: 4D Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum: Fiberboard box: 4G 1N1 or 1N2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Inner packagings: Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber Plastic receptacles or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 Metal receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- Glass ampoules en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- senger aircraft, the following single minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- packagings are authorized: minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Cylinders, specification or UN standard, as 1N1 or 1N2 prescribed for any compressed gas, except Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene. Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Wooden barrel: 2C1 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 1997; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber § 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liq- or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 uid hazardous materials in Packing Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- Group II. en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- rial be packaged under this section, minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- this section may be used for its trans- minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 portation. Each packaging must con- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- form to the general packaging require- panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 ments of subpart B of part 173, to the Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 requirements of part 178 of this sub- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood chapter at the Packing Group I or II drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PDl or 6PD2 performance level (unless otherwise ex- Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for cepted), and to the particular require- any compressed gas, except for Specifica- ments of the special provisions of col- tions 8 and 3HT umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. (b) The following combination pack- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt agings are authorized: 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– Outer packagings: 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 1, 1997]

578

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00588 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.206

§ 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liq- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- uid hazardous materials in Packing minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Group III. 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 rial be packaged under this section, Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood only non-bulk packagings prescribed in drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 this section may be used for its trans- Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed portation. Each packaging must con- gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT form to the general packaging require- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ments of subpart B of part 173, to the amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. requirements of part 178 of this sub- 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– chapter at the Packing Group I, II or 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997] III performance level, and to the re- § 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification quirements of the special provisions of packagings for certain hazardous column 7 of the § 172.101 table. materials. (b) The following combination pack- When § 172.101 of this subchapter agings are authorized: specifies that a liquid or solid haz- Outer packagings: ardous material be packaged under this Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 section, any appropriate non-bulk Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 packaging which conforms to the gen- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: eral packaging requirements of subpart 1N1 or 1N2 Plywood drum: 1D B of part 173 may be used for its trans- Fiber drum: 1G portation. Packagings need not con- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 form to the requirements of part 178 of Wooden barrel: 2C2 this subchapter. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 § 173.205 Specification cylinders for Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 liquid hazardous materials. Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B When § 172.101 of this subchapter Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 specifies that a hazardous material Plywood box: 4D must be packaged under this section, Reconstituted wood box: 4F the use of any specification or UN cyl- Fiberboard box: 4G inder, except those specified for acety- Expanded plastic box: 4H1 lene, is authorized. Cylinders used for Solid plastic box: 4H2 toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3 Inner packagings: must conform to the requirements of Glass or earthenware receptacles § 173.40. Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles [71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] Glass ampoules § 173.206 Packaging requirements for (c) The following single packagings chlorosilanes. are authorized: (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 specifies that a hazardous material be Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 packaged under this section, only non- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: bulk packagings prescribed in this sec- 1N1 tion may be used for its transpor- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) tation. Each packaging must conform Wooden barrel: 2C1 to the general packaging requirements Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 ments of part 178 of this subchapter at Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 the Packing Group I or II performance Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber level (unless otherwise excepted), and or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 to the particular requirements of the Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, special provisions of Column (7) of the 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 § 172.101 Table. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- (b) The following combination pack- minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, or 6PG1 agings are authorized:

579

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00589 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.211 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Outer packagings: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel drum: 1A2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic drum: 1H2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Plywood drum: 1D Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Fiber drum: 1G Steel box: 4A Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Fiberboard box: 4G Solid plastic box: 4H2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Inner packagings: Plastic receptacles Glass or Steel receptacle Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by pas- senger aircraft, the following single (c) Except for transportation by pas- packagings are authorized: senger aircraft, the following single Steel drum: 1A1 packagings are authorized: Steel jerrican: 3A1 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Plastic receptacle in steel drum: Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 6HA1 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Cylinders (for liquids in PG I), speci- 1N1 or 1N2 fication or UN standard, as pre- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G scribed for any compressed gas, ex- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 cept Specification 3HT and those pre- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 scribed for acetylene Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Cylinders (for liquids in PG II), speci- Steel box with liner: 4A fication, as prescribed for any com- Aluminum box with liner: 4B pressed gas, except Specification 8 and Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 3HT cylinders. Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, [74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, § 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for 6PD1 or 6PG1 solid hazardous materials in Pack- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- ing Group I. minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or specifies that a solid hazardous mate- solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 rial be packaged under this section, Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed only non-bulk packagings prescribed in gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT this section may be used for its trans- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as portation. Each package must conform amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR to the general packaging requirements 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, of subpart B of part 173, to the require- 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004] the Packing Group I performance level, and to the requirements of the special § 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 solid hazardous materials in Pack- ing Group II. table. (b) The following combination pack- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter agings are authorized: specifies that a solid hazardous mate- rial be packaged under this section, Outer packagings: only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 this section may be used for its trans- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: portation. Each package must conform 1N1 or 1N2 to the general packaging requirements Plywood drum: 1D of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Fiber drum: 1G ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

580

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00590 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.213

the Packing Group I or II performance Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, level, and to the requirements of the plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, special provisions of column 7 of the 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 § 172.101 table. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, (b) The following combination pack- 6PD1 or 6PG1 agings are authorized: Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Outer packagings: minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 1N1 or 1N2 Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed Plywood drum: 1D gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT Fiber drum: 1G [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Wooden barrel: 2C2 Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 June 14, 2005] Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for Aluminum box: 4B solid hazardous materials in Pack- Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 ing Group III. Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Fiberboard box: 4G specifies that a solid hazardous mate- Solid plastic box: 4H2 rial be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Inner packagings: this section may be used for its trans- Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles portation. Each package must conform Metal receptacles to the general packaging requirements Glass ampoules of subpart B of part 173, to the require- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at (c) Except for transportation by pas- the Packing Group I, II or III perform- senger aircraft, the following single ance level, and to the requirements of packagings are authorized: the special provisions of column 7 of Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 the § 172.101 table. Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 (b) The following combination pack- Plywood drum: 1D agings are authorized: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G Outer packagings: Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 1N1 or 1N2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 1N1 or 1N2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Plywood drum: 1D Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Fiber drum: 1G Steel box: 4A Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel box with liner: 4A Wooden barrel: 2C2 Aluminum box: 4B Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Aluminum box with liner: 4B Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Natural wood box: 4C1 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Steel box: 4A Plywood box: 4D Aluminum box: 4B Reconstituted wood box: 4F Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Fiberboard box: 4G Plywood box: 4D Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Solid plastic box: 4H2 Fiberboard box: 4G Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Bag, plastic film: 5H4 Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 Inner packagings: Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- Plastic receptacles wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, Metal receptacles 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Glass ampoules

581

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00591 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.214 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(c) The following single packagings § 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown or are authorized: white. Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 (a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 includes each of the following hydrated Plywood drum: 1D mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocid- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 olite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos, Fiber drum: 1G tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: and every product containing any of 1N1 or 1N2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 these materials. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 (b) [Reserved] Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 (c) Packagings for asbestos must con- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 form to the general packaging require- Steel box: 4A ments of subpart B of this part but Steel box with liner: 4A need not conform to the requirements Aluminum box: 4B of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos Aluminum box with liner: 4B must be offered for transportation and Natural wood box: 4C1 transported in— Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Plywood box: 4D (1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such Reconstituted wood box: 4F as metal, plastic or fiber drums, port- Fiberboard box: 4G able tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or Expanded plastic box: 4H1 hopper-type motor vehicles; Solid plastic box: 4H2 (2) Bags or other non-rigid pack- Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 agings in closed freight containers, Bag, plastic film: 5H4 motor vehicles, or rail cars that are Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 loaded by and for the exclusive use of Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 the consignor and unloaded by the con- Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, signee; 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 (3) Bags or other non-rigid pack- Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, agings which are dust and sift proof plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, must be placed in rigid outer pack- 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 agings or closed freight containers. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as 6PD1 or 6PG1 amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- 45034, July 31, 2003; 71 CFR 78632, Dec. 29, minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 2006] 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or § 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 ice). Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT (a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when offered for transportation or [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as transported by aircraft or water, must amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, be packed in packagings designed and Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, constructed to permit the release of June 14, 2005] carbon dioxide gas to prevent a buildup of pressure that could rupture the § 173.214 Packagings which require packagings. Packagings must conform approval by the Associate Adminis- to the general packaging requirements trator. of subpart B of this part but need not When § 172.101 of this subchapter conform to the requirements of part 178 specifies that a hazardous material be of this subchapter. packaged under this section, pack- (b) For transportation by vessel: agings and method of shipment must (1) Each transport vehicle and freight be approved by the Associate Adminis- container containing solid carbon diox- trator prior to the first shipment. ide must be conspicuously marked on [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as two sides ‘‘WARNING CO2 SOLID (DRY amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] ICE).’’

582

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00592 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.219

(2) Other packagings containing solid specimens), is excepted from the ship- carbon dioxide must be marked ‘‘CAR- ping paper and certification require- BON DIOXIDE, SOLID—DO NOT STOW ments of this subchapter if the require- BELOW DECKS.’’ ments of paragraphs (a) and (c)(2) of (c) For transportation by aircraft: this section are met and the package is (1) In addition to the applicable marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or marking requirements in subpart D of ‘‘Dry ice’’ and is marked with an indi- part 172, the net mass of the carbon di- cation that the material being refrig- oxide, solid (dry ice) must be marked erated is being transported for diag- on the outside of the package. This nostic or treatment purposes. provision also applies to unit load de- [73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008] vices (ULDs) when the ULD contains dry ice and is considered the pack- § 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. aging. (2) The shipper must make arrange- (a) Except as provided in Column (7) ments with the operator for each ship- of the HMT in § 172.101 of this sub- ment. chapter, fish meal or fish scrap, con- (3) The quantity limits per package taining at least 6%, but not more than shown in Columns (9A) and (9B) of the 12% water, is authorized for transpor- Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 tation by vessel only when packaged as are not applicable to dry ice being used follows: as a refrigerant for other than haz- (1) Burlap (jute) bag; ardous materials loaded in a unit load (2) Multi-wall ; device or other type of pallet. In such (3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or a case, the unit load device or other paper bag; type of pallet must allow the venting (4) Cargo tank; of the carbon dioxide gas to prevent a (5) Portable tank; dangerous build up of pressure, and be (6) Rail car; or identified to the operator. (7) Freight container. (4) Dry ice is excepted from the ship- (b) [Reserved] ping paper requirements of subpart C of (c) When fish scrap or fish meal is of- part 172 of this subchapter provided al- fered for transportation by vessel in ternative written documentation is bulk in freight containers, the fish supplied containing the following in- meal must contain at least 100 ppm of formation: proper shipping name (Dry anti-oxident (ethoxyquin) at the time ice or Carbon dioxide, solid), class 9, of shipment. UN number 1845, the number of pack- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ages, and the net quantity of dry ice in amended at 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003] each package. The information must be included with the description of the § 173.219 Life-saving appliances. materials. (a) A life-saving appliance, self-in- (5) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), in flating or non-self-inflating, containing quantities not exceeding 2.5 kg (5.5 small quantities of hazardous mate- pounds) per package and used as a re- rials that are required as part of the frigerant for the contents of the pack- life-saving appliance must conform to age is excepted from all other require- the requirements of this section. Pack- ments of this subchapter if the require- agings must conform to the general ments of paragraph (a) of this section packaging requirements of subpart B of are complied with and the package is this part but need not conform to the marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or requirements of part 178 of this sub- ‘‘Dry ice’’, is marked with the name of chapter. The appliances must be the contents being cooled, and is packed, so that they cannot be acciden- marked with the net weight of the dry tally activated and, except for life ice or an indication that the net weight vests, the hazardous materials must be is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less. in inner packagings packed so as to (d) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), prevent shifting within the outer pack- when used to refrigerate materials aging. The hazardous materials must being shipped for diagnostic or treat- be an integral part of the appliance and ment purposes (e.g., frozen medical in quantities that do not exceed those

583

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00593 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.220 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

appropriate for the actual appliance in rigid outer packagings with a max- when in use. imum gross mass of 40 kg. (b) Life saving appliances may con- [69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 72 tain: FR 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, (1) Division 2.2 compressed gases, in- 2008] cluding oxygen. However, oxygen gen- erators are not permitted; § 173.220 Internal combustion engines, (2) Signal devices (Class 1), which self-propelled vehicles, mechanical may include smoke and illumination equipment containing internal com- signal flares; bustion engines, battery-powered (3) Electric storage batteries and equipment or machinery, fuel cell- powered equipment or machinery. lithium batteries (Life saving appli- ances containing lithium batteries (a) Applicability. An internal combus- must be transported in accordance tion engine, self-propelled vehicle, with § 173.185, and Special Provisions mechanized equipment containing an 188, 189, A101, A103 and A104 as applica- internal combustion engine, a battery- ble.); powered vehicle or equipment, or a fuel (4) First aid or repair kits con- cell-powered vehicle or equipment, or forming to the applicable material and any combination thereof, is subject to quantity limitations of § 173.161 of this the requirements of this subchapter subchapter; when transported as cargo on a trans- (5) Strike-anywhere matches; port vehicle, vessel, or aircraft if— (6) For self-inflating life saving appli- (1) The engine contains a liquid or ances only, cartridges power device of gaseous fuel. An engine may be consid- Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self- ered as not containing fuel when the inflating mechanism provided that the engine components and any fuel lines quantity of explosives per appliance have been completed drained, suffi- does not exceed 3.2 g; or ciently cleaned of residue, and purged (7) Limited quantities of other haz- of vapors to remove any potential haz- ardous materials. ard and the engine when held in any (c) Hazardous materials in life saving orientation will not release any liquid appliances must be packaged as fol- fuel; lows: (2) The fuel tank contains a liquid or (1) Division 2.2 compressed gases gaseous fuel. A fuel tank may be con- must be packaged in cylinders in ac- sidered as not containing fuel when the cordance with the requirements of this fuel tank and the fuel lines have been subchapter; completed drained, sufficiently cleaned (2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in of residue, and purged of vapors to re- packagings that prevent them from move any potential hazard; being inadvertently activated; (3) It is equipped with a wet battery (3) Strike-anywhere matches must be (including a non-spillable battery), a cushioned to prevent movement or fric- sodium battery or a lithium battery; or tion in a metal or composition recep- (4) Except as provided in paragraph tacle with a screw-type closure in a (f)(1) of this section, it contains other manner that prevents them from being hazardous materials subject to the re- inadvertently activated; quirements of this subchapter. (4) Limited quantities of other haz- (b) Requirements. Unless otherwise ex- ardous materials must be packaged in cepted in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec- accordance with the requirements of tion, vehicles, engines, and equipment this subchapter; and are subject to the following require- (5) For other than transportation by ments: aircraft, life saving appliances con- (1) Flammable liquid fuel. A fuel tank taining no hazardous materials other containing a flammable liquid fuel than carbon dioxide cylinders with a must be drained and securely closed, capacity not exceeding 100 cm3 are not except that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of subject to the provisions of this sub- chapter provided they are overpacked residual fuel may remain in the tank,

584

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00594 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.220

engine components, or fuel lines pro- (3) Truck bodies or trailers on flat vided they are securely closed to pre- cars—flammable liquid or gas powered. vent leakage of fuel during transpor- Truck bodies or trailers with auto- tation. Self-propelled vehicles con- matic heating or refrigerating equip- taining diesel fuel are excepted from ment of the flammable liquid type may the requirement to drain the fuel be shipped with fuel tanks filled and tanks, provided that sufficient ullage equipment operating or inoperative, space has been left inside the tank to when used for the transportation of allow fuel expansion without leakage, other freight and loaded on flat cars as and the tank caps are securely closed. part of a joint rail and highway move- (2) Flammable liquefied or compressed ment, provided the equipment and fuel gas fuel. (i) For transportation by supply conform to the requirements of motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel § 177.834(l) of this subchapter. tanks and fuel systems containing (4) Modal exceptions. Quantities of flammable liquefied or compressed gas flammable liquid fuel greater than 500 fuel must be securely closed. For trans- mL (17 ounces) may remain in the fuel portation by vessel, the requirements tank in self-propelled vehicles and me- of §§ 176.78(k) and 176.905 of this sub- chanical equipment only under the fol- chapter apply. lowing conditions: (ii) For transportation by aircraft: (i) For transportation by motor vehi- (A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles, cle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be machines, equipment or cylinders con- securely closed. taining the flammable gas must be (ii) For transportation by vessel, the completely emptied of flammable gas. shipment must conform to § 176.905 of Lines from vessels to gas regulators, this subchapter. and gas regulators themselves, must (iii) For transportation by aircraft, also be drained of all traces of flam- when carried in aircraft designed or mable gas. To ensure that these condi- modified for vehicle ferry operations tions are met, gas shut-off valves must when all the following conditions must be left open and connections of lines to be met: gas regulators must be left discon- (A) Authorization for this type oper- nected upon delivery of the vehicle to ation has been given by the appropriate the operator. Shut-off valves must be authority in the government of the closed and lines reconnected at gas reg- country in which the aircraft is reg- ulators before loading the vehicle istered; aboard the aircraft; or alternatively; (B) Each vehicle is secured in an up- (B) Flammable gas powered vehicles, right position; machines or equipment, which have (C) Each fuel tank is filled in a man- cylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped ner and only to a degree that will pre- with electrically operated valves, may clude spillage of fuel during loading, be transported under the following con- unloading, and transportation; and ditions: (D) Each area or compartment in (1) The valves must be in the closed which a self-propelled vehicle is being position and in the case of electrically transported is suitably ventilated to operated valves, power to those valves prevent the accumulation of fuel va- must be disconnected; pors. (2) After closing the valves, the vehi- (c) Battery-powered or installed. Bat- cle, equipment or machinery must be teries must be securely installed, and operated until it stops from lack of fuel wet batteries must be fastened in an before being loaded aboard the aircraft; upright position. Batteries must be (3) In no part of the closed system protected against a dangerous evo- shall the pressure exceed 5% of the lution of heat, short circuits, and dam- maximum allowable working pressure age to terminals in conformance with of the system or 290 psig (2000 kPa), § 173.159(a) and leakage; or must be re- whichever is less; and moved and packaged separately under (4) There must not be any residual § 173.159. Battery-powered vehicles, ma- liquefied gas in the system, including chinery or equipment including bat- the fuel tank. tery-powered wheelchairs and mobility

585

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00595 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.220 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

aids are not subject to any other re- ments of this subchapter. Equipment quirements of this subchapter except (other than vehicles, engines or me- § 173.21 of this subchapter when trans- chanical equipment) containing lith- ported by rail, highway or vessel. ium batteries must be described as (d) Lithium batteries. Except as pro- ‘‘Lithium batteries contained in equip- vided in § 172.102, Special Provision ment’’ and transported in accordance A101 of this subchapter, vehicles, en- with § 173.185 of this subchapter and ap- gines and machinery powered by lith- plicable special provisions. Equipment ium metal batteries that are trans- (other than vehicles, engines or me- ported with these batteries installed chanical equipment) such as consumer are forbidden aboard passenger-car- electronic devices containing fuel cells rying aircraft. Lithium batteries con- (fuel cell cartridges) must be described tained in vehicles, engines or mechan- as ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges contained in ical equipment must be securely fas- equipment’’ and transported in accord- tened in the battery holder of the vehi- ance with § 173.230 of this subchapter. cle, engine or mechanical equipment (2) Other hazardous materials must and be protected in such a manner as be packaged and transported in accord- to prevent damage and short circuits ance with the requirements of this sub- (e.g., by the use of non-conductive caps chapter. that cover the terminals entirely). (g) Additional requirements for internal Lithium batteries must be of a type combustion engines and vehicles with cer- that have successfully passed each test tain electronic equipment when trans- in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria ported by aircraft or vessel. When an in- as specified in § 173.185 of this sub- ternal combustion engine that is not chapter, unless approved by the Asso- installed in a vehicle or equipment is ciate Administrator. Equipment (other offered for transportation by aircraft than vehicles, engines or mechanical or vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic equipment) containing lithium bat- systems remaining in the engine must teries, must be described as ‘‘Lithium be drained as far as practicable, and all ion batteries contained in equipment’’ disconnected fluid pipes that pre- or ‘‘Lithium metal batteries contained viously contained fluid must be sealed in equipment,’’ as appropriate, and with leak-proof caps that are positively transported in accordance with § 173.185 retained. When offered for transpor- and applicable special provisions. tation by aircraft, vehicles equipped (e) Fuel cells. A fuel cell must be se- with theft-protection devices, installed cured and protected in a manner to radio communications equipment or prevent damage to the fuel cell. Equip- ment (other than vehicles, engines or navigational systems must have such mechanical equipment) such as con- devices, equipment or systems dis- sumer electronic devices containing abled. fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges) must be (h) Exceptions. Except as provided in described as ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges con- paragraph (f)(2) of this section, ship- tained in equipment’’ and transported ments made under the provisions of in accordance with § 173.230 of this sub- this section— chapter. (1) Are not subject to any other re- (f) Other hazardous materials. (1) Items quirements of this subchapter for containing hazardous materials, such transportation by motor vehicle or rail as fire extinguishers, compressed gas car; and accumulators, safety devices and other (2) Are not subject to the require- hazardous materials that are integral ments of subparts D, E and F (marking, components of the motor vehicle, en- labeling and placarding, respectively) gine or mechanical equipment and that of part 172 of this subchapter or § 172.604 are necessary for the operation of the of this subchapter (emergency response vehicle, engine or mechanical equip- telephone number) for transportation ment, or for the safety of its operator by vessel or aircraft. For transpor- or passengers, must be securely in- tation by aircraft, the provisions of stalled in the motor vehicle, engine or § 173.159(b)(2) of this part as applicable, mechanical equipment. Such items are the provisions of § 173.230(f), as applica- not otherwise subject to the require- ble, other applicable requirements of

586

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00596 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.222

this subchapter, including shipping pa- taining the hazardous materials are af- pers, emergency response information, forded adequate protection by the con- notification of pilot-in-command, gen- struction of the machinery or appa- eral packaging requirements, and the ratus. Each package must conform to requirements specified in § 173.27 of this the packaging requirements of subpart subchapter must be met. For transpor- B of this part, except for the require- tation by vessel, additional exceptions ments in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e), and are specified in § 176.905 of this sub- the following requirements: chapter. (a) If the machinery or apparatus contains more than one hazardous ma- [76 FR 3377, Jan. 19, 2011] terial, the materials must not be capa- § 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable ble of reacting dangerously together. and Plastic molding compound. (b) The nature of the containment must be as follows— (a) Non-bulk shipments of Polymeric (1) Damage to the receptacles con- beads (or granules), expandable, evolv- taining the hazardous materials during ing flammable vapor and Plastic molding transport is unlikely. However, in the compound in dough, sheet or extruded event of damage to the receptacles con- rope form, evolving flammable vapor must taining the hazardous materials, no be packed in: wooden (4C1 or 4C2), ply- leakage of the hazardous materials wood (4D), fiberboard (4G), reconsti- from the machinery or apparatus is tuted wood (4F) boxes, plywood drums possible. A leakproof liner may be used (1D) or fiber drums (1G) with sealed to satisfy this requirement. inner plastic liners; in vapor tight (2) Receptacles containing hazardous metal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, materials must be secured and cush- 1B2, 1H1 or 1H2); or packed in non-spec- ioned so as to prevent their breakage ification packagings when transported or leakage and so as to control their in dedicated vehicles or freight con- movement within the machinery or ap- tainers. The packagings need not con- paratus during normal conditions of form to the requirements for package transportation. Cushioning material testing in part 178 of this subchapter, must not react dangerously with the but must be capable of containing any content of the receptacles. Any leakage evolving gases from the contents dur- of the contents must not substantially ing normal conditions of transpor- impair the protective properties of the tation. cushioning material. (b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric (3) Receptacles for gases, their con- beads (or granules), expandable, evolv- tents and filling densities must con- ing flammable vapor or Plastic molding form to the applicable requirements of compounds in dough, sheet or extruded this subchapter, unless otherwise ap- rope, evolving flammable vapor may be proved by the Associate Administrator. packed in non-specification bulk pack- (c) The total net quantity of haz- agings. Except for transportation by ardous materials contained in one item highway and rail, bulk packagings of machinery or apparatus must not must be capable of containing any exceed the following: gases evolving from the contents dur- (1) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of sol- ing normal conditions of transpor- ids; tation. (2) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of [64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999] liquids; (3) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of § 173.222 Dangerous goods in equip- Division 2.2 gases. For transportation ment, machinery or apparatus. by aircraft, Division 2.2 gases with sub- Hazardous materials in machinery or sidiary risks and refrigerated liquefied apparatus are excepted from the speci- gases are not authorized; and fication packaging requirements of (4) A total quantity of not more than this subchapter when packaged accord- the aggregate of that permitted in ing to this section. Hazardous mate- paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this rials in machinery or apparatus must section, for each category of material be packaged in strong outer pack- in the package, when a package con- agings, unless the receptacles con- tains hazardous materials in two or

587

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00597 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.223 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

more of the categories in paragraphs this part and the applicable require- (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section. ments of part 178 of this subchapter. (d) Except for transportation by air- Non-bulk packagings must meet Pack- craft, when a package contains haz- ing Group II performance levels. To ardous materials in two or more of the avoid unnecessary confinement, metal- categories listed in paragraphs (c)(1) lic non-bulk packagings meeting Pack- through (c)(3) of this section the total ing Group I are not authorized. Self-re- quantity required by § 172.202(c) of this active materials which require tem- subchapter to be entered on the ship- perature control are subject to the pro- ping paper must be either the aggre- visions of § 173.21(f). Packagings re- gate quantity, or the estimated quan- quired to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label tity, of all hazardous materials, ex- must conform to §§ 173.60 through pressed as net mass. 173.62. [64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 64 (b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The FR 44428, Aug. 16, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, Self-Reactive Materials Table speci- 2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 78633, fies, by technical name, those self-reac- Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009] tive materials that are authorized for transportation and not subject to the § 173.223 Packagings for certain flam- mable solids. approval provisions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). A self-reactive material identified by (a) Packagings for ‘‘Musk xylene,’’ technical name in the following table ‘‘5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene,’’ is authorized for transportation only if ‘‘Azodicarbonamide,’’ or ‘‘Isosorbide-5- it conforms to all applicable provisions mononitrate,’’ when offered for trans- of the table. The column headings of portation or transported by rail, high- the Self-Reactive Materials Table are way, or vessel, must conform to the as follows: general packaging requirements of sub- (1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies part B of part 173, and to the require- the technical name. ments of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance (2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the level and may only be transported in identification number which is used to the following packagings: identify the proper shipping name in (1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single the § 172.101 table. inner plastic bag, and a maximum net (3) Concentration of self-reactive mate- mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs). rial. Column 3 specifies the concentra- (2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum tion (percent) limitations, if any, in (1G), with a plastic inner packaging mixtures or solutions for the self-reac- not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs), and a max- tive material. Limitations are given as imum net mass of not more than 25 kg minimums, maximums, or a range, as (55 lbs). appropriate. A range includes the lower (3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 from, and including, 53 percent to, and lbs), that may be fitted with a coating including 100 percent). or lining. (4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies (b) [Reserved] the highest packing method which is [Doc. No. 2002–13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; authorized for the self-reactive mate- 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010] rial. A packing method corresponding to a smaller package size may be used, § 173.224 Packaging and control and but a packing method corresponding to emergency temperatures for self-re- a larger package size may not be used. active materials. The Table of Packing Methods in (a) General. When the § 172.101 table of § 173.225(d) defines the packing meth- this subchapter specifies that a Divi- ods. Bulk packagings for Type F self- sion 4.1 material be packaged in ac- reactive substances are authorized by cordance with this section, only pack- § 173.225(f) for IBCs and § 173.225(h) for agings which conform to the provisions bulk packagings other than IBCs. Addi- of this section may be used. Each pack- tional bulk packagings are authorized aging must conform to the general if approved by the Associate Adminis- packaging requirements of subpart B of trator.

588

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00598 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.224

(5) Control temperature. Column 5 °C. Temperatures are specified only specifies the control temperature in °C. when temperature controls are re- Temperatures are specified only when quired (see § 173.21(f)). temperature controls are required (see (7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other ap- § 173.21(f)). plicable provisions, as set forth in (6) Emergency temperature. Column 6 notes following the table. specifies the emergency temperature in

SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE

Identi- Control tem- Self-reactive substance fication Concentration— Packing perature—( Emergency Notes (1) No. (%) method °C) temperature (7) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Acetone-pyrogallol copolymer 2-diazo-1- 3228 100 ...... OP8 ...... naphthol-5-sulphonate. Azodicarbonamide formulation type B, 3232 <100 ...... OP5 ...... 1 temperature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type C ..... 3224 <100 ...... OP6 ...... Azodicarbonamide formulation type C, 3234 <100 ...... OP6 ...... 1 temperature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type D ..... 3226 <100 ...... OP7 ...... Azodicarbonamide formulation type D, 3236 <100 ...... OP7 ...... 1 temperature controlled. 2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4- 3236 100 ...... OP7 ¥5 ...... +5 ...... methoxyvaleronitrile). 2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +10 ...... +15 ...... 2,2′-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate) ...... 3235 100 ...... OP7 +20 ...... +25 ...... 1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile) ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... 2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) ...... 3234 100 ...... OP6 +40 ...... +45 ...... 2,2′-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a water 3224 ≤50 ...... OP6 based paste.

2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile) ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide, as a 3226 52 ...... OP7 paste. Benzene sulphohydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3- 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 3-Chloro-4- 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid ester 3226 <100 ...... OP7 ...... 4 mixture. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 ...... OP5 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 ...... OP5 2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-Benzene- 3228 100 ...... OP8 diazonium, tetrachlorozincate (2:1). 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67–100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 66 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +30 ...... +35 ...... morpholinobenzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... (phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-benzene- 3226 100 ...... OP7 diazonium sulphate. Diethylene glycol bis(allyl carbonate) + 3237 ≥88+≤12 ...... OP8 ¥10 ...... 0 ...... Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate. 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4- 3236 79 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... methylphenylsulphon- y)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-Dimethylamino-6-(2- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazo- nium zinc chloride. 4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium 3228 100 ...... OP8 trichlorozincate (-1).

589

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00599 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.224 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE—Continued

Identi- Control tem- Self-reactive substance fication Concentration— Packing perature—( Emergency Notes (1) No. (%) method °C) temperature (7) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

N,N′-Dinitroso-N, N′-dimethyl- 3224 72 ...... OP6 ...... terephthalamide, as a paste. N,N′-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine .. 3224 82 ...... OP6 ...... 2 Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphohydrazide ..... 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphonylhydrazide 3226 100 ...... OP7 4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... chloride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 63–92 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 62 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50 ...... perhydrothiazine. 2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50 ...... yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc chloride. 3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-(3,4- 3236 96 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50 ...... dimethyl-phenylsulphonyl)benzene dia- zonium zinc chloride. 4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... 3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1- 3234 95 ...... OP6 +45 ...... +50 ...... yl)benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. 4-Nitrosophenol ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... Self-reactive liquid, sample ...... 3223 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature 3233 ...... OP2 ...... 3 control. Self-reactive solid, sample ...... 3224 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Self-reactive solid, sample, tempera- 3234 ...... OP2 ...... 3 ture control. Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonate 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate ...... 3234 100 ...... OP6 +30 ...... +35 ......

NOTES: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with § 173.21(f). 2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 °C. 3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid.

(c) New self-reactive materials, formula- (3) Samples. Samples of new self-reac- tions and samples. (1) Except as provided tive materials or new formulations of for samples in paragraph (c)(3) of this self-reactive materials identified in the section, no person may offer, accept for Self-Reactive Materials Table in para- transportation, or transport a self-re- graph (b) of this section, for which active material which is not identified complete test data are not available, by technical name in the Self-Reactive and which are to be transported for fur- Materials Table of this section, or a ther testing or product evaluation, formulation of one or more self-reac- may be assigned an appropriate ship- tive materials which are identified by ping description for Self-reactive mate- technical name in the table, unless the rials Type C, packaged and offered for self-reactive material is assigned a ge- transportation under the following neric type and shipping description and conditions: is approved by the Associate Adminis- (i) Data available to the person offer- trator under the provisions of ing the material for transportation § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). must indicate that the sample would (2) Except as provided by an approval pose a level of hazard no greater than issued under § 173.124(a)(2)(iii), inter- that of a self-reactive material Type B mediate bulk and bulk packagings are and that the control temperature, if not authorized. any, is sufficiently low to prevent any

590

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00600 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

dangerous decomposition and suffi- for non-bulk packaging may be re- ciently high to prevent any dangerous quired. An organic peroxide not identi- phase separation; fied in paragraph (c), (e), or (g) of this (ii) The sample must be packaged in section by technical name, or not as- accordance with packing method OP2; signed to a generic type in accordance (iii) Packages of the self-reactive ma- with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) terial may be offered for transpor- of this section, must conform to the tation and transported in a quantity provisions of paragraph (c) of § 173.128. not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per (b) New organic peroxides, formulations transport vehicle; and and samples. (1) Except as provided for (iv) One of the following shipping de- samples in paragraph (b)(2) of this sec- scriptions must be assigned: tion, no person may offer for transpor- (A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1, tation an organic peroxide that is not UN3223. identified by technical name in the Or- (B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1, ganic Peroxides Table, Organic Per- UN3224. oxide IBC Table, or the Organic Per- (C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, tem- oxide Portable Tank Table of this sec- perature controlled, 4.1, UN3233. tion, or a formulation of one or more (D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, tem- organic peroxides that are identified by perature controlled, 4.1, UN3234. technical name in one of those tables, [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as unless the organic peroxide is assigned amended by Amdt. 173–242, 60 FR 26806, May a generic type and shipping description 18, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, and is approved by the Associate Ad- 1995; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; ministrator under the provisions of Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, 24735, May 6, 1997; § 173.128(d) of this subchapter. 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, (2) Samples. Samples of new organic 1999; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33431, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR peroxides or new formulations of or- 45035, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004; ganic peroxides identified in the Or- 71 FR 78633, Dec. 29,2006] ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) of this section, for which complete test § 173.225 Packaging requirements and data are not available, and that are to other provisions for organic perox- be transported for further testing or ides. product evaluation, may be assigned an (a) General. When the § 172.101 table appropriate shipping description for or- specifies that an organic peroxide must ganic peroxide Type C, packaged and be packaged under this section, the or- offered for transportation, under the ganic peroxide must be packaged and following conditions: offered for transportation in accord- (i) Data available to the person offer- ance with the provisions of this sec- ing the material for transportation tion. Each packaging must conform to must indicate that the sample would the general requirements of subpart B pose a level of hazard no greater than of part 173 and to the applicable re- that of an organic peroxide Type B and quirements of part 178 of this sub- that the control temperature, if any, is chapter. Non-bulk packagings must sufficiently low to prevent any dan- meet Packing Group II performance gerous decomposition and sufficiently levels. To avoid unnecessary confine- high to prevent any dangerous phase ment, metallic non-bulk packagings separation; meeting Packing Group I are not au- (ii) The sample must be packaged in thorized. No used material, other than accordance with packing method OP2, production residues or regrind from the for a liquid or solid, respectively; same production process, may be used (iii) Packages of the organic peroxide in plastic packagings. Organic perox- may be offered for transportation and ides that require temperature control transported in a quantity not to exceed are subject to the provisions of 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; § 173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk pack- and aging is authorized and meets the re- (iv) One of the following shipping de- quirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of scriptions must be assigned: this section, respectively, lower con- (A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, trol temperatures than those specified 5.2, UN 3103;

591

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00601 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, concentration (mass percent) of diluent 5.2, UN 3104; or inert solid, when required. Other (C) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, types and concentrations of diluents temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or may be used if approved by the Asso- (D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, ciate Administrator. temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114. (i) The required mass percent of (3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic per- ‘‘Diluent type A’’ is specified in column oxides individually identified in the Or- 4a. A diluent type A is an organic liq- ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) uid that does not detrimentally affect of this section may be classified as the the thermal stability or increase the same type of organic peroxide as that hazard of the organic peroxide and with of the most dangerous component and a boiling point not less than 150 °C at be transported under the conditions for atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents transportation given for this type. If may be used for desensitizing all or- the stable components form a ther- ganic peroxides. mally less stable mixture, the SADT of (ii) The required mass percent of the mixture must be determined and ‘‘Diluent type B’’ is specified in column the new control and emergency tem- 4b. A diluent type B is an organic liq- perature derived under the provisions uid which is compatible with the or- of § 173.21(f). ganic peroxide and which has a boiling (c) Organic peroxides table. The fol- point, at atmospheric pressure, of less lowing Organic Peroxides Table speci- than 150 °C (302 °F) but at least 60 °C fies by technical name those organic (140 °F), and a flash point greater than peroxides that are authorized for trans- 5 °C (41 °F). Type B diluents may be portation and not subject to the ap- used for desensitizing all organic per- proval provisions of § 173.128 of this oxides, when specified in the organic part. An organic peroxide identified by peroxide tables, provided that the boil- technical name in the following table ing point is at least 60 °C (140 °F) above is authorized for transportation only if the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg it conforms to all applicable provisions (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may of the table. The column headings of be used to replace a type B diluent in the Organic Peroxides Table are as fol- equal concentration. lows: (iii) The required mass percent of (1) Technical name. The first column ‘‘Inert solid’’ is specified in column 4c. specifies the technical name. An inert solid is a solid that does not (2) ID number. The second column detrimentally affect the thermal sta- specifies the identification (ID) number bility or hazard of the organic per- which is used to identify the proper oxide. shipping name in the § 172.101 table. (5) Concentration of water. Column 5 The word ‘‘EXEMPT’’ appearing in the specifies, in mass percent, the min- column denotes that the material is imum amount of water, if any, which not regulated as an organic peroxide. must be in formulation. (3) Concentration of organic peroxide. (6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies The third column specifies concentra- the highest packing method (largest tion (mass percent) limitations, if any, packaging capacity) authorized for the in mixtures or solutions for the organic organic peroxide. Lower numbered peroxide. Limitations are given as packing methods (smaller packaging minimums, maximums, or a range, as capacities) are also authorized. For ex- appropriate. A range includes the lower ample, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means OP1 are also authorized. The Table of from, and including, 53% to, and in- Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of cluding 100%). See introductory para- this section defines the non-bulk pack- graph of § 172.203(k) of this subchapter ing methods. for additional description requirements (7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies for an organic peroxide that may qual- the control temperature. Column 7b ify for more than one generic listing, specifies the emergency temperature. depending on its concentration. Temperatures are specified only when (4) Concentration of diluents. The temperature controls are required. (See fourth column specifies the type and § 173.21(f)).

592

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00602 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other ap- plicable provisions, as set forth in notes following the table.

593

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00603 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition) Notes gency Emer- C) ° 10 0 ...... 10 0 ...... trol Temperature ( ¥ ¥ Packing method %) 8 .... OP7 ...... 12 .. OP4 ...... 6 .... OP8 ...... 2 ...... 7 .... OP5 ...... 13 10 .. OP5 ...... 28 ...... OP8 ...... 13 ...... 13 Water (mass ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 48 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 9 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... +20 +25 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... 68 ...... OP7 ...... 23 ...... 23 .... OP7 ...... 0 ...... OP5 ...... +10 .. +10 +15 .. 68 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... +30 +35 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 48 ...... 6 ..38 ...... 23 .... OP7 ...... 53 ...... 68 ...... OP5 OP8 ...... 0 ...... OP8 ...... +10. +10 ...... +15. 48 ...... OP6 ...... 23 ...... 68 ...... 48 ...... 23 .... OP7 OP8...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... 1 ...... 23 ....48 ...... OP5 ...... OP6 ...... 20 ...... OP7 ...... 13 ...... 4,

≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ABLE 00 ...... OP5 ...... 002 ...... OP6 ...... +20 +25 .. T 100 ...... OP5 ...... Con- 42 ...... 32 ...... 82 ...... 32 ...... 88 ...... 62 ...... 100 ...... 100 ...... 100 ...... 77 ...... 77 OP7 ...... 47 ...... 77 ...... 32 ...... 100 ...... OP5 21 ...... 52 OP7 ...... OP7 ...... +20 ...... 52 ...... +25 ...... OP7...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 32 ...... 52 ...... 77 OP8 ...... 100 ...... 52 ...... OP5 ...... +20 +25 .. 80 ...... 79 ...... 72 ...... >14 ...... OP832 ...... 13, 16 (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >77–100>52–77 ... ≤ ....≤ ≤ ....≤ ≤ ...... ≤ OP5 ...... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >42–100 ...... OP8 ...... 9 . .. 3 >79–90 ...5 7 ....9 ...... 1 >52–77 ... 3 >32–52 ... 9 EROXIDE ber P ID num- RGANIC O (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) (7b) (7a) (6) (5) (4c) (4b) (4a) (3) (1) (2) Technical name Acetyl acetone peroxide ...... Acetyl acetone peroxide [as a paste] UN3105 ...... Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide UN3112 ...... tert-Amyl hydroperoxide UN3115 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyacetate UN3107 ...... tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate UN3105 ...... tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3103 ...... tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate UN3115 ...... tert-Amyl peroxy isopropyl carbonate UN3105 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3103 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... tert-Amyl peroxypivalate 3119 ...... tert-Amyl peroxypivalate UN3113 ...... tert-Amyl 3119 peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate ...... tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide ...... 3105tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide .... UN3107 ...... n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate ...... UN3108 n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate UN3103 >52–1 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and] Di-tert-butylperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate <82+>9 UN3102 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate >52– UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste] UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN310 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN310 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN310 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3106 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fumarate 3109 ...... tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate UN3105 ......

594

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00604 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 5 .. +5 .... 10 0. 10 0 ...... 10 0 ...... 10 0 ...... 5 .. +5 .... ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 40 ..17 OP7 ...... OP7 ...... 9 .... OP6 ...... 13 8 .... OP7 ...... +40 +45 .. 5 6 ....23 OP4 ...... 10 OP6 ...... OP7 ...... 40 ...... 3 OP8 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ 14 ...... OP1 ...... 58 ...... OP8 ...... 58 ...... OP7. 3.. 6.. 48 ...... OP2 ...... 28 ...... 48 ...... 3 OP7 ...... 60 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ≥ ≥ ≥ 68 ...... OP8 ...... 23 .... +4048 ...... +45 .. OP5 ...... OP7 +15 ...... +15 +20 .. +2023 ...... OP7 ...... 0 ...... +10 .. 33 ...... OP7 ...... 0 ...... 68 .... +10 ...... OP8 ...... 23 ...... OP7 ...... 26 .... 73 ...... OP7 ...... +20 +25 .. 8,13 73 ...... OP8 ...... +30 +35 .. 23 ...... OP7 ...... 33 ...... OP7 ...... +35 +40 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP7 ...... 23 ....23 ...... OP5 ...... OP7 ...... 68 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... OP7 0 ...... 0 +10 ...... +10 .. 10 ....10 ...... 13 ...... OP8 OP7 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ....15 ...... 13 OP7 ...... 13, ...... OP7 ...... 43 ...... 18 ...... OP7. .... 5 ...... OP6 ...... 23 ...... OP5 ...... 0 ...... +10 .. 18 ...... 14 .... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 14 36 .... 100 ...... OP7 ...... 62 ...... OP7 ...... 21 ≤ ≤ –86 ...... 32 ...... 12+ 31+ .... 100 ...... 52 ...... 77 ...... 77 ...... 42 ...... 100 ...... 77 ...... 52 OP7 ...... 42 ...... 32 ...... 77 ...... 42 ...... OP5 ...... 100 ...... OP8 ...... OP8 ...... 42 .... 0 ...... 32 0 ...... +10 ...... +10 OP8 .. 57 ...... 77 .... 0 ...... +10 ...... 90 ...... OP787 ...... 77 ...... 52 ...... 77 ...... 91 ...... 72 ...... 72 ...... 32 ...... 57 ...... 27 >68 ...... OP8 ...... 57 Exempt ...... 82 ...... 29 OP7 ...... 5, 21 27 ...... 77 ...... 100 ...... OP8 ...... 77 ...... 62 ...... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >52–77 ...≤ ≤ .... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >90–98 ... 3 >67–77 ... 5 >27–67 ...9 .... 5 02 >51–10002 >77–94 ...04 ....06 ...... 06 >35–52 ...... 07 >36–42 ...... 107 3115 tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane UN3119 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane UN3106 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexylcarbonate UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate UN3111 ...... tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate UN3115 ...... 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene ...... UN3103 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-methylbenzoate UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... >77– tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] ...... UN3119 tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3118 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate UN3119 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3117 ...... tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN311 ...... tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN311 ...... tert-Butylperoxy stearylcarbonate UN311 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate UN3106 ...... tert-Butyl UN3105 peroxy-3,5,5-trimethlyhexanoate ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate >32–100 ...... 31063-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid .... UN3109 ...... 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid UN3102 ...... 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid >57 UN3106 ...... Cumyl hydroperoxide UN3106 ...... Cumyl hydroperoxide UN3107 ...... Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3109 ...... Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate 3115 ...... Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN3115 Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate UN3119 ...... Cumyl peroxypivalate UN3115 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN311 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3104 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a paste] UN3105 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3106 ...... Diacetone alcohol peroxides ...... Exempt Diacetyl peroxide UN3115 ......

595

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00605 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition) Notes 5 ... 105 ... 6 5 ... gency Emer- ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ C) ° 10 0 ...... 15 20 15 15 trol Temperature ( ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ Packing method %) 15 .. OP8 ...... Water (mass ≥ 57 ...... OP758 ...... Exempt ...... 9 ...... 1, . 45 ...... OP7 ...... 45 ...... OP7 ...... 43 ...... OP8 ...... 65 ...... Exempt ...... 29 ≤ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP5 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ...... OP5 24 ...... 30 50 ....74 ...... OP8 ...... 73 ...... OP8 ...... OP848 ...... OP7 ...... 23 ....10 ...... OP5 OP5 ...... 42 ...... 30 OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 48 ....48 ...... 28 ...... OP7 ...... OP6 ...... OP513 ...... 25 ...... 58 ...... 63 ...... 25 ...... 13 OP8 OP8...... OP8 ...... 22 ...... 48 ...... 58 ....48 ...... 13 .... OP7 ...... OP8 ...... OP7 ...... 43 ...... 26 ...... OP8 ...... 10 ...... OP5 ...... 20 ...... 48 ...... OP5 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... 0 ...... OP5 ...... 100 ...... OP4 ...... —Continued Con- 7–52 ...... 42 ...... 56.5 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 100 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 72 OP8 ...... OP8 ...... 72 OP6 ...... OP8 ...... +30 ...... 42 21 ...... +3027 +35 ...... 42 +35 ...... 37 ...... 25 ...... 13 ...... 27 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 42 OP8 ...... 77 ...... 90 ...... 57 ...... 57 OP7 ...... 32 ...... 100 ...... 21 ...... OP7 ...... +30 +35 .. 35 ...... (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >42–52 ... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ABLE

T pt 3107 >52–1003109 ...... OP8 ...... ber ID num- EROXIDE P RGANIC O (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) (7b) (7a) (6) (5) (4c) (4b) (4a) (3) (1) (2) Technical name Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3108 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN3108 Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3109 ...... Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate ...... Exem Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3114 ...... Di-tert-butyl peroxide ...... UN3119 Di-tert-butyl peroxide UN ...... Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate UN ...... 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)butane UN3105 ...... 1,6-Di-(tert-butylperoxycarbonyloxy)hexane UN3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3101 >80–10 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-cyclohexane UN3103 >52–80 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane 3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3105 >42–52 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3106 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3107 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) cyclohexane ...... UN3109 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane 3109 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3109 ...... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3109 ...... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3115 ...... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] >2 UN3117 ...... Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3118 ...... Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3113 ...... Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s) >52– ...... UN3115 Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s) UN3106 ...... > 42–100 Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate Exempt ...... Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate [as a paste] UN3105 ...... Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate ...... UN3106 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane UN3107 ...... 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane UN3105 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane UN3106 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane UN3101 >90–100 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane UN3103 >57–90 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane UN3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane .... UN3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane UN3110 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)

596

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00606 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 10 5 ... 5 ... 5. 5 ... 5 ... 10 10 10 5 ... ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 20 15 10 0 ...... 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 15 5 .. +5 .... ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 23 .. OP5 ...... 9 .... OP5 ...... +10 +15 .. 23 .. OP5 ...... 5 .... OP7 ...... 17 13 .. OP5 ...... +30 +35 .. 18 .. OP5 ...... 18 .. OP6 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 68 ...... Exempt ...... 48 ...... 29 Exempt ...... 29 58 ...... OP7 ...... 73 ...... OP5 ...... 18 ...... OP7 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 9 ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ...... OP5 ...... OP5 ...... 78 ...... OP848 ...... 23 .... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP5 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP758 ...... OP7 ...... +35 +40 .. 68 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ .... 10 ...... OP7 ...... 5 ...... 72 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 23 ...... OP7 ...... 14 ...... OP5 ...... OP5 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 0 ...... OP5 ...... 00 ...... OP3 ...... +10 +15 .. 4 ... ≤ –100 ...... OP2 ...... 42 ...... 77 ...... 32 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... OP8 ...... 91 ...... +2042 OP8 ...... +25. .... +3042 ...... 22 ...... +35 ...... OP777 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 77 ...... OP8 21 62 ...... 52 .... +15 ...... 52 ...... +2027 ...... 100 ...... OP7 OP8 ...... 82 ...... 52 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ...... OP8100 ...... 42 ...... OP752 ...... 87 ...... 52 ...... 20+ ...... 18+ ...... 82 ...... OP7 ...... 82 ...... OP8 ...... 77 ...... OP7 ...... 52 ...... 47 ...... 52 ...... 100 ...... 82 ...... 77 ...... OP8 ...... OP5 ...... +20 +25 .. 100 ...... OP6 ...... +30 +35 .. 32 ...... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ 4 110 >52–100 ...... 111 >32–52 ...115 .... mpt 3106 UN3115 peroxide. Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3119 ...... Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3102 ...... Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] Exempt ...... Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3118 ...... Dicumyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Dicumyl peroxide UN3 ...... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate Exe ...... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate UN3112 ...... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] >91–1 ...... UN3114 Didecanoyl peroxide UN3119 ...... 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane UN311 ...... 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane UN3106 ...... Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3107 ...... Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] ...... UN3102 Di-(2-ethoxyethyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3106 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3115 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3113 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] >77–10 ...... UN3115 Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] 3119 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] UN3119 ...... 2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane UN3120 ...... Di-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide UN3102 ...... Diisobutyryl peroxide ...... UN3106 Diisobutyryl peroxide UN3 ...... Diisopropylbenzene dihydroperoxide UN3 ...... Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate UN3106 ...... Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate UN3112 ...... >52 Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate UN3115 ...... Dilauroyl peroxide UN3115 ...... Dilauroyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN Di-(3-methoxybutyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3109 ...... Di-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide UN3115 ...... Di-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] UN3112 ...... Di-(3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Benzoyl (3-methylbenzoyl) Dibenzoyl UN3106 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane UN3102 >82–100 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane UN3106 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane ...... UN3104 90–100 . ....2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane UN3103 > ...... 52—90 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane UN3105 > ......

597

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00607 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition) Notes 5. 15 10 10 10 10 gency Emer- ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ C) ° 10 0 ...... 15 25 20 20 5 ..5 +5. ..5 +5. .. +5. 20 20 trol Temperature ( ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ Packing method %) 15 .. OP7 ...... 28 ...... OP7 ...... +10 +15 .. Water (mass ≥ ≥ 48 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ 23 ...... OP5 ...... 10 ...... 28 .... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... +10 +15 .. 33 ...... OP7 ...... +35 +40 .. 73 ...... OP8 ...... +15 +20 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP5 ...... OP5 ...... A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 48 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 0 ...... +10 OP7 ...... 62 ....33 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... 45 ...... OP729 .... +20 ...... OP7 .... +25 ...... 23 ...... 48 ...... OP7 OP7 ...... 0 ...... OP8 ...... +10 .. 28 ...... 28 ...... 48 .... OP855 ...... 60 .... OP8 ...... 19 ...... 70 ...... OP5 ...... OP7 13 ...... OP8 OP8 ...... 13 OP7 ...... 5, ...... 31 23 5 ...... 7 ...... 5, 18 ...... OP7 ...... 0 ...... +10 .. 38 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ... 28 15 re- 100 ...... OP5 ...... ≤ ≤ ...... OP2 ...... 12 —Continued Con- 22 ...... 12 ...... 18 ...... mark 31). 15 ...... 72–100 ...... OP7 ...... 13 ≤ ≤ 52 ...... 100 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 100 ...... 85 ...... OP8 ...... 100 OP7 ...... 77 OP8 ...... +20 ...... +2072 ...... +25 ...... OP7 .... +25 ...... 52 ...... 0 ...... 38 ...... +1067 ...... 77 OP3 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 71 ...... 72 ...... 77 OP8 ...... 52 ...... +1052 ...... 52+ +15 ...... 32+ ...... OP8 ...... 72 ...... 72 ...... 67 ...... 52 ...... 45 ...... 40 ...... 62 ...... 100 ...... OP5 ...... +10 +15 .. 27 ...... (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ + ¥ + ¥ ABLE >72–100 ...... OP4 ...... 18 T 4 17 ber ID num- UN3111 UN3115 EROXIDE P RGANIC O Technical name peroxydicarbonate. peroxydicarbonate. 1,1-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptanoate ...... Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate UN3117 ...... Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3116 ...... Di-(2-neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benzene ...... UN3119 Di-(2-neodecanoyl-peroxyisopropyl) benzene, as stable dispersion in water UN3115 ...... Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide 3119 ...... Di-n-octanoyl peroxide UN3116 ...... Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate UN311 ...... Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate UN3102 >85–100 ...... Dipropionyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate ...... UN31 Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate .. UN3113 ...... Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3113 ...... Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3102 ...... Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide UN3116 ...... Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN3115 >38–82 Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide UN3119 ...... Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-amylperoxy)butyrate ...... UN3119 Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate UN3105 ...... Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate UN3103 ...... >77– Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate UN3105 ...... 1-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)-1,3-Dimethylbutyl peroxypivalate UN3106 ...... tert-Hexyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate UN3115 ...... 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate ...... UN3115 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] 3115 ...... 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate ...... 3119 .... Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonat +Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-isopropyl 3117 .... Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-isopropyl Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide ...... p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3109 ...... p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3105 ...... Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) > UN3109 ...... Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) ...... UN3115 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3101 ...... Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3105 ...... Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3107 ...... Methyl isopropyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3105 ...... 3109 .... (See Organic peroxide, liquid, sample ...... UN3103 ....

598

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00608 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 5 .. +5 .... ¥ 15 ..60 OP8 ...... Exempt ...... 13, 20, 28 ...... 28 ≥ ≥ ...... OP2 ...... OP2 ...... 12 ...... 12 48 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ...... OP7 ...... -5 .... +5 .... ≥ ≥ 70 ...... OP8 ...... 31 44 ...... OP8 ...... 23 ...... 58 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 0 ...... +10 ...... 26 ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ re- ...... OP2 ...... OP2 ...... 12 ...... 12 mark 31). 100 ...... 43 ...... 43 ...... 43 ...... 36 ...... OP8. ....6 ...... 17 ...... 100 ...... OP756 ...... OP852 ...... OP8100 ...... 100 ...... 100 ...... 13, 20 ...... OP872 ...... 13, 20 ...... OP852 .... 13, 20, 28 ...... 77 .... +35 ...... 42 ...... +40 ...... 13, 20, 28 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... +15 ...... OP8 ...... +20 .. ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >56–100 ...... OP7 ...... 13 N3118 Methyl isopropyl ketone peroxide(s) ...... 3109 .... (See Organic peroxide, liquid, sample ...... Organic peroxide, liquid, sample, temperature controlled UN3103 ...... Organic peroxide, solid, sample UN3113 ...... Organic peroxide, solid, sample, temperature controlled UN3104 ...... 3,3,5,7,7-Pentamethyl-1,2,4-Trioxepane UN3114 ...... Peroxyacetic acid, type D, stabilized 3107 ...... Peroxyacetic acid, type E, stabilized UN3105 ...... Peroxyacetic acid, type F, stabilized UN3107 ...... Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic [with not more than 7% hydrogen peroxide] UN3109 ...... Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic [with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide] UN3107 ...... Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic [with not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide] Exempt ...... Peroxylauric acid UN3109 ...... Pinanyl hydroperoxide U ...... Pinanyl hydroperoxide UN3105 ...... Polyether poly-tert-butylperoxycarbonate UN3109 ...... Tetrahydronaphthyl hydroperoxide UN3107 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide UN3106 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3105 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3115 ...... 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxypivalate UN3119 ...... 3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-1,4,7-triperoxonane UN3115 ...... UN3105

599

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00609 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

NOTES 27. Formulations derived from distillation of peroxyacetic acid originating from per- 1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is author- oxyacetic acid in a concentration of not ized. more than 41% with water, total active oxy- 2. Available oxygen must be <4.7%. gen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic 3. For concentrations <80% OP5 is allowed. acid plus hydrogen peroxide). For concentrations of at least 80% but <85%, 28. For the purposes of this section, the OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at names ‘‘Peroxyacetic acid’’ and ‘‘Peracetic least 85%, maximum package size is OP2. acid’’ are synonymous. 4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tert- 29. Not subject to the requirements of this butyl peroxide. subchapter for Division 5.2. 5. Available oxygen must be ≤9% with or 30. Diluent type B with boiling point > 130 without water. °C (266 °F). 6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is author- 31. Available oxygen ≤6.7%. ized. 7. Available oxygen must be ≤8.2% with or (d) Packing Method Table. Packagings without water. for organic peroxides and self-reactive 8. Only non-metallic packagings are au- substances are listed in the Maximum thorized. Quantity per Packing Method Table. 9. For domestic shipments this material maybe transported under the provisions of The packing methods are designated paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section. OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified 10. [Reserved] for each packing method represent the 11. [Reserved] maximum that is authorized. 12. Samples may only be offered for trans- (1) The following types of packagings portation under the provisions of paragraph are authorized: (b)(2) of this section. (i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 13. ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is re- 1H1, 1H2; quired. 14. [Reserved] (ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 15. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is 3H2; required for concentrations below 80%. (iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide. 4H2, 4A, 4B; or 17. With ≤8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4- (iv) Composite packagings with a isopropylhydroxybenzene. plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2, 18. Addition of water to this organic per- 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1, oxide will decrease its thermal stability. 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2. 19. [Reserved] 20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water (2) Metal packaging (including inner and acid(s). packagings of combination packagings 21. With diluent type A, with or without and outer packagings of combination water. or composite packagings) are used only 22. With ≥36% diluent type A by mass, and for packing methods OP7 and OP8. in addition ethylbenzene. (3) In combination packagings, glass 23. With ≥19% diluent type A by mass, and receptacles are used only as inner in addition methyl isobutyl ketone. packagings with a maximum content of 24. Diluent type B with boiling point >100 C. 0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L for liquids. 25. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is (4) The maximum quantity per pack- required for concentrations below 56%. aging or package for Packing Methods 26. Available oxygen must be ≤7.6%. OP1–OP8 must be as follows:

MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER PACKAGING/PACKAGE [For Packing Methods OP1 to OP8]

Packing Method Maximum quantity OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 1 OP5 OP6 OP7 OP8

Solids and combination packagings (liquid and solid) (kg) ...... 0.5 0.5/10 5 5 25 50 50 2 400 Liquids (L) ...... 0.5 ...... 5 ...... 30 60 60 3 225

1 If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net mass of the complete package. 2 60 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings comprising boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a maximum net mass of 25 kg. 3 60 L for jerricans.

600

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00610 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(e) Organic Peroxide IBC Table. The subject to the approval provisions of following Organic Peroxide IBC Table § 173.128 of this part. Additional re- specifies, by technical name, those or- quirements for authorized IBCs are ganic peroxides that are authorized for found in paragraph (f) of this section. transportation in certain IBCs and not

ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE

Maximum Control tempera- Emergency tem- UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC quantity (litres) ture perature

3109 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID. tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not 31A 1250 more than 72% with water. tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not 31A 1250 more than 32% in diluent type A...... 31HA1 1000 tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate, not 31A 1250. more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- 31A 1250. trimethylhexanoate, not more than 37% in diluent type A. 31HA1 1000. Cumyl hydroperoxide, not more 31HA1 1250 than 90% in diluent type A. Dibenzoyl peroxide, not more 31H1 1000 than 42% as a stable disper- sion. Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more 31A 1250 than 52% in diluent type B...... 31HA1 1000 1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) 31A 1250. cyclohexane, not more than 37% in diluent type A. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy) 31H1 1000 cyclohexane, not more than 42% in diluent type A. Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 1250 equal to 100%...... 31HA1 1000 Dilauroyl peroxide, not more 31HA1 1000 than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Isopropyl cumyl hydroperoxide, 31HA1 1250 not more than 72% in diluent type A. p-Menthyl hydroperoxide, not 31HA1 1250 more than 72% in diluent type A. Peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, 31A 1500 not more than 17%. 31H1 1500 31H2 1500 31HA1 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, with not 31A 1500 more than 26% hydrogen peroxide...... 31HA1 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, type F, sta- 31A 1500 bilized...... 31HA1 1500 3110 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE F, SOLID. Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 2000 equal to 100%...... 31H1 ...... 31HA1 3119 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED.

601

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00611 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE—Continued

Maximum Control tempera- Emergency tem- UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC quantity (litres) ture perature

tert-Amyl peroxypivalate, not 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C. more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B...... 31A 1250 +30 °C +35 °C tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 0 °C +10 °C not more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C. not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate, not 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C more than 27% in diluent type B...... 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Dicyclohexylperoxydicarbonate, 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C not more than 42% as a sta- ble dispersion, in water. Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate, not 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C more than 42%, stable dis- persion, in water. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) 31A 1250 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C. peroxydicarbonate, not more than 62%, dispersion, in water. Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate, 31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A...... 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Di-(2- 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C. neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl) benzene, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C. peroxy-neodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dis- persion, in water. Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl 31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dis- persion, in water.

(f) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject tive substances are not authorized for to the conditions and limitations of transportation in IBCs other than this section if the IBC type is author- those specified, unless approved by the ized according to paragraph (e) of this Associate Administrator. section, as applicable, and the IBC con- (1) IBCs shall be provided with a de- forms to the requirements in subpart O vice to allow venting during transpor- of part 178 of this subchapter at the tation. The inlet to the pressure relief Packing Group II performance level. device shall be sited in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum filling con- Type F organic peroxides or self-reac- ditions during transportation.

602

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00612 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(2) To prevent explosive rupture of (g) Organic Peroxide Portable Tank metal IBCs or composite IBCs with a Table. The following Organic Peroxide complete metal casing, the emergency- Portable Tank Table provides certain relief devices shall be designed to vent portable tank requirements and identi- all the decomposition products and va- fies, by technical name, those organic pors evolved during self-accelerating peroxides that are authorized for trans- decomposition or during a period of not portation in the bulk packagings listed less than one hour of complete fire-en- in paragraph (h). Organic peroxides gulfment as calculated by the formula listed in this table, provided they meet in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section. the specific packaging requirements The control and emergency tempera- found in paragraph (h), are not subject tures specified in the Organic Peroxide IBC Table are based on a non-insulated to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of IBC. this part.

603

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00613 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition) C C C. perature ° ° ° 5 Emergency tem- ¥ ture C ° C +35 C +20 ° ° 10 Control tempera- ¥ +30 +15 C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° Filling limits 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59

ABLE T See. . . ANK quirements T Pressure-relief re- ORTABLE P See. . . quirements EROXIDE Bottom opening re- P RGANIC O See. . . erence steel) Minimum shell thickness (mm-ref- 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 §4 178.274(d)(2) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) 4 § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(d)(3) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.274 (d)(2) 4 § 178.275 (d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at test sure Min- (bar) pres- imum more than 72% with water. taken to achieve the safety equivalence of 65% tert-Butyl hydroperoxide and 35% water. than 90% in diluent type A. 32% in diluent type A. equal to 100% in diluent type B. not more than 72% in diluent type A. more than 72% in diluent type A. than 56% in diluent type A. equal to 100% with inert solids. tank 2,000 kg. not more than 47% in diluent type A. more than 32% in diluent type B. ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent B. LIQUID. SOLID. LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED. *Provided that steps have been *Maximum quantity per portable tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not Cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more Dicumyl peroxide, less than or Isopropyl cumyl hydro-peroxide, p-Menthyl hydro-peroxide, not Pinanyl hydro-peroxide, not more Dicumyl peroxide less than or tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate, tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN No. Hazardous material 3109 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, 3110 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, 3119 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F,

604

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00614 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 C C C ° ° ° C. ° C +35 C +40 ° ° C +10 ° C +5 ° +5 +30 +35 0 C) C) C) C) ° ° ° ° F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 ° ° ° ° 59 59 59 59 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274 (d)(2) § § 178.275 (d)(3) 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at more than 27% in diluent type B. hexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B. oxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A or B. bilized, not more than 41%. tert-Butylperoxypivalate, not tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethyl- Di-(3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoyl) per- Peroxyacetic acid, distilled, sta-

605

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00615 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(h) Bulk packagings other than IBCs. portable tank of the decomposition The following bulk packagings are au- products and vapors released at a tem- thorized, subject to the conditions and perature of 50 °C (122 °F). The capacity limitations of this section, if the or- and start-to-discharge pressure of the ganic peroxide is listed in the Organic relief devices must be in accordance Peroxide Portable Tank Table and bulk with the applicable requirements of packagings are authorized, or if the or- this subchapter specified for the port- ganic peroxide is specifically author- able tank. The pressure relief devices ized for transport in a bulk packaging must not allow liquid to escape in the by this paragraph (h), and the bulk event the portable tank is overturned packaging conforms to the require- in a loaded condition. ments of this subchapter: (v)(A) The emergency-relief devices (1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105, may be of the reclosing or frangible 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld types, or a combination of the two, de- tank car tanks are authorized. DOT signed to vent all the decomposition 103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car products and vapors evolved during a tanks must have bottom outlets effec- period of not less than one hour of tively sealed from inside. Gauging de- complete fire engulfment as calculated vices are required on DOT 103W tank by the following formula: car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are not authorized. q = 70961 F A0.82 (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307, Where: MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and q = heat absorption (W) DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles A = wetted area (m2) with a tank design pressure of at least F = insulation factor (¥) 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized. (3) Portable tanks. The following re- (B) Insulation factor (F) in the for- mula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) of this quirements apply to portable tanks in- section equals 1 for non-insulated ves- tended for the transport of organic per- sels and for insulated vessels F is cal- oxides or self-reactive substances. DOT culated using the following formula: 51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN portable tanks that conform to the re- U ()923 − T quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- F = PO tion, are authorized. Type F organic 47032 peroxide or self-reactive substance for- Where: mulations other than those indicated U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the in- in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank sulation (W·m¥2·K¥1); where K = heat con- Table may be transported in portable ductivity of insulation layer (W·m¥1·K¥1), tanks if approved by the Associate Ad- and L = thickness of insulation layer (m). ministrator. The following conditions TPO = temperature of material at relieving also apply: conditions (K). (i) The portable tank must be de- (vi) The start-to-discharge pressure signed for a test pressure of at least 0.4 of emergency-relief devices must be MPa (4 bar). higher than that specified for the pres- (ii) The portable tank must be fitted sure relief devices in paragraph with temperature-sensing devices. (h)(3)(iv) of this section. The emer- (iii) The portable tank must be fitted gency-relief devices must be sized and with pressure relief devices and emer- designed in such a way that the max- gency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief de- imum pressure in the shell never ex- vices may also be used. Pressure relief ceeds the test pressure of the portable devices must operate at pressures de- tank. termined according to both the prop- erties of the hazardous material and NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(3)(vi): An example the construction characteristics of the of a method to determine the size of emer- portable tank. Fusible elements are gency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, not allowed in the shell. see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A second ex- (iv) The pressure relief devices must ample of a test method for venting sizing is consist of reclosing devices fitted to given in the American Institute of Chemical prevent significant build-up within the Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal,

606

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00616 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER20DE04.002 ER20DE04.003 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.226

June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 2) (Informational ually inspected after each trip and, at materials not requiring incorporation by ref- a minimum, once every 12 months, and erence, see § 171.7(b)). replaced when discoloration, fracture, (vii) For insulated portable tanks, severe deformation, or other indication the capacity and setting of emergency- of change is noted. relief devices must be determined as- suming a loss of insulation from 1% of [69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 the surface area. FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 2260, Jan. 14, 2009] (viii) Vacuum-relief devices and re- closing devices on portable tanks used § 173.226 Materials poisonous by inha- for flammable hazardous materials lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group must be provided with flame arresters. I, Hazard Zone A. Any reduction of the relief capacity caused by the flame arrester must be Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A taken into account and the appropriate poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.133) relief capacity must be provided. must be packed in non-bulk packagings (ix) Service equipment such as de- in accordance with the following para- vices and external piping must be de- graphs: signed and constructed so that no haz- (a) In seamless specification or UN ardous material remains in them after cylinders conforming to the require- filling the portable tank. ments of § 173.40. (x) Portable tanks may be either in- (b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, or 6HA1 sulated or protected by a sun-shield. If drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 the SADT of the hazardous material in drum. Both inner and outer drums the portable tank is 55 °C (131 °F) or must conform to the performance test less, the portable tank must be com- requirements of subpart M of part 178 pletely insulated. The outer surface of this subchapter at the Packing must be finished in white or bright Group I performance level. The outer metal. drums may be tested either as a pack- (xi) The degree of filling must not ex- age intended to contain inner pack- ceed 90% at 15 °C (59 °F). (xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are agings (combination package) or as a authorized only for those materials or single packaging intended to contain mixtures of two or more materials that solids or liquids at a mass cor- are provided with a reference to Note 9 responding to the mass of the assem- in Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide bled packaging system. All outer Table, found in paragraph (c) of this drums, even those tested to contain section. DOT 57 portable tanks must inner packaging or as single pack- conform to the venting requirements of agings for solids, must withstand a hy- paragraph (f) of this section. These drostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 portable tanks are not subject to any psig). The outer drum must have a other requirements of paragraph (h) of minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 this section. inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm (4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. In ad- (TBHP), each tank car, cargo tank or dition, the inner drum must— portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 (1) Be capable of satisfactorily with- inches) low density polyethylene (PE) standing the hydrostatic pressure test saddles having a melt index of at least in § 178.605 of this subchapter at a test 0.2 grams per 10 minutes (for example pressure of 300 kPa (45 psig); see, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part (2) Satisfactorily withstand the of the lading, with a ratio of PE to leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by subchapter using an internal air pres- mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal containers equipped with fusible plugs sure of at least twice the vapor pres- ° ° having a melting point between 69 °C sure at 55 C (131 F) of the material to (156 °F) and 71 °C (160 °F) and filled with be packaged; a sufficient quantity of water to dilute (3) Have screw-type closures that the TBHP to 65% or less by mass may are— be used. The PE saddles must be vis-

607

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00617 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.226 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(i) Closed and tightened to a torque (B) An inner receptacle that has a prescribed by the closure manufac- closure must have a closure which is turer, using a properly calibrated de- physically held in place by any means vice that is capable of measuring capable of preventing back-off or loos- torque; ening of the closure by impact or vibra- (ii) Physically held in place by any tion during transportation. means capable of preventing back-off (ii) Packed within a leak-tight pack- or loosening of the closure by impact aging of metal or plastic. or vibration during transportation; and (iii) This combination packaging in (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is turn is packed within the outer pack- properly applied in accordance with the aging. cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda- (3) Additional requirements: tions and is capable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 (i) The total amount of liquid con- psig). tained in the outer packaging must not (4) Have a minimum thickness as fol- exceed 16 L (4 gallons). lows: (ii) The inner packaging system must (i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm conform to the performance test re- (0.051 inch); quirements of subpart M of part 178 of (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 this subchapter, at the Packaging inch); Group I performance level when sub- (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 jected to the following tests: inch); and (A) § 178.603—Drop Test (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic (B) § 178.604—Leakproofness Test inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 (C) § 178.605—Hydrostatic Pressure inch) and the outer steel drum shall be Test 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch). (iii) The inner packaging system (5) Be isolated from the outer drum must meet the above tests without the by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive benefit of the outer packaging. material, which completely surrounds (iv) The leakproofness and hydro- the inner packaging on all sides. static pressure test may be conducted (c) In combination packagings, con- on either the inner receptacle or the sisting of an inner packaging system outer packaging of the inner packaging and an outer packaging, as follows: (1) Outer packagings: system. (v) The outer package must conform Steel drum: 1A2 to the performance test requirements Aluminum drum: 1B2 Metal drum, other than steel or alu- of subpart M of part 178 of this sub- minum: 1N2 chapter, at the Packaging Group I per- Plywood drum: 1D formance level as applicable for the Fiber drum: 1G type of package being used. Plastic drum: 1H2 (d) If approved by the Associate Ad- Steel box: 4A ministrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or Aluminum box: 4B 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 of this section may be used without Plywood box: 4D being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F drum if the shipper loads the material, Fiberboard box: 4G palletizes the drums, blocks and braces Expanded plastic box: 4H2 the drums within the transport vehicle Solid plastic box: 4H2 and seals the transport vehicle used. (2) Inner packaging system. The Drums may not be stacked (double inner packaging system consists of two decked) within the transport vehicle. packagings: Shipments must be from one origin to (i) an impact-resistant receptacle of one destination only without any in- glass, earthenware, plastic or metal se- termediate pickup or delivery. curely cushioned with a non-reactive, (e) Prior to reuse, all authorized absorbent material, and inner drums must be leakproofness (A) Capacity of each inner receptacle tested and marked in accordance with may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure

608

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00618 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.228

as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is section. properly applied in accordance with the cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda- [69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71 tions and is capable of withstanding an FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009] internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig). § 173.227 Materials poisonous by inha- (3) Have a minimum thickness as fol- lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group lows: I, Hazard Zone B. (i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 inch); (a) In packagings as authorized in (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 § 173.226 and seamless and welded speci- inch); fication cylinders or UN seamless cyl- (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 inders conforming to the requirements inch); or of § 173.40. (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic (b) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1, or 6HH1 inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 drum. Both the inner and outer drums mm (0.027 inch). must conform to the performance test (4) Be isolated from the outer drum requirements of subpart M of part 178 by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive of this subchapter at the Packing material which completely surrounds Group I performance level. Both the the inner packaging on all sides. inner and outer drums must conform to (5) Prior to reuse, all authorized the performance test requirements of inner drums must be leakproofness subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter tested and marked in accordance with at the Packing Group I performance § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure level. The outer drums may be tested as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this either as a package intended to contain section. inner packagings (combination pack- (c) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 age) or as a single packaging intended drums described in paragraph (b) of to contain solids or liquids at a mass this section may be used without being corresponding to the mass of the as- further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if sembled packaging system. The outer the shipper loads the material, blocks drum must have a minimum thickness and braces the drums within the trans- of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer port vehicle and seals the transport ve- drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 hicle used. Drums may not be stacked outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums (double decked) within the transport must withstand a hydrostatic test vehicle. Shipments must be from one pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity origin to one destination only without of the inner drum may not exceed 220 any intermediate pickup or delivery. liters. In addition, the inner drum must conform to all of the following re- [70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 73 FR 57006, Oct.1, quirements: 2008] (1) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this § 173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or subchapter using an internal air pres- bromine trifluoride. sure of at least two times the vapor (a) Bromine pentafluoride and bro- pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the mate- mine trifluoride are authorized in rial to be packaged; packagings as follows: (2) Have screw closures that are— (1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150, 3B240, (i) Closed and tightened to a torque 3BN150, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240, and prescribed by the closure manufac- 3E1800 cylinders. turer, using a properly calibrated de- (2) UN cylinders as specified in part vice that is capable of measuring 178 of this subchapter, except acetylene torque; cylinders and non-refillable cylinders, (ii) Physically held in place by any with a minimum test pressure of 10 bar means capable of preventing back-off and a minimum outage of 8 percent by or loosening of the closure by impact volume. The use of UN tubes and or vibration during transportation; and MEGCs is not authorized.

609

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00619 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.229 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(3) The use of a pressure relief device most likely to result in the failure of is not authorized. the containment system with no loss of (b) A material in Hazard Zone A must contents. Fuel cell cartridges installed be transported in a seamless specifica- in or integral to a fuel cell system are tion cylinder conforming to the re- regarded as contained in equipment. quirements of § 173.40. However, a weld- Fuel cell cartridges containing a Divi- ed cylinder filled before October 1, 2002, sion 2.1, Division 4.3 or Class 8 material in accordance with the requirements of must meet the following additional re- this subchapter in effect at the time of quirements. filling, may be transported for reproc- (b) A fuel cell cartridge designed to essing or disposal of the cylinder’s con- contain a Division 4.3 or a Class 8 ma- tents until December 31, 2003. No cyl- terial may contain an activator pro- inder may be equipped with a pressure vided it is fitted with two independent relief device. means of preventing unintended mix- [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 ing with the fuel during transport. FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, (c) Each fuel cell cartridge designed 2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] to contain a liquefied flammable gas must: § 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlo- rine dioxide hydrate, frozen. (1) Be capable of withstanding, with- out leakage or bursting, a pressure of When the § 172.101 table specifies that at least two times the equilibrium a hazardous material be packaged in pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131 accordance with this section, only 4G °F); fiberboard boxes, with inner pack- (2) Contain no more than 200 mL of agings of polyethylene or other suit- liquefied flammable gas with a vapor able material, are authorized. Fiber- pressure not exceeding 1,000 kPa (150 board boxes must be reinforced and in- psig) at 55 °C (131 °F); and sulated and sufficient dry ice must be (3) Pass the hot water bath test pre- used to maintain the hydrate or acid in scribed in accordance with a frozen state during transportation. § 173.306(a)(3)(v). Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of sub- (d) Each fuel cell cartridge designed part B of part 173, and to the require- to contain hydrogen in a metal hydride ments of part 178 of this subchapter at must conform to the following: the Packing Group I performance level. (1) Each fuel cell cartridge must have Transportation is authorized only by a water capacity less than or equal to private or contract carrier by motor 120 mL (4 fluid ounces). vehicle. (2) Each fuel cell cartridge must be a design type that has been subjected, § 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges con- without leakage or bursting, a pressure taining hazardous material. of at least two times the design pres- (a) Requirements for Fuel Cell Car- sure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 °F) or tridges. Fuel cell cartridges, including 200 kPa (30 psig) more than the design when contained in or packed with pressure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 equipment, must be designed and con- °F), whichever is greater. The pressure structed to prevent fuel leakage under at which the test is conducted is re- normal conditions of transportation. ferred to as the ‘‘minimum shell burst Fuel cell cartridge design types using pressure.’’ The pressure within the fuel liquids as fuels must pass an internal cell cartridge must not exceed 5 MPa pressure test at a gauge pressure of 100 (725 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F). kPa (15 psig) without leakage. Except (3) Each fuel cell cartridge must be for fuel cell cartridges containing hy- filled in accordance with the procedure drogen in metal hydride which must be provided by the manufacturer. The in conformance with paragraph (d) of manufacturer must provide the fol- this section, each fuel cell cartridge de- lowing information with each fuel cell sign type including when contained in cartridge: or packed with equipment, must pass a (i) Inspection procedures to be car- 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test onto an ried out before initial filling and before unyielding surface in the orientation refilling of the fuel cell cartridge;

610

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00620 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.230

(ii) Safety precautions and potential (A) The internal pressure vents to hazards to be aware of; zero gauge pressure without the rup- (iii) A method of determining when ture of the cartridge; or the rated capacity has been achieved; (B) The cartridge withstands the fire (iv) Minimum and maximum pressure for a minimum of 20 minutes without range; rupture. (v) Minimum and maximum tempera- (iii) Hydrogen cycling test. A fuel cell ture range; and cartridge must be subjected to a hydro- (vi) Any other requirements to be gen cycling test to ensure that the de- met for initial filling and refilling in- sign stress limits are not exceeded dur- cluding the type of equipment to be ing use. The fuel cell cartridge must be used. cycled from not more than 5% rated (4) Each fuel cell cartridge must be hydrogen capacity to not less than 95% permanently marked with the fol- rated hydrogen capacity and back to lowing information: not more than 5% rated hydrogen ca- (i) The rated charging pressure in pacity. The rated charging pressure megapascals (MPa); must be used for charging and tempera- (ii) The manufacturer’s serial number tures must be within the operating of the fuel cell cartridges or unique temperature range. The cycling must identification number; and be continued for at least 100 cycles. (iii) The expiration date based on the Following the cycling test the fuel cell maximum service life (yyyy/mm). cartridge must be charged and the (5) Design type tests: Each fuel cell water volume displaced by the car- cartridge design type must be sub- tridge must be measured. The cartridge jected to and pass the following tests design is deemed to pass the test if the (this includes cartridges integral to a water volume displaced by the cycled fuel cell): cartridge does not exceed the water (i) Drop test. A 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop volume displaced by an uncycled car- test onto an unyielding surface must tridge charged to 95% rated capacity be performed. There must be no leak- and pressurized to 75% of its minimum age. Leakage must be determined using shell burst pressure. a soap bubble solution or other equiva- (6) Production leak test. Each fuel cell lent means on all possible leak loca- cartridge must be tested for leaks at 15 tions, when the fuel cell cartridge is °C ± 5 °C (59 °F ± 9 °F) while pressurized charged to its rated charging pressure. to its rated charging pressure. There The fuel cell cartridge must then be must be no leakage. Leakage must be hydrostatically pressurized to destruc- determined using a soap bubble solu- tion. The burst pressure must be great- tion or other equivalent means on all er than 85% of the minimum shell possible leak locations. burst pressure. The drop must be per- (e) The following packagings are au- formed in the following four different thorized provided the general pack- orientations: aging requirements subpart B of part (A) Vertically, on the end containing 173 of this subchapter are met: the shut-off valve assembly; (1) For fuel cell cartridges, rigid (B) Vertically, on the end opposite to packagings conforming to the require- the shut-off valve assembly; ments of part 178 of this subchapter at (C) Horizontally, onto a steel apex the packing group II performance level; with a diameter of 3.8 cm (9.7 in), with and the steel apex in the upward position; (2) Strong outer packagings for fuel and cell cartridges contained in equipment (D) At a 45° angle on the end con- or packed with equipment. Large taining the shut-off valve assembly. equipment containing fuel cell car- (ii) Fire test. A fuel cell cartridge tridges may be transported unpackaged filled to rated capacity (with hydrogen) if the equipment provides an equiva- must be subjected to a fire engulfment lent level of protection. test. The cartridge design (including (i) Fuel cell cartridges packed with design types with an integral vent fea- equipment must be packed with cush- ture) is deemed to pass the fire test if: ioning material or divider(s) or inner

611

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00621 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.230 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

packagings so that the fuel cell car- from the placarding and specification tridges are protected against damage packaging requirements of this sub- that may be caused by the shifting or chapter when packaged according to placement of the equipment and car- this section. Each package must con- tridges within the packaging. form to the packaging requirements of (ii) Fuel cell cartridges contained in subpart B of this part and may not ex- equipment must be protected against ceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Ex- short circuits and the entire fuel cell cept as authorized in paragraph (h) of system must be protected from unin- this section, a package containing a tentional activation. The equipment limited quantity of fuel cell cartridges must be securely cushioned in the must be marked as specified in § 172.315 outer packaging. of this subchapter and, for transpor- (f) For transportation by aircraft, the tation by highway or rail, is not sub- following additional provisions apply: ject to the shipping paper requirements (1) The package must comply with of subpart C of part 172 of this sub- the applicable provisions of § 173.27 of chapter, unless the material meets the this subchapter; definition of a hazardous substance, (2) For fuel cell cartridges contained hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, in equipment, fuel cell systems must and are eligible for the exceptions pro- not charge batteries during transport; vided in § 173.156 of part. For transpor- (3) For transportation aboard pas- tation by highway, rail and vessel, the senger aircraft, for fuel cell cartridges following combination packagings are contained in equipment, each fuel cell authorized: system and fuel cell cartridge must (1) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell conform to IEC PAS 62282–6–1 Ed. 1 cartridges containing not more than 1.0 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a L (0.3 gallon) per cartridge, packed in standard approved by the Associate Ad- strong outer packaging. ministrator; (2) For water-reactive substances (Di- (4) When packed with equipment, fuel vision 4.3 Dangerous when wet mate- cell cartridges must be packed in an in- rial), in fuel cell cartridges containing termediate packaging along with the not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) equipment they are capable of for liquids or not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) powering, and the intermediate pack- for solids per cartridge, packed in agings packed in a strong outer pack- strong outer packaging. aging. The maximum number of fuel cell cartridges in the intermediate (3) For corrosive materials, in fuel packaging may not be more than the cell cartridges containing not more number required to power the equip- than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) for liquids or not ment, plus two spares; more than 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids (5) Large robust articles containing per cartridge, packed in strong outer fuel cells may be transported packaging. unpackaged when approved by the As- (4) For liquefied (compressed) flam- sociate Administrator; and mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not (6) The mass of a fuel cell cartridge over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac- containing a Division 4.3 or Class 8 ma- ity per cartridge, packed in strong terials must be not more than 1 kg (2.2 outer packaging. lbs). (5) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in (7) Fuel cell cartridges intended for fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 transportation in carry-on baggage on fluid ounces) net capacity per car- board passenger aircraft must comply tridge, packed in strong outer pack- with paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) in this aging. section and the applicable provisions (6) For transportation by aircraft, prescribed in § 175.10 of this subchapter. the following combination packagings (g) Limited quantities. Limited quan- are authorized: tities of hazardous materials contained (i) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell in fuel cell cartridges are excepted cartridges containing not more than 0.5 from the labeling requirements, unless L (16.9 fluid ounces) per cartridge, the cartridges are offered for transpor- packed in strong outer packaging. Ad- tation or transported by aircraft, and ditionally, each package may contain

612

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00622 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.240

no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for cell cartridges. Hazardous Materials Other (ii) For water-reactive substances Than Class 1 and Class 7 (Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet ma- terial), in fuel cell cartridges con- § 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain taining not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds) low hazard solid materials. of solid fuel per cartridge, packed in When § 172.101 of this subchapter strong outer packaging. Additionally, specifies that a hazardous material be each package may contain no more packaged under this section, only the than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell car- following bulk packagings are author- tridges. ized, subject to the requirements of (iii) For corrosive materials, in fuel subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- cell cartridges containing not more chapter and the special provisions spec- than 200 mL (6.7 fluid ounces) for liq- ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. uids or not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds) (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car for solids per cartridge packed in tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank strong outer packaging. Additionally, car tanks; and metal non-DOT speci- each package may contain no more fication, sift-proof tank car tanks and than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell car- sift-proof closed cars. tridges. (b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC (iv) For liquefied (compressed) flam- 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac- 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, ity per cartridge, packed in strong and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- outer packaging. Additionally, each cles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof package may contain no more than 0.5 cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift- kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges. proof closed vehicles. (v) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in (c) Portable tanks and closed bulk bins. fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; fluid ounces) net capacity per car- IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM tridge, packed in strong outer pack- 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; aging. Additionally, each package may marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT contain no more than 0.5 kg (net mass) Specification portable tanks and closed of fuel cell cartridges. bulk bins are authorized. (h) Consumer commodities. Until De- (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject cember 31, 2013, except for transpor- to the conditions and limitations of tation by aircraft, a limited quantity this section provided the IBC type is that conforms to the provisions of authorized according to the IBC pack- paragraph (g) of this section and is also aging code specified for the specific a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in hazardous material in Column (7) of § 171.8 of this subchapter on October 1, the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter 2010 may be renamed ‘‘Consumer com- and the IBC conforms to the require- modity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D. ments in subpart O of part 178 of this Shipments of ORM–D materials are not subchapter at the Packing Group per- subject to the shipping paper require- formance level as specified in Column ments of subpart C of part 172 of this (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- subchapter, unless the material meets chapter for the material being trans- the definition of a hazardous sub- ported. stance, hazardous waste, marine pol- (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- lutant, and are eligible for the excep- lowing hazardous materials: tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. (i) Packing Group I liquids; and (ii) Packing Group I solids that may [74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 become liquid during transportation. FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3379, Jan. 19, 2011] (2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III solids that may become liquid during trans- portation:

613

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00623 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.241 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; cles; and non-DOT specification cargo (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; tank motor vehicles suitable for trans- (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, port of liquids. 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 13M2; and 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- portable tanks; UN portable tanks; ma- agings are authorized subject to the rine portable tanks conforming to 46 conditions and limitations of this sec- CFR part 64; and non-DOT Specifica- tion provided the Large Packaging tion portable tanks suitable for trans- type is authorized according to the IBC port of liquids are authorized. For packaging code specified for the spe- transportation by vessel, also see cific hazardous material in Column (7) § 176.340 of this subchapter. For trans- of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter portation of combustible liquids by and the Large Packaging conforms to vessel, additional requirements are the requirements in subpart Q of part specified in § 176.340 of this subchapter. 178 of this subchapter at the Packing (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject Group performance level as specified in to the conditions and limitations of Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the this section provided the IBC type is material being transported. authorized according to the IBC pack- (1) Except as specifically authorized aging code specified for the specific in this subchapter, Large Packagings hazardous material in Column (7) of may not be used for Packing Group I or the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter II hazardous materials. and the IBC conforms to the require- (2) Large Packagings with paper or ments in subpart O of part 178 of this fiberboard inner receptacles may not subchapter at the Packing Group per- be used for solids that may become liq- formance level as specified in Column uid in transportation. (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the mate- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as rial being transported. amended at 56 FR 66274, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– lowing hazardous materials: 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, (i) Packing Group I liquids; and June 21, 2001] (ii) Packing Group I solids that may EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at become liquid during transportation. 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- (2) The following IBCs may not be porated because of inaccurate amendatory used for Packing Group II and III solids instruction. that may become liquid during trans- § 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain portation: low hazard liquid and solid mate- (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; rials. (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; When § 172.101 of this subchapter (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, specifies that a hazardous material be 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and packaged under this section, only the 13M2; and following bulk packagings are author- (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. ized, subject to the requirements of (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- agings are authorized subject to the chapter and the special provisions spec- conditions and limitations of this sec- ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. tion provided the Large Packaging (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, type is authorized according to the IBC 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car packaging code specified for the spe- tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank cific hazardous material in Column (7) car tanks and AAR Class 203W, 206W, of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and 211W tank car tanks. and the Large Packaging conforms to (b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC the requirements in subpart Q of part 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 178 of this subchapter at the Packing 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC Group performance level as specified in 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- material being transported.

614

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00624 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.242

(1) Except as specifically authorized tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group in this subchapter, Large Packagings I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC may not be used for Packing Group I or 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet II hazardous materials. the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this (2) Large Packagings with paper or subchapter. fiberboard inner receptacles may not (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 be used for solids that may become liq- and DOT 412 must be equipped with uid in transportation. stop-valves meeting the requirements of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– cargo tanks must be equipped with 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, stop-valves capable of being remotely June 21, 2001; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR closed within 30 seconds of actuation 34075, June 13, 2005; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010] by manual or mechanic means and (ex- EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- II) by a closure activated at a tempera- porated because of inaccurate amendatory ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and instruction. MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with internal self-closing stop-valves § 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11 medium hazard liquids and solids, of this subchapter. including solids with dual hazards. (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification When § 172.101 of this subchapter 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; Speci- specifies that a hazardous material be fication IM 101, IM 102, and UN port- packaged under this section, only the able tanks when a T Code is specified following bulk packagings are author- in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous ized, subject to the requirements of Materials Table for a specific haz- subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- ardous material; and marine portable chapter and the special provisions spec- tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. authorized. DOT Specification 57 port- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, able tanks used for the transport by 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car vessel of Class 3, Packaging Group II tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank materials must conform to the fol- car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car lowing: tanks. (1) Minimum design pressure. Each (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, tank must have a minimum design MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig); MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, (2) Pressure relief devices. Each tank MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and must be equipped with at least one DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; pressure relief device, such as a spring- and non-DOT specification cargo tank loaded valve or fusible plug, con- motor vehicles when in compliance forming to the following: with § 173.5a(c). Cargo tanks used to (i) Each pressure relief device must transport Class 3, Packing Group I or communicate with the vapor space of II, or Packing Group III with a flash the tank when the tank is in a normal point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); Class 6, transportation attitude. Shutoff valves Packing Group I or II; and Class 8, may not be installed between the tank Packing Group I or II materials must opening and any pressure relief device. conform to the following special re- Pressure relief devices must be mount- quirements: ed, shielded, or drained to prevent the (1) Pressure relief system: Except as accumulation of any material that provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank could impair the operation or discharge must be equipped with a pressure relief capability of the device; system meeting the requirements of (ii) Frangible devices are not author- § 178.346–3 or § 178.347–4 of this sub- ized; chapter. However, pressure relief de- (iii) No pressure relief device may vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig); cargo tanks must meet the require- (iv) If a fusible device is used for re- ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo lieving pressure, the device must have

615

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00625 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.243 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

a minimum area of 1.25 square inches. chapter for the material being trans- The device must function at a tempera- ported. ture between 104 °C. and 149 °C. (220 °F. (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- and 300 °F.) and at a pressure less than lowing hazardous materials: the design test pressure of the tank, (i) Packing Group I liquids; and unless this latter function is accom- (ii) Packing Group I solids that may plished by a separate device; and become liquid during transportation. (v) No relief device may be used (2) The following IBCs may not be which would release flammable vapors used for Packing Group II and III solids under normal conditions of transpor- that may become liquid during trans- tation (temperature up to and includ- portation: ing 54 °C. (130 °F.).); and (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; (3) Venting capacity. The minimum (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; venting capacity for pressure activated (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and air per hour (measured at 101.3 kPa 13M2; and (14.7 psi) and 15.6 °C. (60 °F.)) at not (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. more than 34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.) agings are authorized subject to the of each portable tank must be at least conditions and limitations of this sec- that determined from the following tion provided the Large Packaging table: type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the spe- Cubic feet free Total surface area square feet 1,2 cific hazardous material in Column (7) air per hour of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter 20 ...... 15,800 and the Large Packaging conforms to 30 ...... 23,700 the requirements in subpart Q of part 40 ...... 31,600 178 of this subchapter at the Packing 50 ...... 39,500 60 ...... 47,400 Group performance level as specified in 70 ...... 55,300 Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the 80 ...... 63,300 material being transported. 90 ...... 71,200 (1) Except as specifically authorized 100 ...... 79,100 120 ...... 94,900 in this subchapter, Large Packagings 140 ...... 110,700 may not be used for Packing Group I or 160 ...... 126,500 II hazardous materials. 1 Interpolate for intermediate sizes. (2) Large Packagings with paper or 2 Surface area excludes area of legs. fiberboard inner receptacles may not (4) Unless provided by § 173.32(h)(3), be used for solids that may become liq- an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank with uid in transportation. a bottom outlet and used to transport [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as a liquid hazardous material that is a amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 Division 5.1 PG I or II; or Division 6.1, FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR PG I or II, must have internal valves 28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 65 conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) of this sub- FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33435, June 21, chapter. 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject 5492, Feb. 1, 2011] to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the IBC type is EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- authorized according to the IBC pack- porated because of inaccurate amendatory aging code specified for the specific instruction. hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter § 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain and the IBC conforms to the require- high hazard liquids and dual haz- ments in subpart O of part 178 of this ard materials which pose a mod- subchapter at the Packing Group per- erate hazard. formance level as specified in Column When § 172.101 of this subchapter (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- specifies that a hazardous material be

616

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00626 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.243

packaged under this section, only the pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig) following bulk packagings are author- are authorized. Unless provided by ized, subject to the requirements of § 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN port- subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- able tank, with a bottom outlet, used chapter and the special provisions spec- to transport a liquid hazardous mate- ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. rial that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, III with a flash point of less than 38 °C 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld- (100 °F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Di- ed tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 vision 6.1, PG I or II, must have inter- multi-unit tank car tanks. nal valves conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) (b) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 304, of this subchapter. MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC to the conditions and limitations of 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank this section provided the IBC type is motor vehicles with tank design pres- authorized according to the IBC pack- sure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). aging code specified for the specific Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 hazardous material in Column (7) of or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8, the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter Packing Group I or II materials must and the IBC conforms to the require- conform to the following special re- ments in subpart O of part 178 of this quirements: subchapter at the Packing Group per- (1) Pressure relief system: Except as formance level as specified in Column provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- must be equipped with a pressure relief chapter for the material being trans- system meeting the requirements of ported. § 178.346–3 or 178.347–4 of this sub- (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- chapter. However, pressure relief de- lowing hazardous materials: vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 (i) Packing Group I liquids; and cargo tanks must meet the require- (ii) Packing Group I solids that may ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo become liquid during transportation. tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group (2) The following IBCs may not be I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC used for Packing Group II and III solids 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet that may become liquid during trans- the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this portation: subchapter. (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; 412 cargo tanks must be equipped with (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, stop-valves meeting the requirements 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC 13M2; and 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. cargo tanks must be equipped with (e) A dual hazard material may be stop-valves capable of being remotely packaged in accordance with § 173.242 if: closed within 30 seconds of actuation (1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 by manual or mechanic means and (ex- with a flash point greater than 38 °C cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and (100 °F); or II) by a closure activated at a tempera- (2) The subsidiary hazard is Division ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and 6.1, Packing Group III; or MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped (3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8, with internal self-closing stop-valves Packaging Group, III. meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11 of this subchapter. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 51 and 60 portable tanks; UN portable 173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– tanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable 238, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–243, tanks when a T code is specified in Col- 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR umn (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this 28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 subchapter for a specific hazardous ma- FR 10780, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33435, June 21, terial; and marine portable tanks con- 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, forming to 46 CFR part 64 with design May 30, 2003]

617

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00627 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.244 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at Authorized 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- Proper shipping name tank car porated because of inaccurate amendatory specification instruction. Chloropicrin ...... 105J500I 112J500I § 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain Chlorosulfonic acid ...... 105J500I pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), 112J500I dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) Dimethyl sulfate ...... 105J500I materials, and poisonous liquids 112J500I with inhalation hazards (Division Ethyl chloroformate ...... 105J500I 112J500I 6.1). Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ...... 105J500I When § 172.101 of this subchapter 112J500I Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutionor Hydro- specifies that a hazardous material be gen cyanide, aqueous solutionwith not more packaged under this section, only the than 20% hydrogen cyanide (Note 2) ...... 105J500I following bulk packagings are author- 112J500I ized, subject to the requirements of Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (Note 2) ...... 105J600I Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous ...... 105J500I subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- 112J500I chapter and the special provisions spec- Poison inhalation hazard, Zone A materials not ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. specifically identified in this table ...... 105J600I Poison inhalation hazard, Zone B materials not (a) Rail cars: (1) Class DOT 105, 109, specifically identified in this table ...... 105J500I 112, 114, or 120 fusion-welded tank car 112J500I tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit Phosphorus trichloride ...... 105J500I tank car tanks. For tank car tanks 112J500I Sulfur trioxide, stabilized ...... 105J500I built prior to March 16, 2009, the fol- 112J500I lowing conditions apply: Sulfuric acid, fuming ...... 105J500I (i) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A mate- 112J500I Titanium tetrachloride ...... 105J500I rials must be transported in tank cars 112J500I having a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 Note 1: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief psig) or greater and conform to Classes device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 105J, 106 or 110. psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized. Note 2: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief (ii) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone B mate- device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 rials must be transported in tank cars psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized. having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 (3) As an alternative to the author- psig) or greater and conform to Classes ized tank car specification listed in the 105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S. table in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, (iii) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous a car of the same authorized tank car must be transported in tank cars hav- specification but of the next lower test ing a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of psig) or greater and conform to Classes the table at § 179.101–1 of this sub- 105, 112, 114 or 120. chapter, may be used provided that (2) For materials poisonous by inha- both of the following conditions are lation, single unit tank cars tanks met: built prior to March 16, 2009 and ap- (i) The difference between the alter- proved by the Tank Car Committee for native and the required minimum plate transportation of the specified mate- thicknesses, based on the calculation rial. Except as provided in prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub- § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or chapter, must be added to the alter- after March 16, 2009 used for the trans- native tank car jacket and head shield. portation of the PIH materials listed When the jacket and head shield are below, must meet the applicable au- made from steel with a minimum ten- thorized tank car specification listed sile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000 in the following table: p.s.i., but the required minimum plate thickness calculation is based on steel Authorized Proper shipping name tank car with a minimum tensile strength of specification 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized (Note 1) ...... 105J500I to the jacket and head shield must be 112J500I increased by a factor of 1.157. Forming Acrolein (Note 1) ...... 105J600I allowances for heads are not required Allyl Alcohol ...... 105J500I 112J500I to be considered when calculating Bromine ...... 105J500I thickness differences.

618

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00628 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247

(ii) The tank car jacket and head agings must meet all requirements in shield are manufactured from carbon paragraph (g) of this section, unless steel plate as prescribed in § 179.100–7(a) otherwise excepted. of this subchapter. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, (b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit and, except for Division 4.2 materials, tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT vehicles. specification tank car tanks equivalent (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51 portable in structural design and accident dam- tanks and UN portable tanks that meet age resistance to specification pack- the requirements of this subchapter, agings. when a T code is specified in Column (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, chapter for the specific hazardous ma- MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, terial, are authorized. Additionally, a MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- DOT 51 or UN portable tank used for cles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo Division 6.1 liquids, Hazard Zone A or tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT B, must be certified and stamped to the specification cargo tank motor vehi- ASME Code as specified in § 178.273(b)(6) cles equivalent in structural design and of this subchapter. accident damage resistance to speci- fication packagings. A non-DOT speci- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR fication cargo tank motor vehicle con- 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR 28676, structed of carbon steel which is in ele- June 5, 1996; 68 FR 45037, July 31, 2003; 72 FR vated temperature material service is 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009] excepted from § 178.345–7(d)(5) of this subchapter. § 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification hazardous materials such as poi- 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IM 101 sonous gases (Division 2.3). and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable When § 172.101 of this subchapter tanks; marine portable tanks con- specifies that a hazardous material be forming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs packaged under this section, only the and non-specification portable tanks following bulk packagings are author- equivalent in structural design and ac- ized, subject to the requirements of cident damage resistance to specifica- subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- tion packagings are authorized. chapter and the special provisions spec- (d) Crucibles: Nonspecification cru- ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. cibles designed and constructed such (a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit that the stress in the packaging does tank car tanks, when approved by the not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ulti- Associate Administrator. mate strength of the packaging mate- (b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and rial at any temperature within the de- portable tanks, when approved by the sign temperature range. Stress is de- Associate Administrator. termined under a load equal to the sum [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as of the static or working pressure in amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR combination with the loads developed 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] from accelerations and decelerations incident to normal transportation. For § 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain highway transportation, these forces elevated temperature materials. are assumed to be ‘‘1.7g’’ vertical, When § 172.101 of this subchapter ‘‘0.75g’’ longitudinal, and ‘‘0.4g’’ trans- specifies that a hazardous material be verse, in reference to the axes of the packaged under this section, only the transport vehicle. Each accelerative or following bulk packagings are author- decelerative load may be considered ized, subject to the requirements of separately. subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- (e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose chapter and the special provisions in of this section, is a bulk packaging column 7 of the § 172.101 table. On or (portable tank or cargo tank) having a after October 1, 1993, authorized pack- capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500

619

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00629 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.247 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

gallons) with an integral heating appa- ment must be of a self-reclosing design, ratus used for melting various bitu- must prevent package rupture or col- minous products such as asphalt. Ket- lapse due to pressure, must prevent sig- tles used for the transport of asphalt or nificant release of lading due to pack- bitumen are subject to the following aging overturn or splashing or surging requirements: during normal transport conditions, (1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a and may be external to the packaging. ratio of track-width to fully loaded (i) Pressure control equipment is not center of gravity (CG) height less than required if pressure in the packaging 2.5 must meet all requirements of para- would increase less than 10 percent as a graph (g) of this section (track-width is result of heating the lading from the the distance measured between the lowest design operating temperature to outer edge of the kettle tires; CG a temperature likely to be encountered height is measured perpendicular from if the packaging were engulfed in a the road surface). fire. When pressure control equipment (2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles is required, it must prevent rupture of with a total capacity of less than 2650 the packaging from heating, including L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track- fire engulfment. width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 (ii) Vacuum control equipment is not or more are excepted from all require- required if the packaging is designed to ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- withstand an external pressure of 100 tion and the rollover protection re- kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this packaging would decrease less than 10 section, if closures meet the require- percent as a result of the lading cool- ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this ing from the highest design operating section. temperature to the lowest temperature (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of incurred in transport. When vacuum 2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio control equipment is required, it must of track-width to fully loaded CG prevent collapse of the packaging from height of 2.5 or more are excepted from a cooling-induced pressure differential. the ‘‘substantially leak tight’’ require- (iii) When the regulations require a ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- reclosing pressure relief device, the tion and the rollover protection re- lading must not render the devices in- quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this operable (i.e. from clogging, freezing, section if closures meet the require- or fouling). If the lading affects the ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this proper operation of the device, the section. packaging must have: (iii) Closures must be securely closed (A) A safety relief device incor- during transportation. Closures also porating a frangible disc or a perma- must be designed to prevent opening nent opening, each having a maximum and the expulsion of lading in a roll- effective area of 22 cm2 (3.4 in.2), for over accident. transportation by highway; (f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk pack- (B) For transportation of asphalt by agings, other than those specified in highway, a safety relief device incor- paragraphs (a) through (e) of this sec- porating a frangible disc or a perma- tion, which are used for the transport nent opening, each having a maximum of elevated temperature materials, effective area of 48 cm 2 (7.4 in 2); or must conform to all requirements of (C) For transportation by rail, a non- paragraph (g) of this section on or after reclosing pressure relief device incor- October 1, 1993. porating a rupture disc conforming to (g) General requirements. Bulk pack- the requirements of § 179.15 of this sub- agings authorized or used for transport chapter. of elevated temperature materials (iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, must conform to the following require- rupture discs or permanent openings ments: must not allow the release of lading (1) Pressure and vacuum control equip- during normal transportation condi- ment. When pressure or vacuum control tions (i.e., due to splashing or surging). equipment is required on a packaging (2) Closures. All openings, except per- authorized in this section, such equip- manent vent openings authorized in

620

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00630 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.249

paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, transport asphalt or bitumen, are ex- must be securely closed during trans- cepted from specific provisions of this portation. Packagings must be sub- section as follows: stantially leak-tight so as not to allow (i) Kettles with a total capacity of any more than dripping or trickling of less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are a non-continuous flow when over- not in full compliance with the re- turned. Closures must be designed and quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- constructed to withstand, without ex- tion, may continue in elevated tem- ceeding the yield strength of the pack- perature material service if they meet aging, twice the static loading pro- the applicable requirements of subparts duced by the lading in any packaging A and B of this part and if, after March orientation and at all operating tem- 30, 1995, closures are secured during peratures. transport to resist opening in an over- (3) Strength. Each packaging must be turn. designed and constructed to withstand, (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of without exceeding the yield strength of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are the packaging, twice the static loading not in full compliance with the re- produced by the lading in any orienta- quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- tion and at all operating temperatures. tion, may continue in elevated tem- (4) Compatibility. The packaging and perature material service if they meet lading must be compatible over the en- the applicable requirements of subparts tire operating temperature range. A and B of this part and if, after March (5) Markings. In addition to any other 30, 1995, closures are secured during markings required by this subchapter, transport to resist opening in an over- each packaging must be durably turn and no opening exceeds 46 cm2 (7.1 marked in a place readily accessible for in2). inspection in characters at least 4.8 (3) Molten metals and molten glass. mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer’s This section does not apply to pack- name, date of manufacture, design agings used for transportation of mol- temperature range, and maximum ten metals and molten glass by rail product weight (or ‘‘load limit’’ for tank cars) or volumetric capacity. when movement is restricted to oper- (6) Accident damage protection. For ating speeds less than 15 miles per transportation by highway, external hour. (See § 172.203(g)(3) of this sub- loading and unloading valves and clo- chapter for shipping paper require- sures must be protected from impact ments.) damage resulting from collision or (4) Solid elevated temperature materials. overturn. Spraying equipment and the A material which meets the definition road oil application portion of a pack- of a solid elevated temperature mate- aging are excepted from this require- rial is excepted from all requirements ment. of this subchapter except § 172.325 of (7) New construction. Specification this subchapter. packagings that are being manufac- [Amdt. 173–227, 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8, 1993, as tured for the transport of elevated tem- amended by Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. perature materials must be authorized 1, 1993; 173–237, 59 FR 28493, June 2, 1994; 62 for current construction. FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; (h) Exceptions—(1) General. Pack- 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33436, June agings manufactured for elevated tem- 21, 2001; 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, perature materials service prior to Oc- Sept. 27, 2002] tober 1, 1993, which are not in full com- pliance with the requirements in para- § 173.249 Bromine. graph (g) of this section, may continue When § 172.101 of this subchapter in service if they meet the applicable specifies that a hazardous material be requirements of subparts A and B of packaged under this section, only the this part and meet the closure require- following bulk packagings are author- ments in paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- ized, subject to the requirements of tion by March 30, 1995. subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- (2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to chapter and the special provisions spec- October 1, 1993, which are used to ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

621

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00631 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.300 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds). may be equipped with manway cover (f) Tank shell and head thickness for plates, pressure relief valves, vent cargo tank motor vehicles and portable valves, and loading/unloading valves tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 that are required on Class 105A–300W inch) excluding lead lining. tank cars. Tank cars must conform to (g) Except as provided in the requirements in paragraphs (a) § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or through (g) of this section. after March 16, 2009 and used for the (b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC transportation of bromine must meet 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- the applicable authorized tank car cles conforming with paragraphs (d) specification listed in the table in through (f) of this section. Except when § 173.244(a)(2). transported as a residue, the total quantity in one tank may not be less [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as than 88 percent or more than 96 percent amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 74 FR 1800, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, in bromine service built prior to Au- 2010] gust 31, 1991, may continue in service under the requirements contained in § 173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on Subpart G—Gases; Preparation September 30, 1991. and Packaging (c) UN portable tanks conforming to tank code T22 (see § 172.102 of this sub- § 173.300 [Reserved] chapter) or specification IM 101 port- § 173.301 General requirements for able tanks conforming with paragraphs shipment of compressed gases and (d) through (f) of this section. Except other hazardous materials in cyl- when transported as a residue, the inders, UN pressure receptacles and total quantity in one tank may not be spherical pressure vessels. less than 88% nor more than 92% of the (a) General qualifications for use of cyl- volume of the tank. inders. Unless otherwise stated, as used (d) The tank must be made from in this section, the term ‘‘cylinder’’ in- nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate. cludes a UN pressure receptacle. As Nickel cladding or lead lining must be used in this subpart, filled or charged on the inside of the tank. Nickel clad- means an introduction or presence of a ding must comprise at least 20 percent hazardous material in a cylinder. A of the required minimum total thick- ness. Nickel cladding must conform to cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous ASTM B 162 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- material (gas) and offered for transpor- chapter). Lead lining must be at least tation must meet the requirements in 4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank this section and §§ 173.301a through equipment and appurtenances in con- 173.305, as applicable. tact with the lading must be lined or (1) Compressed gases must be in UN made from metal not subject to dete- pressure receptacles built in accord- rioration by contact with lading. ance with the UN standards or in metal (e) Maximum filling density is 300 cylinders and containers built in ac- percent of the tank’s water capacity. cordance with the DOT and ICC speci- Minimum filling density is 287 percent fications and part 178 of this sub- of the tank’s water capacity. Maximum chapter in effect at the time of manu- water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 facture, and requalified and marked as pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars. prescribed in subpart C in part 180 of Maximum quantity of lading in DOT this subchapter, if applicable. The DOT 105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000 and ICC specifications authorized for pounds). Maximum water capacity is use are as follows: 16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT Packagings 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W tank cars equipped as described in 2P paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum 2Q

622

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00632 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

ICC–31 cylinder marked ‘‘DOT-4B500’’ may be 3A used when ‘‘DOT-4B300’’ is specified. 3AA (6) No person may fill a cylinder 3AL overdue for periodic requalification 3AX 3A480X with a hazardous material and then 3AAX offer it for transportation. The prohibi- 3B tion against offering a cylinder for 3BN transportation that is overdue for peri- 3E odic requalification does not apply to a 3HT cylinder filled prior to the requalifica- 3T tion due date. 4AA480 (7) A cylinder with an authorized 4B service life may not be offered for 4B240ET 4BA transportation in commerce after its 4BW authorized service life has expired. 4D However, a cylinder in transportation 4DA or a cylinder filled prior to the expira- 4DS tion of its authorized service life may 4E be transported for reprocessing or dis- 4L posal of the cylinder’s contents. After 8 emptying, the cylinder must be con- 8AL 39 demned in accordance with § 180.205 of this subchapter. (2) A cylinder must be filled in ac- (8) The pressure of the hazardous ma- cordance with this part. Before each terial at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed filling of a cylinder, the person filling 5/4 of the service pressure of the cyl- the cylinder must visually inspect the inder. Sufficient outage must be pro- outside of the cylinder. A cylinder that vided so the cylinder will not be liquid has a crack or leak, is bulged, has a de- full at 55 °C (131 °F). fective valve or a leaking or defective (9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT, pressure relief device, or bears evidence spherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 39 of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, cylinders must be packed in strong or detrimental rusting or corrosion, non-bulk outer packagings. The out- may not be filled and offered for trans- side of the combination packaging portation. A cylinder may be repaired must be marked with an indication and requalified only as prescribed in that the inner packagings conform to subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter. the prescribed specifications. (3) Pressure relief devices must be (10) Any person who installs a valve tested for leaks before a filled cylinder into an aluminum cylinder in oxygen is shipped from the cylinder filling service must verify the valve and the plant. It is expressly forbidden to re- cylinder have the same thread type. pair a leaking fusible plug device where (b) Cylinder markings. Required mark- the leak is through the fusible metal or ings on a cylinder must be legible and between the fusible metal and the must meet the applicable requirements opening in the plug body, except by re- of subpart C of part 180 of this sub- moval and replacement of the pressure chapter. Additional information may relief device. be marked on the cylinder provided it (4) A cylinder that previously con- does not affect the required markings tained a Class 8 material must be re- prescribed in the applicable cylinder qualified in accordance with § 180.205(e) specification. of this subchapter. (c) Toxic gases and mixtures. Cylinders (5) When a cylinder with a marked containing toxic gases and toxic gas pressure limit is prescribed, another mixtures meeting the criteria of Divi- cylinder made under the same speci- sion 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B must con- fication but with a higher marked pres- form to the requirements of § 173.40 and sure limit is authorized. For example, a CGA S–1.1 (compliance with paragraph 9.1.1.1 is not required) (IBR; see § 171.7 1 Use of existing cylinders is authorized. of this subchapter) and CGA S–7 (IBR; New construction is not authorized. see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A DOT 39

623

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00633 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.301 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

cylinder, UN non-refillable cylinder, or (4) A pressure relief device is required a UN composite cylinder certified to on a DOT 39 cylinder regardless of cyl- ISO–11119–3 may not be used for a toxic inder size or filled pressure. A DOT 39 gas or toxic gas mixture meeting the cylinder used for liquefied Division 2.1 criteria for Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A materials must be equipped with a or B. metal pressure relief device. Fusible (d) Gases capable of combining chemi- pressure relief devices are not author- cally. A filled cylinder may not contain ized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a any gas or material capable of com- liquefied gas. bining chemically with the cylinder’s (5) A pressure relief device is not re- contents or with the cylinder’s mate- quired on— rial of construction, so as to endanger (i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or the cylinder’s serviceability. less in length, exclusive of neck, and (e) Ownership of cylinder. A cylinder 114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside filled with a hazardous material may diameter, except when the cylinder is not be offered for transportation unless filled with a liquefied gas for which it was filled by the owner of the cyl- this part requires a service pressure of inder or with the owner’s consent. 1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas (f) Pressure relief device systems. (1) Ex- to a pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21 cept as provided in paragraphs (f)(5), °C (70 °F); (f)(6), and (l)(2) of this section, a cyl- (ii) A cylinder with a water capacity inder filled with a gas and offered for of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs) filled with transportation must be equipped with a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300 one or more pressure relief devices psig or less at 21 °C (70 °F), except for sized and selected as to type, location, a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for and quantity, and tested in accordance acetylene in solution; or with CGA S–1.1 (compliance with para- (iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3 graph 9.1.1.1 is not required) and CGA or a Class 8 material without pressur- S–7. The pressure relief device must be ization, unless otherwise specified for capable of preventing rupture of the the hazardous material. normally filled cylinder when sub- (6) A pressure relief device is prohib- jected to a fire test conducted in ac- ited on a cylinder filled with a Division cordance with CGA C–14 (IBR, see 2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. § 171.7 of this subchapter), or, in the (iv) A UN pressure receptacle trans- case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C–12 ported in accordance with paragraph (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (k) or (l) or this section. (2) A pressure relief device, when in- (g) Manifolding cylinders in transpor- stalled, must be in communication tation. (1) Cylinder manifolding is au- with the vapor space of a cylinder con- thorized only under conditions pre- taining a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) scribed in this paragraph (g). material. Manifolded cylinders must be sup- (3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, ported and held together as a unit by 3AL, 3AX, 3AXX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cyl- structurally adequate means. Except inder filled with gases in other than Di- for Division 2.2 materials, each cyl- vision 2.2 (except oxygen and oxidizing inder must be equipped with an indi- gases transported by aircraft, see vidual shutoff valve that must be §§ 173.302(f) and 173.304(f)), beginning tightly closed while in transit. Mani- with the first requalification due after fold branch lines must be sufficiently December 31, 2003, the burst pressure of flexible to prevent damage to the a CG–1, CG–4, or CG–5 pressure relief valves that otherwise might result device must be at test pressure with a from the use of rigid branch lines. Each tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%. An cylinder must be individually equipped additional 5% tolerance is allowed with a pressure relief device as re- when a combined rupture disk is placed quired in paragraph (f) of this section, inside a holder. This requirement does except that pressure relief devices on not apply if a CG–2, CG–3, or CG–9 ther- manifolded horizontal cylinders that mally activated relief device or a CG–7 are mounted on a motor vehicle or reclosing pressure valve is used on the framework may be selected as to type, cylinder. location, and quantity according to the

624

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00634 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

lowest marked pressure limit of an in- (iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, re- dividual cylinder in the manifolded frigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid); unit. The pressure relief devices se- (v) A Medical E cylinder with a water lected for the manifolded unit must capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in 3) or less; have been tested in accordance with (vi) A fire extinguisher; or CGA S–1.1 and CGA S–7. Pressure relief (vii) A ‘‘B’’ style cylinder with a ca- devices on manifolded horizontal cyl- pacity of 40 ft 3 (1.13 m3) or an ‘‘MC’’ inders filled with a compressed gas style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft 3 must be arranged to discharge unob- (0.28m3) containing acetylene. structed to the open air. In addition, (2) For cylinders manufactured before for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mate- October 1, 2007, a cylinder must have rial, the pressure relief devices (PRDs) its valves protected by one of the fol- must be arranged to discharge upward lowing methods: to prevent any escaping gas from con- (i) By equipping the cylinder with se- tacting personnel or any adjacent cyl- curely attached metal caps of suffi- inders. Valves and pressure relief de- cient strength to protect valves from vices on manifolded cylinders filled damage during transportation; with a compressed gas must be pro- (ii) By boxing or crating the cyl- tected from damage by framing, a cabi- inders so as to protect valves from net or other method. Manifolding is au- damage during transportation; thorized for cylinders containing the (iii) By constructing the cylinder so following gases: that the valve is recessed into the cyl- (i) Nonliquefied (permanent) com- inder or otherwise protected to the ex- pressed gases authorized by § 173.302. tent that it will not be subjected to a (ii) Liquefied compressed gases au- blow when the container is dropped thorized by § 173.304. Each manifolded onto a flat surface; or cylinder containing a liquefied com- (iv) By loading the cylinders in an pressed gas must be separately filled upright position and securely bracing and means must be provided to ensure the cylinders in rail cars or motor ve- no interchange of cylinder contents hicles, when loaded by the consignor can occur during transportation. and unloaded by the consignee. (3) For cylinders manufactured on or (iii) Acetylene as authorized by after October 1, 2007, each cylinder § 173.303. valve assembly must be of sufficient (2) For the checking of tare weights strength or protected such that no or replacing solvent, the cylinder must leakage occurs when a cylinder with be removed from the manifold. This re- the valve installed is dropped 1.8 m (6 quirement is not intended to prohibit ft.) or more onto a non-yielding sur- filling acetylene cylinders while face, such as concrete or steel, impact- manifolded. ing the valve assembly or protection (h) Cylinder valve protection. UN pres- device at an orientation most likely to sure receptacles must meet the valve cause damage. The cylinder valve as- protection requirements in § 173.301b(c). sembly protection may be provided by A DOT specification cylinder used to any method meeting the performance transport a hazardous material must requirement in this paragraph (h)(3). meet the requirements specified in this Examples include: paragraph (h). (i) Equipping the cylinder with a se- (1) The following specification cyl- curely attached metal cap. inders are not subject to the cylinder (ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box, valve protection requirements in this , or other strong outer packaging paragraph (h): conforming to the requirements of (i) A cylinder containing only a Divi- § 173.25. sion 2.2 material without a Division 5.1 (iii) Constructing the cylinder such subsidiary hazard; that the valve is recessed into the cyl- (ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8 inder or otherwise protected. liquid corrosive only to metal; (i) Cylinders mounted in motor vehicles (iii) A cylinder with a water capacity or in frames. (1) MEGCs must conform of 4.8 liters (293 in 3) or less containing to the requirements in § 173.312. DOT oxygen, compressed; specification cylinders mounted on

625

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00635 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.301a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

motor vehicles or in frames must con- Finding Aids section of the printed volume form to the requirements specified in and at www.fdsys.gov. this paragraph (i). (2) Seamless DOT specification cyl- § 173.301a Additional general require- inders longer than 2 m (6.5 feet) are au- ments for shipment of specification cylinders. thorized for transportation only when horizontally mounted on a motor vehi- (a) General. The requirements in this cle or in an ISO framework or other section are in addition to the require- framework of equivalent structural in- ments in § 173.301 and apply to the ship- tegrity in accordance with CGA TB–25 ment of gases in specification cyl- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The inders. pressure relief device must be arranged (b) Authorized cylinders not marked to discharge unobstructed to the open with a service pressure. For authorized air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flam- cylinders not marked with a service mable gas) material, the pressure relief pressure, the service pressure is des- devices must be arranged to discharge ignated as follows: upward to prevent any escaping gas from contacting personnel or any adja- Service Specification marking Pressure cent cylinders. psig (3) Cylinders may not be transported by rail in container on freight car 3 ...... 1800 (COFC) or trailer on flat car (TOFC) 3E ...... 1800 service except under conditions ap- 8 ...... 250 proved by the Associate Administrator (c) Cylinder pressure at 21 °C (70 °F). for Safety, Federal Railroad Adminis- The pressure in a cylinder at 21 °C (70 tration. °F) may not exceed the service pressure (j) Non-specification cylinders in domes- for which the cylinder is marked or tic use. Except as provided in §§ 171.12(a) designated, except as provided in and 173.23(g) of this subchapter, a filled cylinder manufactured to other than a § 173.302a(b). For certain liquefied ° ° DOT specification or a UN standard in gases, the pressure at 21 C (70 F) must accordance with part 178 of this sub- be lower than the marked service pres- chapter, or a DOT exemption or special sure to avoid having a pressure at a permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) that is fire extinguisher in conformance with greater than permitted. § 173.309(a), may not be transported to, (d) Cylinder pressure at 55 °C (131 °F). from, or within the United States. The pressure in a cylinder at 55 °C (131 (k) Metal attachments. Metal attach- °F) may not exceed 5/4 times the serv- ments to cylinders must have rounded ice pressure, except: or chamfered corners, or be otherwise (1) For a cylinder filled with acety- protected, so as to prevent the likeli- lene, liquefied nitrous oxide, or carbon hood of causing puncture or damage to dioxide. other hazardous materials packages. (2) For a cylinder filled in accordance This requirement applies to anything with § 173.302a(b), the pressure in the temporarily or permanently attached cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not ex- to the cylinder, such as metal skids. ceed 5/4 times the filling pressure. (l) Cylinders made of aluminum alloy (3) The pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of 6351–T6. A DOT 3AL cylinder manufac- Hazard Zone A and Hazard Zone B ma- tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 may terials may not exceed the service not be filled and offered for transpor- pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient out- tation or transported with pyrophoric age must be provided so that the cyl- gases. The use of UN cylinders manu- inder will not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 factured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 is °F). prohibited. (e) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002] domestic use prior to the date on which

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- the specification for the cylinder was tations affecting § 173.301, see the List of CFR first made effective may be used if the Sections Affected, which appears in the cylinder has been properly tested and

626

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00636 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301b

otherwise conforms to the require- (b) Individual shut-off valves and pres- ments applicable to the gas with which sure relief devices. Except for Division it is charged. 2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure [67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 receptacle must be equipped with an FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24661, May 8, individual shutoff valve that must be 2003; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011] tightly closed while in transit. Each UN pressure receptacle must be indi- § 173.301b Additional general require- vidually equipped with a pressure relief ments for shipment of UN pressure device as prescribed by § 173.301(f), ex- receptacles. cept that pressure relief devices on (a) General. The requirements of this bundles of cylinders or manifolded hor- section are in addition to the require- izontal cylinders must have a set-to- ments in § 173.301 and apply to the ship- discharge pressure that is based on the ment of gases in UN pressure recep- lowest marked pressure of any cylinder tacles. A UN pressure receptacle, in- in the bundle or manifolded unit. cluding closures, must conform to the (c) Pressure receptacle valve require- design, construction, inspection and ments. (1) When the use of a valve is testing requirements specified in parts prescribed, the valve must conform to 178 and 180 of this subchapter, as appli- the requirements in ISO 10297 (IBR, see cable. Bundles of cylinders must con- § 171.7 of this subchapter). form to the requirements in § 178.70(e) (2) A UN pressure receptacle must of this subchapter. have its valves protected from damage (1) A UN pressure receptacle may not that could cause inadvertent release of be filled and offered for transportation the contents of the UN pressure recep- when damaged to such an extent that tacle by one of the following methods: the integrity of the UN pressure recep- (i) By constructing the pressure re- tacle or its service equipment may be ceptacle so that the valves are recessed affected. Prior to filling, the service inside the neck of the UN pressure re- equipment must be examined and found ceptacle and protected by a threaded to be in good working condition (see plug or cap; § 178.70(d) of this subchapter). In addi- tion, the required markings must be (ii) By equipping the UN pressure re- legible on the pressure receptacle. ceptacle with a valve cap conforming (2) The gases or gas mixtures must be to the requirements in ISO 11117 (IBR, compatible with the UN pressure recep- see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The cap tacle and valve materials as prescribed must have vent-holes of sufficient for metallic materials in ISO 11114–1 cross-sectional area to evacuate the (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and gas if leakage occurs at the valve; for non-metallic materials in ISO (iii) By protecting the valves by 11114–2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- shrouds or guards conforming to the chapter). requirements in ISO 11117 (IBR; see (3) A refillable UN pressure recep- § 171.7 of this subchapter). For metal tacle may not be filled with a gas or hydride storage systems, by protecting gas mixture different from that pre- the valves in accordance with the re- viously contained in the UN pressure quirements in ISO 16111 (IBR; see § 171.7 receptacle unless the necessary oper- of this subchapter). ations for change of gas service have (iv) By using valves designed and been performed in accordance with ISO constructed with sufficient inherent 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- strength to withstand damage in ac- chapter). cordance with Annex B of ISO 10297; (4) When a strong outer packaging is (v) By enclosing the UN pressure re- prescribed, for example as provided by ceptacles in frames, e.g., bundles of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this sec- cylinders; or tion, the UN pressure receptacles must (vi) By packing the UN pressure re- be protected to prevent movement. Un- ceptacles in a strong outer package, less otherwise specified in this part, such as a box or crate, capable of meet- more than one UN pressure receptacle ing the drop test specified in § 178.603 of may be enclosed in the strong outer this subchapter at the Packing Group I packaging. performance level.

627

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00637 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.302 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(d) Non-refillable UN pressure recep- ceptacles must meet the requirements tacles. Non-refillable UN pressure re- in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b, as applicable. ceptacles must conform to the fol- Where more than one section applies to lowing requirements: a cylinder, the most restrictive re- (1) The receptacles must be trans- quirements must be followed. ported as an inner package of a com- (b) Aluminum cylinders in oxygen serv- bination package; ice. Each aluminum cylinder filled with (2) The receptacle must have a water oxygen must meet all of the following capacity not exceeding 1.25 L when conditions: used for a flammable or toxic gas; and (1) Metallic portions of a valve that (3) The receptacle is prohibited for may come into contact with the oxy- Hazard Zone A material. gen in the cylinder must be con- (e) Pyrophoric gases. A UN pressure structed of brass or stainless steel. receptacle must have valve outlets (2) Except for UN cylinders, each cyl- equipped with gas-tight plugs or caps inder opening must be configured with when used for pyrophoric or flammable straight threads only. mixtures of gases containing more (3) Each UN pressure receptacle must than 1% pyrophoric compounds. When UN pressure receptacles are manifolded be cleaned in accordance with the re- in a bundle, each of the pressure recep- quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 tacles must be equipped with an indi- or this subchapter). Each DOT cylinder vidual valve that must be closed while must be cleaned in accordance with the in transportation, and the outlet of the requirements of GSA Federal Speci- manifold valve must be equipped with fication RR–C–901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 a pressure retaining gas-tight plug or and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- cap. Gas-tight plugs or caps must have chapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to threads that match those of the valve those specified in Federal Specification outlets. RR–C–901D may be used provided they (f) Hydrogen bearing gases. A steel UN do not react with oxygen. One cylinder pressure receptacle bearing an ‘‘H’’ selected at random from a group of 200 mark must be used for hydrogen bear- or fewer and cleaned at the same time ing gases or other embrittling gases must be tested for oil contamination in that have the potential of causing hy- accordance with Federal Specification drogen embrittlement. RR–C–901D, paragraph 4.3.2, and meet (g) Composite cylinders in underwater the specified standard of cleanliness. use. A composite cylinder certified to (4) The pressure in each cylinder may ISO–11119–2 or ISO–11119–3 may not be not exceed 3000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F). used for underwater applications unless (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of the cylinder is manufactured in accord- §§ 173.24(b)(1) and paragraph (f) of this ance with the requirements for under- section, an authorized cylinder con- water use and is marked ‘‘UW’’ as pre- taining oxygen continuously fed to scribed in § 178.71(o)(17) of this sub- tanks containing live fish may be of- chapter. fered for transportation and trans- ported. [71 FR 33882, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, (d) Shipment of Division 2.1 mate- 2011] rials in aluminum cylinders is author- ized for transportation only by motor § 173.302 Filling of cylinders with non- vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. liquefied (permanent) compressed (e) DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of gases. 6351–T6 aluminum alloy. Suitable safe- (a) General requirements. A cylinder guards should be provided to protect filled with a non-liquefied compressed personnel and facilities should failure gas (except gas in solution) must be of- occur while filling cylinders manufac- fered for transportation in accordance tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 used with the requirements of this section in self-contained underwater breathing and § 173.301. In addition, a DOT speci- apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained fication cylinder must meet the re- breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen quirements in §§ 173.301a, 173.302a and service. The cylinder filler should 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure re- allow only those individuals essential

628

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00638 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302a

to the filling process to be in the vicin- tration resistance and thermal resist- ity of the cylinder during the filling ance characteristics of the packaging. process. (4) The cylinder and the outer pack- (f) Compressed oxygen and oxidizing aging must be capable of passing, as gases by aircraft. A cylinder containing demonstrated by design testing, the oxygen, compressed; compressed gas, Thermal Resistance Test specified in oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrogen trifluoride Appendix D to part 178 of this sub- is authorized for transportation by air- chapter. craft only when it meets the following (5) The cylinder and the outer pack- requirements: aging must both be marked and labeled (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, in accordance with part 172, subparts D 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN and E of this subchapter. The addi- pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed 9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders to indicate that the cylinder and the are authorized. outer packaging are capable of passing, (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a as demonstrated by design testing, the pressure relief device in accordance Thermal Resistance Test specified in with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl- Appendix D to part 178 of this sub- inders offered for transportation after chapter. October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec- (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen ification cylinders with the first re- that has been furnished by an aircraft qualification due after October 1, 2008, operator to a passenger in accordance or for the UN pressure receptacles prior with 14 CFR §§ 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 to initial use: is excepted from the outer packaging requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this (i) The rated burst pressure of a rup- section. ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, and 39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep- [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809– FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% 2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51127, of the cylinder minimum test pressure Aug. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 76 FR with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 56317, Sept. 13, 2011] 10%; and § 173.302a Additional requirements for (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup- shipment of nonliquefied (perma- ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must nent) compressed gases in specifica- be 90% of the cylinder minimum test tion cylinders. pressure with a tolerance of plus zero (a) Detailed filling requirements. Non- to minus 10%. liquefied compressed gases (except gas (3) The cylinder must be placed in a in solution) for which filling require- rigid outer packaging that— ments are not specifically prescribed in (i) Conforms to the requirements of § 173.304a must be shipped subject to either part 178, subparts L and M of the requirements in this section and this subchapter at the Packing Group I §§ 173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, and 173.305 in or II performance level or the perform- specification cylinders, as follows: ance criteria in Air Transport Associa- (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E, 4B, tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a 4BA and 4BW cylinders. Category I ; (2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cyl- (ii) Is capable of passing, as dem- inders are authorized for aircraft use onstrated by design testing, the Flame only and only for nonflammable gases. Penetration Resistance Test in Appen- They have a maximum service life of 24 dix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and years from the date of manufacture. (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a The cylinders must be equipped with visual inspection that verifies that all frangible disc type pressure relief de- features of the packaging are in good vices that meet the requirements of condition, including all latches, hinges, § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must seams, and other features, and that the have a rated bursting pressure not ex- packaging is free from perforations, ceeding 90 percent of the minimum re- cracks, dents, or other abrasions that quired test pressure of the cylinder. may negatively affect the flame pene- Discs with fusible metal backing are

629

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00639 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.302a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

not permitted. Specification 3HT cyl- S = 1.7EE / KV¥0.4P inders may be offered for transpor- Where: tation only when packaged in accord- ance with § 173.301(a)(9). S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; EE = elastic expansion (total less perma- (3) DOT 39 cylinders. When the cyl- nent) in cubic centimeters; inder is filled with a Division 2.1 mate- K = factor × 10 ¥7 experimentally determined rial, the internal volume of the cyl- for the particular type of cylinder being inder may not exceed 1.23 L (75 in3). tested or derived in accordance with CGA (4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders C–5 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); are authorized for Division 2.1 and 2.2 V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 materials and for carbon monoxide. cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters); DOT 3T cylinders are not authorized P = test pressure, pounds per square inch. for hydrogen. When used in methane (B) The formula in paragraph service, the methane must be a non- (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived liquefied gas with a minimum purity of from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) 98.0 percent methane and commercially of this section and the following: free of corroding components. EE = (PKVD2) / (D2¥d2) (5) Aluminum cylinders manufac- tured in conformance with specifica- (ii) The maximum wall stress must tions DOT 39 and 3AL are authorized be computed from the formula: for oxygen only under the conditions S = (P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)) / (D2¥d2) specified in § 173.302(b). Where: (b) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders. A P = test pressure, pounds per square inch; DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cyl- D = outside diameter, inches; inder may be filled with a compressed d = D–2t, where t=minimum wall thickness gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved, determined by a suitable method. Division 2.1, or Division 2.3 gas, to a pressure 10 percent in excess of its (iii) Compliance with average wall marked service pressure, provided: stress limitation may be determined by computing the elastic expansion rejec- (1) The cylinder is equipped with a tion limit in accordance with CGA C–5, frangible disc pressure relief device by reference to data tabulated in CGA (without fusible metal backing) having C–5, or by the manufacturer’s marked a bursting pressure not exceeding the elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) minimum prescribed test pressure. on the cylinder. (2) The cylinder’s elastic expansion (4) An external and internal visual was determined at the time of the last examination made at the time of test test or retest by the water jacket or retest shows the cylinder to be free method. from excessive corrosion, pitting, or (3) Either the average wall stress or dangerous defects. the maximum wall stress does not ex- (5) A plus sign (+) is added following ceed the wall stress limitation shown the test date marking on the cylinder in the following table: to indicate compliance with para- Average Maximum graphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this wall wall section. Type of steel stress stress limitation limitation (c) Carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- oxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A, I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 car- 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cyl- bon and medium manganese steels ...... 53,000 58,000 inder having a minimum service pres- II. Steels of analysis and heat treat- sure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel ment specified in spec. 3AA ...... 67,000 73,000 cylinder may not exceed 1000 psig at 21 III. Steels of analysis and heat treat- °C (70 °F), except that if the gas is dry ment specified in spec. DOT-3T .... 87,000 94,000 IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 and sulfur free, the cylinder may be carbon made prior to 1920 ...... 45,000 48,000 filled to 5/6 of the cylinder’s service pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less. (i)(A) The average wall stress must A DOT 3AL cylinder may be filled to be computed from the elastic expan- its marked service pressure. A DOT sion data using the following formula: 3AL cylinder is authorized only when

630

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00640 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.303

transported by motor vehicle, rail car, aged in a UN pressure receptacle with a or cargo-only aircraft. minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures. maximum working pressure not to ex- Diborane and diborane mixed with ceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle compatible compressed gas must be of- made of aluminum alloy is not author- fered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 cyl- ized. The maximum quantity of gas au- inder. The maximum filling density of thorized in each UN pressure receptacle the diborane may not exceed 7 percent. is 5 kg. Diborane mixed with compatible com- (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN pressed gas may not have a pressure 1911. Diborane and diborane mixtures exceeding the service pressure of the must be packaged in a UN pressure re- cylinder if complete decomposition of ceptacle with a minimum test pressure the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve as- of 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio semblies must be protected in accord- dependent on the test pressure not to ance with § 173.301(h). exceed 0.07. Filling should be further (e) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped limited so that if complete decomposi- in specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or tion of diborane occurs, the pressure of 3BN400 cylinders without pressure re- diborane or diborane mixtures will not lief devices and equipped with valve exceed the working pressure of the cyl- protection cap. The cylinder may not inder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs be charged to over 400 psig at 21 °C (70 is not authorized. °F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg (6 (e) Carbon monoxide, compressed UN lbs) of gas. 1016. Carbon monoxide, compressed is authorized in UN pressure receptacles. [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 The settled pressure in a steel pressure FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13, receptacle containing carbon monoxide 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 4455, may not exceed 1⁄3 of the pressure re- Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007] ceptacle’s test pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) § 173.302b Additional requirements for except, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free, shipment of non-liquefied (perma- the settled pressure may not exceed l⁄2 nent) compressed gases in UN pres- of the marked test pressure. sure receptacles. [71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006] (a) General. A cylinder filled with a non-liquefied gas must be offered for § 173.303 Charging of cylinders with transportation in UN pressure recep- compressed gas in solution (acety- tacles subject to the requirements in lene). this section and § 173.302. In addition, (a) Cylinder, filler and solvent require- the requirements in §§ 173.301 and ments. (Refer to applicable parts of 173.301b must be met. Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene gas (b) UN pressure receptacles filling lim- must be shipped in Specification 8 or its. A UN pressure receptacle is author- 8AL cylinders (§ 178.59 or § 178.60 of this ized for the transportation of non-liq- subchapter). The cylinders shall con- uefied compressed gases as specified in sist of metal shells filled with a porous this section. Except where filling lim- material, and this material must be its are specifically prescribed in this charged with a suitable solvent. The section, the working pressure of a UN cylinders containing the porous mate- pressure receptacle may not exceed 2⁄3 rial and solvent shall be successfully of the test pressure of the receptacle. tested in accordance with CGA C–12 Alternatively, the filling limits speci- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). fied for non-liquefied gases in Table 1 Representative samples of cylinders of P200 of the UN Recommendations charged with acetylene must be suc- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are cessfully tested in accordance with authorized. In no case may the internal CGA C–12. pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the (b) Filling limits. For DOT specifica- test pressure. tion cylinders, the pressure in the cyl- (c) Fluorine, compressed, UN 1045 and inder containing acetylene gas may not Oxygen diflouride, compressed, UN 2190. exceed 250 psig at 70 °F. If cylinders are Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen marked for a lower allowable charging difluoride, compressed must be pack- pressure at 70 °F., that pressure must

631

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00641 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the ing Aids section of the printed volume and at pressure in the cylinder may not ex- www.fdsys.gov. ceed the limits specified in § 173.304b(b)(2). § 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liq- uefied compressed gases. (c) Data requirements on filler and sol- vent. Cylinders containing acetylene (a) General requirements. A cylinder gas must not be shipped unless they filled with a liquefied compressed gas were charged by or with the consent of (except gas in solution) must be offered the owner, and by a person, firm, or for transportation in accordance with company having possession of complete the requirements of this section and information as to the nature of the po- the general requirements in § 173.301. In rous filling, the kind and quantity of addition, a DOT specification cylinder solvent in the cylinders, and the mean- must meet the requirement in ing of such markings on the cylinders §§ 173.301a, 173.304a, and 173.305, as appli- as are prescribed by the Department’s cable. UN pressure receptacles must be regulations and specifications applying shipped in accordance with the require- to containers for the transportation of ments in 173.301b and 173.304b, as appli- acetylene gas. cable. (d) Verification of container pressure. (1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be (1) Each day, the pressure in a con- used for any material with a primary tainer representative of that day’s or subsidiary hazard of Class 8. compression must be checked by the (2) Shipments of Division 2.1 mate- charging plant after the container has rials in aluminum cylinders are au- cooled to a settled temperature and a thorized only when transported by record of this test kept for at least 30 motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only days. aircraft. (e) Prefill requirements. Before each (b) Filling limits. Except for carbon di- filling of an acetylene cylinder, the oxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A); person filling the cylinder must vis- nitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhib- ually inspect the outside of the cyl- ited, the liquid portion of a liquefied inder in accordance with the prefill re- gas may not completely fill the pack- quirements contained in CGA C–13, aging at any temperature up to and in- Section 3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- cluding 55 °C (131 °F). The liquid por- chapter). tion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may ° (f) UN cylinders. (1) UN cylinders and completely fill the cylinder at 55 C ° bundles of cylinders are authorized for (131 F) provided the pressure at the the transport of acetylene gas as speci- critical temperature does not exceed fied in this section. Each UN acetylene 1.25 times the service pressure of the cylinder must conform to ISO 3807–2 cylinder. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), (c) Mixture of compressed gas and other have a homogeneous monolithic porous material. A mixture of compressed gas mass filler and be charged with acetone must be shipped in accordance with or a suitable solvent as specified in the § 173.305. standard. UN acetylene cylinders must (d) Refrigerant and dispersant gases. have a minimum test pressure of 52 bar Nontoxic and nonflammable refrig- and may be filled up to the pressure erant or dispersant gases must be of- limits specified in ISO 3807–2. The use fered for transportation in cylinders of UN tubes and MEGCs is not author- prescribed in § 173.304a, or in DOT 2P ized. and 2Q containers (§§ 178.33, 178.33a of (2) UN cylinders equipped with pres- this subchapter). DOT 2P and 2Q con- sure relief devices or that are tainers must be packaged in a strong manifolded together must be trans- wooden or fiberboard box of such de- ported upright. sign as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under condi- [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 tions incident to transportation. Pres- FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] sure in the inside metal containers ° ° EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- may not exceed 87 psia at 21 C (70 F). tations affecting § 173.303, see the List of CFR Each completed metal container filled Sections Affected which appears in the Find- for shipment must be heated until its

632

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00642 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304

contents reach a minimum tempera- (i) The rated burst pressure of a rup- ture of 55 °C (131 °F) without evidence ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E and of leakage, distortion, or other defect. 39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep- Each outside package must be plainly tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809– marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- 3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% PLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- of the cylinder minimum test pressure TIONS’’. with a tolerance of plus zero to minus (e) Engine starting fluid. Engine start- 10%; and ing fluid containing a flammable com- (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup- pressed gas or gases must be shipped in ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must a cylinder as prescribed in § 173.304a or be 90% of the cylinder minimum test as follows: pressure with a tolerance of plus zero (1) Inside non-refillable metal con- to minus 10%. tainers having a capacity not greater (3) The cylinder must be placed in a than 500 mL (32 in 3). The containers rigid outer packaging that— must be packaged in strong, tight (i) Conforms to the requirements of outer packagings. The pressure in the either part 178, subparts L and M, of container may not exceed 145 psia at 54 this subchapter at the Packing Group I ° ° C (130 F). If the pressure exceeds 145 or II performance level, or the perform- ° ° psia at 54 C (130 F), a DOT 2P con- ance criteria in Air Transport Associa- tainer must be used. In either case, the tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a metal container must be capable of Category I Shipping Container; withstanding, without bursting, a pres- (ii) Is capable of passing, as dem- sure of 1.5 times the pressure of the contents at 54 °C (130 °F). The liquid onstrated by design testing, the Flame content of the material and gas may Penetration Resistance Test in Appen- not completely fill the container at 54 dix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and °C (130 °F). Each container filled for (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a shipment must have been heated until visual inspection that verifies that all its contents reach a minimum tem- features of the packaging are in good perature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evi- condition, including all latches, hinges, dence of leakage, distortion, or other seams, and other features, and the defect. Each outside shipping container packaging is free from perforations, must be plainly marked, ‘‘INSIDE cracks, dents, or other abrasions that CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- may negatively affect the flame pene- SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS’’. tration resistance and thermal resist- (2) [Reserved] ance characteristics of the container. (f) Oxidizing gases by aircraft. A cyl- (4) The cylinder and the outer pack- inder containing carbon dioxide and ox- aging must be capable of passing, as ygen mixture, compressed; liquefied demonstrated by design testing, the gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrous oxide is Thermal Resistance Test specified in authorized for transportation by air- Appendix D to part 178 of this sub- craft only when it meets the following chapter. requirements: (5) The cylinder and the outer pack- (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, aging must both be marked and labeled 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN in accordance with part 172, subparts D pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO and E of this subchapter. The addi- 9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed are authorized. to indicate that the cylinder and the (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a outer packaging are capable of passing, pressure relief device in accordance as demonstrated by design testing, the with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl- Thermal Resistance Test specified in inders offered for transportation after Appendix D to part 178 of this sub- October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec- chapter. ification cylinders with the first re- (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen qualification due after October 1, 2008, that has been furnished by an aircraft or for the UN pressure receptacles prior operator to a passenger in accordance to initial use: with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 is

633

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00643 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

excepted from the outer packaging re- §§ 173.301 and 173.304, in specification quirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this cylinders, as follows: section. (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, except [67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33883, June 12, that no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53188, filled and shipped with a mixture con- Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011] taining a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bi- sulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride, § 173.304a Additional requirements for ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits shipment of liquefied compressed of nitroglycerin, or toxic material (Di- gases in specification cylinders. vision 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically au- (a) Detailed filling requirements. Lique- thorized in this part. fied gases (except gas in solution) must (2) For the gases named, the fol- be offered for transportation, subject lowing requirements apply (for cryo- to the requirements in this section and genic liquids, see § 173.316):

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Anhydrous ammonia ...... 54 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480. Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H–1301) ...... 124 ...... DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-4B400; DOT-4BA400; DOT- 4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL400. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ...... 68 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph ...... DOT-4L. (e) of this section). Chlorine (see Note 2)...... 125 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3; DOT- 3BN480; DOT-3E1800. Chlorodifluroethane or 1-Chloro-1, 1- 100 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- difluoroethane (R–142b). 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL150. Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22) (see Note 8) ...... 105 ...... DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- 4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL240. Chloropentafluorethane (R–115) ...... 110 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13) (see Note 8)...... 100 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Cyclopropane (see Note 8) ...... 55 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X; DOT-3AA225; DOT- 3B225; DOT-4AA480; DOT4B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT- 3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12) (see Note 8) ...... 119 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane mix- Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- ture (constant boiling mixture) (R–500) (see 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- Note 8). 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39. 1,1-Difluoroethane (R–152a) (see note 8) ...... 79 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-3AL150. 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A)...... 73 ...... DOT-3A2200; DOT-3AA2200; DOT-3AX2200; DOT-3AAX2200; DOT-3T2200; DOT-39. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 59 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; ICC– 3E1800. Ethane (see Note 8)...... 35.8 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.

634

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00644 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Ethane (see Note 8)...... 36.8 ...... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 31.0 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 32.5 ...... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 35.5 ...... DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400; DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2400. Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous ...... 65 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1800; DOT- 3E1800. Hydrogen sulfide (see Notes 10 and 14) ...... 62.5 ...... DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-3B; DOT-4A; DOT-4B; DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3AL. Insecticide, gases liquefied (see Notes 8 and 12) Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. Liquefied nonflammable gases, other than classi- Not liquid full at 131 °F Specification packaging authorized in paragraph fied flammable, corrosive, toxic & mixtures or (a)(1) of this section and DOT-3HT; DOT 4D; solution thereof filled w/nitrogen, carbon dioxide, DOT-4DA; DOT-4DS. or air (see Notes 7 and 8).. Methyl acetylene-propadiene, mixtures, stabilized; Not liquid at 131 °F ...... DOT-4B240 without brazed seams; DOT- (see Note 5).. 4BA240 without brazed seams; DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3AL240. Methyl chloride ...... 84 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240ET. Cylinders com- plying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150; and DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec. 7, 1936 are also authorized. Methyl mercaptan ...... 80 ...... DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; OT- 4B240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4BA240; DOT-4BW240. Nitrosyl chloride ...... 110 ...... DOT-3BN400 only. Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) ...... 68 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph ...... DOT-4L. (e) of this section.). Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. Not liquid full at 130 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- (see Notes 8 and 13). 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3AL240. Sulfur dioxide (see note 8) ...... 125 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Sulfur hexafluoride ...... 120 ...... DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000; DOT-AAX2400; DOT-3; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800. Sulfuryl fluoride ...... 106 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480. Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized ...... 90 ...... DOT-3A1200; DOT-3AA1200; DOT-3E1800. Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized ...... 115 ...... DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 57 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800. Vinyl chloride (see Note 5)...... 84 ...... DOT-4B150 without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150.

635

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00645 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... 62 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1800. Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized(see Note 5)...... 68 ...... DOT-4B150, without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B1800; DOT-3E1800.

NOTE 1: ‘‘Filling density’’ means the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a packaging to the weight of water that the container will hold at 16 °C (60 °F). (1 lb of water=27.737 in 3 at 60 °F.). NOTE 2: Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that pro- vided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved pressure relief device. Cylinders pur- chased after Nov. 1, 1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb) of gas. NOTE 3: [Reserved] NOTE 4: Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb) of carbon dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pres- sure in excess of 39000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and is able to withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3000 psig. Such devices must be shipped in strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely cov- ered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc pressure relief de- vice. Shipments must be described as ‘‘liquefied carbon dioxide gas (mining device)’’ and marked, labeled, and certified as pre- scribed for liquefied carbon dioxide. NOTE 5: All parts of valve and pressure relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material, suitably treated if necessary, that will not cause formation of any acetylides. NOTE 6: [Reserved] NOTE 7: Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for non- flammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the frangible disc type that meet the requirements of § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum re- quired test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Cylinders may be offered for transpor- tation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 8: See § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 9: [Reserved] NOTE 10: Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug. NOTE 11: Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in § 173.302(b). NOTE 12: For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.305(c). NOTE 13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.304(d). NOTE 14: The use of DOT specification cylinder with a marked service pressure of 480 psi is authorized until December 31, 2003.

(b) [Reserved] Minimum specific gravity of Maximum the filling density in ° percent of the water-weight (c) Verification of content in cylinder. liquid material at 60 F capacity of the cylinder Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the amount of liquefied 0.372 to 0.398 ...... 32 gas filled into a cylinder must be by 0.399 to 0.425 ...... 33 0.426 to 0.440 ...... 34 weight or, when the gas is lower in 0.441 to 0.452 ...... 35 pressure than required for liquefaction, 0.453 to 0.462 ...... 36 a pressure-temperature chart for the 0.463 to 0.472 ...... 37 0.473 to 0.480 ...... 38 specific gas may be used to ensure that 0.481 to 0.488 ...... 39 the service pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) 0.489 to 0.495 ...... 40 will not exceed 5/4 of the service pres- 0.496 to 0.503 ...... 41 sure at 21 °C (70 °F). The weight of liq- 0.504 to 0.510 ...... 42 0.511 to 0.519 ...... 43 uefied gas filled into the cylinder also 0.520 to 0.527 ...... 44 must be checked, after disconnecting 0.528 to 0.536 ...... 45 the cylinder from the filling line, by 0.537 to 0.544 ...... 46 the use of an accurate scale. 0.545 to 0.552 ...... 47 0.553 to 0.560 ...... 48 (d) Requirements for liquefied petro- 0.561 to 0.568 ...... 49 leum gas. (1) Filling density limits are 0.569 to 0.576 ...... 50 as follows: 0.577 to 0.584 ...... 51 0.585 to 0.592 ...... 52 0.593 to 0.600 ...... 53 Minimum specific gravity of Maximum the filling density in ° percent of the water-weight 0.601 to 0.608 ...... 54 liquid material at 60 F capacity of the cylinder 0.609 to 0.617 ...... 55 0.618 to 0.626 ...... 56 0.271 to 0.289 ...... 26 0.627 to 0.634 ...... 57 0.290 to 0.306 ...... 27 0.307 to 0.322 ...... 28 (2) Subject to § 173.301a(d), any filling 0.323 to 0.338 ...... 29 0.339 to 0.354 ...... 30 density percentage prescribed in this 0.355 to 0.371 ...... 31 section is authorized to be increased by

636

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00646 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

a factor of 2 for liquefied petroleum gas Shipments of flammable gases in DOT in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cyl- 3AL cylinders are authorized only inders marked for 1800 psig, or higher, when transported by motor vehicle, service pressure. rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. (3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be (ii) Additional containers may be shipped in specification cylinders as used within the limits of quantity and follows: pressure as follows: (i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, or 39 cylinders.

Maximum Type of container capacity Maximum filling pressure (cubic (psig) inches)

DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ...... 31.83 45 psig at 70 °F and 105 psig at 130 °F (see Note 2). DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ...... 31.83 35 psig at 70 °F and 100 psig at 130 °F.

NOTE 1: Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or acci- dental functioning under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- TIONS’. NOTE 2: A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous projection of a closing device when exposed to fire.

(4) Verification of content. A cylinder tity of liquefied gas in each container with a water capacity of 90.72 kg (200 must be checked by means of the dip lb) or more and for use with a liquefied tube after disconnecting from the fill- petroleum gas with a specific gravity ing line. The outlet from the dip tube of 0.504 or greater at 16 °C (60 °F) may may not be larger than 0.1016 centi- have the quantity of its contents deter- meters (0.040 inch; No. 54 drill bit size mined by using a fixed length dip tube orifice). A container representative of gauging device. The length of the dip each day’s filling at each filling plant tube must be such that when a lique- must have its contents checked by fied petroleum gas, with a specific vol- weighing after disconnecting from the ume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a tempera- filling line. ° ture of 40 F, is filled into the con- (e) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid tainer, the liquid just reaches the bot- or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. (1) tom of the tube. The weight of this liq- The following provisions apply to car- uid may not exceed 42 percent of the bon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and ni- water capacity of the container, which trous oxide, refrigerated liquid: must be stamped on the cylinder. The length of the dip tube, expressed in (i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to inches carried out to one decimal place the provisions of this paragraph are au- and prefixed with the letters ‘‘DT’’, thorized. must be stamped on the container and (ii) Each cylinder must be protected on the exterior of removable type dip with at least one pressure relief device tube. For the purpose of this require- and at least one frangible disc con- ment, the marked length must be ex- forming to § 173.301(f) and paragraph pressed as the distance measured along (a)(2) of this section. The relieving ca- the axis of a straight tube from the top pacity of the pressure relief device sys- of the boss through which the tube is tem must be equal to or greater than inserted to the proper level of the liq- that calculated by the applicable for- uid in the container. The length of mula in paragraph 5.8.3 of CGA S–1.1 each dip tube must be checked when in- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). stalled by weighing each container (iii) The temperature and pressure of after filling except when installed in the gas at the time the shipment is of- groups of substantially identical con- fered for transportation may not ex- tainers, in which case one of each 25 ceed ¥18 °C (0 °F) and 290 psig for car- containers must be weighed. The quan- bon dioxide and ¥15.6 °C (+4 °F) and 290

637

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00647 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time (2) The following pressure relief de- in transit may not exceed 120 hours. vice settings, design service tempera- tures and filling densities apply:

Maximum permitted filling density Pressure relief device setting maximum start—to discharge gauge (percent by weight) pressure in psig Carbon dioxide, refrigerated Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid liquid

105 psig ...... 108 104 170 psig ...... 105 101 230 psig ...... 104 99 295 psig ...... 102 97 360 psig ...... 100 95 450 psig ...... 98 83 540 psig ...... 92 87 625 psig ...... 86 80 Design service temperature °C(°F) ...... ¥196 °C(¥320 °F) ¥196 °C(¥320 °F)

[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008]

EDITORIAL NOTE: At 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005, § 173.304a was amended in the table in para- graph (a)(2) by removing the phrase ‘‘DOT–4A480’’ from the entry ‘‘Hydrogen sulfide’’; how- ever, the amendment could not be incorporated because that phrase does not exist in the entry.

§ 173.304b Additional requirements for (2) For low pressure liquefied gases, shipment of liquefied compressed the filling factor (maximum mass of gases in UN pressure receptacles. contents per liter of water capacity) (a) General. Liquefied gases and gas must be less than or equal to 95 percent mixtures must be offered for transpor- of the liquid phase at 50 °C. In addition, tation in UN pressure receptacles sub- the UN pressure receptacle may not be ject to the requirements in this section liquid full at 60 °C. The test pressure of and § 173.304. In addition, the general the pressure receptacle must be equal requirements applicable to UN pressure to or greater than the vapor pressure of receptacles in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b the liquid at 65 °C. must be met. (3) For high pressure liquefied gases (b) UN pressure receptacle filling limits. or gas mixtures, the maximum filling A UN pressure receptacle is authorized ratio may be determined using the for- for the transportation of liquefied com- mulas in (3)(b) of P200 of the UN Rec- pressed gases and gas mixtures as spec- ommendations. ified in this section. When a liquefied compressed gas or gas mixture is trans- (4) For low pressure liquefied gases or ported in a UN pressure receptacle, the gas mixtures, the maximum filling filling ratio may not exceed the max- ratio may be determined using the for- imum filling ratio prescribed in this mulas in (3)(c) of P200 of the UN Rec- section and the applicable ISO stand- ommendations. ard. Compliance with the filling limits (c) Tetraflouroethylene, stabilized, may be determined by referencing the UN1081 must be packaged in a pressure numerical values and data in Table 2 of receptacle with a minimum test pres- P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, sure of 200 bar and a working pressure see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Alter- not exceeding 5 bar. natively, the maximum allowable fill- (d) Fertilizer ammoniating solution ing limits may be determined as fol- with free ammonia, UN1043 is not au- lows: thorized in UN tubes or MEGCs. (1) For high pressure liquefied gases, in no case may the filling ratio of the [74 FR 2265, Jan. 14, 2009] settled pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the test pressure of the UN pressure re- ceptacle.

638

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00648 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

§ 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a § 173.306 Limited quantities of com- mixture of compressed gas and pressed gases. other material. (a) Limited quantities of compressed (a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of gases for which exceptions are per- a compressed gas and any other mate- mitted as noted by reference to this rial must be shipped as a compressed section in § 172.101 of this subchapter gas if the mixture is a compressed gas are excepted from labeling, except as designated in § 173.115 and when not when offered for transportation or in violation of § 173.301(a). transported by air, and, unless required (b) Filling limits. (See § 173.301.) For as a condition of the exception, speci- fication packaging requirements of mixtures, the liquid portion of the liq- this subchapter when packaged in ac- uefied compressed gas at 131 °F. plus cordance with the following para- any additional liquid or solid must not graphs. For transportation by aircraft, completely fill the container. the package must also comply with the (c) Nonpoisonous and nonflammable applicable requirements of § 173.27 of mixtures. Mixtures containing com- this subchapter and only hazardous pressed gas or gases including insecti- materials authorized aboard passenger- cides, which mixtures are nonpoisonous carrying aircraft may be transported and nonflammable under this part as a limited quantity. In addition, ship- must be shipped in cylinders as pre- ments are not subject to subpart F scribed in § 173.304(a) or as follows: (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- (1) Specification 2P (§ 178.33 of this chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter subchapter). Inside metal containers except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this equipped with safety relief devices of a subchapter except § 177.817. Each pack- type examined by the Bureau of Explo- age may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) sives and approved by the Associate gross weight. Administrator, and packed in strong (1) When in containers of not more wooden or fiber boxes of such design as than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic to protect valves from damage or acci- inches or less) except cigarette light- dental functioning under conditions in- ers. Special exceptions for shipment of cident to transportation. Pressure in certain compressed gases in the ORM-D the container may not exceed 85 psia at class are provided in paragraph (i) of 70 °F. Each completed metal container this section. (2) When in metal containers filled filled for shipment must be heated with a material that is not classed as a until content reaches a minimum tem- hazardous material to not more than 90 perature of 130 °F., without evidence of percent of capacity at 70 °F. and then leakage, distortion or other defect. charged with nonflammable, nonlique- Each outside shipping container must fied gas. Each container must be tested be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CON- to three times the pressure at 70 °F. TAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- and, when refilled, be retested to three SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.’’ times the pressure of the gas at 70 °F. (2) [Reserved] Also, one of the following conditions (d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture con- must be met: taining any poisonous material (Divi- (i) Container is not over 0.95 L (1 sion 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that quart) capacity and charged to not the mixture would be classed as poi- more than 11.17 bar (482.63 kPa, 170 sonous under § 173.115 or § 173.132 must psig) at 21 °C (70 °F), and must be be shipped in packagings as authorized packed in a strong outer packaging, or for these poisonous materials. (ii) Container is not over 30 gallons capacity and charged to not more than [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 75 psig at 70 °F. FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. (3) When in a metal container for the 173–70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976; 45 FR 32697, May 19, sole purpose of expelling a nonpoi- 1980; Amdt. 173–224, 56 FR 66275, 66279, Dec. 20, sonous (other than a Division 6.1 Pack- 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, ing Group III material) liquid, paste or Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR powder, provided all of the following 24662, May 8, 2003] conditions are met. Special exceptions

639

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00649 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

for shipment of aerosols in the ORM-D (iii) Non-pressurized gases, flam- class are provided in paragraph (i) of mable must be packed in hermetically this section. sealed glass or metal inner packagings (i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L(61.0 of not more than 5 L (1.3 gallons) and cubic inches). overpacked in a strong outer pack- (ii) Pressure in the container must aging. not exceed 180 psig at 130 °F. If the (5) For limited quantities of Division pressure exceeds 140 psig at 130 °F., but 2.2 gases with no subsidiary risk, when does not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F., a in a for the sole pur- specification DOT 2P (§ 178.33 of this pose of expelling a liquid, paste or pow- subchapter) inside metal container der, provided all of the following condi- must be used; if the pressure exceeds tions are met. Special exceptions for 160 psig at 130 °F., a specification DOT shipment of aerosols in the ORM–D 2Q (§ 178.33a of this subchapter) inside class are provided in paragraph (i) of metal container must be used. In any this section. event, the metal container must be ca- (i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L (61.0 pable of withstanding without bursting cubic inches). a pressure of one and one-half times (ii) Pressure in the container must the equilibrium pressure of the content not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F. If the at 130 °F. pressure in the container is less than (iii) Liquid content of the material 140 psig at 130 °F, a non-DOT specifica- and gas must not completely fill the tion container may be used. If the pres- container at 130 °F. sure in the container exceeds 140 psig (iv) The container must be packed in at 130 °F but does not exceed 160 psig at strong outside packagings. 130 °F, the container must conform to (v) Each container, after it is filled, specification DOT 2S. All non-DOT must be subjected to a test performed specification and specification DOT 2S in a hot water bath; the temperature of containers must be capable of with- the bath and the duration of the test standing, without bursting, a pressure must be such that the internal pressure of one and one-half times the equi- reaches that which would be reached at librium pressure of the contents at 130 55 °C (131 °F) (50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid °F. phase does not exceed 95% of the capac- (iii) Liquid content of the material ity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F)). If and gas must not completely fill the the contents are sensitive to heat, the container at 130 °F. temperature of the bath must be set at (iv) The container must be packed in between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) strong outside packagings. but, in addition, one container in 2,000 (v) Except as provided in paragraph must be tested at the higher tempera- (a)(5)(vi) of this section, each container ture. No leakage or permanent defor- must be subjected to a test performed mation of a container may occur. in a hot water bath; the temperature of (vi) Each outside packaging must be the bath and the duration of the test marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- must be such that the internal pressure PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- reaches that which would be reached at TIONS.’’ 55 °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liq- (4) Gas samples must be transported uid phase does not exceed 95% of the under the following conditions: capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 (i) A gas sample may only be trans- °F). If the contents are sensitive to ported as non-pressurized gas when its heat, or if the container is made of pressure corresponding to ambient at- plastic material which softens at this mospheric pressure in the container is test temperature, the temperature of not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22 the bath must be set at between 20 °C psia). (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) but, in addition, (ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or one container in 2,000 must be tested at toxic and flammable) must be packed the higher temperature. No leakage or in hermetically sealed glass or metal permanent deformation of a container inner packagings of not more than one may occur except that a plastic con- L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong tainer may be deformed through soft- outer packaging. ening provided that it does not leak.

640

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00650 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

(vi) As an alternative to the hot ited quantity. In addition, shipments water bath test in paragraph (a)(5)(v) of are not subject to subpart F this section, testing may be performed (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- as follows: chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter, (A) Pressure and leak testing before fill- except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this ing. Each empty container must be sub- subchapter, except § 177.817. Special ex- jected to a pressure equal to or in ex- ceptions for shipment of certain com- cess of the maximum expected in the pressed gases in the ORM–D class are filled containers at 55 °C (131 °F) (or 50 provided in paragraph (i) of this sec- °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not tion. exceed 95 percent of the capacity of the (1) Foodstuffs or soaps in a nonrefill- container at 50 °C (122 °F). This must be able metal or plastic container not ex- at least two-thirds of the design pres- ceeding 1 L (61.0 cubic inches), with sure of the container. If any container soluble or emulsified compressed gas, shows evidence of leakage at a rate provided the pressure in the container equal to or greater than 3.3 × 10¥2 does not exceed 140 psig at 130 °F. Plas- mbar L/s at the test pressure, distor- tic containers must only contain Divi- tion or other defect, it must be re- sion 2.2 non-flammable soluble or jected; and emulsified compressed gas. The metal (B) Testing after filling. Prior to fill- or plastic container must be capable of ing, the filler must ensure that the withstanding, without bursting, a pres- crimping equipment is set appro- sure of one and one-half times the equi- priately and the specified propellant is librium pressure of the contents at 130 used before filling the container. Once °F. filled, each container must be weighed (i) Containers must be packed in and leak tested. The leak detection strong outside packagings. equipment must be sufficiently sen- (ii) Liquid content of the material sitive to detect at least a leak rate of and the gas must not completely fill 2.0 × 10¥3 mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any the container at 130 °F. filled container which shows evidence (iii) Each outside packaging must be of leakage, deformation, or excessive marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- weight must be rejected. PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- (vi) Each outside packaging must be TIONS.’’ marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- (2) Cream in refillable metal or plas- PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- tic containers with soluble or TIONS.’’ emulsified compressed gas. Plastic con- (b) Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap, tainers must only contain Division 2.2 biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible non-flammable soluble or emulsified fire alarm systems. Limited quantities of compressed gas. Containers must be of compressed gases (except Division 2.3 such design that they will hold pres- gases) for which exceptions are pro- sure without permanent deformation vided as indicated by reference to this up to 375 psig and must be equipped section in § 172.101 of this subchapter, with a device designed so as to release when accordance with one of the fol- pressure without bursting of the con- lowing paragraphs, are excepted from tainer or dangerous projection of its labeling, except when offered for trans- parts at higher pressures. This excep- portation or transported by aircraft, tion applies to shipments offered for and the specification packaging re- transportation by refrigerated motor quirements of this subchapter. For vehicles only. transportation by aircraft, the package (3) Nonrefillable metal or plastic con- must comply with the applicable re- tainers charged with a Division 6.1 quirements of § 173.27 of this sub- Packing Group III or nonflammable so- chapter; the net quantity per package lution containing biological products may not exceed the quantity specified or a medical preparation which could in column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate- be deteriorated by heat, and com- rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub- pressed gas or gases. Plastic containers chapter; and only hazardous materials must only contain 2.2 non-flammable authorized aboard passenger-carrying soluble or emulsified compressed gas. aircraft may be transported as a lim- The capacity of each container may

641

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00651 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

not exceed 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid 50 pounds of refrigerant other than ounces). The pressure in the container Group A1. may not exceed 140 psig at 130 °F, and (ii) Machines or components having the liquid content of the product and two or more charged vessels may not gas must not completely fill the con- contain an aggregate of more than 2,000 tainers at 130 °F. One completed con- pounds of Group I refrigerant or more tainer out of each lot of 500 or less, than 100 pounds of refrigerant other filled for shipment, must be heated, than Group I. until the pressure in the container is (iii) Each pressure vessel must be equivalent to equilibrium pressure of equipped with a safety device meeting the contents at 130 °F. There must be the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15 no evidence of leakage, distortion, or (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). other defect. The container must be (iv) Each pressure vessel must be packed in strong outside packagings. equipped with a shut-off valve at each (4) Electronic tubes, each having a opening except openings used for safety volume of not more than 30 cubic devices and with no other connection. inches and charged with gas to a pres- These valves must be closed prior to sure of not more than 35 psig and and during transportation. packed in strong outside packagings. (v) Pressure vessels must be manu- (5) Audible fire alarm systems pow- factured, inspected and tested in ac- ered by a compressed gas contained in cordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or an inside metal container when shipped when over 6 inches internal diameter, under the following conditions: in accordance with Section VIII of the (i) Each inside container must have ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- contents which are not flammable, poi- chapter). sonous, or corrosive as defined under (vi) All parts subject to refrigerant this part, pressure during shipment must be test- (ii) Each inside container may not ed in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic 15. inches (19.3 fluid ounces), (vii) The liquid portion of the refrig- (iii) Each inside container may not erant, if any, may not completely fill have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at 70 any pressure vessel at 130 °F. °F. and the liquid portion of the gas (viii) The amount of refrigerant, if may not completely fill the inside con- liquefied, may not exceed the filling tainer at 130 °F., and density prescribed in § 173.304. (iv) Each nonrefillable inside con- (f) Accumulators (Articles, pressurized tainer must be designed and fabricated pneumatic or hydraulic containing non- with a burst pressure of not less than flammable gas). The following applies to four times its charged pressure at 130 accumulators, which are hydraulic ac- °F. Each refillable inside container cumulators containing nonliquefied, must be designed and fabricated with a nonflammable gas, and nonflammable burst pressure of not less than five liquids or pneumatic accumulators times its charged pressure at 130 °F. containing nonliquefied, nonflammable (c)–(d) [Reserved] gas, fabricated from materials which (e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New will not fragment upon rupture. (unused) refrigerating machines or (1) Accumulators installed in motor components thereof are excepted from vehicles, construction equipment, and the specification packaging require- assembled machinery and designed and ments of this part if they meet the fol- fabricated with a burst pressure of not lowing conditions. In addition, ship- less than five times their charged pres- ments are not subject to subpart F of sure at 70 °F., when shipped, are not part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 subject to the requirements of this sub- of this subchapter except § 174.24 and to chapter. part 177 of this subchapter except (2) Accumulators charged with lim- § 177.817. ited quantities of compressed gas to (i) Each pressure vessel may not con- not more than 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F. are tain more than 5,000 pounds of Group excepted from labeling (except when of- A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/ fered for transportation by air) and the ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than specification packaging requirements

642

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00652 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

of this subchapter when shipped under will not fragment and that the article the following conditions. In addition, does not rocket; and shipments are not subject to subpart F (iv) Accumulators must be manufac- of part 172 of this subchapter, to part tured under a written quality assur- 174 of this subchapter except § 174.24 ance program which monitors param- and to part 177 of this subchapter ex- eters controlling burst strength, burst cept § 177.817. mode and performance in a fire situa- (i) Each accumulator must be shipped tion as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) as an inside packaging, through (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A (ii) Each accumulator may not have copy of the quality assurance program a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches must be maintained at each facility at under stored pressure, and which the accumulators are manufac- (iii) Each accumulator must be test- tured. ed, without evidence of failure or dam- (5) Accumulators not conforming to age, to at least three times its charged the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) pressure of 70 °F., but not less than 120 through (f) (4) of this section, may only p.s.i. before initial shipment and before be transported subject to the approval each refilling and reshipment. of the Associate Administrator. (3) Accumulators with a charging (g) Water pump system tank. Water pressure exceeding 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F. pump system tanks charged with com- are excepted from labeling (except pressed air or limited quantities of ni- when offered for transportation by air) trogen to not over 40 psig for single- and the specification packaging re- trip shipment to installation sites are quirements of this subchapter when excepted from labeling (transportation shipped under the following conditions: by air not authorized) and the speci- fication packaging requirements of (i) Each accumulator must be in com- this subchapter when shipped under the pliance with the requirements stated in following conditions. In addition, ship- paragraph (f)(2), (i), (ii), and (iii) of this ments are not subject to subpart F of section, and this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub- (ii) Each accumulator must be de- chapter except § 174.24 and part 177 ex- signed and fabricated with a burst pres- cept § 177.817. sure of not less than five times its (1) The tank must be of steel, welded ° charged pressure at 70 F. when with heads concave to pressure, having shipped. a rated water capacity not exceeding (4) Accumulators intended to func- 120 gallons and with outside diameter tion as shock absorbers, struts, gas not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief springs, pneumatic springs or other im- devices not required. pact or energy-absorbing devices are (2) The tank must be pneumatically not subject to the requirements of this tested to 100 psig. Test pressure must subchapter provided each: be permanently marked on the tank. (i) Has a gas space capacity not ex- (3) The stress at prescribed pressure ceeding 1.6 L and a charge pressure not must not exceed 20,000 psi using for- exceeding 280 bar, where the product of mula: the capacity expressed in liters and charge pressure expressed in bars does S = Pd / 2t not exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas where: space and 160 bar charge pressure); S = wall stress in psi: (ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at 4 times the charge pressure at 20°C for least 3 times charged pressure at 70 °F or products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space 100 psig, whichever is greater; capacity and 5 times the charge pres- d = inside diameter in inches; sure for products greater than 0.5 L gas t = minimum wall thickness, in inches. space capacity; (4) The burst pressure must be at (iii) Design type has been subjected least 6 times the charge pressure at 70 to a fire test demonstrating that the °F. article relieves its pressure by means (5) Each tank must be overpacked in of a fire degradable seal or other pres- a strong outer packaging in accordance sure relief device, such that the article with § 173.301(h).

643

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00653 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(h) Lighter refills. (1) Lighter refills must be marked in accordance with (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must not § 172.315(a) or (b), as appropriate, or as contain an ignition element but must authorized in paragraph (i)(2) of this contain a release device. Lighter refills section. Unless otherwise specified in offered for transportation under this paragraph (i)(2) of this section, pack- section may not exceed 4 fluid ounces ages of limited quantities intended for capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or contain transportation by aircraft must con- more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1 form to the applicable requirements fuel. For transportation by highway or (e.g., authorized materials, inner pack- rail, lighter refills must be tightly aging quantity limits and closure se- packed and secured against movement curement) of § 173.27 of this part. A lim- in strong outer packagings. For trans- ited quantity package that conforms to portation by aircraft or vessel, lighter the provisions of this section is not refills must be tightly packed and se- subject to the shipping paper require- cured against movement in any rigid ments of subpart C of part 172 of this specification outer packaging author- subchapter, unless the material meets ized in Subpart L of Part 178 of this the definition of a hazardous sub- subchapter at the Packing Group II stance, hazardous waste, marine pol- performance level. lutant, or is offered for transportation (2) Exceptions. (i) For other than and transported by aircraft or vessel, transportation by aircraft, special ex- and is eligible for the exceptions pro- ceptions for shipment of lighter refills vided in § 173.156 of this part. Outside in the ORM–D class are provided in packagings conforming to this para- paragraph (i) of this section. graph are not required to be marked (ii) For highway transportation, ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY when no more than 1,500 lighter refills WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.’’ covered by this paragraph are trans- In addition, packages of limited quan- ported in one motor vehicle, the re- tities are not subject to subpart F quirements of subparts C through H of (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- part 172, and Part 177 of this sub- chapter. Each package must conform chapter do not apply. Lighter refills to the packaging requirements of sub- covered under this paragraph must be part B of this part and may not exceed packaged in rigid, strong outer pack- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. agings meeting the general packaging (2) Until December 31, 2013, a limited requirements of subpart B of this part. quantity package containing a ‘‘con- Outer packagings must be plainly and sumer commodity’’ as defined in § 171.8 durably marked on two opposing sides of this subchapter may be renamed or ends with the words ‘‘LIGHTER RE- ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and reclassed FILLS’’ and the number of devices con- as ORM–D or ORM–D–AIR material and tained therein in letters measuring at offered for transportation and trans- least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. No per- ported in accordance with the applica- son may offer for transportation or ble provisions of this subchapter in ef- transport the lighter refills or prepare fect on October 1, 2010. the lighter refills for shipment unless (j) Aerosols and receptacles small, con- that person has been specifically in- taining gas with a capacity of less than 50 formed of the requirements of this sec- mL. Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of tion. this subchapter, and receptacles small, (i) Limited quantities. (1) A limited containing gas, with a capacity not ex- quantity that conforms to the provi- ceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.) and with a pres- sions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(5), sure not exceeding 970 kPa (141 psig) at (b) or, except for transportation by air- 55 °C (131 °F), containing no hazardous craft, paragraph (h) of this section is materials other than a Division 2.2 gas, excepted from labeling requirements, are not subject to the requirements of unless the material is offered for trans- this subchapter. The pressure limit portation or transported by aircraft, may be increased to 2,000 kPa (290 psig) and the specification packaging re- at 55 °C (131 °F) provided the aerosols quirements of this subchapter when are transported in outer packages that packaged in combination packagings conform to the packaging require- according to this paragraph. Packages ments of Subpart B of this part. This

644

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00654 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

paragraph (j) does not apply to a self- (iv) Except when offered or trans- defense spray (e.g., pepper spray). ported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44 (k) Aerosols for recycling or disposal. pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrig- Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of this erant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE subchapter, containing a limited quan- Standard 15 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- tity which conforms to the provisions chapter); or of paragraph (a)(3), (a)(5), (b)(1), (b)(2), (v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flam- or (b)(3) of this section are not subject mable, non-toxic liquefied gas. to the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight (5) Manufactured articles or limitation when transported by motor apparatuses, each containing not more vehicle for purposes of recycling or dis- than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of inert gas posal under the following conditions: and packaged so that the quantity of (1) The strong outer packaging and its contents must not exceed a gross inert gas per package does not exceed 1 weight of 500 kg (1,100 pounds); g (0.35 ounce). (2) Each aerosol container must be (6) Light bulbs, provided they are secured with a cap to protect the valve packaged so that the projectile effects stem or the valve stem must be re- of any rupture of the bulb will be con- moved; and tained within the package. (3) The packaging must be offered for (b) [Reserved] transportation or transported by— [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as (i) Private or contract motor carrier; amended by Amdt. 173–135, 45 FR 13090, Feb. or 28, 1980; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038, (ii) Common carrier in a motor vehi- July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR cle under exclusive use for such serv- 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006; ice. 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, (l) For additional exceptions, see 2011] § 173.307. § 173.308 Lighters. [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976] (a) General requirements. No person EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tations affecting § 173.306, see the List of CFR may offer for transportation or trans- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- port a lighter (see § 171.8 of this sub- ing Aids section of the printed volume and at chapter) containing a Division 2.1 www.fdsys.gov. (flammable gas) material except under the following conditions: § 173.307 Exceptions for compressed (1) The lighter must contain a fuel gases. reservoir not exceeding 4 fluid ounces (a) The following materials are not capacity (7.22 cubic inches), and must subject to the requirements of this sub- contain not more than 10 grams (0.35 chapter: ounce) of flammable gas. (1) Carbonated beverages. (2) The maximum filling density may (2) Tires when inflated to pressures not exceed 85 percent of the volumetric not greater than their rated inflation capacity of each fluid reservoir at 15 °C pressures. For transportation by air, (59 °F). tires and tire assemblies must meet the conditions in § 175.8(b)(4) of this sub- (3) Each lighter design, including clo- chapter. sures, must be capable of withstanding, (3) Balls used for sports. without leakage or rupture, an internal (4) Refrigerating machines, including pressure of at least two times the pres- dehumidifiers and air conditioners, and sure of the flammable gas at 55 °C (131 components thereof, such as °F). precharged tubing containing: (4) Each appropriate lighter design (i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a non- must be examined and successfully flammable, non-toxic gas; tested by a person or agency (author- (ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammo- ized testing agency) who is authorized nia solution (UN2672); by the Associate Administrator to per- (iii) Except when offered or trans- form such examination and testing ported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) or less under the provisions of subpart E of of a flammable, non-toxic gas; part 107 of this chapter and who—

645

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00655 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.308 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(i) Has the equipment necessary to Packing Group I performance level and perform the testing required to the to the requirements of § 173.24 of this level of accuracy required; subpart; (ii) Is able to demonstrate, upon re- (v) The word ‘‘sample’’ must appear quest, the knowledge of the testing on the shipping paper as part of the procedures and requirements of the proper shipping name or in association HMR relative to lighters; with the basic description; and (iii) Does not manufacture or market (vi) In addition to other required lighters, is not financially dependent markings and labels, the package must or owned in whole or in part, by any be marked ‘‘SAMPLE FOR EXAMINA- entity that manufactures or markets TION AND TESTING.’’ lighters; (vii) All other applicable require- (iv) Is a resident of the United States; and ments of this subchapter must be met. (v) Performs all examination and (3) Examination and testing of sample testing in accordance with the require- lighters by an authorized testing agency. ments of paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this Each sample lighter must be examined section. for conformance with paragraph (a) of (5) The Associate Administrator will this section by a person authorized by assign an identification code to each the Associate Administrator. In addi- person who is authorized to examine tion, lighters must be subjected to the and test lighters. This identification following leakage test: code must be incorporated into a (i) A minimum of six lighters must be unique test report identifier for each examined and tested at one time. Store successfully tested lighter design. the lighters in a desiccator for 24 (b) Examination and testing of lighter hours. After drying, weigh each lighter design types—(1) Lighter design type defi- on an analytical balance capable of ac- nition. A new lighter design is one that curately measuring to within 1⁄10 of a has never been examined and tested or milligram (0.0001 grams). one that differs from a previous design (ii) After weighing, place the lighters in any manner that may affect the es- together in an explosion-proof, con- cape (leakage) of gas. Lighter charac- trolled-temperature laboratory oven teristics that may affect the escape of capable of maintaining 38 ± 1 °C (100 ± gas include changes in materials of 2 °F) for 96 continuous hours (4 days). construction, ignition mechanism, At the end of 96 hours, remove the burner valve design, wall thickness, lighters from the oven and place them sealing materials, and type of fuel (e.g., in the same desiccator and allow the vapor pressure differences). lighters to cool to ambient tempera- (2) Lighter samples submitted for exam- ture. ination and testing. Samples of a new (iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter lighter design are excepted from the re- and determine the net weight dif- quirements of (a)(4) and (d) of this sec- tion and may be offered for transpor- ferences for each lighter tested (sub- tation and transported under the fol- tract the mass after oven exposure lowing conditions: from the original mass before oven ex- (i) The samples must be transported posure). only to an authorized testing agency; (iv) Weight losses must be assessed to (ii) No more than 12 lighters may be determine the quantity of gas that packaged in a single outer packaging; leaked from the lighters and from the (iii) Inner packagings must conform weight change as a result of absorbed to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) moisture. If the net weight has in- of this section. For transportation by creased, the test facility must run the aircraft, intermediate or outer pack- required test using six empty lighters agings must meet the pressure differen- in parallel with the six filled lighters. tial requirements of § 173.27(c) of this The parallel tests are conducted to de- part; termine the weight of moisture ab- (iv) The outer packaging must con- sorbed in the plastic in order to deter- form to the requirements of Subpart M mine the weight loss of the lighters of Part 178 of this subchapter at the from gas leakage.

646

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00656 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

(v) If the net weight loss for any one ance with this paragraph by the foreign of the six lighters exceeds 20 milli- manufacturer’s U.S. agent or importer. grams (0.020 grams), the design must be (iii) Test reports must be traceable to rejected. a specific lighter design and must be (vi) Lighters manufactured to a re- made available to a representative of jected lighter design may not be of- the Department upon request. fered for transportation or transported (5) Transitional provisions. Until Janu- in commerce unless approved in writ- ary 1, 2012, approval numbers issued by ing by the Associate Administrator. the Associate Administrator prior to (4) Recordkeeping requirements. (i) Fol- January 1, 2007 may continue to be lowing the examination of each new marked on packages and annotated on lighter design, the person or agency shipping papers, where applicable. that conducted the examination and After that time, previously issued ap- test must prepare a test report and provals (i.e., T-***) will no longer be make that test report available to the valid and each lighter design currently manufacturer. At a minimum, the test in production must be re-examined and report must contain the following in- tested under the provisions of this sec- formation: tion. (A) Name and address of test facility; (c) Packaging requirements—(1) Inner containment. Lighters must be placed in (B) Name and address of applicant; an inner packaging that is designed to (C) A test report identifier, that is, prevent movement of the lighters and the authorized person or agency identi- inadvertent ignition or leakage. The fier code immediately followed by an ignition device and gas control lever of alpha/numeric identifier of four or each lighter must be designed, or se- more characters assigned to the spe- curely sealed, taped, or otherwise fas- cific lighter design by the authorized tened or packaged to protect against person or agency (e.g., ‘‘LAA****,’’ accidental functioning or leakage of where, ‘‘LAA’’ is the identification the contents during transport. If light- code assigned to the authorized person ers are packed vertically in a plastic or agency by the Associate Adminis- tray, a plastic, fiberboard or paper- trator and ‘‘****’’ is replaced with the board partition must be used to pre- unique test report identifier assigned vent friction between the ignition de- to the specific lighter design by the au- vice and the inner packaging. thorized person or agency); (2) Outer packaging. Lighters and (D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For their inner packagings must be tightly a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent packed and secured against movement or importer must be identified; in any rigid specification outer pack- (E) Description of the lighter design aging authorized in Subpart L of Part type (e.g., model, dimensions, ignition 178 of this subchapter at the Packing mechanism, reservoir capacity, lot/ Group II performance level. batch number) in sufficient detail to (d) Shipping paper and marking re- ensure conformance with paragraph quirements. (1) In addition to the re- (b)(4)(iii) of this section; and quirements of subpart C of part 172, (F) A certification by the authorized shipping papers must be annotated testing agency that the lighter design with the lighter design test report conforms to paragraph (a) of this sec- identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of tion and passes or does not pass the re- this section) traceable to the test re- quired leakage test in paragraph (b) of port assigned to the lighters or, if ap- this section. plicable, the previously issued approval (ii) For as long as any lighter design number (i.e., T***), in association with is in production and for at least three the basic description. years thereafter, a copy of each light- (2) In addition to the requirements of er’s test report must be maintained by subpart D of part 172, a lighter design the authorized testing agency that per- test report identifier (see paragraph formed the examination and testing (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) or, if appli- and the manufacturer of the design. cable, the previously issued approval For a foreign manufacturer, each test number (i.e., T***), must be marked on report must be maintained in accord- a package containing lighters.

647

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00657 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.309 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(3) For transportation by vessel in a (i) No person may offer for transpor- closed transport vehicle or a closed tation or transport the lighters or pre- freight container, the following warn- pare the lighters for shipment unless ing must be affixed to the access doors: that person has been specifically in- formed of the requirements of this sec- WARNING—MAY CONTAIN EXPLO- tion; SIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR—KEEP (ii) Lighters must be placed in an IGNITION SOURCES AWAY WHEN inner packaging that is designed to OPENING prevent accidental activation of the ig- The warning must be on a con- nition device or valve, release of gas, trasting background and must be in and movement of the lighters (e.g., letters measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 tray, , etc.); inch) in height. (iii) Inner packagings must be placed (e) Exceptions—(1) Common or contract in a securely closed rigid outer pack- carriage. For highway transportation aging that limits movement of the by common or contract carrier, when inner packagings and protects them no more than 1,500 lighters covered by from damage; this section are transported in one (iv) The outer package may contain motor vehicle, the requirements of sub- not more than 300 lighters; parts C through H of part 172, and Part (v) A transport vehicle may carry not 177 of this subchapter do not apply. more than 1,500 lighters at any one Lighters transported in accordance time; with this paragraph are also excepted (vi) The lighters may not be placed in from the specification packaging, ship- an outer packaging with other haz- ping paper, and marking requirements ardous materials; and specified in §§ 173.308(c) and (d). Inner (vii) Outer packagings must be plain- packagings must conform to paragraph ly and durably marked with the words (c)(1) of this section. Lighters must be ‘‘LIGHTERS, excepted quantity.’’ further packaged in rigid, strong outer [71 FR 3427, Jan. 23, 2006, as amended at 73 packagings meeting the general pack- FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008] aging requirements of subpart B of part 173. Outer packagings must be plainly § 173.309 Fire extinguishers. and durably marked, on two opposing (a) Fire extinguishers charged with a sides or ends, with the word ‘‘LIGHT- limited quantity of compressed gas to ERS’’ and the number of devices con- not more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) at 21 tained therein in letters measuring at °C (70 °F) are excepted from labeling least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. In addi- (except when offered for transportation tion, the package must include the test by air) and the specification packaging report identifier for each lighter design requirements of this subchapter when as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of shipped under the following conditions. this section or, if applicable, the pre- In addition, shipments are not subject viously issued approval number (i.e., to subpart F of part 172 of this sub- T***). The test report identifier or ap- chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter proval number must be durable, leg- except § 174.24 or to part 177 of this sub- ible, in English, and located in, at- chapter except § 177.817. tached to, or marked directly on the (1) Each fire extinguisher must have package. No person may offer for trans- contents which are nonflammable, non- portation or transport the lighters or poisonous, and noncorrosive as defined prepare the lighters for shipment un- under this subchapter. less that person has been specifically (2) Each fire extinguisher must be informed of the requirements of this shipped as an inner packaging. section. (3) Nonspecification cylinders are au- (2) Private carriage. For highway thorized subject to the following condi- transportation by a private carrier, tions: lighters that have been examined and (i) The internal volume of each cyl- successfully tested in accordance with inder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 cubic this section are not subject to any inches). For fire extinguishers not ex- other requirements of this subchapter ceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capac- under the following conditions: ity, the liquid portion of the gas plus

648

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00658 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.310

any additional liquid or solid must not librium pressure of the contents at 55 completely fill the container at 55 °C °C (130 °F); and (130 °F). Fire extinguishers exceeding (iii) Each completed inner packaging 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity may filled for shipment must have been not contain any liquefied compressed heated until the pressure in the con- gas; tainer is equivalent to the equilibrium (ii) Each fire extinguisher manufac- pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130 tured on and after January 1, 1976, °F) without evidence of leakage, distor- must be designed and fabricated with a tion, or other defect. burst pressure of not less than six (b) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL, times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (§§ 178.36, °F) when shipped; 178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55 (iii) Each fire extinguisher must be and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders tested, without evidence of failure or are authorized for use as fire extin- damage, to at least three times its guishers. charged pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) but not [Amdt. 173–235, 58 FR 50503, Sept. 27, 1993, as less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before ini- amended by Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. tial shipment, and must be marked to 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–258, 61 FR 51240, Oct. 1, indicate the year of the test (within 90 1996; 66 FR 45380, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 71 FR days of the actual date of the original 54395, Sept. 14, 2006] test) and with the words ‘‘MEETS DOT § 173.310 Exceptions for radiation de- REQUIREMENTS.’’ This marking is tectors. considered a certification that the fire extinguisher is manufactured in ac- Radiation detectors, radiation sen- cordance with the requirements of this sors, electron tube devices, or ioniza- section. The words ‘‘This extinguisher tion chambers, herein referred to as ‘‘radiation detectors,’’ that contain meets all requirements of 49 CFR only Division 2.2 gases, are excepted 173.306’’ may be displayed on fire extin- from the specification packaging in guishers manufactured prior to Janu- this subchapter and, except when ary 1, 1976; and transported by air, from labeling and (iv) For any subsequent shipment, placarding requirements of this sub- each fire extinguisher must be in com- chapter when designed, packaged, and pliance with the retest requirements of transported as follows: the Occupational Safety and Health (a) Radiation detectors must be sin- Administration Regulations of the De- gle-trip, hermetically sealed, welded partment of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157. metal inside containers that will not (4) Specification 2P or 2Q (§§ 178.33 fragment upon impact. and 178.33a of this subchapter) inner (b) Radiation detectors must not nonrefillable metal packagings are au- have a design pressure exceeding 4.83 thorized for use as fire extinguishers MPa (700 psig) and a capacity exceed- subject to the following conditions: ing 355 fluid ounces (641 cubic inches). (i) The liquid portion of the gas plus They must be designed and fabricated any additional liquid or solid may not with a burst pressure of not less than completely fill the packaging at 55 °C three times the design pressure if the (130 °F); radiation detector is equipped with a (ii) Pressure in the packaging shall pressure relief device, and not less than not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55 °C four times the design pressure if the (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa detector is not equipped with a pres- (141 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), but does not sure relief device. exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 (c) Radiation detectors must be °F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal shipped in a strong outer packaging ca- packaging must be used; if the pressure pable of withstanding a drop test of at exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 least 1.2 meters (4 feet) without break- °F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal age of the radiation detector or rupture packaging must be used. The metal of the outer packaging. If the radiation packaging must be capable of with- detector is shipped as part of other standing, without bursting, a pressure equipment, the equipment must be of one and one-half times the equi- packaged in strong outer packaging or

649

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00659 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.311 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

the equipment itself must provide an extent that the integrity of the pres- equivalent level of protection. sure receptacles or the MEGC’s struc- (d) Emergency response information tural or service equipment may be af- accompanying each shipment and fected. available from each emergency re- (4) No person may fill or offer for sponse telephone number for radiation transportation a pressure receptacle in detectors must identify those recep- a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or tacles that are not fitted with a pres- the MEGC is due for periodic requali- sure relief device and provide appro- fication, as prescribed in subpart C to priate guidance for exposure to fire. part 180 of this subchapter. However, this restriction does not preclude [75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010] transportation of pressure receptacles filled and offered for transportation § 173.311 Metal hydride storage sys- tems. prior to the requalification due date. (5) Prior to filling and offering a The following packing instruction is MEGC for transportation, the MEGC’s applicable to transportable UN Metal structural and service equipment must hydride storage systems (UN3468) with be visually inspected. Any unsafe con- pressure receptacles not exceeding 150 dition must be corrected before the liters (40 gallons) in water capacity and MEGC is offered for transportation. All having a maximum developed pressure required markings must be legible. not exceeding 25 MPa. Metal hydride (6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent storage systems must be designed, con- gases, each pressure receptacle must be structed, initially inspected and tested equipped with an individual shutoff in accordance with ISO 16111 (IBR, see valve that must be tightly closed while § 171.7 of this subchapter) as authorized in transit. For Division 2.1, Division 2.2 under § 178.71(f) of this subchapter. liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the mani- Steel pressure receptacles or composite fold must be designed so that each pressure receptacles with steel liners pressure receptacle can be filled sepa- must be marked in accordance with rately and be kept isolated by a valve § 173.301b(f) of this part which specifies capable of being closed during transit. that a steel UN pressure receptacle For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure re- bearing an ‘‘H’’ mark must be used for ceptacles must be isolated by a valve hydrogen bearing gases or other gases into assemblies of not more than 3,000 that may cause hydrogen embrittle- L. ment. Requalification intervals must (b) Filling. (1) A MEGC may not be be no more than every five years as filled to a pressure greater than the specified in § 180.207 of this subchapter lowest marked working pressure of any in accordance with the requalification pressure receptacle. A MEGC may not procedures prescribed in ISO 16111. be filled above its marked maximum [76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011] permissible gross mass. (2) After each filling, the shipper § 173.312 Requirements for shipment must verify the leakproofness of the of MEGCs. closures and equipment. Each fill open- (a) General requirements. (1) Unless ing must be closed by a cap or plug. otherwise specified, a MEGC is author- (c) Damage protection. During trans- ized for the shipment of liquefied and portation, a MEGC must be protected non-liquefied compressed gases. Each against damage to the pressure recep- pressure receptacle contained in a tacles and service equipment resulting MEGC must meet the requirements in from lateral and longitudinal impact §§ 173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b, and overturning as prescribed in § 178.75 as applicable. of this subchapter. (2) The MEGC must conform to the [71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006] design, construction, inspection and testing requirements prescribed in § 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for § 178.75 of this subchapter. Liquefied Compressed Gases. (3) No person may offer or accept a The UN Portable Tank Table for Liq- hazardous material for transportation uefied Compressed Gases is referenced in a MEGC that is damaged to such an in § 172.102(c)(7)(iii) of this subchapter

650

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00660 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

for portable tanks that are used to tank with a diameter of 1.5 meters or transport liquefied compressed gases. less when measured at the widest part The table applies to each liquefied of the shell, ‘‘sunshield’’ means a port- compressed gas that is identified with able tank with a shield covering at Special Provision T50 in Column (7) of least the upper third of the shell, the § 172.101 Table. In addition to pro- ‘‘bare’’ means no sunshield or insula- viding the UN identification number tion is provided, and ‘‘insulated’’ and proper shipping name, the table means a complete cladding of sufficient provides maximum allowable working thickness of insulating material nec- pressures, bottom opening require- essary to provide a minimum conduct- ments, pressure relief device require- ance of not more than 0.67 w/m2/k. In ments, and degree of filling require- the pressure relief requirements col- ments for liquefied compressed gas per- umn, the word ‘‘Normal’’ denotes that mitted for transportation in a T50 port- a frangible disc as specified in able tank. In the minimum test pres- § 178.276(e)(3) of this subchapter is not sure column, ‘‘small’’ means a portable required.

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

1005 ...... Ammonia, anhydrous ...... 29.0 Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.53 25.7 22.0 19.7 1009 ...... Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant 38.0 Allowed Normal 1.13 gas R 13B1. 34.0 30.0 27.5 1010 ...... Butadienes, stabilized ...... 7.5 Allowed Normal 0.55 7.0 7.0 7.0 1011 ...... Butane ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.51 7.0 7.0 7.0 1012 ...... Butylene ...... 8.0 Allowed Normal 0.53 7.0 7.0 7.0 1017 ...... Chlorine ...... 19.0 Not § 178.276(e)(3) 1.25 17.0 Allowed 15.0 13.5 1018 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant 26.0 Allowed Normal 1.03 gas R 22. 24.0 21.0 19.0 1020 ...... Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant 23.0 Allowed Normal 1.06 gas R 115. 20.0 18.0 16.0 1021 ...... 1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or 10.3 Allowed Normal 1.2 Refrigerant gas R 124. 9.8 7.9 7.0 1027 ...... Cyclopropane ...... 18.0 Allowed Normal 0.53 16.0 14.5 13.0 1028 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant 16.0 Allowed Normal 1.15 gas R 12. 15.0

651

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00661 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

13.0 11.5 1029 ...... Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.23 gas R 21. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1030 ...... 1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 16.0 Allowed Normal 0.79 152a. 14.0 12.4 11.0 1032 ...... Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.59 7.0 7.0 7.0 1033 ...... Dimethyl ether ...... 15.5 Allowed Normal 0.58 13.8 12.0 10.6 1036 ...... Ethylamine ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.61 7.0 7.0 7.0 1037 ...... Ethyl chloride ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.8 7.0 7.0 7.0 1040 ...... Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a Only authorized Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78 total pressure of 1MPa (10 bar) at 50 in 10 bar in- °C. sulated port- able tanks— 1041 ...... Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mix- See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f) ture with more than 9% but not more inition in than 87% ethylene oxide. § 178.276(a) 1055 ...... Isobutylene ...... 8.1 Allowed Normal 0.52 7.0 7.0 7.0 1060 ...... Methyl acetylene and propadiene mix- 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43 ture, stabilized. 24.5 22.0 20.0 1061 ...... Methylamine, anhydrous ...... 10.8 Allowed Normal 0.58 9.6 7.8 7.0 1062 ...... Methyl bromide ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.51 7.0 7.0 7.0 1063 ...... Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40 14.5 Allowed Normal 0.81 12.7 11.3 10.0 1064 ...... Methyl mercaptan ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78 7.0 7.0 7.0 1067 ...... Dinitrogen tetroxide ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.3 7.0 7.0 7.0 1075 ...... Petroleum gas, liquefied ...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1077 ...... Propylene ...... 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43 24.5

652

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00662 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

22.0 20.0 1078 ...... Refrigerant gas, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1079 ...... Sulphur dioxide ...... 11.6 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.23 10.3 8.5 7.6 1082 ...... Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized or 17.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.13 Refrigerant gas R 1113. 15.0 13.1 11.6 1083 ...... Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.56 7.0 7.0 7.0 1085 ...... Vinyl bromide, stabilized ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.37 7.0 7.0 7.0 1086 ...... Vinyl chloride, stabilized ...... 10.6 Allowed Normal 0.81 9.3 8.0 7.0 1087 ...... Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.67 7.0 7.0 7.0 1581 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix- 7.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.51 ture. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1582 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mix- 19.2 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 0.81 ture. 16.9 15.1 13.1 1858 ...... Hexafluoropropylene compressed or 19.2 Allowed Normal 1.11 Refrigerant gas R 1216. 16.9 15.1 13.1 1912 ...... Methyl chloride and methylene chloride 15.2 Allowed Normal 0.081 mixture. 13.0 11.6 10.1 NA, 1954 Insecticide gases, flammable, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1958 ...... 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.3 Refrigerant gas R 114. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1965 ...... Hydrocarbon gas, mixture liquefied, See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) n.o.s.. inition in 178.276(a) 1969 ...... Isobutane ...... 8.5 Allowed Normal 0.49 7.5 7.0 7.0

653

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00663 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

1973 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane and 28.3 Allowed Normal 1.05 chloropentafluoroethane mixture with fixed boiling point, with approximately 49% chlorodifluoromethane or Refrig- erant gas R 502. 25.3 22.8 20.3 1974 ...... Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrig- 7.4 Allowed Normal 1.61 erant gas R 12B1. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1976 ...... Octafluorocyclobutane or Refrigerant 8.8 Allowed Normal 1.34 gas RC 318. 7.8 7.0 7.0 1978 ...... Propane ...... 22.5 Allowed Normal 0.42 20.4 18.0 16.5 1983 ...... 1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane or Refrig- 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.18 erant gas R 133a. 7.0 7.0 7.0 2035 ...... 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane compressed or 31.0 Allowed Normal 0.76 Refrigerant gas R 143a. 27.5 24.2 21.8 2424 ...... Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 23.1 Allowed Normal 1.07 218. 20.8 18.6 16.6 2517 ...... 1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or Refrig- 8.9 Allowed Normal 0.99 erant gas R 142b. 7.8 7.0 7.0 2602 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane and 20.0 Allowed Normal 1.01 difluoroethane azeotropic mixture with approximately 74% dichlorodifluoro- methane or Refrigerant gas R 500. 18.0 16.0 14.5 3057 ...... Trifluoroacetyl chloride 14.6 Not allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.17 12.9 11.3 9.9 3070 ...... Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoro- 14.0 Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.09 methane mixture with not more than 12.5% ethylene oxide. 12.0 11.0 9.0 3153 ...... Perfluoro (methyl vinyl ether) ...... 14.3 Allowed Normal 1.14 13.4 11.2 10.2 3159 ...... 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant 17.7 Allowed Normal 1.04 gas R 134a. 15.7 13.8 12.1

654

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00664 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

3161 ...... Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 3163 ...... Liquefied gas, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 3220 ...... Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 34.4 Allowed Normal 0.95 125. 30.8 27.5 24.5 3252 ...... Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 43.0 Allowed Normal 0.78 32. 39.0 34.4 30.5 3296 ...... Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas 16.0 Allowed Normal 1.2 R 227. 14.0 12.5 11.0 3297 ...... Ethylene oxide and 8.1 Allowed Normal 1.16 chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture, with not more than 8.8% ethylene oxide. 7.0 7.0 7.0 3298 ...... Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane 25.9 Allowed Normal 1.02 mixture, with not more than 7.9% ethylene oxide. 23.4 20.9 18.6 3299 ...... Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane 16.7 Allowed Normal 1.03 mixture, with not more than 5.6% ethylene oxide. 14.7 12.9 11.2 3318 ...... Ammonia solution, relative density less See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) §173.32(f) than 0.880 at 15 °C in water, with inition in more than 50% ammonia. § 178.276(a) 3337 ...... Refrigerant gas R 404A ...... 31.6 Allowed Normal 0.84 28.3 25.3 22.5 3338 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407A ...... 31.3 Allowed Normal 0.95 28.1 25.1 22.4 3339 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407B ...... 33.0 Allowed Normal 0.95 29.6 26.5 23.6 3340 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407C ...... 29.9 Allowed Normal 0.95 26.8 23.9 21.3

[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 § 173.314 Compressed gases in tank FR 34399, June 14, 2005] cars and multi-unit tank cars. (a) Definitions. For definitions of compressed gases, see § 173.115.

655

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00665 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.314 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(b) General requirements. (1) Tank car (5) Each tank car used for the trans- tanks containing compressed gases portation of anhydrous ammonia or must not be shipped unless they were any material that meets the criteria of loaded by or with the consent of the Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets owner thereof. for manway cover plates and for (2) Tank car tanks must not contain mounting of fittings designed (for tem- gases capable of combining chemically perature, application, media, pressure, and must not be loaded with any gas and size) to create a positive seal so which combines chemically with the that, under conditions normally inci- gas previously loaded therein, until all dent to transportation, there will not residue has been removed and interior be an identifiable release of the mate- of tank thoroughly cleaned. rial to the environment. The use of (3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and sealants to install gaskets is prohib- 110A class, the tanks must be placed in ited. position and attached to car structure (c) Authorized gases, filling limits for by the shipper. tank cars. A compressed gas in a tank (4) Wherever the word ‘‘approved’’ is car or a multi-unit tank car must be used in this part of the regulations, it offered for transportation in accord- means approval by the Association of ance with § 173.31 and this section. The American Railroads Committee on gases listed below must be loaded and Tank Cars as prescribed in § 179.3 of offered for transportation in accord- this subchapter. ance with the following table:

Outage and filling lim- Authorized tank car Authorized tank car specifica- Proper shipping name its class tion (see note 1) (see note 11) (see note 12)

Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia solutions > Notes 2, 10 ...... 105, 112, 114, 120 ..... 105J500I, 112J500I 50 percent ammonia. Note 3 ...... 106. Ammonia solutions with > 35 percent, but ≤ Note 3 ...... 105, 109, 112, 114, 50 percent ammonia by mass. 120. Argon, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Boron trichloride ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 5 ...... 105. Chlorine ...... Note 6 ...... 105 ...... 105J600I 125 ...... 106. Chlorine trifluoride ...... Note 3 ...... 106, 110. Chlorine pentafluoride ...... Note 3 ...... 106, 110. Dimethyl ether ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112 ...... 105J500I Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified Notes 9, 10 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 109, 110, in this table. 112, 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically None ...... See § 173.245...... 105J600I identified in this table. Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J600I identified in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J500I identified in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 109, 110, 105J500I, 112J500I identified in this table. 112, 114, 120. Ethylamine ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Helium, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Hydrogen ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 7 ...... 105 ...... 105J600I, 112S600I Hydrogen sulfide ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J600I 114, 120. Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied ...... 68 ...... 106. Methyl bromide ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106 ...... 105J500I Methyl chloride ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Methyl mercaptan ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106 ...... 105J500I Methylamine, anhydrous ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Nitrogen, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Nitrosyl chloride ...... 124 ...... 105 ...... 105J500I 110 ...... 106.

656

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00666 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

Outage and filling lim- Authorized tank car Authorized tank car specifica- Proper shipping name its class tion (see note 1) (see note 11) (see note 12)

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 5 ...... 105. Oxygen, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Phosgene ...... Note 3 ...... 106. Sulfur dioxide, liquefied ...... 125 ...... 105, 106, 110 ...... 105J500I Sulfuryl fluoride ...... 120 ...... 105. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... Note 8 ...... 105.

NOTES: 1. The percent filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at 15.5 °C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60 °F in air is 8.32828 pounds). 2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incor- porating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 3. The requirements of § 173.24b(a) apply. 4. The gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed 7/10 of the marked test pressure, ex- cept that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) of each tank. 5. The liquid portion of the gas at -17.77 °C (0 °F.) must not completely fill the tank. 6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons). 7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psig). 8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psig). 9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capac- ity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature dif- ferential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an over- all thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following reference temperatures may be used: 38 °C (100 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 32 °C (90 °F) for a tank having a thermal protec- tion system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 29 °C (85 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due to the tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures. 11. For materials poisonous by inhalation, the single unit tank car tanks authorized are only those cars approved by the Tank Car Committee for transportation of the specified material and built prior to March 16, 2009. 12. Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, for materials poisonous by inhalation, fusion-welded tank car tanks built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of the PIH materials noted, must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification and must be equipped with a head shield as prescribed in § 179.16(c)(1).

(d) Alternative tank car tanks for mate- imum plate thickness calculation is rials poisonous by inhalation. (1) As an based on steel with a minimum tensile alternative to the authorized tank car strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness specification noted in the column 4 of to be added to the jacket and head the table in paragraph (c) of this sec- shield must be increased by a factor of tion, a car of the same authorized tank 1.157. Forming allowances for heads are car specification but of the next lower not required to be considered when cal- test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 culating thickness differences as pre- of the table at § 179.101–1, may be used scribed in this paragraph. provided both of the following condi- (ii) The tank car jacket and head tions are met: shield must be manufactured from car- (i) The difference between the alter- bon steel plate as prescribed in native and the required minimum plate § 179.100–7(a) of this subchapter. thicknesses, based on the calculation (e) Verification of content. The amount prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub- of liquefied gas loaded into each tank chapter, is added to the alternative may be determined either by measure- tank car jacket and head shield. When ment or calculation of the weight. If by the jacket and head shield are made measurement, the weight must be from any authorized steel with a min- checked after disconnecting the load- imum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. ing line by the use of proper scales. If to 80,000 p.s.i., but the required min- by calculation, the weight of liquefied

657

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00667 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.314 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

petroleum gas, methylacetylene propa- valve that is concentric with the dis- diene, stabilized, dimethylamine, charge of the pressure relief valve and methylamine anhydrous, or that has an area at least equal to the trimethylamine may be calculated valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank using the outage tables supplied by the cars and tank cars manufactured from tank car owners and the specific aluminum or nickel plate are not au- gravities as determined at the plant, thorized. and this computation must be checked (k) Special requirements for chlorine. by determination of specific gravity of Tank cars built after September 30, product after loading. Carriers may 1991, must have an insulation system verify calculated weights by use of consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass proper scales. The use of a fixed tube fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of gauge device is authorized for deter- ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have ex- mining the weight of methyl cess flow valves on the interior pipes of mercaptan in Specification 105A300W liquid discharge valves. Tank cars con- tanks instead of weighing. structed to a DOT 105A500W specifica- (f) [Reserved] tion may be marked as a DOT 105A300W (g) Special requirements for hydro- specification with the size and type of gen chloride, refrigerated liquid, and reclosing pressure relief valves re- vinyl fluoride,stabilized. quired by the marked specification. (1) The shipper shall notify the Fed- (l) Special requirements for hydrogen eral Railroad Administration whenever sulphide. Each multi-unit tank car a tank car is not received by the con- must be equipped with adequate pres- signee within 20 days from the date of sure relief devices of the fusible plug shipment. Notification to the Federal type having a yield temperature not Railroad Administration may be made over 76.66 °C (170 °F.), and not less than by e-mail to [email protected] or 69.44 °C (157 °F.). Each device must be telephone call to (202) 493–6229. resistant to extrusion of the fusible (2) A tank car containing hydrogen alloy and leak tight at 55 °C (130 °F.). A chloride, refrigerated liquid must have threaded solid plug must seal each the auxiliary valve on the pressure re- valve outlet. In addition, a metal cover lief device closed during transpor- must protect all valves. tation. (m) Special requirements for nitrosyl (3) See § 179.102–17 of this subchapter chloride. Single unit tank cars and for additional requirements. their associated service equipment, (4) Tank cars containing hydrogen such as venting, loading and unloading chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be valves, and reclosing pressure relief unloaded to such an extent that any valves, must be made of metal or clad residue remaining in the tank at a ref- with a material that is not subject to erence temperature of 32 °C (90 °F) will rapid deterioration by the lading. not actuate the reclosing pressure re- Multi-unit tank car tanks must be lief device. nickel-clad and have reclosing pressure (h)–(i) [Reserved] relief devices incorporating a fusible (j) Special requirements for materials plug having a yield temperature of having a primary or secondary Division 79.44 °C (175 °F.). Reclosing pressure re- 2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single lief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44 unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading °C (130 °F.). and unloading valves, sampling de- (n) Special requirements for hydrogen. vices, and gauging devices with an Each tank car must be equipped with opening for the passage of the lading one or more pressure relief devices. exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter The discharge outlet for each pressure must be equipped with excess flow relief device must be connected to a valves. For single unit tank cars con- manifold having a non-obstructed dis- structed before January 1, 1972, gaug- charge area of at least 1.5 times the ing devices must conform to this para- total discharge area of the pressure re- graph by no later than July 1, 2006. The lief devices connected to the manifold. protective housing cover must be pro- All manifolds must be connected to a vided with an opening, with a weather- single common header having a non-ob- proof cover, above each pressure relief structed discharge pointing upward and

658

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00668 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

extending above the top of the car. The 27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W header and the header outlet must each tanks. Each regulating valve and pres- have a non-obstructed discharge area sure relief device must have its final at least equal to the total discharge discharge piped to the outside of the area of the manifolds connected to the protective housing. header. The header outlet must be [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990] equipped with an ignition device that will instantly ignite any hydrogen dis- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- charged through the pressure relief de- tations affecting § 173.314, see the List of CFR Sections Affected which appears in the Find- vice. ing Aids section of the printed volume and at (o) Special requirements for carbon di- www.fdsys.gov. oxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car § 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo must have an insulation system so that tanks and portable tanks. the thermal conductance is not more (a) Liquefied compressed gases that than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per are transported in UN portable tanks, square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03 DOT specification portable tanks, or B.t.u. per square foot per hour, per de- cargo tanks must be prepared in ac- gree Fahrenheit) temperature differen- cordance with this section, § 173.32, tial. Each tank car must be equipped § 173.33 and subpart E or subpart G of with one reclosing pressure relief valve part 180 of this subchapter, as applica- having a start-to-discharge pressure ble. For cryogenic liquid in cargo not to exceed 75 percent of the tank tanks, see § 173.318. For marking re- test pressure and one non-reclosing quirements for portable tanks and pressure relief valve having a rupture cargo tanks, see § 172.326 and § 172.328 of disc design to burst at a pressure less this subchapter, as applicable. than the tank test pressure. The dis- (1) UN portable tanks: UN portable charge capacity of each pressure relief tanks must be loaded and offered for device must be sufficient to prevent transportation in accordance with building up of pressure in the tank in portable tank provision T50 in § 172.102 excess of 82.5 percent of the test pres- of this subchapter. sure of the tank. Tanks must be (2) Cargo tanks and DOT specification equipped with two regulating valves portable tanks: Cargo tanks and DOT set to open at a pressure not to exceed specification portable tanks must be 24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W loaded and offered for transportation in tanks and at a pressure not to exceed accordance with the following table:

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required Kind of gas Percent by volume Percent by weight (see par. (f) of this Type (see Note 2) Minimum design (see Note 1) section) pressure (psig)

Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solu- 56 ...... 82, See Note 5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 265; See Note 17. tions with greater than 50 percent MC–331; See ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17). Notes 12, 17 and 27. Ammonia solutions with more than 35 See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100; See par. (c) of percent but not more than 50 percent section. MC–331; see this section. ammonia. Note 12. Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H– 133 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 365. 1301); (See Note 9). MC–331. Butadiene, stabilized ...... See par. (b) of this See par. (b) of this DOT-51, MC–330, 100. section. section. MC–331. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c)(1) of 95 ...... do ...... 200; see Note 3. this section. Chlorine ...... 125 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 225; See Notes 4 MC–331. and 8. Chlorodifluoroethane (R–142b) (1- 100 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100. Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane); (See Note MC–331. 9). Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22); (See 105 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 250. Note 9). MC–331. Chloropentafluoroethane (R–115); (See See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this Note 9). section. MC–331. section.

659

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00669 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required Kind of gas Percent by volume Percent by weight (see par. (f) of this Type (see Note 2) Minimum design (see Note 1) section) pressure (psig)

Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13); (See See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12); (See 119 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. Note 9). MC–331. Difluoroethane (R–152a); (See Note 9) 79 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Dimethyl ether (see Note 16) ...... 59 ...... do ...... do ...... 200. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 59 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Division 2.1, materials not specifically See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 18. provided for in this table. section. MC–331. Division 2.2, materials not specifically See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 19. provided for in this table. section. MC–331. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 20. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 20. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 21. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 24. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 22. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 25. Ethane, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c) of this MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11. section. Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated ...... See par. (c) of this MC–331, MC–338 275; see Note 11. liquid. section. Hexafluoropropylene ...... 110 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 250. MC–331. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid .... 103.0 ...... See Note 7 ...... MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11. 91.6 ...... do ...... do ...... 300; see Note 11. 86.7 ...... do ...... do ...... 450; see Note 11. Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15) See par. (b) of this See par. (b) of this DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this section. section. MC–331; See section. Note 26. Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized 53 ...... 90 ...... DOT 51, MC 330, 200. (see Note 13). MC 331. Methylamine, anhydrous ...... 60 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, MC–331.. Methyl chloride ...... 84 ...... 88.5 ...... do ...... 150. Methyl chloride (optional portable tank ...... do ...... See Note 6 ...... DOT-51 ...... 225. 2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible plug). Methyl mercaptan ...... 80 ...... 90 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100. MC–331; See Note 23. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c)(1) of 95 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 200; See Note 3. this section. MC–331. Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gal- 125 ...... 87.5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150; See Note 4. lons water capacity). MC–331; See Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons 125 ...... 87.5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 125; See Note 4. water capacity). MC–331; See Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank 125 ...... See Note 6 ...... DOT-51; See Note 225. 1,000–2,000 pounds water capacity, 24. fusible plug). Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 57 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Vinyl chloride ...... 84 (see Note 13) ... See Note 7 ...... MC–330, MC–331 150. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... 66 ...... do ...... do ...... 250; see Note 11. Vinyl methyl ether ...... 68 ...... See Notes 7 and ...... do ...... 100. 13.

NOTE 1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231 cubic inches) of water at 60 °F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds.

660

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00670 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

NOTE 2: See § 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see paragraph (q) of this sec- tion. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. NOTE 3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid, are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low temperature operation (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100 psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater. NOTE 4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less, added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance. NOTE 5: Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to 87.5 percent by vol- ume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined to be not lower than 30 °F. or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared. NOTE 6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight. NOTE 7: Tanks must be filled by weight. NOTE 8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point. NOTE 9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked ‘‘DISPERSANT GAS,’’ or ‘‘REFRIGERANT GAS.’’ NOTE 10: [Reserved] NOTE 11: MC–330, MC–331 and MC–338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following require- ments. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 °F., or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmos- phere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature require- ments in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank’s holding time as loaded must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank’s holding time as loaded must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting oc- curs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to trans- port a flammable gas. NOTE 12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it comes into contact with the lading. NOTE 13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides. NOTE 14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(NQT)’’ are authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(QT)’’ (see marking requirements of § 172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia hav- ing a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be purged of air before loading. See § 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements. NOTE 15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NQT) are authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be ‘‘noncorrosive’’ are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (QT). ‘‘Noncorro- sive’’ means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classi- fications when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1838, ‘‘Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see § 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping paper requirements, see § 172.203(h) of this subchapter.) NOTE 16: Openings, inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to § 178.337–8(a) of this sub- chapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in § 178.337–11(a) of this subchapter. NOTE 17: A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if it: (1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig; (2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufacturer’s data report; (3) Is painted white or aluminum; (4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph; (5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. (6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981; (7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this sub- chapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and (8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter. NOTE 18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less. NOTE 19: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading. NOTE 20: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 21: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 23: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. NOTE 24: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not apply until October 1, 1994. NOTE 25: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its min- imum design pressure. NOTE 26: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section. NOTE 27: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia solutions with greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this section.

661

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00671 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(b) Maximum permitted filling den- tity to meet the requirements of sities for cargo and portable tank con- § 173.315(b)(1). tainers for transportation of butadiene, (c) Except as otherwise provided, the stabilized, and liquefied petroleum gas loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo are as follows: tank or portable tank shall be deter- Maximum permitted fill- mined by weight or by a suitable liquid ing density in percent level gauging device. The vapor pres- of the water-weight ca- sure (psig) at 115 °F. must not exceed Maximum specific gravity of the pacity of the tanks (per- liquid material at 60 °F. cent) See Note 1 the design pressure of the cargo tank or portable tank container. The outage 1200 gal- Over 1200 lons or gallons and filling limits for liquefied gases less must be as prescribed in § 173.24b of this 0.473 to 0.480 ...... 38 41 part, except that this requirement does 0.481 to 0.488 ...... 39 42 not apply to: 0.489 to 0.495 ...... 40 43 0.496 to 0.503 ...... 41 44 (1) A tank containing carbon dioxide, 0.504 to 0.510 ...... 42 45 refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrig- 0.511 to 0.519 ...... 43 46 erated liquid. Such tank is required to 0.520 to 0.527 ...... 44 47 0.528 to 0.536 ...... 45 48 be equipped with suitable pressure con- 0.537 to 0.544 ...... 46 49 trol valves and may not be filled to a 0.545 to 0.552 ...... 47 50 level exceeding 95 percent of the volu- 0.553 to 0.560 ...... 48 51 metric capacity of the tank. 0.561 to 0.568 ...... 49 52 0.569 to 0.576 ...... 50 53 (2) A tank containing ethane, refrig- 0.577 to 0.584 ...... 51 54 erated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, re- 0.585 to 0.592 ...... 52 55 frigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, re- 0.593 to 0.600 ...... 53 56 0.601 to 0.608 ...... 54 57 frigerated liquid. Such tank must be 0.609 to 0.617 ...... 55 58 filled to allow at least two percent out- 0.618 to 0.626 ...... 56 59 age below the inlet of the pressure re- 0.627 and over ...... 57 60 lief valve or pressure control valve NOTE 1: Filling is permitted by volume provided the same filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when under conditions of incipient opening, using fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level with the tank in a level attitude. indicators (paragraph (f) of this section), in which case the maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent (d) If the loading of cargo tanks and of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained portable tank containers with liquefied in the table. gases is to be determined by weight, (1) Odorization. All liquefied petro- the gross weight shall be checked after leum gas shall be effectively odorized the filling line is disconnected in each as required in Note 2 of this paragraph instance. The gross weight shall be cal- to indicate positively, by a distinctive culated from the tank capacity and odor, the presence of gas down to a tare weight set forth on the metal concentration in air of not over one- plate required by the specification, and fifth the lower limit of combustibility the maximum filling density permitted provided, however, that odorization is for the material being loaded into the not required if harmful in the use or tank as set forth in the table, para- further processing of the liquefied pe- graph (a) of this section. troleum gas, or if odorization will serve (e) If the loading of cargo tanks and no useful purpose as a warning agent in portable tank containers with liquefied such use or further processing. gases is to be determined by adjustable NOTE 1: The lower limits of combustibility liquid level device, each tank and each of the more commonly used liquefied petro- compartment thereof shall have a ther- leum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; bu- mometer well, so that the internal liq- tane, 1.55 percent. These figures represent uid temperature can easily be deter- volumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures mined, and the amount of liquid in the in each case. tank shall be corrected to a 60 °F. NOTE 2: The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a mercaptan, 1.0 pound of thiophane, or 1.4 level corresponding to the maximum pounds of amyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas shall be consid- filling density permitted for the mate- ered sufficient to meet the requirements of rial being loaded into the tank as set § 173.315(b)(1). This note does not exclude the forth in the table in paragraph (a) of use of any other odorant in sufficient quan- this section.

662

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00672 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

(f) When the loading of cargo tanks Kind of gas Gaging device permitted and portable tank containers with liq- for filling purposes uefied gases is determined only by Difluoroethane ...... Do. fixed length dip tube or other fixed Difluoromonochloroethane ...... Do. maximum liquid level indicator, the Dimethyl ether ...... Do. Ethane, refrigerated liquid ...... Rotary tube; adjustable device shall be arranged to function at slip tube; fixed length a level not to exceed the maximum per- dip tube. mitted volume prescribed by the table, Ethane-propane mixture, refrig- Do. paragraph (a) of this section. Loading erated liquid. Hexafluoropropylene ...... None. shall be stopped when the device func- Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated Do. tions. liquid. (g) Containers, the liquid level of Liquefied petroleum gases ...... Rotary tube; adjustable which has been determined by means of slip tube; fixed length dip tube. a fixed length dip tube gauging device, Methyl chloride ...... Fixed length dip tube. shall not be acceptable for stowage as Methyl mercaptan ...... Rotary tube; adjustable cargo on vessels in commerce subject slip tube; fixed length dip tube. to the jurisdiction of the United States Monochlorodifluoromethane ...... None. Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid .. Rotary tube; adjustable section shall be so construed as to pro- slip tube; fixed length hibit the transportation on car floats dip tube. Methylacetylenepropadiene, sta- Do. or car ferries of motor vehicles laden bilized. with containers nor cargo tanks the Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispers- None. liquid level of either of which has been ant gas, n.o.s. Sulfur dioxide ...... Fixed length dip tube. determined by means of fixed length Vinyl chloride ...... None. dip tube devices. Vinyl fluoride, inhibited ...... Do. (h) Each cargo tank and portable tank, except a tank filled by weight, (1) The design pressure of the liquid must be equipped with one or more of level gauging devices shall be at least the gauging devices described in the equal to the design pressure of the following table which indicate accu- tank. rately the maximum permitted liquid (2) If the primary gauging device is level. Additional gauging devices may adjustable, it must be capable of ad- be installed but may not be used as pri- justment so that the end of the tube mary controls for filling of cargo tanks will be in the location specified in and portable tanks. Gauge are paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at not permitted on any cargo tank or least one of the ladings to be trans- portable tank. Primary gauging de- ported, at the filling level cor- vices used on cargo tanks of less than responding to an average loading tem- 3500 gallons water capacity are exempt perature. Exterior means must be pro- from the longitudinal location require- vided to indicate this adjustment. The ments specified in paragraphs (h)(2) gauging device must be legibly and per- and (3) of this section provided: The manently marked in increments not tank length does not exceed three exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not times the tank diameter; and the cargo exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon tank is unloaded within 24 hours after dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous each filling of the tank. oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate the maximum levels to which the tank Gaging device permitted Kind of gas for filling purposes may be filled with liquid at tempera- tures above 20 °F. However, if it is not Anhydrous ammonia ...... Rotary tube; adjustable practicable to so mark the gauging de- slip tube; fixed length dip tube. vice, this information must be legibly Anhydrous dimethylamine ...... None. and permanently marked on a plate af- Anhydrous monomethylamine ...... Do. fixed to the tank adjacent to the gaug- Anhydrous trimethylamine ...... Do. ing device. Aqua ammonia solution con- Rotary tube; adjustable taining anhydrous ammonia. slip tube; fixed length (3) A dip tube gauging device consists dip tube. of a pipe or tube with a valve at its Butadiene, stabilized ...... Do. outer end with its intake limited by an Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid Do. Chlorine ...... None. orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in di- Dichlorodifluoromethane ...... Do. ameter. If a fixed length dip tube is

663

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00673 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

used, the intake must be located mid- at all temperatures less than 649 °C way of the tank both longitudinally (1200.2 °F) and be jacketed with a mate- and laterally and at maximum per- rial having a melting point of 700 °C mitted filling level. In tanks for lique- (1292.0 °F) or greater. fied petroleum gases, the intake must (iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has be located at the level reached by the relief valves sized by Fetterly’s for- lading when the tank is loaded to max- mula dated November 27, 1928, may be ° imum filling density at 40 F. continued in service. (4) Except on a tank used exclusively (2) Each safety relief valve must be for the transportation of carbon diox- arranged to minimize the possibility of ide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous tampering. If the pressure setting or oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening for a pressure gauge must be restricted adjustment is external to the valve, at or inside the tank by an orifice no the safety relief valve must be provided larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For with means for sealing the adjustment carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or and it must be sealed. nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid serv- (3) Each safety relief valve on a port- ice, the pressure gauge need only be able tank, other than a UN portable used during the filling operation. tank, must be set to start-to-discharge (i) Each tank must be provided with at pressure no higher than 110% of the one or more pressure relief devices tank design pressure and no lower than which, unless otherwise specified in the design pressure specified in para- this part, must be of the spring-loaded graph (a) of this section for the gas type. Each valve must be arranged to transported. For UN portable tanks discharge upward and unobstructed to used for liquefied compressed gases and the outside of the protective housing to constructed in accordance with the re- prevent any impingement of escaping quirements of § 178.276 of this sub- gas upon the tank. For each chlorine chapter, the pressure relief device(s) tank the protective housing must be in must conform to § 178.276(e) of this sub- compliance with the requirements set chapter. forth in the applicable specification. (4) Except for UN portable tanks, (1) The safety relief valves on each each safety relief valve must be plainly tank must meet the following condi- and permanently marked with the tions: (i) The total relieving capacity, as pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to determined by the flow formulas con- discharge, with the actual rate of dis- tained in Section 5 of CGA S–1.2 (IBR, charge of the device in cubic feet per see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be minute of the gas or of air at 60 °F (15.6 sufficient to prevent a maximum pres- °C) and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manu- sure in the tank of more than 120 per- facturer’s name or trade name and cent of the design pressure; catalog number. The start-to-discharge (ii) The flow capacity rating, testing valve marking must be visible after the and marking must be in accordance valve is installed. The rated discharge with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pam- capacity of the device must be deter- phlet S–1.2. mined at a pressure of 120% of the de- (iii) For an insulated tank, the re- sign pressure of the tank. For UN port- quired relieving capacity of the relief able tanks, each pressure relief device devices must be the same as for an must be clearly and permanently uninsulated tank, unless the insulation marked as specified in § 178.274(f)(1) of will remain in place and will be effec- this subchapter. tive under fire conditions. In this case, (5) Each safety relief valve must have except for UN portable tanks, each in- direct communication with the vapor sulated tank must be covered by a space in the tank. sheet metal jacket of not less than 16 (6) Each connection to a safety relief gauge thickness. For UN portable tanks where the relieving capacity of valve must be of sufficient size to pro- the valves has been reduced on the vide the required rate of discharge basis of the insulation system, the in- through the safety relief valve. sulation system must remain effective (7) [Reserved]

664

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00674 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

(8) Each pressure relief valve outlet (j) Consumer storage containers. (1) must be provided with a protective de- Storage containers for liquefied petro- vice to prevent the entrance and accu- leum gas or propane charged to five mulation of dirt and water. This device percent of their capacity or less and in- must not impede flow through the tended for permanent installation on valve. Pressure relief devices must be consumer premises may be shipped by designed to prevent the entry of for- private motor carrier under the fol- eign matter, the leakage of liquid and lowing conditions: the development of any dangerous ex- (i) Each container must be con- cess pressure. structed in compliance with the re- (9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, re- quirements in Section VIII of the frigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, re- ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- frigerated liquid each safety relief de- chapter) and must be marked to indi- vice must be installed and located so cate compliance in the manner speci- that the cooling effect of the contents fied by the respective Code. Containers will not prevent the effective operation built in compliance with earlier edi- of the device. In addition to the re- tions starting with 1943 are authorized. quired safety relief valves, these tanks (ii) Each container must be equipped may be equipped with one or more with safety devices in compliance with pressure controlling devices. the requirements for safety devices on (10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, re- containers as specified in NFPA 58, frigerated liquid also may be equipped Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, with one or more non-reclosing pres- see § 171.7 of this subchapter). sure relief devices set to function at a (iii) The containers must be braced or pressure not over two times nor less otherwise secured on the vehicle to than 1.5 times the design pressure of prevent relative motion while in tran- sit. Valves or other fittings must be the tank. adequately protected against damage (11) Each portion of connected liquid during transportation. (See § 177.834(a) piping or hose that can be closed at of this subchapter). both ends must be provided with a safe- (2) Storage containers with a water ty relief valve without an intervening capacity not exceeding 500 gallons shut-off valve to prevent excessive hy- charged with liquefied petroleum gas drostatic pressure that could burst the to more than five percent of their ca- piping or hose. pacity and intended for permanent in- (12) Subject to conditions of para- stallation on consumer premises may graph (a) of this section for the methyl be transported by private motor carrier chloride and sulfur dioxide optional one-way only from the consumer’s portable tanks, one or more fusible premises to the container owner’s near- plugs examined by the Bureau of Ex- est facility under the following condi- plosives and approved by the Associate tions: Administrator may be used on these (i) Each container must be con- tanks in place of safety relief valves of structed in compliance with the re- the spring-loaded type. The fusible plug quirements in Section VIII of the or plugs must be in accordance with ASME Code and must be marked to in- CGA Pamphlet S–1.2, to prevent a pres- dicate compliance in the manner speci- sure rise in the tank of more than 120 fied by the respective Code. percent of the design pressure. If the (ii) Maximum permitted filling den- tank is over 30 inches long, each end sity may not exceed that specified in must have the total specified safety paragraph (b) of this section. discharge area. (iii) Prior to loading on a motor vehi- (13) A safety relief valve on a chlo- cle, the container must be inspected by rine cargo tank must conform to one of a trained and qualified person for the following standards of The Chlorine leaks, corroded or abraded areas, dents, Institute, Inc.: Type 1 1⁄2 JQ225, Dwg. distortions, weld defects, or other con- H51970 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- dition that may render the container chapter); or Type 1 1⁄2 JQ225, Dwg. unsafe for transportation. A record of H50155 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- the inspection must be legibly signed chapter). and dated by the person performing the

665

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00675 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

inspection and retained by the con- lons) may be shipped when charged tainer owner for two years. The signa- with liquefied petroleum gas in compli- ture on the inspection record rep- ance with DOT filling density. resents a certification that the con- (k) A nonspecification cargo tank tainer has been inspected and has no meeting, and marked in conformance defects that would render it unsafe for with, the edition of Section VIII of the transportation under the HMR. The ASME Code in effect when it was fab- record of inspection must include the ricated may be used for the transpor- date of inspection, the inspector’s con- tation of liquefied petroleum gas pro- tact information (such as a telephone vided it meets all of the following con- number), the container’s serial number ditions: and container size (water capacity), es- (1) It must have a minimum design timated amount of hazardous material, pressure no lower than 250 psig. and the origin and destination of ship- (2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5 ment. L (3,500 water gallons) or less. (iv) Only one storage container may (3) It must have been manufactured be transported on a motor vehicle. in conformance with Section VIII of (v) For loading on a motor vehicle, the ASME Code prior to January 1, the container must be lifted by slings, 1981, according to its ASME name plate which must be completely wrapped and manufacturer’s data report. around the container. Lifting lugs may (4) It must conform to the applicable not be used. The slings must be rated provisions of NFPA 58, except to the to a weight sufficient to accommodate extent that provisions in NFPA 58 are the container and its lading and shall inconsistent with requirements in comply with ASME B30.9 on slings used parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter. for lifting purposes, and must be vis- (5) It must be inspected, tested, and ually inspected prior to each use. A equipped in accordance with subpart E sling showing evidence of tears, fray- of part 180 of this subchapter as speci- ing, or other signs of excessive wear fied for MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- may not be used. cles. (vi) The storage container must be (6) Except as provided in this para- secured on a motor vehicle so that the graph (k), it must be operated exclu- container is completely within the en- sively in intrastate commerce, includ- velope of the vehicle and does not ex- ing its operation by a motor carrier tend beyond the vehicle frame. otherwise engaged in interstate com- (vii) The storage container must be merce, in a state where its operation placed on the vehicle in a manner, such was permitted by law (not including as in a cradle, which ensures that no the incorporation of this subchapter) weight is placed on the supporting legs prior to January 1, 1981. A cargo tank during transportation. motor vehicle operating under author- (viii) The storage container must be ity of this section may cross state lines secured against movement during to travel to and from a qualified assem- transportation. Bracing must conform bly, repair, maintenance, or requali- with the requirements of paragraph fication facility. The cargo tank need (j)(1)(iii) of this section and § 177.834(a) not be cleaned and purged, but it may of this subchapter and with Section 6– not contain liquefied petroleum gas in 5.2 of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum excess of five percent of the water ca- Gas Code. Straps or chains used as tie- pacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle downs must be rated to exceed the engine is supplied fuel from the cargo maximum load to be transported and tank, enough fuel in excess of five per- conform to the requirements in cent of the cargo tank’s water capacity §§ 393.100 through 393.106 of this title. may be carried for the trip to or from (ix) Tow trailers used to transport the facility. storage containers in accordance with (7) It must have been used to trans- this paragraph (j)(2) must provide rear port liquefied petroleum gas prior to end protection that conforms to re- January 1, 1981. quirements in § 393.86 of this title. (8) It must be operated in conform- (3) Storage containers of less than ance with all other requirements of 1,042 pounds water capacity (125 gal- this subchapter.

666

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00676 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

(l) Anhydrous ammonia must not be (7) Each person receiving anhydrous offered for transportation or trans- ammonia containing 0.2 per cent water ported in specification MC 330 and MC by weight may offer for transportation 331 cargo tanks constructed of or transport that ammonia without quenched and tempered (‘‘QT’’) steel performing the prescribed analysis for except as provided in this paragraph. water content provided: (1) The ammonia must have a min- (i) The ammonia received was cer- imum water content of 0.2 percent by tified as containing 0.2 percent water weight. Any addition of water must be as prescribed in §§ 172.203(h)(l)(i) and made using steam condensate, deion- 177.817(a) of this subchapter; and ized, or distilled water. (ii) The amount of water in the am- (2) Except as otherwise provided in monia has not been reduced by any this paragraph, each person offering for means. transportation or transporting anhy- (m) General. (1) A cargo tank that is drous ammonia shall perform a peri- commonly known as a nurse tank and odic analysis for prescribed water con- considered an implement of husbandry tent in the ammonia. The analysis transporting anhydrous ammonia and must be performed: operated by a private motor carrier ex- (i) From a sample of the ammonia in clusively for agricultural purposes is storage taken at least once every 7 excepted from the specification re- days, or each time ammonia is added to quirements of part 178 of this sub- the storage tanks, whichever is less chapter if it: frequent; or (i) Has a minimum design pressure of (ii) At the time the cargo tanks are 250 psig, meets the requirements of the loaded, then a sample of the ammonia edition of Section VIII of the ASME taken from at least one loaded cargo Code in effect at the time it was manu- tank out of each 10 loads, or from one factured, and is marked with a valid cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is ASME plate. less frequent; or (ii) Is equipped with pressure relief (iii) At the same frequency as de- valves meeting the requirements of scribed in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this CGA Standard S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of section, from a sample taken from the this subchapter); loading line to the cargo tank. (iii) Is painted white or aluminum; (3) If water is added at the time of (iv) Has a capacity of 3,000 gallons or loading: less; (i) The sample for analysis must be (v) Is loaded to a filling density no taken from a point in the loading line greater than 56 percent; between the water injection equipment (vi) Is securely mounted on a farm and the cargo tank; and wagon or meets paragraph (m)(3) of (ii) Positive provisions must be made this section; and to assure water injection equipment is (vii) Is in conformance with the re- operating. quirements of part 172 of this sub- (4) If water injection equipment be- chapter except that shipping papers are comes inoperative, suitable corrective not required; and it need not be maintenance must be performed after marked or placarded on one end if that which a sample from the first loaded end contains valves, fittings, regu- cargo tank must be analyzed for pre- lators or gauges when those appur- scribed water content. tenances prevent the markings and (5) The analysis method for water placard from being properly placed and content must be as prescribed in CGA visible. G–2.2, ‘‘Tentative Standard Method for (2) Nurse tanks with missing or illegible Determining Minimum of 0.2 percent ASME plates. Nurse tanks with missing water in Anhydrous Ammonia,’’ (IBR, or illegible ASME plates may continue see § 171.7 of this subchapter). to be operated provided they conform (6) Records indicating the results of to the following requirements: the analysis taken, as required by this (i) Each nurse tank must undergo an paragraph, must be retained for 2 years external visual inspection and testing and must be open to inspection by a in accordance with § 180.407(d) of this representative of the Department. subchapter.

667

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00677 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(ii) Each nurse tank must be thick- § 180.417(b) and be made available to a ness tested in accordance with DOT representative upon request. § 180.407(i) of this subchapter. A nurse (3) Field truck mounted tanks. A non- tank with a capacity of less than 1,500 DOT specification cargo tank (nurse gallons must have a minimum head tank) securely mounted on a field thickness of 0.203 inch and a minimum truck is authorized under the following shell thickness of 0.239 inch. A nurse conditions: tank with a capacity of 1,500 gallons or (i) The tank is in conformance with more must have a minimum thickness all the requirements of paragraph of 0.250 inch. Any nurse tank with a (m)(1) of this section, except that the thickness test reading of less than that requirement in paragraph (m)(1)(vi) specified in this paragraph at any point does not apply; must be removed from hazardous mate- (ii) The tank is inspected and tested rials service. in accordance with subpart E of part (iii) Each nurse tank must be pres- 180 of this subchapter as specified for sure tested in accordance with an MC 331 cargo tank; § 180.407(g) of this subchapter. The min- (iii) The tank is restricted to rural imum test pressure is 375 psig. Pneu- roads in areas within 50 miles of the matic testing is not authorized. fertilizer distribution point where the nurse tank is loaded; and (iv) Each nurse tank must be in- (iv) For the purposes of this section, spected and tested by a person meeting a field truck means a vehicle on which the requirements of § 180.409(d) of this a nurse tank is mounted that is de- subchapter. Furthermore, each nurse signed to withstand off-road driving on tank must have the tests performed at hilly terrain. Specifically, the vehicle least once every five years after the must be outfitted with stiffer suspen- completion of the initial tests. sion (for example, additional springs or (v) After each nurse tank has suc- airbags) than would be necessary for a cessfully passed the visual, thickness, comparable on-road vehicle, a rear axle and pressure tests, welded repairs on ratio that provides greater low end the tank are prohibited. torque, and a braking system and tires (vi) After the nurse tank has success- designed to ensure stability in hilly fully passed the visual, thickness, and terrain. The field truck must have low pressure tests, it must be marked in annual over-the-road mileage and be accordance with § 180.415(b), and perma- used exclusively for agricultural pur- nently marked near the test and in- poses. spection markings with a unique own- (n) Emergency discharge control for er’s identification number in letters cargo tank motor vehicles in liquefied and numbers at least 1⁄2 inch in height compressed gas service—(1) Required and width. emergency discharge control equipment. (vii) Each nurse tank owner must Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liq- maintain a copy of the test inspection uefied compressed gas service must report prepared by the inspector. The have an emergency discharge control test report must contain the results of capability as specified in the following the test and meet the requirements in table:

Required emergency discharge control § 173.315(n)(1)(*) Material Delivery service capability

(i) ...... Division 2.2 materials with no All ...... None. subsidiary hazard, excluding anhydrous ammonia.

(ii) ...... Division 2.3 materials ...... All ...... Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.

(iii) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Other than metered delivery Paragraph (n)(2) of this section. subsidiary hazard, Division service. 2.1 materials, and anhy- drous ammonia.

668

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00678 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

Required emergency discharge control § 173.315(n)(1)(*) Material Delivery service capability

(iv) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Metered delivery service ...... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section. subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhy- drous ammonia in a cargo tank motor vehicle with a ca- pacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or less.

(v) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Metered delivery service ...... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for subsidiary hazard, Division obstructed view deliveries where per- 2.1 materials, and anhy- mitted by § 177.840(p) of this sub- drous ammonia in a cargo chapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of tank motor vehicle with a ca- this section. pacity greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons). (vi) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Both metered delivery and Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, pro- subsidiary hazard, Division other than metered delivery vided the system operates for both 2.1 materials, and anhy- service. metered and other than metered deliv- drous ammonia in a cargo eries; otherwise, paragraphs (n)(2) tank with a capacity of great- and (n)(3) of this section. er than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons).

(2) Cargo tank motor vehicles in other operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered than metered delivery service. A cargo Inspector must certify that the equip- tank motor vehicle in other than me- ment is installed and tested, if it is tered delivery service must have a possible to do so without damaging the means to automatically shut off the equipment, in accordance with the De- flow of product without the need for sign Certifying Engineer’s certifi- human intervention within 20 seconds cation. The Registered Inspector must of an unintentional release caused by a provide the certification to the owner complete separation of a liquid deliv- of the cargo tank motor vehicle. ery hose (passive shut-down capa- (3) Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered bility). delivery service. When required by the (i) Designed flow of product through table in paragraph (n)(1) of this sec- a bypass in the valve is acceptable tion, a cargo tank motor vehicle must when authorized by this subchapter. have an off-truck remote means to (ii) The design for the means to auto- close the internal self-closing stop matically shut off product flow must valve and shut off all motive and auxil- be certified by a Design Certifying En- iary power equipment upon activation gineer. The certification must consider by a qualified person attending the un- any specifications of the original com- loading of the cargo tank motor vehi- ponent manufacturer and must explain cle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must how the passive means to shut off the function reliably at a distance of 45.72 flow of product operates. It must also m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shut- outline the parameters (e.g., tempera- off activation device must not be capa- ture, pressure, types of product) within ble of reopening the internal self-clos- which the passive means to shut off the ing stop valve after emergency activa- flow of product is designed to operate. tion. All components of the discharge sys- (i) The emergency discharge control tem that are integral to the design equipment must be installed under the must be included in the certification. A supervision of a Registered Inspector. copy of the design certification must Each wireless transmitter/receiver be provided to the owner of the cargo must be tested to demonstrate that it tank motor vehicle on which the equip- will close the internal self-closing stop ment will be installed. valve and shut off all motive and auxil- (iii) Installation must be performed iary power equipment at a distance of under the supervision of a Registered 91.44 m (300 feet) under optimum condi- Inspector unless the equipment is in- tions. Emergency discharge control stalled and removed as part of regular equipment that does not employ a

669

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00679 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

wireless transmitter/receiver must be (o) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles. tested to demonstrate its functioning Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for at the maximum length of the delivery the transportation of chlorine must hose. meet the requirements in the fol- (ii) The Registered Inspector must lowing: certify that the remote control equip- (1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used ment is installed in accordance with for loading or unloading that is mount- the original component manufacturer’s ed or carried on the motor vehicle may specifications and is tested in accord- not be attached to any valve and must ance with paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this be capped at all ends to prevent the section. The Registered Inspector must entry of moisture, except at the time provide the owner of the cargo tank of loading or unloading. Except at the motor vehicle with this certification. time of loading and unloading, the pipe connection of each angle valve must be (4) Query systems. When a trans- closed with a screw plug which is mitter/receiver system is used to sat- chained or otherwise fastened to pre- isfy the requirements of paragraph vent misplacement. (n)(1)(v) of this section, it must close (2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor the internal self-closing stop valve and vehicle angle valve must be tested to shut off all motive and auxiliary power be leak free at not less than 225 psig equipment unless the qualified person using dry air or inert gas before instal- attending the unloading operation pre- lation and thereafter every 2 years vents it from doing so at least once when performing the required periodic every five minutes. Testing and certifi- retest in § 180.407(c) of this subchapter. cation must be as specified in para- Prior to each loading, the cargo tank graph (n)(3) of this section. motor vehicle must be inspected and (5) Compliance dates. (i) Each speci- the angle valves and gasketed joints fication MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- must be examined and tested at a pres- cle with a certificate of construction sure of not less than 50 psig to deter- issued two or more years after July 1, mine that they are not leaking and are 1999, must have an appropriate emer- in proper condition for transportation. gency discharge control capability as Any leaks must be corrected before the specified in this paragraph (n). cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for (ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspeci- transportation. fication cargo tank motor vehicle au- (3) Excess flow valves on the cargo thorized under paragraph (k) of this tank motor vehicle must meet the re- section may be operated unless it has quirements of paragraph (n) of this sec- an appropriate emergency discharge tion. control capability as specified in this (p) Fusible elements. Each MC 330, MC paragraph (n) no later than the date of 331, or nonspecification cargo tank au- its first scheduled pressure retest re- thorized under paragraph (k) of this quired after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC section must have a thermal means of 331 or nonspecification cargo tank closure for each internal self-closing motor vehicle authorized under para- stop valve as specified in § 178.337– graph (k) of this section may be oper- 8(a)(4) of this subchapter. ated after July 1, 2006, unless it has (q) Manifolding is authorized for been equipped with emergency dis- cargo tanks containing anhydrous am- charge control equipment as specified monia provided each individual cargo in this paragraph (n). tank is equipped with a pressure relief (iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank device or valves and gauging devices as required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of motor vehicle with a capacity over this section. Each valve must be tight- 13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered ly closed while the cargo tank is in delivery service may be operated un- transit. Each cargo tank must be filled less it has an appropriate discharge separately. control capability as specified in this paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003, [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 or the date of its first scheduled pres- FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] sure retest required after July 1, 2001, EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- whichever is earlier. tations affecting § 173.315, see the List of CFR

670

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00680 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.316

Sections Affected which appears in the Find- maintained in compliance with the re- ing Aids section of the printed volume and at quirements of this subchapter. www.fdsys.gov. (7) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so that the § 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cyl- cooling effect of the contents during inders. venting will not prevent effective oper- (a) General requirements. (1) A cyl- ation of the device. inder may not be loaded with a cryo- (8) The maximum weight of the con- genic liquid colder than the design tents in a cylinder with a design serv- service temperature of the packaging. ice temperature colder than ¥320 °F. (2) A cylinder may not be loaded with may not exceed the design weight any material which may combine marked on the cylinder (see § 178.35 of chemically with any residue in the this subchapter). packaging to produce an unsafe condi- (b) Pressure control systems. Each cyl- tion. inder containing a cryogenic liquid (3) The jacket covering the insulation must have a pressure control system on a cylinder used to transport any that conforms to § 173.301(f) and is de- flammable cryogenic liquid must be signed and installed so that it will pre- made of steel. vent the cylinder from becoming liquid full. (4) A valve or fitting made of alu- (c) Specification cylinder requirements minum with internal rubbing or abrad- and filling limits. Specification DOT-4L ing aluminum parts that may come in cylinders (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) contact with oxygen in the cryogenic are authorized for the transportation liquid form may not be installed on of cryogenic liquids when carried in the any cylinder used to transport oxygen, vertical position as follows: cryogenic liquid unless the parts are (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- anodized in accordance with ASTM ing density,’’ except for hydrogen, is Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this defined as the percent ratio of the subchapter). weight of lading in the packaging to (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit- the weight of water that the packaging ting may not be installed on any cyl- will hold at 60 °F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737 inder used to transport any flammable cubic inches at 60 °F.). cryogenic liquid. (2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, ni- (6) Each cylinder must be provided trogen, oxygen, helium and neon must with one or more pressure relief de- be loaded and shipped in accordance vices, which must be installed and with the following table:

Pressure control valve setting (maximum start- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) to-discharge pressure psig) Air Argon Nitrogen Oxygen Helium Neon

45 ...... 82.5 133 76 108 12.5 109 75 ...... 80.3 130 74 105 12.5 104 105 ...... 78.4 127 72 103 12.5 100 170 ...... 76.2 122 70 100 12.5 92 230 ...... 75.1 119 69 98 12.5 85 295 ...... 73.3 115 68 96 12.5 77 360 ...... 70.7 113 65 93 12.5 ...... 450 ...... 65.9 111 61 91 12.5 ...... 540 ...... 62.9 107 58 88 12.5 ...... 625 ...... 60.1 104 55 86 12.5 ......

Design service temperature ( °F.) ...... ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥452 ¥411

(3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent Column 1 Column 2 parahydrogen) must be loaded and Design service temperature ...... Minus 423 °F. or shipped as follows: colder. Maximum permitted filling density, based 6.7 percent. on cylinder capacity at minus 423 °F (see Note 1).

671

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00681 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Column 1 Column 2 (3) The jacket covering the insulation on a tank used to transport a cryogenic The pressure control valve must be de- 17 psig. signed and set to limit the pressure in liquid must be made of steel if the the cylinder to not more than. cryogenic liquid: (i) Is to be transported by vessel (see NOTE 1: The filling density for hydrogen, § 176.76(g) of this subchapter); or cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent (ii) Is oxygen or a flammable mate- ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging rial. to the weight of water that the packaging (4) A valve or fitting made of alu- will hold at minus 423 °F. The volume of the packaging at minus 423 °F is determined in minum with internal rubbing or abrad- cubic inches. The volume is converted to ing aluminum parts that may come in pounds of water (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic contact with oxygen in the cryogenic inches). liquid form may not be installed on (i) Each cylinder must be con- any cargo tank used to transport oxy- structed, insulated and maintained so gen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts that during transportation the total are anodized in accordance with ASTM rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this of hydrogen per hour. subchapter). (ii) In addition to the marking re- (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit- quirements in § 178.35 of this sub- ting, external to the jacket that re- chapter, the total rate of venting in tains lading during transportation may SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked not be installed on any cargo tank used on the top head or valve protection to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid band in letters at least one-half inch or any flammable cryogenic liquid. high as follows: ‘‘VENT RATE**SCFH’’ (6) A cargo tank used to transport ox- (with the asterisks replaced by the ygen, cryogenic liquid must be pro- number representing the total rate of vided with a manhole (see § 178.338–6 of venting, in SCF per hour). this subchapter). (iii) Carriage by highway is subject (b) Pressure relief systems and pressure to the conditions specified in control valves—(1) Types of pressure relief § 177.840(a) of this subchapter. systems—(i) Tanks in oxygen and flam- (d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where mable cryogenic liquid service. Except as charging requirements are not specifi- otherwise provided in this paragraph, cally prescribed in paragraph (c) of this each tank in oxygen and flammable section, the cryogenic liquid must be cryogenic liquid service must be pro- shipped in packagings and under condi- tected by two independent pressure re- tions approved by the Associate Ad- lief systems which are not connected in ministrator. series, namely: (A) A primary system of one or more [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27695, June 16, 1983, as pressure relief valves; and amended by Amdt. 173–166, 49 FR 24314, June (B) A secondary system of one of 12, 1984; Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, more frangible discs or pressure relief 1984; Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987: valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide Amdt. 173–250, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 66 FR service, the secondary system must be 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; pressure relief valves only. 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric 7, 2004] gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv- ice. For a tank used in helium and at- § 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- tanks. genic liquid service, the tank must be (a) General requirements. (1) A cargo protected by at least one pressure re- tank may not be loaded with a cryo- lief system consisting of: genic liquid colder than the design (A) One or more pressure relief service temperature of the packaging. valves; or (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded (B) A combination of one or more with any material that may combine pressure relief valves and one or more chemically with any residue in the frangible discs. packaging to produce an unsafe condi- (2) Capacities of pressure relief sys- tion (see § 178.338–15). tems—(i) Tanks in oxygen or flammable

672

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00682 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in ox- (4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i) ygen or flammable cryogenic liquid On a tank used in oxygen or flammable service, the primary system and the cryogenic liquid service, the pressure secondary system of pressure relief de- relief devices must perform as follows. vices must each have a flow capacity (A) Each pressure relief valve in the equal to or greater than that cal- primary relief system must be set-to- culated by the applicable formula in discharge at a pressure no higher than paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of 110 percent of the tank’s design pres- CGA S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- sure. chapter). In addition: (B) Each pressure relief device in the (A) The primary pressure relief sys- secondary pressure relief system must tem must have a total flow capacity at be designed to commence functioning a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of at a pressure no lower than 130 percent the tank’s design pressure. and no higher than 150 percent of the (B) The secondary pressure relief sys- tank’s design pressure. tem must have a total flow capacity at (ii) On a tank used in helium and at- a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- the tank’s design pressure. genic liquid service, the pressure relief (C) The flow capacity and rating devices in the pressure relief system must be verified and marked by the must be designed to commence func- manufacturer of the device in accord- tioning at no higher than 150 percent of ance with CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. the tank’s design pressure. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric (5) gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv- Optional pressure relief devices and In addition to ice. For tanks in helium and atmos- pressure control valves. pheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic the required pressure relief devices, a liquid service, the pressure relief sys- cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except tem must have a flow capacity equal to carbon monoxide) service may be or greater than that calculated by the equipped with one or both of the fol- applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2 lowing: or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. If the (i) One or more pressure control pressure relief system consists of a valves set at a pressure below the combination of pressure relief valves tank’s design pressure. and frangible discs, the pressure relief (ii) One or more frangible discs set to valves must have a total venting ca- function at a pressure not less than one pacity equal to or greater than that and one-half times or more than two calculated by the applicable formula in times the tank’s design pressure. paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet (6) Maximum filling rate. (i) For a tank S–1.2. The pressure relief system must used in oxygen and flammable cryo- have this total flow capacity at a pres- genic liquid service, the maximum rate sure not exceeding 150 percent of the at which the tank is filled must not ex- tank’s design pressure. The flow capac- ceed the liquid flow capacity of the pri- ity and rating must be verified and mary pressure relief system rated at a marked by the manufacturer of the de- pressure not exceeding 120 percent of vice in accordance with CGA Pamphlet the tank’s design pressure. S–1.2. (ii) On a tank used in helium and at- (3) Type and construction of pressure mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- relief devices. (i) Each pressure relief de- genic liquid service, the maximum rate vice must be designed and constructed at which the tank is filled must not ex- for a pressure equal to or exceeding the ceed the liquid flow capacity of the tank’s design pressure at the coldest pressure relief valves rated at 150 per- temperature reasonably expected to be cent of the tank’s design pressure. encountered. (7) Arrangement and location of pres- (ii) Pressure relief devices must be ei- sure relief devices. (i) The discharge ther spring-loaded pressure relief from any pressure relief system must valves or frangible discs. Pressure re- be directed upward and be unob- lief valves must be of a type that auto- structed to the outside of the protec- matically open and close at predeter- tive housing in such a manner as to mined pressures. prevent impingement of gas upon the

673

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00683 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

jacket or any structural part of the ve- of this subchapter), or 25 psig, which- hicle. ever is less. (ii) Each pressure relief valve must (10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief be arranged or protected to prevent the device and pressure control valve mark- accumulation of foreign material be- ings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, ex- tween the relief valve and the atmos- cept pressure relief devices and pres- pheric discharge opening in any relief sure control valves, must be perma- piping. The arrangement must not im- nently marked to indicate whether it pede flow through the device. communicates with ‘‘vapor’’ or ‘‘liq- (iii) Each pressure relief valve must uid’’ when the tank is filled to the be designed and located to minimize maximum permitted filling density. the possibility of tampering. If the (ii) Each pressure relief valve must pressure setting or adjustment is exter- be plainly and permanently marked nal to the valve, the valve adjustment with the pressure, in psig, at which it must be sealed. is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate (iv) Each pressure relief device must of the device in SCF per minute have direct communication with the (SCFM) of free air, and the manufac- vapor space of the tank at the turer’s name or trade name and catalog midlength of the top centerline. number. The marked set-to-discharge pressure valve must be visible with the (v) Each pressure relief device must valve in its installed position. The be installed and located so that the rated discharge capacity of the device cooling effect of the contents during must be determined at a pressure of 120 venting will not prevent the effective percent of the design pressure of the operation of the device. tank. (8) Connections. (i) Each connection (iii) Each pressure control valve must to a pressure relief device must be of be plainly and permanently marked sufficient size to allow the required with the pressure, in psig, at which it rate of discharge through the pressure is set-to-discharge. relief device. The inlet connection (c) Weight of lading requirements. The must be not less than one-half inch weight of a cryogenic liquid in the nominal pipe size. tank must be determined by weighing (ii) A shut-off valve may be installed or by the use of a liquid level gauging in a pressure relief system only when device authorized in § 178.338–14(a) of the required relief capacity is provided this subchapter, and may not exceed at all times. the lesser of: (9) Pressure relief devices for piping (1) The weight of lading in the tank, hose and vacuum-insulated jackets. (i) based on the water capacity stamped Each portion of connected liquid piping on the nameplate (§ 178.338–18(a)(4) of or hose that can be closed at both ends this subchapter) and the appropriate must be provided with either a hydro- maximum permitted filling density static pressure relief valve without an specified in paragraph (f) of this sec- intervening shut-off valve, or a check tion; or valve permitting flow from the pipe or (2) The maximum weight of lading for hose into the tank. If used, the relief which the cargo tank was designed, as valve must be located so as to prevent marked on the specification plate (see its discharge from impinging on the § 178.338–18(b) of this subchapter). tank, piping, or operating personnel. (d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank (ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a tank the jacket must be protected by a cargo tank offered for transportation suitable relief device to release inter- must have an outage of at least two nal pressure. The discharge area of this percent below the inlet of the pressure device must be at least 0.00024 square relief device or pressure control valve, inch per pound of water capacity of the under conditions of incipient opening, tank. This relief device must function with the tank in a level attitude. at a pressure not exceeding the inter- (e) Temperature. A flammable cryo- nal design pressure of the jacket, cal- genic liquid in a cargo tank at the culated in accordance with Section start of travel must be at a tempera- VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 ture sufficiently cold that the pressure

674

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00684 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

setting of the pressure control valve or (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- the required pressure relief valve, ing density’’ is defined as the percent whichever is lower, will not be reached ratio of the weight of lading in the in less time than the marked rated tank to the weight of water that the holding time for the cryogenic liquid tank will hold at the design service (see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and temperature (one pound of water=27.737 § 178.338–9(b) of this subchapter). cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gallon of ° (f) Specification MC–338 (§ 178.338 of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 F. and this subchapter) cargo tanks are author- weighs 8.32828 pounds). (2) ized for the shipment of the following Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and ox- ygen, cryogenic liquids must be loaded cryogenic liquids subject to the fol- and shipped in accordance with the fol- lowing additional requirements: lowing table:

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum set-to- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) discharge pressure (psig) Air Argon Helium Nitrogen Oxygen

26 ...... 12.5 ...... 30 ...... 80.3 ...... 129 ...... 12.5 ...... 74 ...... 105 40 ...... 79.2 ...... 12.5 ...... 50 ...... 78.0 ...... 12.5 ...... 55 ...... 77.3 ...... 125 ...... 12.5 ...... 71 ...... 102 60 ...... 76.9 ...... 12.5 ...... 80 ...... 75.3 ...... 12.5 ...... 85 ...... 75.1 ...... 121 ...... 12.5 ...... 99 100 ...... 73.0 ...... 12.5 ...... 105 ...... 73.7 ...... 12.5 ...... 67 ...... 120 ...... 72.2 ...... 12.5 ...... 140 ...... 71.4 ...... 12.5 ...... 145 ...... 70.9 ...... 115 ...... 12.5 ...... 64 ...... 94 180 ...... 68.3 ...... 12.5 ...... 200 ...... 67.3 ...... 110 ...... 12.5 ...... 61 ...... 91 250 ...... 63.3 ...... 106 ...... 12.5 ...... 57 ...... 87 275 ...... 62.3 ...... 105 ...... 12.5 ...... 56 ...... 86 325 ...... 59.4 ...... 101 ...... 53 ...... 83

Design service tem- ¥320 °F ...... ¥320 °F ...... ¥452 °F ...... ¥320 °F ...... ¥320 °F perature.

(3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (min- genic liquids must be loaded and shipped imum 95 percent para-hydrogen), ethyl- in accordance with the following table: ene, and methane or natural gas, cryo-

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum set-to-dis- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) charge pressure (psig) Carbon monoxide Ethylene Hydrogen Methane or natural gas

13 ...... 6.6 ...... 15 ...... 75.0 ...... 6.6 ...... 40.5 17 ...... 74.0 ...... 6.6 ...... 20 ...... 53.5 ...... 40.0 25 ...... 73.0 ...... 30 ...... 72.0 ...... 52.7 ...... 6.3 ...... 39.1 35 ...... 40 ...... 52.0 ...... 38.6 45 ...... 71.5 ...... 50 ...... 51.4 ...... 6.0 ...... 38.2 55 ...... 60 ...... 50.8 ...... 70 ...... 50.2 ...... 5.7 ...... 37.5 90 ...... 49.2 ...... 95 ...... 100 ...... 48.4 ...... 5.4 ...... 36.6 115 ...... 48.2 ...... 125 ...... 5.0 ......

675

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00685 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.319 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING—Continued

Maximum set-to-dis- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) charge pressure (psig) Carbon monoxide Ethylene Hydrogen Methane or natural gas

150 ...... 4.5 ...... 175 ...... 62.5 ...... 45.8 ...... 285 ...... 56.0 ......

Design service tempera- ¥320 °F ...... ¥155 °F ...... ¥423 °F ...... ¥260 °F ture.

(4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where (ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater charging requirements are not specifi- than 72 hours, cally prescribed in this paragraph (f), OWTT = MRHT ¥ 48 the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in packagings and under conditions ap- (3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle proved by the Associate Administrator. used to transport a flammable cryo- (g) One-way travel time; marking. The genic liquid must be examined after jacket of a cargo tank to be used to each shipment to determine its actual transport a flammable cryogenic liquid holding time. The record required by must be marked on its right side near § 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be the front, in letters and numbers at used for this determination. If the ex- least two inches high, ‘‘One-Way-Trav- amination indicates that the actual el-Time ll hrs.’’, with the blank filled holding time of the cargo tank, after in with a number indicating the one- adjustment to reflect an average ambi- way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of ent temperature of 85 °F, is less than 90 the cargo tank for the flammable cryo- percent of the marked rated holding genic liquid to be transported. A cargo time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid tank that is partially unloaded at one marked on the specification plate or or more locations must have additional adjacent thereto (see § 178.338–18(b) of marking ‘‘One-Way-Travel-Time ll this subchapter), the tank may not be hrs. ll psig to ll psig at ll per- refilled with any flammable cryogenic cent filling density,’’ with the second liquid until it is restored to its marked blank filled in with the pressure exist- rated holding time value or it is re- ing after partial unloading and the marked with the actual marked rated third blank filled in with the set-to-dis- holding time determined by this exam- charge pressure of the control valve or ination. If the name of the flammable pressure relief valve, and the fourth cryogenic liquid that was transported blank with the filling density following and its marked rated holding time is partial unloading. Multiple OWTT not displayed on or adjacent to the markings for different pressure levels specification plate, this requirement are permitted. The abbreviation may be met by deriving the MRHT of ‘‘OWTT’’ may be used in place of the the cargo tank for that flammable words ‘‘One-way-travel-time’’ in the cryogenic liquid and comparing that marking required by this paragraph. derived MRHT with the actual holding (1) OWTT is based on the marked time after adjustment. rated holding time (MRHT) of the [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983] cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to be transported in the cargo tank. If the EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liq- tations affecting § 173.318, see the List of CFR uid is not displayed on or adjacent to Sections Affected which appears in the Find- ing Aids section of the printed volume and at the specification plate, this MRHT may www.fdsys.gov. be derived. (2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT, § 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank in hours, as follows: cars. (i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72 (a) General requirements. (1) A tank hours or less, car containing a flammable cryogenic OWTT = (MRHT ¥ 24) / 2 liquid may not be shipped unless it was

676

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00686 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.319

loaded by, or with the consent of, the (b) When a tank car containing a owner of the tank car. flammable cryogenic liquid is offered (2) The amount of flammable cryo- for transportation: genic liquid loaded into a tank car (1) At least 0.5 percent outage must must be determined, either by direct be provided below the inlet of the pres- measurement or by calculation based sure relief or pressure control valve at on weight, to verify that the tank has the start-to-discharge pressure setting not been filled to a level in excess of of the valve, with the tank car in a the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) level attitude, and of this section. The weight of any flam- (2) The absolute pressure in the annu- mable cryogenic liquid loaded, except lar space must be less than 75 microns hydrogen, must be checked by use of of mercury. scales after disconnecting the loading (c) Temperature. A flammable cryo- line. genic liquid must be loaded into a tank (3) The shipper shall notify the Fed- car at such a temperature that the av- eral Railroad Administration whenever erage daily pressure rise during trans- a tank car containing any flammable cryogenic liquid is not received by the portation will not exceed 3 psig (see consignee within 20 days from the date paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section). of shipment. Notification to the Fed- (d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is au- eral Railroad Administration may be thorized for the shipment of the fol- made by e-mail to [email protected] lowing cryogenic liquids subject to the or telephone call to (202) 493–6229. following additional requirements: (4) A tank car may not be loaded (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- with any flammable cryogenic liquid: ing density’’ is defined as the percent (i) That may combine chemically ratio of the weight of lading in the with any residue in the tank to tank to the weight of water that the produce an unsafe condition, tank will hold at the design service (ii) That is colder than the design temperature (one pound of water = service temperature of the tank, 27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gal- (iii) If the average daily pressure rise lon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. in the tank exceeded 3 psig during the and weighs 8.32828 pounds). prior shipment, (2) Ethylene, and hydrogen (minimum (iv) Unless it is marked with the 95 percent parahydrogen), cryogenic liq- name of contents, in accordance with uids must be loaded and shipped in ac- § 172.330 of this subchapter. cordance with the following table:

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum start-to-discharge pressure Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) (psig) Ethylene Ethylene Ethlyene Hydrogen

17 ...... 6.60. 45 ...... 52.8 ...... 75 ...... 51.1 ...... 51.1 ...... Maximum pressure when offered for 10 psig ...... 10 psig ...... 20 psig ...... transportation. Design service temperature ...... Minus 260 °F ...... Minus 260 °F ...... Minus 155 °F ...... Minus 423 °F. Specification (see § 180.507(b)(3) of 113D60W ...... 113C120W ...... 113D120W ...... 113A175W. this subchapter). 113C60W ...... 113A60W.

(e) Special requirements for class DOT thermal integrity prior to any subse- 113 tank cars—(1) A class DOT-113 tank quent shipment. car need not be periodically pressure (2) Thermal integrity test. When re- tested; however, each shipment must quired by paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- be monitored to determine the average tion, either of the following thermal daily pressure rise in the tank car. If integrity tests may be used: the average daily pressure rise during (i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise any shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig) in the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5 per day, the tank must be tested for psig) in 24 hours. When the pressure

677

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00687 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.320 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

rise test is performed, the absolute a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a pressure in the annular space of the DOT-113D120W tank car. loaded tank car may not exceed 75 mi- (49 U.S.C. 1803, 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A crons of mercury at the beginning of to part 1) the test and may not increase more than 25 microns during the 24-hour pe- [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27698, June 16, 1983, as riod; or amended by Amdt. 173–245, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 (ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test. FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45184, 45379, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005] The insulation system must be per- formance tested as prescribed in § 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; excep- § 179.400–4 of this subchapter. When the tions. calculated heat transfer rate test is performed, the absolute pressure in the (a) Atmospheric gases and helium, annular space of the loaded tank car cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, in- may not exceed 75 microns of mercury sulated cylinders, insulated portable at the beginning of the test and may tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insu- not increase more than 25 microns dur- lated tank cars, designed and con- ing the 24-hour period. The calculated structed so that the pressure in such heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig exceed: under ambient temperature conditions (A) 120 percent of the appropriate during transportation are not subject standard heat transfer rate specified in to the requirements of this subchapter § 179.401–1 of this subchapter, for DOT- when transported by motor vehicle or 113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars; railcar except as specified in para- (B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.) graphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this of inner tank car water capacity, for section. DOT-113A175W tank cars; (1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this (C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.) subchapter pertaining to the reporting of inner tank car water capacity, for of incidents, not including a release DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars; that is the result of venting through a or pressure control valve, or the neck of (D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of the Dewar flask. inner tank car water capacity, for (2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of DOT-113D120W tank cars. part 172, (§§ 174.24 for rail and 177.817 for (3) A tank car that fails a test pre- highway) and in addition, part 172 in scribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this sec- its entirety for oxygen. tion must be removed from hazardous (3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and materials service. A tank car removed §§ 174.1 and 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of from hazardous materials service be- this subchapter. cause it failed a test prescribed in (b) The requirements of this sub- paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not chapter do not apply to atmospheric be used to transport a hazardous mate- gases and helium: rial unless the tank car conforms to all (1) During loading and unloading op- applicable requirements of this sub- erations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3 chapter. psig); or (4) Each rupture disc must be re- (2) When used in operation of a proc- placed every 12 months, and the re- ess system; such as a refrigeration sys- placement date must be marked on the tem (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig). car near the pressure relief valve infor- (c) For transportation aboard air- mation. craft, see the ICAO Technical Instruc- (5) Pressure relief valves and alter- tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- nate pressure relief valves must be chapter), Packing Instruction 202 and tested every five years. The start-to- the packaging specifications in part 6, discharge pressure and vapor tight chapter 5. pressure requirements for the pressure [Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as relief valves must be as specified in amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR § 179.401–1 of this subchapter. The alter- 33436, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; nate pressure relief device values speci- 68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, fied in § 179.401–1 of this subchapter for 2003]

678

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00688 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.323

§ 173.321 Ethylamine. that part, during normal conditions of Ethylamine must be packaged as fol- transportation, may come in contact lows: with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor. (a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing Copper alloys may be used only where Group I performance level require- gas mixtures do not contain free acety- ments. lene at any concentration that will (b) In specification cylinders as pre- form copper acetylene. All packaging scribed for any compressed gas except and gaskets must be constructed of acetylene. materials which are compatible with [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990] ethylene oxide and do not lower the auto-ignition temperature of ethylene § 173.322 Ethyl chloride. oxide. Ethyl chloride must be packaged in (b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged any of the following single or combina- in one of the following: tion non-bulk packagings which meet (1) In hermetically sealed glass or Packing Group I performance level re- metal inner packagings suitably cush- quirements: ioned in an outer package authorized (a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes by § 173.201(b). The maximum quantity with glass, earthenware, or metal inner permitted in any glass inner packaging receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) is 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the maximum capacity each; quantity permitted in any metal inner (b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass, packaging is 340 g (12 ounces). After earthenware, or metal inner recep- filling, each inner packaging shall be tacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) ca- determined to be leak-tight by placing pacity each. Outer packagings may not the inner packaging in a hot water exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight; bath at a temperature, and for a period (c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26 of time, sufficient to ensure that an in- gallons) capacity each; or ternal pressure equal to the vapor pres- (d) In specification cylinders as pre- sure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is scribed for any compressed gas except acetylene. Cylinders made of alu- achieved. The total quantity in any minum alloy are not authorized. outer packaging shall not exceed 100 g (e) In capsules under the following (3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in conditions: any outer packaging containing only (1) The mass of gas must not exceed metal inner packagings shall not ex- 150 g (5.30 ounces) per capsule; ceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each com- (2) The capsule must be free of faults pleted package must be capable of liable to impair its strength; passing all Packing Group I perform- (3) The leakproofness integrity of the ance tests. closure must be maintained by a sec- (2) In specification cylinders or UN ondary means (e.g., cap, crown, seal, pressure receptacles, as authorized for binding, etc.) capable of preventing any any compressed gas except acetylene. leakage of the closure while in trans- Pressurizing valves and insulation are portation; and required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gal- (4) The capsules must be placed in a lon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be strong outer packaging suitable for the provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gal- contents and may not exceed a gross lons) capacity. Cylinders must be mass of 75 kg (165 pounds). seamless or welded steel (not brazed) [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as with a nominal capacity of no more amended at 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be 3381, Jan. 19, 2011] liquid full below 82 °C (180 °F). Before § 173.323 Ethylene oxide. each refilling, each cylinder must be tested for leakage at no less than 103.4 (a) For packaging ethylene oxide in kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition, non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or each cylinder must be equipped with a any of its alloys or copper may not be fusible type relief device with yield used in any part of a packaging, valve, ° ° ° or other packaging appurtenance if temperature of 69 C to 77 C (157 F to

679

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00689 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.323 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

170 °F). The capacity of the relief de- (3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable vice and the effectiveness of the insula- tanks. tion must be such that the charged cyl- (d) The pressure relief devices must inder will not explode when tested by be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig). the method described in CGA Pamphlet Portable tanks fitted with non-re- C–14 or other equivalent method. closing devices made and in use prior (3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more to December 31, 1987, may continue to than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting be used in ethylene oxide service. Packing Group I performance stand- (e) In determining outage, consider- ards. The drum must be lagged of all ation must be given to the lading tem- welded construction with the inner perature and solubility of inert gas shell having a minimum thickness of padding in ethylene oxide as well as 1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer the partial pressure exerted by the gas shell having a minimum thickness of padding. 2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be (f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must capable of withstanding a hydrostatic be padded with dry nitrogen or other test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lag- ging must be of sufficient thickness so suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity that the drum, when filled with ethyl- to render the vapor space of the tank ° ° ene oxide and equipped with the re- nonflammable up to 41 C (105 F). The quired pressure relief device, will not gas used for padding must be free of rupture when exposed to fire. The drum impurities which may cause the ethyl- may not be liquid full below 85 °C (185 ene oxide to polymerize, decompose or °F), and must be marked ‘‘THIS END undergo other violent chemical reac- UP’’ on the top head. Before each refill- tion. ing, each drum must be tested for leak- (g) Copper, silver, mercury, magne- age at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig) sium or their alloys may not be used in pressure. Each drum must be equipped any part of the tank or appurtenances with a fusible type relief device with that are normally in contact with the yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 lading. °F to 170 °F), and the capacity of the (h) Neoprene, natural rubber and as- relief device must be such that the bestos gaskets are prohibited. All pack- filled drum is capable of passing, with- ing and gaskets must be made of mate- out rupture, the test method described rials which do not react with or lower in CGA Pamphlet C–14 or other equiva- the autoignition temperature of the lent method. lading. (c) When § 172.101 of this subchapter (i) Each tank must be insulated with specifies that a hazardous material be cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick), packaged under this section, only the or mineral wool, fiberglass or other following bulk packagings are author- suitable insulation material of suffi- ized, subject to the requirements of cient thickness so that the thermal subparts A and B of this part, the spe- conductance at 16 °C (60 °F) is not more cial provisions specified in column 7 of than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot the § 172.101 table, and paragraphs (d) per degree F. temperature differential. through (j) of this section: Portable tanks made and in use prior (1) Tank cars. Class DOT 105 tank to December 31, 1987 equipped with fu- cars: sible plugs instead of a pressure relief (i) Each tank car built before March valve or rupture disc, must have suffi- 16, 2009 must have a tank test pressure cient insulation so that the tank as of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psig); and filled for shipment will not rupture in (ii) Except as provided in § 173.314(d), a fire. The insulation on portable tanks tank cars built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of or cargo tank motor vehicles must be ethylene oxide must meet the applica- protected with a steel jacket at least ble authorized tank car specification 2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as re- listed in the table in § 173.314(c). quired by the specification. (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles.

680

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00690 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.336

(j) Tank car tanks built after Decem- shipped in one packaging. Valves must ber 30, 1971 must be equipped with a be adequately protected. Box and valve thermometer well. protection must be of sufficient [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as strength to protect all parts of inner amended at 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. packagings and valves from deforma- 173–236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173– tion or breakage resulting from a drop 234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–145, 60 of at least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non- FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383, yielding surface, such as concrete or Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006; steel, impacting at the weakest point. 74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009] [67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, § 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with compressed gas. 2010] Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion, EDITORIAL NOTE: At 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate, tetra- 2002, § 173.334(f) was amended, however, para- ethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division graph (f) does not exist in this section. 6.1 organic phosphates (including a § 173.335 [Reserved] compound or mixture), may be mixed with a non-flammable compressed gas. § 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, This mixture may not contain more or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. than 20 percent by weight of organic phosphate and must be packaged in (a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or DOT 3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240, dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, must be 4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meet- packaged in specification or UN cyl- ing all of the following requirements: inders as prescribed in § 173.192, except (a) Each cylinder may be filled with valves are not authorized. UN tubes not more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of the mix- and MEGCs are not authorized for use. ture, to a maximum filling density of Cylinders must be equipped with a not more than 80 percent of the water stainless steel valve and valve seat capacity. that will not deteriorate in contact (b) No cylinder may be equipped with with nitrogen dioxide. Each valve open- an education tube or a fusible plug. ing must be closed by a solid metal (c) No cylinder may be equipped with plug with tapered thread properly luted any valve unless the valve is a type ap- to prevent leakage. Transportation in proved by the Associate Administrator. DOT 3AL cylinders is authorized only (d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a box, crate, or other strong outer pack- by highway and rail. aging conforming to the requirements (b) Each UN pressure receptacle must of § 173.25 and arranged to protect each be cleaned in accordance with the re- valve or other closing device from dam- quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 age. Except as provided in paragraph of this subchapter). Each DOT speci- (e) of this section, no more than four fication cylinder must be cleaned ac- cylinders may be packed in a strong cording to the requirements of GSA outer packaging. Each strong outer Federal Specification RR–C–901D, para- packaging with its closing device pro- graphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of tection must be sufficiently strong to this subchapter). Cleaning agents protect all parts of each cylinder from equivalent to those specified in RR–C– deformation or leakage if the com- 901D may be used; however, any clean- pleted package is dropped 1.8 m (6 feet) ing agent must not be capable of react- onto a non-yielding surface, such as ing with oxygen. One cylinder selected concrete or steel, impacting at the at random from a group of 200 or fewer packaging’s weakest point. and cleaned at the same time must be (e) Cylinders may be packed in strong tested for oil contamination in accord- wooden boxes with valves or other clos- ance with Specification RR–C–901D, ing devices protected from damage, paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this with not more than twelve cylinders in subchapter) and meet the standard of one outside wooden box. An outer fiber- cleanliness specified therein. board box may be used when not more than four such cylinders are to be [71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]

681

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00691 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.337 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 173.337 Nitric oxide. the cylinder opening may be closed by the use of a metal plug. Specification (a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in 3E cylinders must be shipped in an cylinders conforming to the require- overpack that meets the provisions of ments of § 173.40 and as follows: § 173.40. (1) DOT specification cylinder. In a (b) In place of the volumetric expan- DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or sion test, DOT 3BN cylinders used in 3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification exclusive service may be given a com- cylinder must be charged to a pressure plete external visual inspection in con- of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at ° ° formance with part 180, subpart C, of 21 C (70 F). Transportation of nitric this subchapter, at the time such peri- oxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is au- odic requalification becomes due. Cyl- thorized only by highway and rail. inders that undergo a complete exter- (2) UN cylinder. In a UN cylinder with nal visual inspection, in place of the a minimum test pressure of 200 bar. volumetric expansion test, must be The maximum working pressure of the condemned if removed from tungsten cylinder must not exceed 50 bar. The hexafluoride service. pressure in the cylinder at 65 °C (149 °F) may not exceed the test pressure. The [ 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 75 use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not au- FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010] thorized. § 173.340 Tear gas devices. (3) Valves. Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel valve (a) Packagings for tear gas devices and valve seat that will not deteriorate must be approved prior to initial trans- in contact with nitric oxide. Cylinders portation by the Associate Adminis- or valves may not be equipped with trator. pressure relief devices of any type. (b) Tear gas devices may not be as- (b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned sembled with, or packed in the same in accordance with the requirements of packaging with, mechanically- or ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- manually-operated firing, igniting, chapter). Each DOT specification cyl- bursting, or other functioning elements inder must be cleaned in compliance unless of a type and design which has with the requirements of GSA Federal been approved by the Associate Admin- Specification RR–C–901D, paragraphs istrator. 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this (c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas can- subchapter). Cleaning agents equiva- dles, and similar devices must be pack- lent to those specified in Federal Spec- aged in one of the following packagings ification RR–C–901D may be used; how- conforming to the requirements of part ever, any cleaning agent must not be 178 of this subchapter at the Packing capable of reacting with oxygen. One Group II performance level: cylinder selected at random from a (1) In UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal- group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the strapped wooden boxes. Functioning same time must be tested for oil con- elements not assembled in grenades or tamination in accordance with Federal devices must be in a separate compart- Specification RR–C–901D paragraph ment of these boxes, or in inner or sep- 4.3.2 and meet the standard of cleanli- arate outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or ness specified therein. 4F, and must be so packed and cush- ioned that they may not come in con- [71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006] tact with each other or with the walls of the box during transportation. Not § 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. more than 50 tear gas devices and 50 (a) Tungsten hexafluoride must be functioning elements must be packed packaged in specification 3A, 3AA, in one box, and the gross weight of the 3BN, or 3E (§§ 178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77 of this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders pounds). must be equipped with a valve protec- (2) In a UN 1A2 metal drum. Func- tion cap or be packed in a strong outer tioning elements must be packed in a packaging meeting the provisions of separate inner packaging or compart- § 173.40. Outlets of any valves must be ment. Not more than 24 tear gas de- capped or plugged. As an alternative, vices and 24 functioning elements must

682

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00692 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

be packed in one outer drum, and the (3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that gross weight of the drum may not ex- is an integral part of the means of ceed 35 kg (77 pounds). transport. (3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with in- (4) Natural material and ores con- side tear gas devices meeting Specifica- taining naturally occurring radio- tions 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging nuclides which are not intended to be must be placed in fiberboard tubes processed for use of these radio- fitted with metal ends or a fiber box nuclides, provided the activity con- with suitable padding. Not more than centration of the material does not ex- 30 inner packagings must be packed in ceed 10 times the values specified in one outer box, and the gross weight of § 173.436. the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35 pounds). [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004] (4) In other packagings of a type or design which has been approved by the § 173.403 Definitions. Associate Administrator. (d) Tear gas devices may be shipped For purposes of this subpart— completely assembled when offered by A1 means the maximum activity of or consigned to the U.S. Department of special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- Defense, provided the functioning ele- rial permitted in a Type A package. ments are so packed that they cannot This value is either listed in § 173.435 or accidentally function. Outer pack- may be derived in accordance with the agings must be UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F procedures prescribed in § 173.433. metal-strapped wooden boxes. A2 means the maximum activity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, other [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990, as than special form material, LSA mate- amended 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] rial, and SCO, permitted in a Type A package. This value is either listed in Subpart H [Reserved] § 173.435 or may be derived in accord- ance with the procedures prescribed in Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) § 173.433. Materials Class 7 (radioactive) material See the definition of Radioactive material in this SOURCE: Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. section. 28, 1995, unless otherwise noted. Closed transport vehicle means a trans- port vehicle or conveyance equipped § 173.401 Scope. with a securely attached exterior en- (a) This subpart sets forth require- closure that during normal transpor- ments for the packaging and transpor- tation restricts the access of unauthor- tation of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- ized persons to the cargo space con- rials by offerors and carriers subject to taining the Class 7 (radioactive) mate- this subchapter. The requirements pre- rials. The enclosure may be either tem- scribed in this subpart are in addition porary or permanent, and in the case of to, not in place of, other requirements packaged materials may be of the ‘‘see- set forth in this subchapter for Class 7 through’’ type, and must limit access (radioactive) materials and those of from top, sides, and bottom. the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in Consignment means a package or 10 CFR part 71. group of packages or load of radio- (b) This subpart does not apply to: active material offered by a person for (1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials transport in the same shipment. produced, used, transported, or stored Containment system means the assem- within an establishment other than bly of components of the packaging in- during the course of transportation, in- tended to retain the Class 7 (radio- cluding storage in transportation. active) material during transport. (2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials Contamination means the presence of that have been implanted or incor- a radioactive substance on a surface in porated into, and are still in, a person quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm2 for or live animal for diagnosis or treat- beta and gamma emitters and low tox- ment. icity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm2 for

683

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00693 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

all other alpha emitters. Contamina- any loading or unloading is performed tion exists in two phases. by personnel having radiological train- (1) Fixed radioactive contamination ing and resources appropriate for safe means radioactive contamination that handling of the consignment. The con- cannot be removed from a surface dur- signor must provide to the initial car- ing normal conditions of transport. rier specific written instructions for (2) Non-fixed radioactive contamination maintenance of exclusive use shipment means radioactive contamination that controls, including the vehicle survey can be removed from a surface during requirement of § 173.443 (c) as applica- normal conditions of transport. ble, and include these instructions with Conveyance means: the shipping paper information pro- (1) For transport by public highway vided to the carrier by the consignor. or rail: any transport vehicle or large Exemption value means either an ex- freight container; empt material activity concentration (2) For transport by water: any ves- or an exempt consignment activity sel, or any hold, compartment, or de- limit listed in the table in § 173.436, or fined deck area of a vessel including determined according to the proce- any transport vehicle on board the ves- dures described in § 173.433, and used to sel; and determine whether a given physically (3) For transport by aircraft, any air- radioactive material is sufficiently ra- craft. dioactive to be subject to the HMR (see Criticality Safety Index (CSI) means a definition of radioactive material). An number (rounded up to the next tenth) exemption value is different from an which is used to provide control over exemption, as specified under the defi- the accumulation of packages, over- nition for special permit in § 171.8 of packs or freight containers containing this subchapter. fissile material. The CSI for packages Fissile material means plutonium239, containing fissile material is deter- plutonium241, uranium233, uranium235, mined in accordance with the instruc- or any combination of these radio- tions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23, nuclides. This term does not apply to and 71.59. The CSI for an overpack, material containing fissile nuclides, freight container, or consignment con- unirradiated natural uranium and taining fissile material packages is the unirradiated depleted uranium, or to arithmetic sum of the criticality safe- natural uranium or depleted uranium ty indices of all the fissile material that has been irradiated in thermal re- packages contained within the over- actors only. pack, freight container, or consign- ment. Freight container means a reusable Design means the description of a container having a volume of 1.81 cubic special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed rial, a package, packaging, or LSA-III, and constructed to permit it being lift- that enables those items to be fully ed with its contents intact and in- identified. The description may include tended primarily for containment of specifications, engineering drawings, packages in unit form during transpor- reports showing compliance with regu- tation. A ‘‘small freight container’’ is latory requirements, and other rel- one which has either one outer dimen- evant documentation. sion less than 1.5 m (4.9 feet) or an in- Deuterium means, for the purposes of ternal volume of not more than 3.0 § 173.453, deuterium and any deuterium cubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other compound, including heavy water, in freight containers are designated as which the ratio of deuterium atoms to ‘‘large freight containers.’’ hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000. Graphite means, for the purposes of Exclusive use means sole use by a sin- § 173.453, graphite with a boron equiva- gle consignor of a conveyance for lent content less than 5 parts per mil- which all initial, intermediate, and lion and density greater than 1.5 grams final loading and unloading are carried per cubic centimeter. out in accordance with the direction of Highway route controlled quantity the consignor or consignee. The con- means a quantity within a single pack- signor and the carrier must ensure that age which exceeds:

684

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00694 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

(1) 3,000 times the A1 value of the powders, that meet the requirements of radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for § 173.468 and in which: special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- (i) The radioactive material is dis- rial; tributed throughout a solid or a collec- (2) 3,000 times the A2 value of the tion of solid objects, or is essentially radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for uniformly distributed in a solid com- normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma- pact binding agent (such as concrete, terial; or bitumen, ceramic, etc.); (3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is (ii) The radioactive material is rel- least. atively insoluble, or it is intrinsically Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) contained in a relatively insoluble ma- material means a quantity of Class 7 terial, so that, even under loss of pack- (radioactive) material not exceeding aging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive) the material’s package limits specified material per package by leaching when in § 173.425 and conforming with re- placed in water for seven days would quirements specified in § 173.421. not exceed 0.1 A2; and Low Specific Activity (LSA) material (iii) The estimated average specific means Class 7 (radioactive) material activity of the solid, excluding any with limited specific activity which shielding material, does not exceed 2 × satisfies the descriptions and limits set 10¥3 A /g. forth below. Shielding material sur- 2 Low toxicity alpha emitters means nat- rounding the LSA material may not be ural uranium; depleted uranium; nat- considered in determining the esti- ural thorium; uranium-235 or uranium- mated average specific activity of the 238; thorium-232; thorium-228 and tho- package contents. LSA material must rium-230 when contained in ores or be in one of three groups: physical and chemical concentrates; (1) LSA-I: and alpha emitters with a half-life of (i) Uranium and thorium ores, con- less than 10 days. centrates of uranium and thorium ores, and other ores containing naturally oc- Maximum normal operating pressure curring radionuclides which are in- means the maximum gauge pressure tended to be processed for the use of that would develop in a containment these radionuclides; or system during a period of one year, in (ii) Solid unirradiated natural ura- the absence of venting or cooling, nium or depleted uranium or natural under the heat conditions specified in thorium or their solid or liquid com- 10 CFR 71.71(c)(1). pounds or mixtures; or Multilateral approval means approval (iii) Radioactive material other than of a package design or shipment by the relevant Competent Authority of the fissile material, for which the A2 value is unlimited; or country of origin and of each country (iv) Other radioactive material, ex- through or into which the package or cluding fissile material in quantities shipment is to be transported. This def- not excepted under § 173.453, in which inition does not include approval from the activity is distributed throughout a country over which Class 7 (radio- and the estimated average specific ac- active) materials are carried in air- tivity does not exceed 30 times the val- craft, if there is no scheduled stop in ues for activity concentration specified that country. in § 173.436, or 30 times the default val- Natural thorium means thorium with ues listed in Table 8 of § 173.433. the naturally occurring distribution of (2) LSA-II: thorium isotopes (essentially 100 per- (i) Water with tritium concentration cent by weight of thorium-232). up to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L); or Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- (ii) Other radioactive material in rial means Class 7 (radioactive) which which the activity is distributed has not been demonstrated to qualify throughout and the average specific ac- as ‘‘special form Class 7 (radioactive) ¥4 tivity does not exceed 10 A2/g for sol- material.’’ ¥5 ids and gases, and 10 A2/g for liquids. Package means the packaging to- (3) LSA-III. Solids (e.g., consolidated gether with its radioactive contents as wastes, activated materials), excluding presented for transport.

685

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00695 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(1) ‘‘Excepted package’’ means a which would allow the release of Class packaging together with its excepted 7 (radioactive) material to the environ- Class 7 (radioactive) materials as speci- ment under the hypothetical accident fied in §§ 173.421–173.426 and 173.428. conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71. (2) ‘‘Industrial package’’ means a (5) ‘‘Fissile material package’’ means packaging that, together with its low a packaging, together with its fissile specific activity (LSA) material or sur- material contents, which meets the re- face contaminated object (SCO) con- quirements for fissile material pack- tents, meets the requirements of ages described in subpart E of 10 CFR §§ 173.410 and 173.411. Industrial pack- 71. A fissile material package may be a ages are categorized in § 173.411 as ei- Type AF package, a Type B(U)F pack- ther: age, or a Type B(M)F package. (i) ‘‘Industrial package Type 1 (IP– Packaging means, for Class 7 (radio- 1)’’; active) materials, the assembly of com- (ii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 2 (IP– ponents necessary to ensure compli- 2)’’; or ance with the packaging requirements (iii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 3 (IP– of this subpart. It may consist of one 3)’’. or more receptacles, absorbent mate- (3) ‘‘Type A package’’ means a pack- rials, spacing structures, thermal insu- aging that, together with its radio- lation, radiation shielding, service active contents limited to A1 or A2 as equipment for filling, emptying, vent- appropriate, meets the requirements of ing and pressure relief, and devices for §§ 173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to cooling or absorbing mechanical retain the integrity of containment shocks. The conveyance, tie-down sys- and shielding required by this part tem, and auxiliary equipment may under normal conditions of transport sometimes be designated as part of the as demonstrated by the tests set forth packaging. in § 173.465 or § 173.466, as appropriate. A Quality assurance means a systematic Type A package does not require Com- program of controls and inspections ap- petent Authority approval. plied by each person involved in the (4) ‘‘Type B package’’ means a pack- transport of radioactive material aging designed to transport greater which provides confidence that a stand- than an A1 or A2 quantity of radio- ard of safety prescribed in this sub- active material that, together with its chapter is achieved in practice. radioactive contents, is designed to re- Radiation level means the radiation tain the integrity of containment and dose-equivalent rate expressed in shielding required by this part when millisieverts per hour or mSv/h subjected to the normal conditions of (millirems per hour or mrem/h). Neu- transport and hypothetical accident tron flux densities may be converted test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part into radiation levels according to 71. Table 1: (i) ‘‘Type B(U) package’’ means a Type B packaging that, together with TABLE 1—NEUTRON FLUENCE RATES TO BE RE- its radioactive contents, for inter- GARDED AS EQUIVALENT TO A RADIATION national shipments requires unilateral LEVEL OF 0.01 MSV/H (1MREM/H) 1 approval only of the package design Flux density and of any stowage provisions that equivalent to 0.01 mSv/h (1 mrem/h) may be necessary for heat dissipation. Energy of neutron neutrons per (ii) ‘‘Type B(M) package’’ means a square centimeter per second (n/ Type B packaging, together with its ra- cm 2/s) dioactive contents, that for inter- national shipments requires multilat- Thermal (2.510E–8) MeV ...... 272.0 1 keV ...... 272.0 eral approval of the package design, 10 keV ...... 281.0 and may require approval of the condi- 100 keV ...... 47.0 tions of shipment. Type B(M) packages 500 keV ...... 11.0 1 MeV ...... 7.5 are those Type B package designs 5 MeV ...... 6.4 which have a maximum normal oper- 10 MeV ...... 6.7 ating pressure of more than 700 kPa/ 1Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed cm2 (100 lb/in2) gauge or a relief device in this table may be obtained by linear interpolation.

686

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00696 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

Radioactive contents means a Class 7 material distributed on its surface. (radioactive) material, together with SCO exists in two phases: any contaminated or activated solids, (1) SCO-I: A solid object on which: liquids and gases within the packaging. (i) The non-fixed contamination on Radioactive instrument or article means the accessible surface averaged over 300 any manufactured instrument or arti- cm2 (or the area of the surface if less cle such as an instrument, clock, elec- than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm2 tronic tube or apparatus, or similar in- (10¥4 microcurie/cm2 ) for beta and strument or article having Class 7 (ra- gamma and low toxicity alpha dioactive) material in gaseous or non- emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm2 (10¥5 dispersible solid form as a component microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha part. emitters; Radioactive material means any mate- (ii) The fixed contamination on the rial containing radionuclides where accessible surface averaged over 300 both the activity concentration and cm2 (or the area of the surface if less the total activity in the consignment than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 × 104 Bq/ exceed the values specified in the table cm2 (1.0 microcurie/cm2) for beta and in § 173.436 or values derived according gamma and low toxicity alpha to the instructions in § 173.433. emitters, or 4 × 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1 Special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha rial means either an indispersible solid emitters; and radioactive material or a sealed cap- (iii) The non-fixed contamination sule containing radioactive material plus the fixed contamination on the in- which satisfies the following condi- accessible surface averaged over 300 tions: cm2 (or the area of the surface if less (1) It is either a single solid piece or than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 × 104 Bq/ a sealed capsule containing radioactive cm2 (1 microcurie/cm2) for beta and material that can be opened only by gamma and low toxicity alpha destroying the capsule; emitters, or 4 × 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1 (2) The piece or capsule has at least microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha one dimension not less than 5 mm (0.2 emitters. in); and (2) SCO-II: A solid object on which (3) It satisfies the test requirements the limits for SCO-I are exceeded and of § 173.469. Special form encapsulations on which: designed in accordance with the re- (i) The non-fixed contamination on quirements of § 173.389(g) in effect on the accessible surface averaged over 300 June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, re- cm2 (or the area of the surface if less vised as of October 1, 1982), and con- than 300 cm2) does not exceed 400 Bq/ structed prior to July 1, 1985 and spe- cm2 (10¥2 microcurie/cm2) for beta and cial form encapsulations designed in gamma and low toxicity alpha accordance with the requirements of emitters, or 40 Bq/cm2 (10¥3 microcurie/ § 173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see cm2) for all other alpha emitters; 49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1, (ii) The fixed contamination on the 1995), and constructed prior to April 1, accessible surface averaged over 300 1997, may continue to be used. Any cm2 (or the area of the surface if less other special form encapsulation must than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 × 105 Bq/ meet the requirements of this para- cm2 (20 microcurie/cm2) for beta and graph (3). gamma and low toxicity alpha Specific activity of a radionuclide emitters, or 8 × 104 Bq/cm2 (2 micro- means the activity of the radionuclide curies/cm2) for all other alpha per unit mass of that nuclide. The spe- emitters; and cific activity of a material in which (iii) The non-fixed contamination the radionuclide is essentially uni- plus the fixed contamination on the in- formly distributed is the activity per accessible surface averaged over 300 unit mass of the material. cm2 (or the area of the surface if less Surface Contaminated Object (SCO) than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 × 105 Bq/ means a solid object which is not itself cm2 (20 microcuries/cm2) for beta and radioactive but which has radioactive gamma and low toxicity alpha

687

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00697 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.410 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

emitters, or 8 × 104 Bq/cm2 (2 micro- (2) In all cases listed in this defini- curies/cm2) for all other alpha tion, a very small mass percentage of emitters. uranium-234 is present. Transport index (TI) means the [69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55116, Sept. dimensionless number (rounded up to 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, the next tenth) placed on the label of a Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005] package, to designate the degree of control to be exercised by the carrier § 173.410 General design requirements. during transportation. The transport In addition to the requirements of index is determined by multiplying the subparts A and B of this part, each maximum radiation level in package used for the shipment of Class millisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3 7 (radioactive) materials must be de- ft) from the external surface of the signed so that— package by 100 (equivalent to the max- (a) The package can be easily han- imum radiation level in millirem per dled and properly secured in or on a hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)). conveyance during transport. Type A quantity means a quantity of (b) Each lifting attachment that is a Class 7 (radioactive) material, the ag- structural part of the package must be gregate radioactivity which does not designed with a minimum safety factor exceed A1 for special form Class 7 (ra- of three against yielding when used to dioactive) material of A2 for normal lift the package in the intended man- form Class 7 (radioactive) material, ner, and it must be designed so that where A1 and A2 values are given in failure of any lifting attachment under § 173.435 or are determined in accord- excessive load would not impair the ance with § 173.433. ability of the package to meet other Type B quantity means a quantity of requirements of this subpart. Any material greater than a Type A quan- other structural part of the package tity. which could be used to lift the package Unilateral approval means approval of must be capable of being rendered inop- a package design solely by the Com- erable for lifting the package during petent Authority of the country of ori- transport or must be designed with gin of the design. strength equivalent to that required for lifting attachments. Unirradiated thorium means thorium containing not more than 10¥7 grams (c) The external surface, as far as uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232. practicable, will be free from pro- truding features and will be easily de- Unirradiated uranium means uranium contaminated. containing not more than 2 × 103 Bq of (d) The outer layer of packaging will plutonium per gram of uranium-235, avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or not more than 9 × 106 Bq of fission prod- crevices where water might collect. ucts per gram of uranium-235 and not (e) Each feature that is added to the more than 5 × 10¥3 g of uranium-236 per package will not reduce the safety of gram of uranium-235. the package. Uranium—natural, depleted or enriched (f) The package will be capable of means the following: withstanding the effects of any accel- (1)(i) ‘‘Natural uranium’’ means eration, vibration or vibration reso- chemically separated uranium con- nance that may arise under normal taining the naturally occurring dis- conditions of transport without any de- tribution of uranium isotopes (approxi- terioration in the effectiveness of the mately 99.28% uranium-238 and 0.72% closing devices on the various recep- uranium-235 by mass). tacles or in the integrity of the pack- (ii) ‘‘Depleted uranium’’ means ura- age as a whole and without loosening nium containing a lesser mass percent- or unintentionally releasing the nuts, age of uranium-235 than in natural ura- bolts, or other securing devices even nium. after repeated use (see §§ 173.24, 173.24a, (iii) ‘‘Enriched uranium’’ means ura- and 173.24b). nium containing a greater mass per- (g) The materials of construction of centage of uranium-235 than 0.72%. the packaging and any components or

688

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00698 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.411

structure will be physically and chemi- IP–2, and must meet the requirements cally compatible with each other and specified in § 173.412(a) through (j). with the package contents. The behav- (4) Tank containers may be used as ior of the packaging and the package Industrial package Types 2 or 3 (Type contents under irradiation will be IP–2 or Type IP–3) provided that: taken into account. (i) They satisfy the requirements for (h) All valves through which the Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1); package contents could escape will be (ii) They are designed to conform to protected against unauthorized oper- the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.7, ation. of the United Nations Recommenda- (i) For transport by air— tions on the Transport of Dangerous (1) The temperature of the accessible Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- surfaces of the package will not exceed chapter), ‘‘Requirements for the De- 50 °C (122 °F) at an ambient tempera- sign, Construction, Inspection and ture of 38 °C (100 °F) with no account Testing of Portable Tanks and Mul- taken for insulation; tiple-Element Gas Containers (2) The integrity of containment will (MEGCs),’’ or other requirements at not be impaired if the package is ex- least equivalent to those standards; posed to ambient temperatures ranging (iii) They are capable of withstanding from ¥40 °C (¥40 °F) to +55 °C (131 °F); a test pressure of 265 kPa (37.1 psig); and and (3) Packages containing liquid con- (iv) They are designed so that any ad- tents will be capable of withstanding, ditional shielding which is provided without leakage, an internal pressure shall be capable of withstanding the that produces a pressure differential of static and dynamic stresses resulting not less than 95 kPa (13.8 lb/in2). from handling and routine conditions [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as of transport and of preventing a loss of amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May shielding integrity which would result 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999] in more than a 20% increase in the ra- diation level at any external surface of § 173.411 Industrial packagings. the tank containers. (a) General. Each industrial pack- (5) Tanks, other than tank con- aging must comply with the require- tainers, including DOT Specification ments of this section which specifies IM 101 or IM 102 steel portable tanks, packaging tests, and record retention may be used as Industrial package applicable to Industrial Packaging Types 2 or 3 (Type IP–2) or (Type IP–3) Type 1 (IP–1), Industrial Packaging for transporting LSA–I and LSA–II liq- Type 2 (IP–2), and Industrial Packaging uids and gases as prescribed in Table 6, Type 3 (IP–3). provided that they conform to stand- (b) Industrial packaging certification ards at least equivalent to those pre- and tests. (1) Each IP–1 must meet the scribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec- general design requirements prescribed tion. in § 173.410. (6) Freight containers may be used as (2) Each IP–2 must meet the general Industrial packages Types 2 or 3 (Type design requirements prescribed in IP–2) or (Type IP–3) provided that: § 173.410 and when subjected to the tests (i) The radioactive contents are re- specified in § 173.465(c) and (d) or evalu- stricted to solid materials; ated against these tests by any of the (ii) They satisfy the requirements for methods authorized by § 173.461(a), Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1); must prevent: and (i) Loss or dispersal of the radio- (iii) They are designed to conform to active contents; and the standards prescribed in the Inter- (ii) A significant increase in the radi- national Organization for Standardiza- ation levels recorded or calculated at tion document ISO 1496–1: ‘‘Series 1 the external surfaces for the condition Freight Containers—Specifications and before the test. Testing—Part 1: General Cargo Con- (3) Each IP–3 packaging must meet tainers; excluding dimensions and rat- the requirements for an IP–1 and an ings (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

689

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00699 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.412 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

They shall be designed such that if sub- § 173.412 Additional design require- jected to the tests prescribed in that ments for Type A packages. document and the accelerations occur- In addition to meeting the general ring during routine conditions of trans- design requirements prescribed in port they would prevent: § 173.410, each Type A packaging must (A) Loss or dispersal of the radio- be designed so that— active contents; and (a) The outside of the packaging in- (B) Loss of shielding integrity which corporates a feature, such as a seal, would result in more than a 20% in- that is not readily breakable, and that, crease in the radiation level at any ex- while intact, is evidence that the pack- ternal surface of the freight containers. age has not been opened. In the case of (7) Metal intermediate bulk con- packages shipped in closed transport vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo tainers may also be used as Industrial compartment, instead of the individual package Type 2 or 3 (Type IP–2 or Type packages, may be sealed. IP–3), provided that: (b) The smallest external dimension (i) They satisfy the requirements for of the package is not less than 10 cm (4 Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1); inches). and (c) Containment and shielding is (ii) They are designed to conform to maintained during transportation and the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.5 storage in a temperature range of ¥40 of the United Nations Recommenda- °C (¥40 °F) to 70 °C (158 °F). Special at- tions on the Transport of Dangerous tention shall be given to liquid con- Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- tents and to the potential degradation chapter), ‘‘Requirements for the Con- of the packaging materials within the struction and Testing of Intermediate temperature range. Bulk Containers,’’ for Packing Group I (d) The packaging must include a or II, and if they were subjected to the containment system securely closed by tests prescribed in that document, but a positive fastening device that cannot with the drop test conducted in the be opened unintentionally or by pres- most damaging orientation, they would sure that may arise within the package during normal transport. Special form prevent: Class 7 (radioactive) material, as dem- (A) Loss or dispersal of the radio- onstrated in accordance with § 173.469, active contents; and may be considered as a component of (B) Loss of shielding integrity which the containment system. If the con- would result in more than a 20% in- tainment system forms a separate unit crease in the radiation level at any ex- of the package, it must be securely ternal surface of the intermediate bulk closed by a positive fastening device containers. that is independent of any other part of (c) Except for IP–1 packagings, each the package. offeror of an industrial package must (e) For each component of the con- maintain on file for at least one year tainment system account is taken, after the latest shipment, and shall where applicable, of radiolytic decom- provide to the Associate Administrator position of materials and the genera- on request, complete documentation of tion of gas by chemical reaction and tests and an engineering evaluation or radiolysis. comparative data showing that the (f) The containment system will re- construction methods, packaging de- tain its radioactive contents under the sign, and materials of construction reduction of ambient pressure to 25 comply with that specification. kPa (3.6 psi). (g) Each valve, other than a pressure [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as relief device, is provided with an enclo- amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May sure to retain any leakage. 8, 1996; 66 FR 45379, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR (h) Any radiation shield that encloses 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; a component of the packaging specified 69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, as part of the containment system will 2004; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007] prevent the unintentional escape of that component from the shield.

690

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00700 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.416

(i) Failure of any tie-down attach- § 173.413 Requirements for Type B ment that is a structural part of the packages. packaging, under both normal and ac- Except as provided in § 173.416, each cident conditions, must not impair the Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must ability of the package to meet other be designed and constructed to meet requirements of this subpart. the applicable requirements specified (j) When evaluated against the per- in 10 CFR part 71. formance requirements of this section and the tests specified in § 173.465 or § 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. using any of the methods authorized by The following packages are author- § 173.461(a), the packaging will pre- ized for shipment if they do not con- vent— tain quantities exceeding A1 or A2 as (1) Loss or dispersal of the radio- appropriate: active contents; and (a) DOT Specification 7A (see § 178.350 (2) A significant increase in the radi- of this subchapter) Type A general ation levels recorded or calculated at packaging. Each offeror of a Specifica- the external surfaces for the condition tion 7A package must maintain on file before the test. for at least one year after the latest (k) Each packaging designed for liq- shipment, and shall provide to DOT on uids will— request, complete documentation of (1) Be designed to provide for ullage tests and an engineering evaluation or to accommodate variations in tempera- comparative data showing that the ture of the contents, dynamic effects construction methods, packaging de- and filling dynamics; sign, and materials of construction (2) Meet the conditions prescribed in comply with that specification. paragraph (j) of this section when sub- (b) Any other Type A packaging that jected to the tests specified in § 173.466 also meets the applicable standards for or evaluated against these tests by any fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and of the methods authorized by is used in accordance with § 173.471. § 173.461(a); and (c) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to (3) Either— § 173.416. (i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent (d) Any foreign-made packaging that material to absorb twice the volume of meets the standards in ‘‘IAEA Regula- the liquid contents. The absorbent ma- tions for the Safe Transport of Radio- terial must be compatible with the active Material No. TS-R-1’’ (IBR, see package contents and suitably posi- § 171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the tioned to contact the liquid in the marking ‘‘Type A’’. Such packagings event of leakage; or may be used for domestic and export (ii) Have a containment system com- shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) ma- posed of primary inner and secondary terials provided the offeror obtains the outer containment components de- applicable documentation of tests and signed to assure retention of the liquid engineering evaluations and maintains contents within the secondary outer the documentation on file in accord- component in the event that the pri- ance with paragraph (a) of this section. mary inner component leaks. These packagings must conform with (l) Each package designed for gases, requirements of the country of origin other than tritium not exceeding 40 (as indicated by the packaging mark- TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceed- ing) and the IAEA regulations applica- ing the A2 value appropriate for the ble to Type A packagings. noble gas, will be able to prevent loss or dispersal of contents when the pack- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR age is subjected to the tests prescribed 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; in § 173.466 or evaluated against these 69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004] tests by any of the methods authorized by § 173.461(a). § 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as Each of the following packages is au- amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR thorized for shipment of quantities ex- 57633, Oct. 6, 2003] ceeding A1 or A2, as appropriate: 691

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00701 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.417 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) (1)(i) Any packaging listed in packaging that meets the applicable § 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radio- requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and active) materials specified in 10 CFR that has been approved by the U.S. Nu- part 71, subpart C; clear Regulatory Commission may be (ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or shipped pursuant to § 173.471. Type B(M)F packaging that meets the (b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging applicable standards for fissile mate- that meets the applicable requirements rial packages in 10 CFR part 71; or in ‘‘IAEA Regulations for the Safe (iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or Transport of Radioactive Material, No. Type B(M)F packaging that meets the TS-R-1’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- applicable requirements for fissile ma- chapter) and for which the foreign terial packages in Section VI of the Competent Authority Certificate has International Atomic Energy Agency been revalidated by DOT pursuant to ‘‘Regulations for the Safe Transport of § 173.473. These packagings are author- Radioactive Material, No. TS-R-1 (IBR, ized only for export and import ship- see § 171.7 of this subchapter),’’ and for ments. which the foreign Competent Author- (c) Continued use of an existing Type ity certificate has been revalidated by B packaging constructed to DOT Speci- the U.S. Competent Authority, in ac- fication 6M, 20WC, or 21WC is author- cordance with § 173.473. These packages ized until October 1, 2008 if it conforms are authorized only for export and im- in all aspects to the requirements of port shipments. this subchapter in effect on October 1, (2) A residual ‘‘heel’’ of enriched solid 2003. uranium hexafluoride may be trans- ported without a protective overpack [69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004] in any metal cylinder that meets both the requirements of § 173.415 and § 173.417 Authorized fissile materials § 178.350 of this subchapter for Speci- packages. fication 7A Type A packaging, and the (a) Except as provided in § 173.453, requirements of § 173.420 for packagings fissile materials containing not more containing greater than 0.1 kg of ura- than A1 or A2 as appropriate, must be nium hexafluoride. Any such shipment packaged in one of the following pack- must be made in accordance with Table agings: 2, as follows:

TABLE 2—ALLOWABLE CONTENT OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE (UF6 ‘‘HEEL’’ IN A SPECIFICATION 7A CYLINDER)

Maximum cylinder di- Cylinder volume Maximum Ura- Maximum ‘‘Heel’’ weight per cylinder ameter nium 235-en- richment UF6 Uranium-235 Centi- Liters Cubic feet (weight) meters Inches percent kg lb kg lb

12.7 5 8.8 0.311 100.0 0.045 0.1 0.031 0.07 20.3 8 39.0 1.359 12.5 0.227 0.5 0.019 0.04 30.5 12 68.0 2.410 5.0 0.454 1.0 0.015 0.03 76.0 30 725.0 25.64 5.0 11.3 25.0 0.383 0.84 122.0 48 3,084.0 1 108.9 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 122.0 48 4,041.0 2 142.7 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 1 10 ton. 2 14 ton

(3) DOT Specification 20PF–1, 20PF–2, (i) Handling procedures and pack- or 20PF–3 (see § 178.356 of this sub- aging criteria must be in accordance chapter), or Specification 21PF–1A, with United States Enrichment Cor- 21PF–1B, or 21PF–2 (see § 178.358 of this poration Report No. USEC–651 or ANSI subchapter) phenolic-foam insulated N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- overpack with snug fittings inner chapter); and metal cylinders, meeting all require- (ii) Quantities of uranium ments of §§ 173.24, 173.410, 173.412, and hexafluoride are authorized as shown 173.420 and the following: in Table 3 of this section, with each

692

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00702 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.418

package assigned a minimum criti- cordance with § 173.473. These pack- cality safety index as also shown. agings are authorized only for import (b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) mate- and export shipments; or rials with radioactive content exceed- (3) DOT Specifications 20PF–1, 20PF– ing A1 or A2 must be packaged in one of 2, or 20PF–3 (see § 178.356 of this sub- the following packagings: chapter), for DOT Specifications 21PF– (1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) pack- 1A or 21PF–1B (see § 178.356 of this sub- aging that meets the standards for chapter) phenolic-foam insulated over- packaging of fissile materials in 10 pack with snug fitting inner metal cyl- CFR part 71, and is approved by the inders, meeting all requirements of U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission §§ 173.24, 173.410, and 173.412, and the fol- and used in accordance with § 173.471; lowing: (2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) pack- (i) Handling procedures and pack- aging that also meets the applicable aging criteria must be in accordance requirements for fissile material pack- with United States Enrichment Cor- aging in Section VI of the Inter- poration Report No. USEC–651 or ANSI national Atomic Energy Agency ‘‘Reg- N14.1; and ulations for the Safe Transport of Ra- (ii) Quantities of uranium dioactive Material, No. TS-R-1,’’ and hexafluoride are authorized as shown for which the foreign Competent Au- in Table 3, with each package assigned thority certificate has been revalidated a minimum criticality safety index as by the U.S. Competent Authority in ac- also shown:

TABLE 3—AUTHORIZED QUANTITIES OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE

Maximum inner cyclinder Maximum weight of UF6 Maximum U– Protective overpack diameter contents 235 enrich- Minimum criti- specification number ment (weight/ cality safety Centimeters Inches Kilograms Pounds percent) index

20PF–1 ...... 12.7 5 25 55 100.0 0.1 20PF–2 ...... 20.3 8 116 255 12.5 0.4 20PF–3 ...... 30.5 12 209 460 5.0 1.1 21PF–1A 1 or 21PF– 1B 1,276.0 ...... 230 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0 21PF–1A1 or 21PF–1B1 376.0 330 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0 21PF–21 ...... 276.0 230 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0 21PF–21 ...... 376.0 330 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0 1 For 76 cm (30 in) cylinders, the maximum H/U atomic ratio is 0.088. 2 Model 30A inner cylinder (reference USEC–651). 3 Model 30B inner cylinder (reference USEC–651).

(c) Continued use of an existing posed by, the contents. Contents of the fissile material packaging constructed package must be— to DOT Specification 6L, 6M, or 1A2, is (a) In solid form and must not be authorized until October 1, 2008 if it fissile unless excepted by § 173.453; conforms in all respects to the require- (b) Contained in sealed and corrosion ments of this subchapter in effect on resistant receptacles with positive clo- October 1, 2003. sures (friction or slip-fit covers or stop- [69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. pers are not authorized); 13, 2004] (c) Free of water and contaminants that would increase the reactivity of § 173.418 Authorized packages— the material; and pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) (d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition materials. during transport by either— Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) ma- (1) Mixing with large volumes of terials, as referenced in the § 172.101 inerting materials, such as graphite, table of this subchapter, in quantities dry sand, or other suitable inerting not exceeding A2 per package must be material, or blended into a matrix of transported in DOT Specification 7A hardened concrete; or packagings constructed of materials (2) Filling the innermost receptacle that will not react with, nor be decom- with an appropriate inert gas or liquid.

693

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00703 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.419 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) (iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code materials transported by aircraft must (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), be packaged in Type B packages. provided the packaging— (A) Was manufactured on or before [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 70 FR June 30, 1987; 56098, Sept. 23, 2005] (B) Conforms to the edition of the ASME Code in effect at the time the § 173.419 Authorized packages—oxi- packaging was manufactured; dizing Class 7 (radioactive) mate- (C) Is used within its original design rials. limitations; and (a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) (D) Has shell and head thicknesses material, as referenced in the § 172.101 that have not decreased below the min- table of this subchapter, is authorized imum value specified in the following table: in quantities not exceeding an A2 per package, in a DOT Specification 7A Minimum thick- package provided that— Packaging model ness; millimeters (1) The contents are: (inches) (i) Not fissile; 1S, 2S ...... 1.58 (0.062) (ii) Packed in inside packagings of 5A, 5B, 8A ...... 3.17 (0.125) 12A, 12B ...... 4.76 (0.187) glass, metal or compatible plastic; and 30B ...... 7.93 (0.312) (iii) Cushioned with a material that 48A, F, X, and Y ...... 12.70 (0.500) will not react with the contents; and 48T, O, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G ... 6.35 (0.250) (2) The outside packaging is made of wood, metal, or plastic. (3) Each package shall be designed so that it will: (b) The package must be capable of (i) withstand a hydraulic test at an meeting the applicable test require- internal pressure of at least 1.4 MPa ments of § 173.465 without leakage of (200 psi) without leakage; contents. (ii) withstand the test specified in (c) For shipment by air, the max- § 173.465(c) without loss or dispersal of imum quantity in any package may the uranium hexafluoride; and not exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds). (iii) withstand the test specified in 10 [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as CFR 71.73(c)(4) without rupture of the amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] containment system. (4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in § 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride solid form. (fissile, fissile excepted and non- (5) The volume of solid uranium fissile). hexafluoride, except solid depleted ura- (a) In addition to any other applica- nium hexafluoride, at 20 °C (68 °F) may ble requirements of this subchapter, not exceed 61% of the certified volu- quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile, metric capacity of the packaging. The fissile excepted or non-fissile uranium volume of solid depleted uranium hexafluoride must be offered for trans- hexafluoride at 20 °C (68 °F) may not portation as follows: exceed 62% of the certified volumetric (1) Before initial filling and during capacity of the packaging. periodic inspection and test, pack- (6) The pressure in the package at 20 agings must be cleaned in accordance °C (68 °F) must be less than 101.3 kPa with American National Standard (14.8 psig). N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (b) Each packaging for uranium chapter). hexafluoride must be periodically in- (2) Packagings must be designed, fab- spected, tested, marked and otherwise ricated, inspected, tested and marked conform with the American National in accordance with— Standard N14.1. (i) American National Standard N14.1 (c) Each repair to a packaging for in effect at the time the packaging was uranium hexafluoride must be per- manufactured; formed in accordance with the Amer- (ii) Specifications for Class DOT-106A ican National Standard N14.1. multi-unit tank car tanks (see §§ 179.300 (d) Non-fissile uranium hexafluoride, and 179.301 of this subchapter); or in quantities of less than 0.1 kg, may

694

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00704 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.424

be shipped in packaging that meets ments of this subchapter, except for §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.410. the following: [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. (a) The outside of each package must 13, 2004] be marked with the four digit UN iden- tification number for the material pre- § 173.421 Excepted packages for lim- ceded by the letters UN, as shown in ited quantities of Class 7 (radio- column (4) of the Hazardous Materials active) materials. Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter; (a) A Class 7 (radioactive) material (b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this with an activity per package which subchapter, pertaining to the reporting does not exceed the limited quantity of incidents; package limits specified in Table 4 in (c) Sections 174.750, 175.700(b), and § 173.425, and its packaging, are ex- 176.710 of this subchapter (depending on cepted from requirements in this sub- the mode of transportation), pertaining chapter for specification packaging, la- to the reporting of decontamination; beling, marking (except for the UN (d) The training requirements of sub- identification number marking re- part H of part 172 of this subchapter; quirement described in § 173.422(a)), and and if not a hazardous substance or haz- (e) For materials that meet the defi- ardous waste, shipping papers, and the nition of a hazardous substance or a requirements of this subpart if: hazardous waste, the shipping paper re- (1) Each package meets the general quirements of subpart C of part 172 of design requirements of § 173.410; this subchapter. (2) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of the package [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004] does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/ hour); § 173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity Class 7 (ra- (3) The nonfixed (removable) radio- dioactive) materials. active surface contamination on the external surface of the package does (a) Except as provided in § 173.4, when not exceed the limits specified in a limited quantity radioactive mate- § 173.443(a); rial meets the definition of another (4) The outside of the inner pack- hazard class or division, it must be— aging or, if there is no inner packaging, (1) Classed for the additional hazard; the outside of the packaging itself (2) Packaged to conform with the re- bears the marking ‘‘Radioactive’’; quirements specified in § 173.421(a)(1) (5) The package does not contain through (a)(5) or § 173.424(a) through fissile material unless excepted by (g), as appropriate; and § 173.453. (3) Offered for transportation in ac- (6) The material is otherwise pre- cordance with the requirements appli- pared for shipment as specified in ac- cable to the hazard for which it is cordance with § 173.422. classed. (b) A limited quantity of Class 7 (ra- (b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radio- dioactive) material that is a hazardous active) material which is classed other substance or a hazardous waste, is not than Class 7 in accordance with this subject to the provisions in § 172.203(d) subchapter is excepted from the re- or § 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter. quirements of §§ 173.422(a), 172.203(d), and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR the entry ‘‘Limited quantity radio- 56098, Sept. 23, 2005] active material’’ appears on the ship- ping paper in association with the § 173.422 Additional requirements for basic description. excepted packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. § 173.424 Excepted packages for radio- An excepted package of Class 7 (ra- active instruments and articles. dioactive) material that is prepared for A radioactive instrument or article shipment under the provisions of and its packaging are excepted from re- § 173.421, § 173.424, § 173.426, or § 173.428 is quirements in this subchapter for spec- not subject to any additional require- ification packaging, labeling, marking

695

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00705 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.425 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(except for the UN identification num- (f) The radiation level at any point ber marking requirement described in on the external surface of a package § 173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous sub- bearing the article or instrument does stance or hazardous waste, shipping pa- not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/ pers and the requirements of this sub- hour), or, for exclusive use domestic part if: shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour (2 mrem/ (a) Each package meets the general hour); design requirements of § 173.410; (g) The nonfixed (removable) radio- (b) The activity of the instrument or active surface contamination on the article does not exceed the relevant external surface of the package does limit listed in Table 4 in § 173.425; not exceed the limits specified in (c) The total activity per package § 173.443(a); does not exceed the relevant limit list- (h) Except as provided in § 173.426, the ed in Table 4 in § 173.425; package does not contain more than 15 (d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in) g of uranium-235; and from any point on the external surface (i) The package is otherwise prepared of any unpackaged instrument or arti- for shipment as specified in § 173.422. cle does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10 [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004] mrem/hour); (e) The active material is completely § 173.425 Table of activity limits—ex- enclosed by non-active components (a cepted quantities and articles. device performing the sole function of The limits applicable to instruments, containing radioactive material shall articles, and limited quantities subject not be considered to be an instrument to exceptions under §§ 173.421 and 173.424 or manufactured article); are set forth in table 4 as follows:

TABLE 4—ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR LIMITED QUANTITIES, INSTRUMENTS, AND ARTICLES

Instruments and articles 1 Nature of contents Limits for each instru- Limited quantity package limits Package limits 1 ment or article 1

Solids: ¥2 ¥3 Special form ...... 10 A1 A1 10 A1 ¥2 ¥3 Normal form ...... 10 A2 A2 10 A2 Liquids: Tritiated water: <0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/L) ...... 37 TBq (1,000 Ci) 0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L 3.7 TBq (100 Ci) (0.1 Ci to 1.0 Ci/L). >0.037 TBq/L (1.0 Ci/L) ...... 0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci) ¥3 ¥1 ¥4 Other Liquids ...... 10 A2 10 A2 10 A2 Gases: 2 ¥2 ¥1 ¥2 Tritium ...... 2 × 10 A2 2 × 10 A2 2 × 10 A2 ¥3 ¥2 ¥3 Special form ...... 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 ¥3 ¥2 ¥3 Normal form ...... 10 A2 10 A2 10 A2 1 For mixtures of radionuclides see § 173.433(d). 2 These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20751, May 8, 1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.426 Excepted packages for arti- specification packaging, labeling, cles containing natural uranium or marking (except for the UN identifica- thorium. tion number marking requirement de- A manufactured article in which the scribed in § 173.422(a)), and if not a haz- sole Class 7 (radioactive) material con- ardous substance or hazardous waste, tent is natural uranium, unirradiated shipping papers and the requirements depleted uranium or natural thorium, of this subpart if: and its packaging, are excepted from (a) Each package meets the general the requirements in this subchapter for design requirements of § 173.410;

696

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00706 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.427

(b) The outer surface of the uranium (iv) Specific instructions for mainte- or thorium is enclosed in an inactive nance of exclusive use shipment con- sheath made of metal or other durable trols shall be provided by the offeror to protective material; the carrier. Such instructions must be (c) The conditions specified in included with the shipping paper infor- § 173.421(a) (2), (3) and (4) are met; and mation; (d) The article is otherwise prepared (v) Except for shipments of for shipment as specified in § 173.422. unconcentrated uranium or thorium ores, the transport vehicle must be [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May placarded in accordance with subpart F 8, 1996; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004] of part 172 of this subchapter; (vi) For domestic transportation § 173.427 Transport requirements for only, packaged and unpackaged Class 7 low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) materials containing less (radioactive) materials and surface than an A2 quantity are excepted from contaminated objects (SCO). the marking and labeling requirements (a) In addition to other applicable re- of this subchapter. However, the exte- quirements specified in this sub- rior of each package or unpackaged chapter, LSA materials and SCO, un- Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be less excepted by paragraph (c) or (d) of stenciled or otherwise marked ‘‘RA- this section, must be packaged in ac- DIOACTIVE—LSA’’ or ‘‘RADIO- cordance with paragraph (b) of this sec- ACTIVE—SCO’’, as appropriate, and tion and must be transported in ac- packages or unpackaged Class 7 (radio- cordance with the following conditions: active) materials that contain a haz- (1) The external dose rate may not ardous substance must be stenciled or exceed an external radiation level of 10 otherwise marked with the letters mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m from the ‘‘RQ’’ in association with the descrip- unshielded material; tion in this paragraph (a)(6)(vi); and (2) The quantity of LSA and SCO ma- (vii) Transportation by aircraft is terial in any single conveyance may prohibited except when transported in not exceed the limits specified in Table an industrial package in accordance 5; with Table 6 of this section, or in an (3) LSA material and SCO that are or authorized Type A or Type B package. contain fissile material must conform (b) Except as provided in paragraph to the applicable requirements of (c) of this section, LSA material and § 173.453; SCO must be packaged as follows: (4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (1) In an industrial package (IP–1, IP– (radioactive) materials must conform 2 or IP–3; § 173.411), subject to the limi- to the contamination control limits tations of Table 6; specified in § 173.443; (2) In a DOT Specification 7A (5) External radiation levels may not (§ 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A exceed those specified in § 173.441; and package; (6) For LSA material and SCO con- (3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) pack- signed as exclusive use: aging authorized pursuant to § 173.416; (i) Shipments shall be loaded by the (4) In a packaging which meets the consignor and unloaded by the con- requirements of §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and signee from the conveyance or freight 173.410, but only for domestic transpor- container in which originally loaded; tation of an exclusive use shipment (ii) There may be no loose radio- that is less than an A2 quantity. active material in the conveyance; (5) For exclusive use transport of liq- however, when the conveyance is the uid LSA-I only, in either: packaging, there may not be any leak- (i) Specification 103CW, 111A60W7 age of radioactive material from the (§§ 173.31, and 179.201–1 to 179.201–11 of conveyance; this subchapter) tank cars. Bottom (iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class openings in tanks are prohibited; or 7 (radioactive) materials must be (ii) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC braced so as to prevent shifting of lad- 312, MC 331 or DOT 412 (§ 178.348 or ing under conditions normally incident § 178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank to transportation; motor vehicles. Bottom outlets are not

697

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00707 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.428 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

authorized. Trailer-on-flat-car service TABLE 6—INDUSTRIAL PACKAGE INTEGRITY RE- is not authorized. QUIREMENTS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO— (c) LSA material and SCO in groups Continued LSA-I and SCO-I may be transported Industrial pack- unpackaged under the following condi- aging type tions: Non (1) All unpackaged material, other Contents Exclu- exclu- than ores containing only naturally oc- sive sive use use curring radionuclides, shall be trans- ship- ship- ported in such a manner that under ment ment normal conditions of transport there Liquid ...... IP–1 ... IP–2 will be no escape of the radioactive 2. LSA-II: contents from the conveyance nor will Solid ...... IP–2 ... IP–2 there be any loss of shielding; Liquid and gas ...... IP–2 ... IP–3 3. LSA-III ...... IP–2 ... IP–3 (2) Each conveyance must be under 4. SCO-I ...... IP–1 ... IP–1 exclusive use, except when only trans- 5. SCO-II ...... IP–2 ... IP–2 porting SCO-I on which the contamina- tion on the accessible and the inacces- [69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. sible surfaces is not greater than 4.0 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, Bq/cm2 for beta and gamma emitters Sept. 23, 2005] and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4 Bq/cm2 for all other alpha emitters; § 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) and materials packaging. (3) For SCO-I where it is suspected A packaging which previously con- that non-fixed contamination exists on tained Class 7 (radioactive) materials inaccessible surfaces in excess of the and has been emptied of contents as far values specified in paragraph (c)(2) of as practical, is excepted from the ship- this section, measures shall be taken ping paper and marking (except for the to ensure that the radioactive material UN identification number marking re- is not released into the conveyance or quirement described in § 173.422(a)) re- to the environment. quirements of this subchapter, pro- (d) LSA and SCO that exceed the vided that— packaging limits in this section must (a) The packaging meets the require- be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR ments of § 173.421(a) (2), (3), and (5) of part 71. this subpart; (e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows: (b) The packaging is in unimpaired condition and is securely closed so that TABLE 5—CONVEYANCE ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR there will be no leakage of Class 7 (ra- LSA MATERIAL AND SCO dioactive) material under conditions Activity normally incident to transportation; Nature of material limit for (c) The outer surface of any uranium convey- ances or thorium in its structure is covered with an inactive sheath made of metal 1. LSA-I ...... No limit. or some other substantial material; 2. LSA-II and LSA-III; Non-combustible solids .... No limit. (d) Internal contamination does not 3. LSA-II and LSA-III; Combustible solids and all 100 A2 liquids and gases. exceed 100 times the limits in 4. SCO ...... 100 A2 § 173.443(a); (e) Any labels previously applied in TABLE 6—INDUSTRIAL PACKAGE INTEGRITY conformance with subpart E of part 172 REQUIREMENTS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO of this subchapter are removed, obliter- ated, or covered and the ‘‘Empty’’ label Industrial pack- aging type prescribed in § 172.450 of this subchapter is affixed to the packaging; and Exclu- Non (f) The packaging is prepared for Contents sive exclu- use sive shipment as specified in § 173.422. ship- use ship- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as ment ment amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May 1. LSA-I: 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3677, Solid ...... IP–1 ... IP–1 Jan. 26, 2004]

698

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00708 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.433

§ 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and tions, and in which no daughter nuclide Type B packages. has a half life either longer than 10 (a) Except for LSA material and SCO, days or longer than that of the parent a Type A package may not contain a nuclide, will be considered as a single quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- radionuclide, and the activity to be rials greater than A1 for special form taken into account and the A1 or A2 Class 7 (radioactive) material or A2 for value to be applied will be those cor- normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma- responding to the parent nuclide of terial as listed in § 173.435, or, for Class that chain. Otherwise, the parent and 7 (radioactive) materials not listed in daughter nuclides will be considered as § 173.435, as determined in accordance a mixture of different nuclides. with § 173.433. (d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose (b) The limits on activity contained identities and respective activities are in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package known must conform to the following are those prescribed in §§ 173.416 and conditions: 173.417, or in the applicable approval certificate under §§ 173.471, 173.472 or (1) For special form Class 7 (radio- 173.473. active) material, the activity which may be transported in a Type A pack- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as age must satisfy: amended at 69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004] B(i) § 173.433 Requirements for deter- ∑ ≤ 1 mining basic radionuclide values, A (i) and for the listing of radionuclides i 1 on shipping papers and labels. Where: (a) For individual radionuclides list- B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in spe- ed in the table in § 173.435 and § 173.436: cial form; and A (i) is the A value for radionuclide i. (1) A1 and A2 values are given in the 1 1 table in § 173.435; and (2) For normal form Class 7 (radio- (2) Activity concentration exemption active) material, the activity which values and consignment activity ex- may be transported in a Type A pack- emption values are given in the table age must satisfy: in § 173.436. (b) For individual radionuclides C(j) which are not listed in the tables in ∑ ≤ 1 § 173.435 or § 173.436: j A2 (j) (1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7 Where: or 8 of this section may be used; or (2) other basic radionuclide values C(j) is the activity of radionuclide j in nor- may be used provided they are first ap- mal form; and proved by the Associate Administrator A2(j) is the A2 value for radionuclide j. or, for international transport, multi- (3) If the package contains both spe- lateral approval is obtained from the cial and normal form Class 7 (radio- pertinent Competent Authorities. active) material, the activity which (c) In calculating A1 or A2 values for may be transported in a Type A pack- a radionuclide not listed in the table in age must satisfy: § 173.435: (1) Where the chemical form of each B(i) C(j) radionuclide is known, it is permissible ∑ + ∑ ≤ 1 A (i) A (j) to use the A2 value related to its solu- i 12j bility class as recommended by the Where: International Commission on Radio- The symbols are defined as in paragraphs logical Protection, if the chemical (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section. forms under both normal and accident conditions of transport are taken into (4) Alternatively, the A1 value for a consideration. mixture of special form material may (2) A single radioactive decay chain be determined as follows: in which the radionuclides are present in their naturally-occurring propor-

699

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00709 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER26JA04.001 ER26JA04.002 ER26JA04.003 § 173.433 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

1 1 A for mixture = A for mixture = 1 ∑ f(i) 2 ∑ f(i) i A1()i i A2 ()i Where: Where: f(i) is the fraction of activity for radio- f(i) is the fraction of activity for normal nuclide i in the mixture; and form radionuclide i in the mixture; and A1(i) is the appropriate A1 value for radio- A2(i) is the appropriate A2 value for radio- nuclide i. nuclide i.

(5) Alternatively, the A2 value for (6) The exempt activity concentra- mixtures of normal form material may tion for mixtures of nuclides may be be determined as follows: determined as follows:

1 Exempt activity concentration limit for mixture = ∑ fi() i []()Ai

Where: (7) The activity limit for an exempt f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration consignment for mixtures of nuclides of nuclide i in the mixture; and [A](i) is the may be determined as follows: activity concentration for exempt material containing nuclide i.

1 Exempt consignment activity limit for mixture = ∑ f(i) i Ai()

Where: concentration for exempt material) or f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in A (activity limit for exempt consign- the mixture; and ment) value, as appropriate, for the A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consign- radionuclides in each group may be ments for nuclide i. used in applying the formulas in para- (e) When the identity of each nuclide graphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section. is known but the individual activities Groups may be based on the total alpha of some of the radionuclides are not activity and the total beta/gamma ac- known, the radionuclides may be tivity when these are known, using the grouped and the lowest A1 or A2 value, lowest [A] or A values for the alpha as appropriate, for the radionuclides in emitters or beta/gamma emitters, re- each group may be used in applying the spectively. formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through (g) Shipping papers and labeling. For (d)(5) of this section. Groups may be mixtures of radionuclides, the radio- based on the total alpha activity and nuclides (n) that must be shown on the total beta/gamma activity when shipping papers and labels in accord- these are known, using the lowest A1 or ance with §§ 172.203 and 172.403 of this A2 values for the alpha emitters or subchapter, respectively, must be de- beta/gamma emitters, respectively. termined on the basis of the following (f) When the identity of each nuclide formula: is known but the individual activities n a n+m a of some of the radionuclides are not (i) ≥ (i) known, the radionuclides may be ∑ 095. ∑ grouped and the lowest [A] (activity i=1 A(i) i=1 A(i)

700

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00710 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER26JA04.004 ER26JA04.005 ER13se04.013 ER26JA04.007 ER26JA04.008 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Where: a(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in the n + m represents all the radionuclides in the mixture; and mixture; A(i) is the A1 or A2 value, as appropriate for radionuclide i. m are the radionuclides that do not need to be considered; (h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:

TABLE 7—GENERAL VALUES FOR A1 AND A2

A1 A2 Radioactive contents (TBq) (Ci) (TBq) (Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 100 2 × 10¥2 5.4 × 10¥1 2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present .... 2 × 10¥1 5.4 × 100 9 × 10¥5 2.4 × 10¥3 3. No relevant data are available ...... 1 × 10¥3 2.7 × 10¥2 9 × 10¥5 2.4 × 10¥3

TABLE 8—GENERAL EXEMPTION VALUES

Activity concentration for ex- Activity limits for exempt con- Radioactive contents empt material signments (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ...... 1 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present .... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 3. No relevant data are available ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8

[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004]

§ 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium. The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are as follows:

Specific activity Thorium and uranium enrichment 1(Wt% 235 U present) TBq/gram Grams/Tbq Ci/gram Grams/Ci

0.45 (depleted) ...... 1.9×10¥8 5.4×107 5.0×10¥7 2.0×106 0.72 (natural) ...... 2.6×10¥8 3.8×107 7.1×10¥7 1.4×106 1.0 ...... 2.8×10¥8 3.6×107 7.6×10¥7 1.3×106 1.5 ...... 3.7×10¥8 2.7×107 1.0×10¥6 1.0×106 5.0 ...... 1.0×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥6 3.7×105 10.0 ...... 1.8×10¥7 5.6×106 4.8×10¥6 2.1×105 20.0 ...... 3.7×10¥7 2.7×106 1.0×10¥5 1.0×105 35.0 ...... 7.4×10¥7 1.4×106 2.0×10¥5 5.0×104 50.0 ...... 9.3×10¥7 1.1×106 2.5×10¥5 4.0×104 90.0 ...... 2.1×10¥6 4.7×105 5.8×10¥5 1.7×104 93.0 ...... 2.6×10¥6 3.9×105 7.0×10¥5 1.4×104 95.0 ...... 3.4×10¥6 3.0×105 9.1×10¥5 1.1×104 Natural thorium ...... 8.1×10¥9 1.2×108 2.2×10¥7 4.6×106 1 The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrich- ment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998]

§ 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides.

The table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides is as follows:

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ac-225 (a) ...... Actinium (89) ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 2.1×103 5.8×104 Ac-227 (a) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥5 2.4×10¥3 2.7 7.2×101 Ac-228 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 8.4×104 2.2×106 Ag-105 ...... Silver (47) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.1×103 3.0×104 Ag-108m (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 9.7×10¥1 2.6×101 Ag-110m (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.8×102 4.7×103 Ag-111 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.8×103 1.6×105 Al-26 ...... Aluminum (13) ...... 1.0×10¥1 2.7 1.0×10¥1 2.7 7.0×10¥4 1.9×10¥2

701

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00711 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Am-241 ...... Americium (95) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.3×10¥1 3.4 Am-242m (a) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.6×10¥1 1.0×101 Am-243 (a) ...... 5.0 1.4×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 7.4×10¥3 2.0×10¥1 Ar-37 ...... Argon (18) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.7×103 9.9×104 Ar-39 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.3 3.4×101 Ar-41 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.5×106 4.2×107 As-72 ...... Arsenic (33) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 6.2×104 1.7×106 As-73 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 8.2×102 2.2×104 As-74 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 3.7×103 9.9×104 As-76 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 5.8×104 1.6×106 As-77 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 3.9×104 1.0×106 At-211 (a) ...... Astatine (85) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 7.6×104 2.1×106 Au-193 ...... Gold (79) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 2.0 5.4×101 3.4×104 9.2×105 Au-194 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.5×104 4.1×105 Au-195 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0 1.6×102 1.4×102 3.7×103 Au-198 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.0×103 2.4×105 Au-199 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 7.7×103 2.1×105 Ba-131 (a) ...... Barium (56) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 3.1×103 8.4×104 Ba-133 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 9.4 2.6×102 Ba-133m ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.2×104 6.1×105 Ba-140 (a) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.7×103 7.3×104 Be-7 ...... Beryllium (4) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.3×104 3.5×105 Be-10 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 8.3×10¥4 2.2×10¥2 Bi-205 ...... Bismuth (83) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.5×103 4.2×104 Bi-206 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.8×103 1.0×105 Bi-207 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.9 5.2×101 Bi-210 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.6×103 1.2×105 Bi-210m (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.1×10¥5 5.7×10¥4 Bi-212 (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.4×105 1.5×107 Bk-247 ...... Berkelium (97) ...... 8.0 2.2×102 8.0×10¥4 2.2×10¥2 3.8×10¥2 1.0 Bk-249 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×10¥1 8.1 6.1×101 1.6×103 Br-76 ...... Bromine (35) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 9.4×104 2.5×106 Br-77 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 2.6×104 7.1×105 Br-82 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×104 1.1×106 C-11 ...... Carbon (6) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.1×107 8.4×108 C-14 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0 8.1×101 1.6×10¥1 4.5 Ca-41 ...... Calcium (20)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.1×10¥3 8.5×10¥2 Ca-45 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 6.6×102 1.8×104 Ca-47 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.3×104 6.1×105 Cd-109 ...... Cadmium (48) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 9.6×101 2.6×103 Cd-113m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 8.3 2.2×102 Cd-115 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.9×104 5.1×105 Cd-115m ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 9.4×102 2.5×104 Ce-139 ...... Cerium (58) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 2.0 5.4×101 2.5×102 6.8×103 Ce-141 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.1×103 2.8×104 Ce-143 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×104 6.6×105 Ce-144 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 1.2×102 3.2×103 Cf-248 ...... Californium (98) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 5.8×101 1.6×103 Cf-249 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 8.0×10¥4 2.2×10¥2 1.5×10¥1 4.1 Cf-250 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 4.0 1.1×102 Cf-251 ...... 7.0 1.9×102 7.0×10¥4 1.9×10¥2 5.9×10¥2 1.6 Cf-252 (h) ...... 5.0×10¥2 1.4 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 2.0×101 5.4×102 Cf-253 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×10¥2 1.1 1.1×103 2.9×104 Cf-254 ...... 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.1×102 8.5×103 Cl-36 ...... Chlorine (17) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.2×10¥3 3.3×10¥2 Cl-38 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 4.9×106 1.3×108 Cm-240 ...... Curium (96) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 7.5×102 2.0×104 Cm-241 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.1×102 1.7×104 Cm-242 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×10¥2 2.7×10¥1 1.2×102 3.3×103 Cm-243 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.9 5.2×101 Cm-244 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 3.0 8.1×101 Cm-245 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 9.0×10¥4 2.4×10¥2 6.4×10¥3 1.7×10¥1 Cm-246 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 9.0×10¥4 2.4×10¥2 1.1×10¥2 3.1×10¥1 Cm-247 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.4×10¥6 9.3×10¥5 Cm-248 ...... 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 3.0×10¥4 8.1×10¥3 1.6×10¥4 4.2×10¥3 Co-55 ...... Cobalt (27) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.1×105 3.1×106 Co-56 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.1×103 3.0×104 Co-57 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 3.1×102 8.4×103 Co-58 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.2×103 3.2×104 Co-58m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.2×105 5.9×106 Co-60 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.2×101 1.1×103 Cr-51 ...... Chromium (24) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.4×103 9.2×104

702

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00712 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Cs-129 ...... Cesium (55) ...... 4.0 1.1×102 4.0 1.1×102 2.8×104 7.6×105 Cs-131 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.8×103 1.0×105 Cs-132 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 5.7×103 1.5×105 Cs-134 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.8×101 1.3×103 Cs-134m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×105 8.0×106 Cs-135 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 4.3×10¥5 1.2×10¥3 Cs-136 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.7×103 7.3×104 Cs-137 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.2 8.7×101 Cu-64 ...... Copper (29) ...... 6.0 1.6×102 1.0 2.7×101 1.4×105 3.9×106 Cu-67 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.8×104 7.6×105 Dy-159 ...... Dysprosium (66) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.1×102 5.7×103 Dy-165 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×105 8.2×106 Dy-166 (a) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 8.6×103 2.3×105 Er-169 ...... Erbium (68) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 3.1×103 8.3×104 Er-171 ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 9.0×104 2.4×106 Eu-147 ...... Europium (63) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.4×103 3.7×104 Eu-148 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.0×102 1.6×104 Eu-149 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 3.5×102 9.4×103 Eu-150 (short lived) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.1×104 1.6×106 Eu-150 (long lived) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.1×104 1.6×106 Eu-152 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.5 1.8×102 Eu-152m ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 8.2×104 2.2×106 Eu-154 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.8 2.6×102 Eu-155 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 3.0 8.1×101 1.8×101 4.9×102 Eu-156 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.0×103 5.5×104 F-18 ...... Fluorine (9) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.5×106 9.5×107 Fe-52 (a) ...... Iron (26) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.7×105 7.3×106 Fe-55 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 8.8×101 2.4×103 Fe-59 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 1.8×103 5.0×104 Fe-60 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥1 5.4 7.4×10¥4 2.0×10¥2 Ga-67 ...... Gallium (31) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 3.0 8.1×101 2.2×104 6.0×105 Ga-68 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.5×106 4.1×107 Ga-72 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.1×105 3.1×106 Gd-146 (a) ...... Gadolinium (64) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.9×102 1.9×104 Gd-148 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 1.2 3.2×101 Gd-153 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.0 2.4×102 1.3×102 3.5×103 Gd-159 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.9×104 1.1×106 Ge-68 (a) ...... Germanium (32) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.6×102 7.1×103 Ge-71 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.8×103 1.6×105 Ge-77 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.3×105 3.6×106 Hf-172 (a) ...... Hafnium (72) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.1×101 1.1×103 Hf-175 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 3.9×102 1.1×104 Hf-181 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.3×102 1.7×104 Hf-182 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1×10¥6 2.2×10¥4 Hg-194 (a) ...... Mercury (80) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.3×10¥1 3.5 Hg-195m (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.5×104 4.0×105 Hg-197 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.2×103 2.5×105 Hg-197m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.5×104 6.7×105 Hg-203 ...... 5.0 1.4×102 1.0 2.7×101 5.1×102 1.4×104 Ho-166 ...... Holmium (67) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.6×104 7.0×105 Ho-166m ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.6×10¥2 1.8 I-123 ...... Iodine (53) ...... 6.0 1.6×102 3.0 8.1×101 7.1×104 1.9×106 I-124 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 9.3×103 2.5×105 I-125 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 3.0 8.1×101 6.4×102 1.7×104 I-126 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 1.0 2.7×101 2.9×103 8.0×104 I-129 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.5×10¥6 1.8×10¥4 I-131 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.6×103 1.2×105 I-132 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.8×105 1.0×107 I-133 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.2×104 1.1×106 I-134 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 9.9×105 2.7×107 I-135 (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.3×105 3.5×106 In-111 ...... Indium (49) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 1.5×104 4.2×105 In-113m ...... 4.0 1.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 6.2×105 1.7×107 In-114m (a) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 8.6×102 2.3×104 In-115m ...... 7.0 1.9×102 1.0 2.7×101 2.2×105 6.1×106 Ir-189 (a) ...... Iridium (77) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.9×103 5.2×104 Ir-190 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.3×103 6.2×104 Ir-192 (c) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.4×102 9.2×103 Ir-194 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.1×104 8.4×105 K-40 ...... Potassium (19) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 2.4×10¥7 6.4×10¥6 K-42 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.2×105 6.0×106 K-43 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.2×105 3.3×106

703

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00713 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Kr-81 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 7.8×10¥4 2.1×10¥2 Kr-85 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.5×101 3.9×102 Kr-85m ...... 8.0 2.2×102 3.0 8.1×101 3.0×105 8.2×106 Kr-87 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 1.0×106 2.8×107 La-137 ...... Lanthanum (57) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 6.0 1.6×102 1.6×10¥3 4.4×10¥2 La-140 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.1×104 5.6×105 Lu-172 ...... Lutetium (71) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.2×103 1.1×105 Lu-173 ...... 8.0 2.2×102 8.0 2.2×102 5.6×101 1.5×103 Lu-174 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 9.0 2.4×102 2.3×101 6.2×102 Lu-174m ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 2.0×102 5.3×103 Lu-177 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.1×103 1.1×105 Mg-28 (a) ...... Magnesium (12) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.0×105 5.4×106 Mn-52 ...... Manganese (25) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.6×104 4.4×105 Mn-53 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.8×10¥5 1.8×10¥3 Mn-54 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 2.9×102 7.7×103 Mn-56 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 8.0×105 2.2×107 Mo-93 ...... Molybdenum (42) ..... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×101 5.4×102 4.1×10¥2 1.1 Mo-99 (a) (i) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.8×104 4.8×105 N-13 ...... Nitrogen (7) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.4×107 1.5×109 Na-22 ...... Sodium (11) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.3×102 6.3×103 Na-24 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 3.2×105 8.7×106 Nb-93m ...... Niobium (41) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 8.8 2.4×102 Nb-94 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.9×10¥3 1.9×10¥1 Nb-95 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.5×103 3.9×104 Nb-97 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.9×105 2.7×107 Nd-147 ...... Neodymium (60) ...... 6.0 1.6×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×103 8.1×104 Nd-149 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.5×105 1.2×107 Ni-59 ...... Nickel (28)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.0×10¥3 8.0×10¥2 Ni-63 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 2.1 5.7×101 Ni-65 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 7.1×105 1.9×107 Np-235 ...... Neptunium (93) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.2×101 1.4×103 Np-236 (short-lived) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0 5.4×101 4.7×10¥4 1.3×10¥2 Np-236 (long-lived) ...... 9.0×100 2.4×102 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 4.7×10¥4 1.3×10¥2 Np-237 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 2.6×10¥5 7.1×10¥4 Np-239 ...... 7.0 1.9×102 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 8.6×103 2.3×105 Os-185 ...... Osmium (76) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 2.8×102 7.5×103 Os-191 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 2.0 5.4×101 1.6×103 4.4×104 Os-191m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 4.6×104 1.3×106 Os-193 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.0×104 5.3×105 Os-194 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.1×101 3.1×102 P-32 ...... Phosphorus (15) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.1×104 2.9×105 P-33 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 5.8×103 1.6×105 Pa-230 (a) ...... Protactinium (91) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 7.0×10¥2 1.9 1.2×103 3.3×104 Pa-231 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 4.0×10¥4 1.1×10¥2 1.7×10¥3 4.7×10¥2 Pa-233 ...... 5.0 1.4×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.7×102 2.1×104 Pb-201 ...... Lead (82) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.2×104 1.7×106 Pb-202 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.2×10¥4 3.4×10¥3 Pb-203 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 3.0 8.1×101 1.1×104 3.0×105 Pb-205 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.5×10¥6 1.2×10¥4 Pb-210 (a) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 5.0×10¥2 1.4 2.8 7.6×101 Pb-212 (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.0×10¥1 5.4 5.1×104 1.4×106 Pd-103 (a) ...... Palladium (46) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.8×103 7.5×104 Pd-107 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.9×10¥5 5.1×10¥4 Pd-109 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 7.9×104 2.1×106 Pm-143 ...... Promethium (61) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 1.3×102 3.4×103 Pm-144 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 9.2×101 2.5×103 Pm-145 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.2 1.4×102 Pm-147 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0 5.4×101 3.4×101 9.3×102 Pm-148m (a) ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.9×102 2.1×104 Pm-149 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.5×104 4.0×105 Pm-151 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.7×104 7.3×105 Po-210 ...... Polonium (84) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 1.7×102 4.5×103 Pr-142 ...... Praseodymium (59) .. 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.3×104 1.2×106 Pr-143 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×103 6.7×104 Pt-188 (a) ...... Platinum (78) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 2.5×103 6.8×104 Pt-191 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 3.0 8.1×101 8.7×103 2.4×105 Pt-193 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.4 3.7×101 Pt-193m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.8×103 1.6×105 Pt-195m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.2×103 1.7×105 Pt-197 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.2×104 8.7×105 Pt-197m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.7×105 1.0×107 Pu-236 ...... Plutonium (94) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 2.0×101 5.3×102

704

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00714 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Pu-237 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 4.5×102 1.2×104 Pu-238 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 6.3×10¥1 1.7×101 Pu-239 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 2.3×10¥3 6.2×10¥2 Pu-240 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 8.4×10¥3 2.3×10¥1 Pu-241 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥2 1.6 3.8 1.0×102 Pu-242 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.5×10¥4 3.9×10¥3 Pu-244 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 6.7×10¥7 1.8×10¥5 Ra-223 (a) ...... Radium (88) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 7.0×10¥3 1.9×10¥1 1.9×103 5.1×104 Ra-224 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 5.9×103 1.6×105 Ra-225 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 4.0×10¥3 1.1×10¥1 1.5×103 3.9×104 Ra-226 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 3.7×10¥2 1.0 Ra-228 (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 1.0×101 2.7×102 Rb-81 ...... Rubidium (37) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.1×105 8.4×106 Rb-83 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 6.8×102 1.8×104 Rb-84 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.8×103 4.7×104 Rb-86 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.0×103 8.1×104 Rb-87 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.2×10¥9 8.6×10¥8 Rb(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.7×106 1.8×108 Re-184 ...... Rhenium (75) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.9×102 1.9×104 Re-184m ...... 3.0 8.1×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.6×102 4.3×103 Re-186 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.9×103 1.9×105 Re-187 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.4×10¥9 3.8×10¥8 Re-188 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.6×104 9.8×105 Re-189 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×104 6.8×105 Re(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 0.0 2.4×10¥8 Rh-99 ...... Rhodium (45) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 3.0×103 8.2×104 Rh-101 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 3.0 8.1×101 4.1×101 1.1×103 Rh-102 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.5×101 1.2×103 Rh-102m ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 2.3×102 6.2×103 Rh-103m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.2×106 3.3×107 Rh-105 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.1×104 8.4×105 Rn-222 (a) ...... Radon (86) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 4.0×10¥3 1.1×10¥1 5.7×103 1.5×105 Ru-97 ...... Ruthenium (44) ...... 5.0 1.4×102 5.0 1.4×102 1.7×104 4.6×105 Ru-103 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.2×103 3.2×104 Ru-105 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×105 6.7×106 Ru-106 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 1.2×102 3.3×103 S-35 ...... Sulphur (16) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0 8.1×101 1.6×103 4.3×104 Sb-122 ...... Antimony (51) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.5×104 4.0×105 Sb-124 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.5×102 1.7×104 Sb-125 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 1.0 2.7×101 3.9×101 1.0×103 Sb-126 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.1×103 8.4×104 Sc-44 ...... Scandium (21) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.7×105 1.8×107 Sc-46 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.3×103 3.4×104 Sc-47 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 3.1×104 8.3×105 Sc-48 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 5.5×104 1.5×106 Se-75 ...... Selenium (34) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 5.4×102 1.5×104 Se-79 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0 5.4×101 2.6×10¥3 7.0×10¥2 Si-31 ...... Silicon (14) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.4×106 3.9×107 Si-32 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.9 1.1×102 Sm-145 ...... Samarium (62) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.8×101 2.6×103 Sm-147 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.5×10¥1 2.3×10¥8 Sm-151 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.7×10¥1 2.6×101 Sm-153 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.6×104 4.4×105 Sn-113 (a) ...... Tin (50) ...... 4.0 1.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 3.7×102 1.0×104 Sn-117m ...... 7.0 1.9×102 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.0×103 8.2×104 Sn-119m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 1.4×102 3.7×103 Sn-121m (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 Sn-123 ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×102 8.2×103 Sn-125 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×103 1.1×105 Sn-126 (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.0×10¥3 2.8×10¥2 Sr-82 (a) ...... Strontium (38) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.3×103 6.2×104 Sr-85 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 8.8×102 2.4×104 Sr-85m ...... 5.0 1.4×102 5.0 1.4×102 1.2×106 3.3×107 Sr-87m ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 4.8×105 1.3×107 Sr-89 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.1×103 2.9×104 Sr-90 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 5.1 1.4×102 Sr-91 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.3×105 3.6×106 Sr-92 (a) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 4.7×105 1.3×107 T(H-3) ...... Tritium (1) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.6×102 9.7×103 Ta-178 (long-lived) ...... Tantalum (73) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 4.2×106 1.1×108 Ta-179 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 4.1×101 1.1×103 Ta-182 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.3×102 6.2×103

705

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00715 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Tb-157 ...... Terbium (65) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.6×10¥1 1.5×101 Tb-158 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 5.6×10¥1 1.5×101 Tb-160 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.2×102 1.1×104 Tc-95m (a) ...... Technetium (43) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 8.3×102 2.2×104 Tc-96 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.2×104 3.2×105 Tc-96m (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.4×106 3.8×107 Tc-97 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 5.2×10¥5 1.4×10¥3 Tc-97m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 5.6×102 1.5×104 Tc-98 ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 3.2×10¥5 8.7×10¥4 Tc-99 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.3×10¥4 1.7×10¥2 Tc-99m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 4.0 1.1×102 1.9×105 5.3×106 Te-121 ...... Tellurium (52) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 2.4×103 6.4×104 Te-121m ...... 5.0 1.4×102 3.0 8.1×101 2.6×102 7.0×103 Te-123m ...... 8.0 2.2×102 1.0 2.7×101 3.3×102 8.9×103 Te-125m ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.7×102 1.8×104 Te-127 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 9.8×104 2.6×106 Te-127m (a) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.5×102 9.4×103 Te-129 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 7.7×105 2.1×107 Te-129m (a) ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.1×103 3.0×104 Te-131m (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.0×104 8.0×105 Te-132 (a) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.1×104 3.0×105 Th-227 ...... Thorium (90) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.0×10¥3 1.4×10¥1 1.1×103 3.1×104 Th-228 (a) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.0×101 8.2×102 Th-229 ...... 5.0 1.4×102 5.0×10¥4 1.4×10¥2 7.9×10¥3 2.1×10¥1 Th-230 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 7.6×10¥4 2.1×10¥2 Th-231 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.0×104 5.3×105 Th-232 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.0×10¥9 1.1×10¥7 Th-234 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 8.6×102 2.3×104 Th(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1×10¥9 2.2×10¥7 Ti-44 (a) ...... Titanium (22) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 6.4 1.7×102 Tl-200 ...... Thallium (81) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 2.2×104 6.0×105 Tl-201 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 4.0 1.1×102 7.9×103 2.1×105 Tl-202 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 2.0×103 5.3×104 Tl-204 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.7×101 4.6×102 Tm-167 ...... Thulium (69) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.1×103 8.5×104 Tm-170 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.2×102 6.0×103 Tm-171 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 U-230 (fast lung absorp- Uranium (92) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×10¥1 2.7 1.0×103 2.7×104 tion) (a)(d). U-230 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×10¥3 1.1×10¥1 1.0×103 2.7×104 sorption) (a)(e). U-230 (slow lung absorp- ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 1.0×103 2.7×104 tion) (a)(f). U-232 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×10¥2 2.7×10¥1 8.3×10¥1 2.2×101 tion) (d). U-232 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 7.0×10¥3 1.9×10¥1 8.3×10¥1 2.2×101 sorption) (e). U-232 (slow lung absorp- ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 8.3×10¥1 2.2×101 tion) (f). U-233 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥2 2.4 3.6×10¥4 9.7×10¥3 tion) (d). U-233 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 3.6×10¥4 9.7×10¥3 sorption) (e). U-233 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 3.6×10¥4 9.7×10¥3 tion) (f). U-234 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥2 2.4 2.3×10¥4 6.2×10¥3 tion) (d). U-234 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.3×10¥4 6.2×10¥3 sorption) (e). U-234 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 2.3×10¥4 6.2×10¥3 tion) (f). U-235 (all lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.0×10¥8 2.2×10¥6 tion types) (a),(d),(e),(f). U-236 (fast lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.4×10¥6 6.5×10¥5 tion) (d). U-236 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.4×10¥6 6.5×10¥5 sorption) (e). U-236 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 2.4×10¥6 6.5×10¥5 tion) (f). U-238 (all lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.2×10¥8 3.4×10¥7 tion types) (d),(e),(f).

706

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00716 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

U (nat)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.6×10¥8 7.1×10¥7 U (enriched to 20% or ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see see less)(g). § 173.434 § 173.434 U (dep)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see see § 173.434 § 173.434 V-48 ...... Vanadium (23) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 6.3×103 1.7×105 V-49 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×102 8.1×103 W-178 (a) ...... Tungsten (74) ...... 9.0 2.4×102 5.0 1.4×102 1.3×103 3.4×104 W-181 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 2.2×102 6.0×103 W-185 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.5×102 9.4×103 W-187 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.6×104 7.0×105 W-188 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.7×102 1.0×104 Xe-122 (a) ...... Xenon (54) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.8×104 1.3×106 Xe-123 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.4×105 1.2×107 Xe-127 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 1.0×103 2.8×104 Xe-131m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.1×103 8.4×104 Xe-133 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.9×103 1.9×105 Xe-135 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 2.0 5.4×101 9.5×104 2.6×106 Y-87 (a) ...... Yttrium (39) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.7×104 4.5×105 Y-88 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 5.2×102 1.4×104 Y-90 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.0×104 5.4×105 Y-91 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.1×102 2.5×104 Y-91m ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.5×106 4.2×107 Y-92 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 3.6×105 9.6×106 Y-93 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.2×105 3.3×106 Yb-169 ...... Ytterbium (70) ...... 4.0 1.1×102 1.0 2.7×101 8.9×102 2.4×104 Yb-175 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.6×103 1.8×105 Zn-65 ...... Zinc (30) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 3.0×102 8.2×103 Zn-69 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.8×106 4.9×107 Zn-69m (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.2×105 3.3×106 Zr-88 ...... Zirconium (40) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 6.6×102 1.8×104 Zr-93 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 9.3×10¥5 2.5×10¥3 Zr-95 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 7.9×102 2.1×104 Zr-97 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 7.1×104 1.9×106

a A1 and/or A2 values include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-lives less than 10 days. b The values of A1 and A2 in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only; the regulatory standard units are Terabecquerels (TBq), (see § 171.10). c The quantity may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a measurement of the radiation level at a pre- scribed distance from the source. d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal and accident conditions of transport. e These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport. f These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table. g These values apply to unirradiated uranium only. h A1 = 0.1 TBq (2.7 Ci) and A2 = 0.001 TBq (0.027 Ci) for Cf-252 for domestic use. i A2 = 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.

[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. § 173.436 Exempt material activity con- 13, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, centrations and exempt consign- 2006] ment activity limits for radio- nuclides. The Table of Exempt material activ- ity concentrations and exempt consign- ment activity limits for radionuclides is as follows:

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ac-225 ...... Actinium (89) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ac-227 ...... 1.0×10¥1 2.7×10¥12 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Ac-228 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ag-105 ...... Silver (47) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ag-108m (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ag-110m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5

707

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00717 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ag-111 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Al-26 ...... Aluminum (13) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Am-241 ...... Americium (95) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Am-242m (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Am-243 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Ar-37 ...... Argon (18) ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ar-39 ...... 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ar-41 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 As-72 ...... Arsenic (33) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 As-73 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 As-74 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 As-76 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 As-77 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 At-211 ...... Astatine (85) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Au-193 ...... Gold (79) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Au-194 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Au-195 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Au-198 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Au-199 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-131 ...... Barium (56) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-133 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-133m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-140 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Be-7 ...... Beryllium (4) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Be-10 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-205 ...... Bismuth (83) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-206 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Bi-207 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-210 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-210m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Bi-212 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Bk-247 ...... Berkelium (97) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Bk-249 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Br-76 ...... Bromine (35) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Br-77 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Br-82 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 C-11 ...... Carbon (6) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 C-14 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ca-41 ...... Calcium (20) ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ca-45 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ca-47 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-109 ...... Cadmium (48) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-113m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-115 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-115m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ce-139 ...... Cerium (58) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ce-141 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ce-143 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ce-144 (b) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cf-248 ...... Californium (98) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cf-249 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cf-250 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cf-251 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cf-252 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cf-253 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cf-254 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cl-36 ...... Chlorine (17) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cl-38 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cm-240 ...... Curium (96) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cm-241 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cm-242 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cm-243 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cm-244 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cm-245 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cm-246 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cm-247 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cm-248 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Co-55 ...... Cobalt (27) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Co-56 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Co-57 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Co-58 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5

708

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00718 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Co-58m ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Co-60 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cr-51 ...... Chromium (24) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Cs-129 ...... Cesium (55) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-131 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cs-132 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-134 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cs-134m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-135 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Cs-136 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-137 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cu-64 ...... Copper (29) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cu-67 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Dy-159 ...... Dysprosium (66) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Dy-165 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Dy-166 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Er-169 ...... Erbium (68) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Er-171 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-147 ...... Europium (63) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-148 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-149 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Eu-150 (short lived) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-150 (long lived) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-152 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-152m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-154 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-155 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Eu-156 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 F-18 ...... Fluorine (9) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-52 ...... Iron (26) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-55 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-59 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-60 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ga-67 ...... Gallium (31) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ga-68 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ga-72 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Gd-146 ...... Gadolinium (64) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Gd-148 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Gd-153 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Gd-159 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ge-68 ...... Germanium (32) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ge-71 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ge-77 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Hf-172 ...... Hafnium (72) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hf-175 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hf-181 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hf-182 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-194 ...... Mercury (80) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-195m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-197 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Hg-197m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-203 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ho-166 ...... Holmium (67) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ho-166m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-123 ...... Iodine (53) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 I-124 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-125 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-126 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-129 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 I-131 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-132 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 I-133 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-134 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 I-135 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-111 ...... Indium (49) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-113m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-114m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-115m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ir-189 ...... Iridium (77) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ir-190 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ir-192 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7

709

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00719 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ir-194 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 K-40 ...... Potassium (19) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 K-42 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 K-43 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Kr-81 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Kr-85 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Kr-85m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×1010 2.7×10¥1 Kr-87 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 La-137 ...... Lanthanum (57) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 La-140 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Lu-172 ...... Lutetium (71) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Lu-173 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Lu-174 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Lu-174m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Lu-177 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Mg-28 ...... Magnesium (12) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Mn-52 ...... Manganese (25) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Mn-53 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Mn-54 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Mn-56 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Mo-93 ...... Molybdenum (42) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Mo-99 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 N-13 ...... Nitrogen (7) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Na-22 ...... Sodium (11) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Na-24 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Nb-93m ...... Niobium (41) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Nb-94 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nb-95 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nb-97 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nd-147 ...... Neodymium (60) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nd-149 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ni-59 ...... Nickel (28) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ni-63 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ni-65 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Np-235 ...... Neptunium (93) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Np-236 (short-lived) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Np-236 (long-lived) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Np-237 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Np-239 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Os-185 ...... Osmium (76) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Os-191 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Os-191m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Os-193 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Os-194 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 P-32 ...... Phosphorus (15) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 P-33 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Pa-230 ...... Protactinium (91) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pa-231 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Pa-233 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pb-201 ...... Lead (82) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pb-202 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pb-203 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pb-205 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pb-210 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pb-212 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Pd-103 ...... Palladium (46) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Pd-107 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Pd-109 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-143 ...... Promethium (61) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-144 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-145 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pm-147 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pm-148m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-149 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-151 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Po-210 ...... Polonium (84) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pr-142 ...... Praseodymium (59) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Pr-143 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-188 ...... Platinum (78) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-191 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-193 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4

710

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00720 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Pt-193m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pt-195m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-197 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-197m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pu-236 ...... Plutonium (94) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-237 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pu-238 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-239 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-240 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Pu-241 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Pu-242 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-244 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ra-223 (b) ...... Radium (88) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ra-224 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ra-225 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ra-226 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ra-228 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Rb-81 ...... Rubidium (37) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rb-83 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rb-84 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rb-86 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Rb-87 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Rb(nat) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Re-184 ...... Rhenium (75) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re-184m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re-186 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re-187 ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Re-188 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Re-189 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re(nat) ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Rh-99 ...... Rhodium (45) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rh-101 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Rh-102 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rh-102m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rh-103m ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Rh-105 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Rn-222 (b) ...... Radon (86) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ru-97 ...... Ruthenium (44) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ru-103 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ru-105 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ru-106 (b) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 S-35 ...... Sulphur (16) ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Sb-122 ...... Antimony (51) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Sb-124 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sb-125 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sb-126 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sc-44 ...... Scandium (21) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sc-46 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sc-47 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sc-48 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Se-75 ...... Selenium (34) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Se-79 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Si-31 ...... Silicon (14) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Si-32 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sm-145 ...... Samarium (62) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sm-147 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Sm-151 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Sm-153 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sn-113 ...... Tin (50) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sn-117m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sn-119m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sn-121m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sn-123 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sn-125 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sn-126 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sr-82 ...... Strontium (38) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sr-85 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sr-85m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sr-87m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sr-89 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sr-90 (b) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7

711

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00721 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Sr-91 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sr-92 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 T(H-3) ...... Tritium (1) ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Ta-178 (long-lived) ...... Tantalum (73) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ta-179 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ta-182 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Tb-157 ...... Terbium (65) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tb-158 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tb-160 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-95m ...... Technetium (43) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-96 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-96m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tc-97 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Tc-97m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tc-98 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-99 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tc-99m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-121 ...... Tellurium (52) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-121m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Te-123m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-125m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-127 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-127m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-129 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-129m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-131m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-132 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Th-227 ...... Thorium (90) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-228 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-229 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Th-230 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-231 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Th-232 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-234 (b) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Th (nat) (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Ti-44 ...... Titanium (22) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Tl-200 ...... Thallium (81) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tl-201 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tl-202 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tl-204 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Tm-167 ...... Thulium (69) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tm-170 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tm-171 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 U-230 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ..... Uranium (92) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-230 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-230 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-232 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-235 (all lung absorption types) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 (b),(d),(e),(f). U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-236 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-236 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-238 (all lung absorption types) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 (b),(d),(e),(f). U (nat) (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 U (enriched to 20% or less)(g) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 U (dep) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 V-48 ...... Vanadium (23) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 V-49 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 W-178 ...... Tungsten (74) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 W-181 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 W-185 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 W-187 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5

712

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00722 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.441

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

W-188 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Xe-122 ...... Xenon (54) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Xe-123 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Xe-127 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Xe-131m ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Xe-133 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Xe-135 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×1010 2.7×10¥1 Y-87 ...... Yttrium (39) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-88 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-90 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Y-91 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-91m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-92 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Y-93 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Yb-169 ...... Ytterbium (70) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Yb-175 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Zn-65 ...... Zinc (30) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zn-69 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zn-69m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zr-88 ...... Zirconium (40) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zr-93 (b) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Zr-95 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zr-97 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 a [Reserved] b Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed in the following: Sr-90 Y-90 Zr-93 Nb-93m Zr-97 Nb-97 Ru-106 Rh-106 Cs-137 Ba-137m Ce-134 La-134 Ce-144 Pr-144 Ba-140 La-140 Bi-212 Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210 Pb-212 Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Rn-220 Po-216 Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214 Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207 Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208(0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210 Ra-228 Ac-228 Th-226 Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214 Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209 Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Th-234 Pa-234m U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214 U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) U-235 Th-231 U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210 U-240 Np-240m Np-237 Pa-233 Am-242 mAm-242 Am-243 Np-239 c [Reserved] d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal and accident conditions of transport. e These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport. f These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table. g These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.

[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004] for transportation must be designed and prepared for shipment, so that § 173.441 Radiation level limitations under conditions normally incident to and exclusive use provisions. transportation, the radiation level does (a) Except as provided in paragraph not exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour) (b) of this section, each package of at any point on the external surface of Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered

713

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00723 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.442 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

the package, and the transport index will cause the carrier to avoid actions does not exceed 10. that will unnecessarily delay delivery (b) A package which exceeds the radi- or unnecessarily result in increased ra- ation level limits specified in para- diation levels or radiation exposures to graph (a) of this section must be trans- transport workers or members of the ported by exclusive use shipment, and general public. the radiation levels for such shipment (d) Conveyance limits on the sum of may not exceed the following during package transport indices are as fol- transportation: lows: (1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the exter- (1) Except for shipments by cargo air- nal surface of the package unless the craft only or by seagoing vessel, the following conditions are met, in which case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/ sum of transport indices for a non-ex- h): clusive use shipment may not exceed (i) The shipment is made in a closed 50. transport vehicle; (2) Where a consignment is trans- (ii) The package is secured within the ported under exclusive use, there is no vehicle so that its position remains limit on the sum of the transport indi- fixed during transportation; and ces aboard a single conveyance. The (iii) There are no loading or unload- conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), ing operations between the beginning (b)(4) and (c) must be met. and end of the transportation; (3) Provisions for shipments of Class (2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point 7 (radioactive) materials by air are de- on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, in- scribed in §§ 175.700–175.705 of this sub- cluding the top and underside of the ve- chapter. hicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style (4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7 vehicle, at any point on the vertical (radioactive) materials by vessel are planes projected from the outer edges described in §§ 176.700–176.720 of this of the vehicle, on the upper surface of subchapter. the load or enclosure if used, and on (e) A package exceeding the max- the lower external surface of the vehi- imum surface radiation level or max- cle; (3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point imum transport index prescribed in 2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral paragraph (a) of this section may not surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the be transported by aircraft. top and underside of the vehicle); or in [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at amended at 63 FR 48568, Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] vertical planes projected by the outer edges of the vehicle (excluding the top § 173.442 Thermal limitations. and underside of the vehicle); and A package of Class 7 (radioactive) (4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any nor- material must be designed, con- mally occupied space, except that this structed, and loaded so that— provision does not apply to carriers if (a) The heat generated within the they operate under the provisions of a State or federally regulated radiation package by the radioactive contents protection program and if personnel will not, during conditions normally under their control who are in such an incident to transport, affect the integ- occupied space wear radiation dosim- rity of the package; and etry devices. (b) The temperature of the accessible (c) For shipments made under the external surfaces of the loaded package provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- will not, assuming still air in the shade tion, the offeror shall provide specific at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100 written instructions for maintenance °F), exceed either— of the exclusive use shipment controls (1) 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an ex- to the carrier. The instructions must clusive use shipment; or be included with the shipping paper in- (2) 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use formation. The instructions must be shipment. sufficient so that, when followed, they

714

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00724 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.447

§ 173.443 Contamination control. ceed the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. (a) The level of non-fixed (removable) radioactive contamination on the ex- (c) Except as provided in paragraph ternal surfaces of each package offered (d) of this section, each transport vehi- for transport must be kept as low as cle used for transporting Class 7 (radio- reasonable achievable. The level of active) materials as an exclusive use non-fixed radioactive contamination shipment that utilizes the provisions of may not exceed the limits set forth in paragraph (b) of this section must be Table 9 and must be determined by ei- surveyed with appropriate radiation ther: detection instruments after each use. A vehicle may not be returned to service (1) Wiping an area of 300 cm2 of the until the radiation dose rate at each surface concerned with an absorbent accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour material, using moderate pressure, and (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is measuring the activity on the wiping no significant removable (non-fixed) material. Sufficient measurements radioactive surface contamination as must be taken in the most appropriate specified in paragraph (a) of this sec- locations to yield a representative as- tion. sessment of the non-fixed contamina- tion levels. The amount of radioac- (d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- tivity measured on any single wiping tion do not apply to any closed trans- material, divided by the surface area port vehicle used solely for the trans- wiped and divided by the efficiency of portation by highway or rail of Class 7 the wipe procedure (the fraction of re- (radioactive) material packages with movable contamination transferred contamination levels that do not ex- from the surface to the absorbent ma- ceed 10 times the levels prescribed in terial), may not exceed the limits set paragraph (a) of this section if— forth in Table 9 at any time during (1) A survey of the interior surfaces transport. For this purpose the actual of the empty vehicle shows that the ra- wipe efficiency may be used, or the diation dose rate at any point does not wipe efficiency may be assumed to be exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per 0.10; or hour) at the surface or 0.02 mSv per (2) Alternatively, the level of non- hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m (3.3 feet) fixed radioactive contamination may from the surface; be determined by using other methods (2) Each vehicle is stenciled with the of equal or greater efficiency. words ‘‘For Radioactive Materials Use Table 9 is as follows: Only’’ in letters at least 76 millimeters (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place TABLE 9—NON-FIXED EXTERNAL RADIOACTIVE on both sides of the exterior of the ve- CONTAMINATION LIMITS FOR PACKAGES hicle; and (3) Each vehicle is kept closed except Maximum permissible lim- for loading or unloading. its Contaminant uCi/ dpm/ [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as Bq/cm2 cm2 cm2 amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, 1. Beta and gamma emitters Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004] and low toxicity alpha emitters 4 10¥4 220 2. All other alpha emitting radio- ¥ § 173.447 Storage incident to transpor- nuclides ...... 0.4 10 5 22 tation—general requirements. (b) Except as provided in paragraph The following requirements apply to (d) of this section, in the case of pack- temporary storage during the course of ages transported as exclusive use ship- transportation but not to Nuclear Reg- ments by rail or public highway only, ulatory Commission or Agreement the removable (non-fixed) radioactive State-licensed facilities or U.S. Gov- contamination on any package at any ernment-owned or contracted facili- time during transport may not exceed ties. ten times the levels prescribed in para- (a) The number of packages and over- graph (a) of this section. The levels at packs bearing FISSILE labels stored in the beginning of transport may not ex- any one storage area, such as a transit

715

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00725 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.448 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

area, terminal building, storeroom, wa- (f) No person shall offer for transpor- terfront pier, or assembly yard, must tation or transport aboard a passenger- be limited so that the total sum of the carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radio- criticality safety indices in any indi- active) material unless that material is vidual group of such packages and intended for use in, or incident to, re- overpacks does not exceed 50. Groups of search, medical diagnosis or treatment. such packages and overpacks must be (g) If an overpack is used to consoli- stored so as to maintain a spacing of at date individual packages or to enclose least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups a single package of Class 7 (radio- of such packages and overpacks. active) materials, the package(s) must (b) Storage requirements for Class 7 comply with the packaging, marking, (radioactive) material transported in and labeling requirements of this sub- vessels are described in subpart M of chapter, and: part 176 of this subchapter. (1) The overpack must be labeled as [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as prescribed in § 172.403(h) of this sub- amended by 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR chapter; 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] (2) The overpack must be marked as prescribed in subpart D of part 172 of § 173.448 General transportation re- quirements. this subchapter and § 173.25(a); and (3) The transport index of the over- (a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radio- pack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger- active) materials must be secured to carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for prevent shifting during normal trans- cargo-aircraft shipments. portation conditions. (b) Except as provided in §§ 174.81, [69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] 176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or as otherwise required by the Com- § 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions. petent Authority in the applicable cer- Fissile materials meeting the re- tificate, a package or overpack of Class quirements of at least one of the para- 7 (radioactive) materials may be car- graphs (a) through (f) of this section ried among packaged general cargo are excepted from the requirements of without special stowage provisions, if— this subpart for fissile materials, in- (1) The heat output in watts does not cluding the requirements of §§ 173.457 exceed 0.1 times the minimum package and 173.459, but are subject to all other dimension in centimeters; or requirements of this subpart, except as (2) The average surface heat flux of noted. the package or overpack does not ex- (a) An individual package containing ceed 15 watts per square meter and the 2 grams or less of fissile material. immediately surrounding cargo is not (b) An individual or bulk packaging in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form containing 15 grams or less of fissile that would seriously impede air cir- culation for heat removal. material provided the package has at least 200 grams of solid nonfissile ma- (c) Packages or overpacks bearing la- terial for every gram of fissile mate- bels prescribed in § 172.403 of this sub- chapter may not be carried in compart- rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy- ments occupied by passengers, except drogenous material enriched in deute- in those compartments exclusively re- rium may be present in the package served for couriers accompanying those but must not be included in deter- packages. mining the required mass for solid (d) Mixing of different kinds of pack- nonfissile material. ages that include fissile packages is au- (c) Low concentrations of solid fissile thorized only in accordance with material commingled with solid § 173.459. nonfissile material, provide that: (e) No person shall offer for transpor- (1) There is at least 2000 grams of tation or transport aboard a passenger- nonfissile material for every gram of carrying aircraft any single package or fissile material, and overpack with a transport index great- (2) There is no more than 180 grams er than 3.0. of fissile material distributed within

716

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00726 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.461

360 kg of contiguous nonfissile mate- vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy- freight container or on a conveyance drogenous material enriched in deute- may not exceed 100. rium may be present in the package (f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile but must not be included in deter- material packages must satisfy the ra- mining the required mass of solid diation level and administrative re- nonfissile material. quirements of § 173.441(b). (d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235 (g) The number of packages, over- to a maximum of 1 percent by weight, packs and freight containers con- and with total plutonium and uranium- taining fissile material stored in tran- 233 content of up to 1 percent of the sit in any one storage area must be so mass of uranium-235, provided that the limited that the total sum of the CSI’s mass of any beryllium, graphite, and in any group of packages, overpacks or hydrogenous material enriched in deu- freight containers does not exceed 50. terium constitute less than 5 percent of Groups of packages shall be stored so the uranium mass. as to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m (e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate (20 ft) between the closest surfaces of enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum any two groups. of 2 percent by mass, with a total plu- (h) Provisions for shipment by vessel tonium and uranium-233 content not of Class 7 (radioactive) material pack- exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of ages, including fissile material pack- uranium, and with a minimum nitro- ages by vessel are described in gen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2. §§ 176.700–176.720 of this subchapter. The material must be contained in at least a DOT Type A package. [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] (f) Packages containing, individually, a total plutonium mass of not more § 173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile- than 1000 grams, of which not more excepted material packages. than 20 percent by mass may consist of plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any Mixing of fissile material packages combination of these radionuclides. with other types of Class 7 (radio- active) materials in any conveyance or [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] storage location is authorized only if the TI of any single package does not § 173.457 Transportation of fissile ma- exceed 10, the CSI of any single pack- terial packages—specific require- ments. age does not exceed 50, and the provi- sions of §§ 173.441 and 173.457 are satis- (a) Packages containing fissile radio- fied. active material which are not excepted under § 173.453 must be assigned by the [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] offeror, in accordance with their defini- tions in § 173.403, a criticality safety § 173.461 Demonstration of compliance index (CSI) and a transport index (TI). with tests. (b) Fissile material packages and (a) Compliance with the design re- conveyances transporting fissile mate- quirements in § 173.412 and the test re- rial packages must satisfy the radi- quirements in §§ 173.465 through 173.469 ation level restrictions of § 173.441. must be shown by any of the methods (c) Except for consignments under ex- prescribed in this paragraph, or by a clusive use, the CSI of any package or combination of these methods appro- overpack may not exceed 50. A fissile priate for the particular feature being material package with CSI greater evaluated: than 50 must be transported by exclu- (1) Performance of tests with proto- sive use. types or samples of the specimens rep- (d) For non-exclusive use shipments resenting LSA-III, special form Class 7 of fissile material packages, except on (radioactive) material, or packaging, in vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a which case the contents of the pack- freight container or on a conveyance aging for the test must simulate as may not exceed 50. closely as practicable the expected (e) For exclusive use shipments of range of physical properties of the ra- fissile material packages, except on dioactive contents or packaging to be

717

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00727 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.462 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

tested, must be prepared as normally § 173.465 Type A packaging tests. presented for transport. The use of (a) The packaging, with contents, non-radioactive substitute contents is must be capable of withstanding the encouraged provided that the results of water spray, free drop, stacking and the testing take into account the ra- penetration tests prescribed in this sec- dioactive characteristics of the con- tion. One prototype may be used for all tents for which the package is being tests if the requirements of paragraph tested; (b) of this section are met. (2) Reference to a previous, satisfac- tory demonstration of compliance of a (b) Water spray test. The water spray sufficiently similar nature; test must precede each test or test se- (3) Performance of tests with models quence prescribed in this section. The of appropriate scale incorporating water spray test must simulate expo- those features that are significant with sure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm respect to the item under investiga- (2 inches) per hour for at least one tion, when engineering experience has hour. The time interval between the shown results of those tests to be suit- end of the water spray test and the be- able for design purposes. When a scale ginning of the next test must be such model is used, the need for adjusting that the water has soaked in to the certain test parameters, such as the maximum extent without appreciable penetrator diameter or the compres- drying of the exterior of the specimen. sive load, must be taken into account; In the absence of evidence to the con- or trary, this interval may be assumed to (4) Calculations or reasoned evalua- be two hours if the water spray is ap- tion, using reliable and conservative plied from four different directions si- procedures and parameters. multaneously. However, no time inter- (b) With respect to the initial condi- val may elapse if the water spray is ap- tions for the tests under §§ 173.465 plied from each of the four directions through 173.469, except for the water consecutively. immersion tests, compliance must be (c) Free drop test. The specimen must based upon the assumption that the drop onto the target so as to suffer package is in equilibrium at an ambi- maximum damage to the safety fea- ent temperature of 38 °C (100 °F). tures being tested, and: (1) The height of the drop measured [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as from the lowest point of the specimen amended by 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998] to the upper surface of the target may § 173.462 Preparation of specimens for not be less than the distance specified testing. in table 10, for the applicable package mass. The target must be as specified (a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, pro- in § 173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as follows: totype or scale model) must be exam- ined before testing to identify and TABLE 10—FREE DROP DISTANCE FOR TESTING record faults or damage, including: PACKAGES TO NORMAL CONDITIONS OF (1) Divergence from the specifica- TRANSPORT tions or drawings; (2) Defects in construction; Package mass Free drop distance (3) Corrosion or other deterioration; Kilograms (pounds) Meters (Feet) and (4) Distortion of features. < Mass 5000 (11,000) ...... 1.2 (4) (b) Any deviation found under para- 5,000 (11,000) Mass to 10,000 (22,000) 0.9 (3) 10,000 (22,000) Mass to 15,000 graph (a) of this section from the speci- (33,000) ...... 0.6 (2) fied design must be corrected or appro- > 15,000 (33,000) Mass ...... 0.3 (1) priately taken into account in the sub- sequent evaluation. (2) For packages containing fissile (c) The containment system of the material, the free drop test specified in packaging must be clearly specified. paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be (d) The external features of the speci- preceded by a free drop from a height men must be clearly identified so that of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in reference may be made to any part of the case of cylindrical packages, onto it. each of the quarters of each rim.

718

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00728 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.468

(3) For fiberboard or wood rectan- § 173.466 Additional tests for Type A gular packages with a mass of 50 kg packagings designed for liquids and (110 pounds) or less, a separate speci- gases. men must be subjected to a free drop (a) In addition to the tests prescribed onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m in § 173.465, Type A packagings designed (1 foot). for liquids and gases must be capable of (4) For cylindrical fiberboard pack- withstanding the following tests: ages with a mass of 100 kg (220 pounds) (1) Free drop test. The packaging spec- or less, a separate specimen must be imen must drop onto the target so as subjected to a free drop onto each of to suffer the maximum damage to its the quarters of each rim from a height containment. The height of the drop of 0.3 m (1 foot). measured from the lowest part of the (5) The target for the free drop test packaging specimen to the upper sur- must be a flat, horizontal surface of face of the target must be 9 m (30 feet) such mass and rigidity that any in- or greater. The target must be as speci- crease in its resistance to displacement fied in § 173.465(c)(5). or deformation upon impact by the (2) Penetration test. The specimen specimen would not significantly in- must be subjected to the test specified crease the damage to the specimen. in § 173.465(e) except that the height of (d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen the drop must be 1.7 m (5.5 feet). must be subjected for a period of at (b) [Reserved] least 24 hours to a compressive load equivalent to the greater of the fol- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as lowing: amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] (i) Five times the mass of the actual § 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the package; or ability of Type B and fissile mate- (ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals rials packagings to withstand acci- (1.9 psi) multiplied by the vertically dent conditions in transportation. projected area of the package. Each Type B packaging or packaging (2) The compressive load must be ap- for fissile material must meet the test plied uniformly to two opposite sides of requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part the specimen, one of which must be the 71 for ability to withstand accident base on which the package would nor- conditions in transportation. mally rest. (e) Penetration test. For the penetra- § 173.468 Test for LSA-III material. tion test, the specimen must be placed (a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) ma- on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that terial must meet the test requirement will not move significantly while the of paragraph (b) of this section. Any test is being performed. differences between the material to be (1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in di- transported and the test material must ameter with a hemispherical end and a be taken into account in determining mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be whether the test requirements have dropped and directed to fall with its been met. longitudinal axis vertical, onto the (b) Test method. (1) The specimen rep- center of the weakest part of the speci- resenting no less than the entire con- men, so that, if it penetrates far tents of the package must be immersed enough, it will hit the containment for 7 days in water at ambient tem- system. The bar may not be signifi- perature. cantly deformed by the test; and (2) The volume of water to be used in (2) The height of the drop of the bar the test must be sufficient to ensure measured from its lower end to the in- that at the end of the test period the tended point of impact on the upper free volume of the unabsorbed and surface of the specimen must be 1 m unreacted water remaining will be at (3.3 feet) or greater. least 10% of the volume of the speci- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as men itself. amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May (3) The water must have an initial pH 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692, of 6–8 and a maximum conductivity of Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005] 10 micromho/cm at 20 °C (68 °F).

719

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00729 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.469 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

(4) The total activity of the free vol- ardization document ISO 9978–1992(E): ume of water must be measured fol- ‘‘Radiation protection—Sealed radio- lowing the 7 day immersion test and active sources—Leakage test methods’’ must not exceed 0.1 A2. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (b) Test methods—(1) Impact Test. The § 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 specimen must fall onto the target (radioactive) materials. from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or great- (a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive) er. The target must be as specified in materials must meet the test require- § 173.465(c)(5). ments of paragraph (b) of this section. (2) Percussion Test. (i) The specimen Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) mate- must be placed on a sheet of lead that rial or capsule specimen to be tested is supported by a smooth solid surface, must be manufactured or fabricated so and struck by the flat face of a steel that it is representative of the actual billet so as to produce an impact equiv- solid material or capsule that will be alent to that resulting from a free drop transported with the proposed radio- of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3 active content duplicated as closely as feet). practicable. Any differences between (ii) The flat face of the billet must be the material to be transported and the 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the test material, such as the use of non- edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm radioactive contents, must be taken ±0.3 mm (0.12 inch ±0.012 inch). into account in determining whether (iii) The lead must be of hardness the test requirements have been met. number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale The following additional conditions and thickness 2.5 cm (1 inch) or great- apply: er, and must cover an area greater (1) A different specimen may be used than that covered by the specimen. for each of the tests; (iv) A fresh surface of lead must be (2) The specimen may not break or used for each impact. shatter when subjected to the impact, (v) The billet must strike the speci- percussion, or bending tests; men so as to cause maximum damage. (3) The specimen may not melt or disperse when subjected to the heat (3) Bending test. (i) This test applies test; and only to long, slender sources with a (4) After each test, leaktightness or length of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater indispersibility of the specimen must and a length to width ratio of 10 or be determined by— greater. (i) A method no less sensitive than (ii) The specimen must be rigidly the leaching assessment prescribed in clamped in a horizontal position so paragraph (c) of this section. For a cap- that one half of its length protrudes sule resistant to corrosion by water, from the face of the clamp. and which has an internal void volume (iii) The orientation of the specimen greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alter- must be such that the specimen will native to the leaching assessment is a suffer maximum damage when its free demonstration of leaktightness of 10¥4 end is struck by the flat face of a steel torr-1/s (1.3 × 10¥4 atm-cm3/s) based on billet. air at 25 °C (77 °F) and one atmosphere (iv) The billet must strike the speci- differential pressure for solid radio- men so as to produce an impact equiva- active content, or 10¥6 torr-1/s (1.3 × lent to that resulting from a free 10¥6 atm-cm3/s) for liquid or gaseous vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) radioactive content; or through 1 m (3.3 feet). (ii) A specimen that comprises or (v) The flat face of the billet must be simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate- 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the rial contained in a sealed capsule need edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm not be subjected to the leaching assess- ±0.3 mm (.12 inch ±0.012 inch). ment specified in paragraph (c) of this (4) Heat test. The specimen must be section provided it is alternatively sub- heated in air to a temperature of not jected to any of the volumetric leakage less than 800 °C (1475 °F), held at that assessment tests prescribed in the temperature for a period of 10 minutes, International Organization for Stand- and then allowed to cool.

720

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00730 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.471

(c) Leaching assessment methods. (1) exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 For indispersible solid material— microcurie). (i) The specimen shall be immersed (d) A specimen that comprises or for seven days in water at ambient simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate- temperature. The volume of water to rial contained in a sealed capsule need be used in the test shall be sufficient to not be subjected to— ensure that at the end of the seven day (1) The impact test and the percus- test period the free volume of the sion test of this section provided that unabsorbed and unreacted water re- the mass of the special form radio- maining shall be at least 10% of the active material is less than 200 g and it volume of the solid test sample itself. is alternatively subjected to the Class 4 The water shall have an initial pH of 6– impact test prescribed in ISO 2919, 8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/ ‘‘Sealed Radioactive Sources—Classi- m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F). fication’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (ii) The water with specimen must chapter); and then be heated to a temperature of 50 (2) The heat test of this section, pro- °C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at vided the specimen is alternatively this temperature for four hours. subjected to the Class 6 temperature (iii) The activity of the water must test specified in the International Or- then be determined. ganization for Standardization docu- (iv) The specimen shall then be kept ment ISO 2919–1980(e), ‘‘Sealed Radio- for at least seven days in still air at active Sources-Classification.’’ (see not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative § 171.7 of this subchapter) humidity not less than 90%. [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (v) The specimen must then be im- amended at 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR mersed in water under the same condi- 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381, tions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; section, and the water with specimen 69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] must be heated to 50 C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) § 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nu- and maintained at that temperature clear Regulatory Commission ap- for four hours. proved packages. (vi) The activity of the water must In addition to the applicable require- then be determined. The activities de- ments of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory termined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this Commission (NRC) and other require- section and this paragraph, (c)(1)(vi), ments of this subchapter, any offeror of may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 a Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile ma- microcurie). terial package that has been approved (2) For encapsulated material— by the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR (i) The specimen shall be immersed part 71 must also comply with the fol- in water at ambient temperature. The lowing requirements: water shall have an initial pH of 6–8 (a) The offeror shall be registered and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/ with the USNRC as a party to the ° ° m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 C (68 F). packaging approval, and make the (ii) The water and specimen must be shipment in compliance with the terms heated to a temperature of 50 °C ±5° (122 of the packaging approval; °F ±9°) and maintained at this tempera- (b) The outside of each package must ture for four hours. be durably and legibly marked with the (iii) The activity of the water must package identification marking indi- then be determined. cated in the USNRC packaging ap- (iv) The specimen shall then be kept proval; for at least seven days in still air at (c) Each shipping paper related to the not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative shipment of the package must bear the humidity not less than 90%. package identification marking indi- (v) The process in paragraphs cated in the USNRC packaging ap- (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this proval; section must be repeated. (d) Before export shipment of the (vi) The activity determined in para- package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. graph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not Competent Authority Certificate for

721

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00731 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.472 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

that package design, or if one has al- ceived at least 90 days before the re- ready been issued, the offeror shall reg- quested effective date. ister in writing (including a description [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as of the quality assurance program re- amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR quired by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S. 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; Competent Authority as a user of the 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, certificate. (NOTE: The person who 2007] originally applies for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate will be registered § 173.472 Requirements for exporting automatically.) The registration re- DOT Specification Type B and quest must be sent to the Associate fissile packages. Administrator for Hazardous Materials (a) Any offeror who exports a DOT Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- Specification Type B or fissile material portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- package authorized by § 173.416 or sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590– § 173.417 shall comply with paragraphs 0001. Alternatively, the application (b) through (f) of this section. with any attached supporting docu- (b) The shipment must be made in ac- mentation in an appropriate format cordance with the conditions of the may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to U.S. Certificate of Competent Author- (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by ity. electronic mail (e-mail) to (c) The outside of each package must ‘‘[email protected].’’ Upon registration, be durably and legibly marked with the the offeror will be furnished with a package identification marking indi- copy of the certificate. The offeror cated in the U.S. Competent Authority shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Certificate. Competent Authority Certificate ap- (d) Each shipping paper related to the plying to that package design to the shipment of the package must bear the national competent authority of each package identification marking indi- country into or through which the cated in the U.S. Competent Authority package will be transported, unless the Certificate. offeror has documentary evidence that (e) Before export of the package, the a copy has already been furnished; and offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent (e) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package Authority Certificate as required by design, or if one has already been the IAEA regulations must be sub- issued, the offeror shall register in mitted in writing to the Associate Ad- writing (including a description of the ministrator. The request must be in quality assurance program required by triplicate and include copies of the ap- 10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR plicable USNRC packaging approval, 173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Com- USNRC Quality Assurance Program ap- petent Authority as a user of the cer- proval number, and a reproducible 22 tificate. Upon registration, the offeror cm × 30 cm (8.5″×11″) drawing showing will be furnished with a copy of the the make-up of the package. The re- certificate. The offeror shall then sub- quest and accompanying documenta- mit a copy of the U.S. Competent Au- tion must be sent to the Associate Ad- thority Certificate applying to that ministrator for Hazardous Materials package design to the national com- Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- petent authority of each country into portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- or through which the package will be sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590– transported, unless the offeror has doc- 0001. Alternatively, the application umentary evidence that a copy has al- with any attached supporting docu- ready been furnished. mentation in an appropriate format (f) Each request for a U.S. Competent may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to Authority Certificate as required by (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by the IAEA regulations must be sub- electronic mail (e-mail) to mitted in writing to the Associate Ad- ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- ministrator. The request must be in sidered in the order in which it is re- triplicate and must include a descrip- ceived. To allow sufficient time for tion of the quality assurance program consideration, requests must be re- required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H,

722

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00732 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.474

or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a re- by electronic mail to producible 22 cm × 30 cm (8.5″×11″) draw- ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- ing showing the make-up of the pack- sidered in the order in which it is re- age. A copy of the USNRC quality as- ceived. surance program approval will satisfy To allow sufficient time for consider- the requirement for describing the ation, requests must be received at quality assurance program. The re- least 90 days before the requested effec- quest and accompanying documenta- tive date; tion may be sent by mail or other de- (2) Register in writing with the U.S. livery service. Alternatively, the re- Competent Authority as a user of the quest with any attached supporting package covered by the foreign com- documentation submitted in an appro- petent authority certificate and its priate format may be sent by facsimile U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or registration request with any attached by electronic mail (e-mail) to supporting documentation submitted ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- in an appropriate format may be sent sidered in the order in which it is re- by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or ceived. To allow sufficient time for (202) 366–3650, or by electronic mail (e- consideration, requests must be re- mail) to ‘‘[email protected].’’ If the offer- ceived at least 90 days before the re- or is requesting the revalidation, reg- quested effective date. istration is automatic; and [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (3) Supply to the carrier, upon re- amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR quest, the applicable competent au- 61014, Sept. 27, 2002] thority certificates. However, the com- petent authority certificates are not § 173.473 Requirements for foreign- required to accompany the packages to made packages. which they apply. In addition to other applicable re- (b) The outside of each package must quirements of this subchapter, each of- be durably and legibly marked with the feror of a foreign-made Type B(U), competent authority identification Type B(M), Type C, Type CF, Type marking indicated on the Competent H(U), Type H(M), or fissile material Authority Certificate and revalidation. package for which a Competent Au- (c) Each shipping paper for a ship- thority Certificate is required by ment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials IAEA’s ‘‘Regulations for the Safe must bear a notation of the package Transport of Radioactive Material, No. identification marking indicated on TS-R-1, ’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- the competent authority certificate or chapter) shall also comply with the fol- revalidation. lowing requirements: (d) All requirements of the foreign (a) Prior to the shipment of such a competent authority certificate and package of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- the U.S. Competent Authority re- rials into or from the U.S., the offeror validation must be fulfilled. shall— [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (1) Have the foreign competent au- amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR thority certificate revalidated by the 16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. U.S. Competent Authority, unless this 31, 2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004] has been done previously. Each request for revalidation must be submitted to § 173.474 Quality control for construc- the Associate Administrator. The re- tion of packaging. quest must be in triplicate, contain all Prior to the first use of any pack- the information required by Section aging for the shipment of Class 7 (ra- VII of the IAEA regulations in Safety dioactive) material, the offeror shall Series No. 6, and include a copy in determine that— English of the foreign competent au- (a) The packaging meets the quality thority certificate. Alternatively, the of design and construction require- request with any attached supporting ments as specified in this subchapter; documentation submitted in an appro- and priate format may be sent by facsimile (b) The effectiveness of the shielding, (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or containment and, when required, the

723

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00733 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.475 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

heat transfer characteristics of the onstrating that the special form mate- package, are within the limits specified rial meets the requirements of § 173.469. for the package design. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Au- thority issued for the special form ma- § 173.475 Quality control requirements terial may be used to satisfy this re- prior to each shipment of Class 7 quirement. (radioactive) materials. (b) Prior to the first export shipment Before each shipment of any Class 7 of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) (radioactive) materials package, the of- material from the United States, each feror must ensure, by examination or offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent appropriate tests, that— Authority Certificate for the specific (a) The packaging is proper for the material. For special form material contents to be shipped; manufactured outside the United (b) The packaging is in unimpaired States, an IAEA Certificate of Com- physical condition, except for super- petent Authority from the country of ficial marks; origin may be used to meet this re- (c) Each closure device of the pack- quirement. aging, including any required gasket, is (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent properly installed, secured, and free of Authority Certificate as required by defects; the IAEA regulations must be sub- (d) For fissile material, each moder- mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail ator and neutron absorber, if required, or other delivery service to the Asso- is present and in proper condition; ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the (e) Each special instruction for fill- request with any attached supporting ing, closing, and preparation of the documentation submitted in an appro- packaging for shipment has been fol- priate format may be sent by facsimile lowed; (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or (f) Each closure, valve, or other open- by electronic mail (e-mail) to ing of the containment system through ‘‘[email protected].’’. Each request is which the radioactive content might considered in the order in which it is escape is properly closed and sealed; received. To allow sufficient time for (g) Each packaging containing liquid consideration, requests must be re- in excess of an A2 quantity and in- ceived at least 90 days before the re- tended for air shipment has been tested quested effective date. Each petition to show that it will not leak under an for a U.S. Competent Authority Certifi- ambient atmospheric pressure of not cate must include the following infor- more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia). mation: The test must be conducted on the en- (1) A detailed description of the ma- tire containment system, or on any re- terial, or if a capsule, a detailed de- ceptacle or vessel within the contain- scription of the contents. Particular ment system, to determine compliance reference must be made to both phys- with this requirement; ical and chemical states; (h) The internal pressure of the con- (2) A detailed statement of the cap- tainment system will not exceed the sule design and dimensions, including design pressure during transportation; complete engineering drawings [22cm × and 30cm (81⁄2 inches × 11 inches)] and sched- (i) External radiation and contamina- ules of material, and methods of con- tion levels are within the allowable struction; limits specified in this subchapter. (3) A statement of the tests that have been made and their results; or evi- § 173.476 Approval of special form dence based on calculative methods to Class 7 (radioactive) materials. show that the material is able to pass (a) Each offeror of special form Class the tests; or other evidence that the 7 (radioactive) materials must main- special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- tain on file for at least one year after rial complies with § 173.469; the latest shipment, and provide to the (4) For the original request for a Associate Administrator on request, a Competent Authority Certificate, evi- complete safety analysis, including dence of a quality assurance program documentation of any tests, dem- based on international, national or

724

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00734 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. B

other standards, for the design, manu- by electronic mail (e-mail) to facture, testing, documentation, use, [email protected]. Each request is con- maintenance and inspection, as appro- sidered in the order in which it is re- priate, of all special form material of- ceived. To allow sufficient time for fered for transport by the requester; consideration, requests must be re- and ceived at least 90 days before the re- (5) A description of any proposed pre- quested effective date. Each request for shipment actions, such as leak testing, a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for use in the consignment of special must include the following informa- form radioactive material for trans- tion: port. (1) A safety analysis report which, at (d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec- a minimum, provides a detailed de- tion do not apply in those cases where scription of the packaging and con- A1 equals A2 and the material is not re- tents; a description of the manufac- quired to be described on the shipping turing process used for the packaging; papers as ‘‘Radioactive Material, Spe- and details of the tests conducted and cial Form, n.o.s.’’ copy of their results, evidence based on [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as calculative methods to show that the amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR package is able to pass the tests, or 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004] other evidence that the package com- plies with § 173.420; and § 173.477 Approval of packagings con- (2) For the original request for a taining greater than 0.1 kg of non- Competent Authority Certificate, evi- fissile or fissile-excepted uranium dence of a quality assurance program. hexafluoride. (a) Each offeror of a package con- [69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004] taining more than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride must maintain on file for Subparts J–O [Reserved] at least one year after the latest ship- ment, and provide to the Associate Ad- APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] ministrator on request, a complete safety analysis, including documenta- APPENDIX B TO PART 173—PROCEDURE tion of any tests, demonstrating that FOR TESTING CHEMICAL COMPAT- the package meets the requirements of IBILITY AND RATE OF PERMEATION IN § 173.420. An IAEA Certificate of Com- PLASTIC PACKAGING AND RECEP- petent Authority issued for the design TACLES of the packaging containing greater 1. The purpose of this procedure is to deter- than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or fissile-ex- mine the chemical compatibility and perme- cepted uranium hexafluoride may be ability of liquid hazardous materials pack- used to satisfy this requirement. aged in plastic packaging and receptacles. (b) Prior to the first export shipment Alternatives for this procedure are permitted of a package containing greater than as specified in § 173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this sub- 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from chapter. the United States, each offeror shall 2. Compatibility and rate of permeation are determined by subjecting full size plastic obtain a U.S. Competent Authority containers (or smaller containers as per- Certificate for the packaging design. mitted in paragraph 4 of this appendix) and For packagings manufactured outside hazardous material lading to one of the fol- the United States, each offeror shall lowing combinations of time and tempera- comply with § 173.473. ture: (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature Authority Certificate as required by no lower than 18 °C. (64 °F.) the IAEA regulations must be sub- b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail no lower than 50 °C. (122 °F.) or other delivery service to the Asso- c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature no lower than 60 °C. (140 °F.) ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the 3. Regardless of which test method is used, request with any attached supporting at least three sample containers shall be documentation submitted in an appro- tested for each combination of hazardous priate format may be sent by facsimile material and size and design of container. (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or Fill containers to rated capacity with the

725

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00735 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 173, App. C 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

specific hazardous material (at the con- ble-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) centration to be transported) and close as for of one inch. The packages should be con- shipment. For the first and last 24 hours of strained horizontally to prevent them from storage under the selected test method, place falling off the platform, but must be left free the containers with closures downward, ex- to move vertically, bounce and rotate. cept that containers fitted with a vent are so 3. The test must be performed continu- placed on each occasion for five minutes ously for one hour at a frequency that causes only. each package to be raised from the vibrating 4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in platform to such a degree that a piece of ma- those instances where it is not practicable to terial of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) use full size containers, smaller containers thickness (such as steel or paper- may be used. The small container shall be manufactured by the same process as the board) can be passed between the bottom of larger container (for example, using the any package and the platform. same method of molding and processing tem- 4. Immediately following the period of vi- peratures) and be made of identical resins, bration, each package shall be removed from pigments and additives. the platform, turned on its side and observed 5. Determine filled container weight or net for any evidence of leakage. weight of contents both before and after 5. Rupture or leakage from any of the storage under the selected test method. Rate packages constitutes failure of the test. of permeation is determined from loss of haz- ardous materials contents, during the con- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990] duct of the test, expressed as a percentage of the original weight. APPENDIX D TO PART 173—TEST METH- 6. After storage under the selected test ODS FOR DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, method, the container shall be drained, BLASTING, TYPE A) rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water and, with filled container at ambient tem- 1. TEST METHOD D–1—LEAKAGE TEST perature, dropped from a height determined A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long in accordance with § 178.603(e) of this sub- chapter onto a rigid non-resilient, flat and and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch in diameter, with horizontal surface. a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in 7. Each of the following constitute test one end of the wrapper of a dynamite car- failure: tridge. A cork stopper is placed on the bot- a. Visible evidence of permanent deforma- tom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dy- tion due to vapor pressure build-up or col- namite cartridge is placed, perforated end lapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, craz- down, resting on the cork stopper in the cyl- ing, cracking, excessive corrosion, inder. The entire assembly is placed in an oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, rupture oven at 38 °C (100 °F) for 48 hours and then or other defects likely to cause premature examined visually for evidence of leakage. failure or a hazardous condition. b. For materials meeting the definition of 2. TEST METHOD D–2—Centrifugal Exudation a poison according to this subchapter, a rate Test of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined The test apparatus consists of a glass tube, over the test period. For all other hazardous materials, a rate of permeation in excess of 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in di- 2.0% determined over the test period. ameter, with both ends open, and is assem- bled in the following manner: [Amdt. 173–176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as (a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52670 Dec. diameter equal to the inner diameter of the 21, 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– glass tube; 234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45379, Aug. (b) Place a small amount of absorbent cot- 28, 2001] ton on top of the plug; APPENDIX C TO PART 173—PROCEDURE (c) Place a plastic disk that matches the inner diameter to the glass tube and has FOR BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING seven small perforations on top of the cot- Base-level vibration testing shall be con- ton; and ducted as follows: (d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite 1. Three sample packagings, selected at sample on top of the disk. random, must be filled and closed as for ship- The assembled glass tube is then placed in a ment. A non-hazardous material may be used hand-operated centrifuge and spun for one in place of the hazardous material if it has minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute). essentially the same physical characteris- tics. The dynamite sample is then removed from 2. The three packages must be placed on a the glass tube and weighed to determine the vibrating platform that has a vertical dou- percent of weight loss.

726

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00736 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. H

3. TEST METHOD D–3—Compression Exudation (e) A plastic disk that matches the inner Test diameter of the glass tube and has seven small perforations is placed on top of the The entire apparatus for this test is shown in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is con- cotton; ducted using the following procedures: (f) A plastic plug matching the inner di- (a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long ameter of the glass tube is then placed on and one inch in diameter, is held on a wood- top of the disk; en base; (g) The glass tube assembly is placed under (b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is the compression rod, and compression is ap- placed into the bottom of the glass tube; plied by means of the weight on the metal (c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample lever rod. The sample is compressed for one are placed on top of the cotton in the glass minute; and tube; (h) The dynamite sample is then removed (d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is from the glass tube and weighed to deter- placed on top of the dynamite sample; mine the percent of weight loss.

APPENDIXES E–G TO PART 173 2. PRINCIPLE OF THE METHOD [RESERVED] A metal block with a concave depression (test portion well) is heated to a specified APPENDIX H TO PART 173—METHOD OF temperature. A specified volume of the ma- TESTING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUS- terial under test is transferred to the well, TIBILITY and its ability to sustain combustion is noted after application and subsequent re- 1. METHOD moval of a standard flame under specified The method describes a procedure for de- conditions. termining if the material when heated under 3. APPARATUS the test conditions and exposed to an exter- nal source of flame applied in a standard A combustibility tester consisting of a manner sustains combustion. block of aluminum alloy or other corrosion- resistant metal of high thermal conductivity is used. The block has a concave well and a

727

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00737 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC02MR91.067 Pt. 173, App. H 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–11 Edition)

pocket drilled to take a thermometer. A (101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature small gas jet assembly on a swivel is at- for a higher pressure or lowering the test tached to the block. The handle and gas inlet temperature for a lower pressure by 1.0 °C for for the gas jet may be fitted at any conven- each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of ient angle to the gas jet. A suitable appa- the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use ratus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 of the UN the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see (171.7 above the top of the well when in the test po- of this subchapter), and the essential dimen- sition. sions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1 and 32.5.2.2 (c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet of the UN Manual and Tests and Criteria. away from the test position (i.e. in the ‘‘off’’ The following equipment is needed: position, away from the well). Adjust the (a) Gauge, for checking that the height of size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm the center of the gas jet above the top of the high and approximately 5 mm wide. test portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure (d) Using the syringe, take from the sam- 32.5.2.1); ple container at least 2 mL of the sample and (b) Thermometer, mercury in glass, for hori- rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL ±0.1 zontal operation, with a sensitivity not less mL to the well of the combustibility tester ° than 1 mm/ C, or other measuring device of and immediately start the timing device. equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at (e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s), 0.5 °C intervals. When in position in the by which time the test portion is deemed to block, the thermometer bulb must be sur- have reached its equilibrium temperature, rounded with thermally conducting thermo- and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing plastic compound; the test flame into the test position over the (c) Hotplate, fitted with a temperature-con- edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this trol device. (Other types of apparatus with position for 15 s and then return it to the suitable temperature-control facilities may ‘‘off’’ position while observing the behavior be employed to heat the metal block); of the test portion. The test flame must re- (d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing de- main lighted throughout the test. vice; (e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 mL to (f) For each test observe and record: an accuracy of ±0.1 mL; and (i) whether there is ignition and sustained (f) Fuel source, butane test fuel. combustion or flashing, or neither, of the test portion before the test flame is moved 4. SAMPLING into the test position; The sample must be representative of the (ii) whether the test portion ignites while material to be tested and must be supplied the test flame is in the test position, and, if and kept in a tightly closed container prior so, how long combustion is sustained after to test. Because of the possibility of loss of the test flame is returned to the ‘‘off’’ posi- volatile constituents, the sample must re- tion. ceive only the minimum treatment nec- (g) If sustained combustion interpreted in essary to ensure its homogeneity. After re- accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen- moving each test portion, the sample con- dix is not found, repeat the complete proce- tainer must be immediately closed tightly to dure with new test portions, but with a heat- ensure that no volatile components escape ing time of 30 s. from the container; if this closure is incom- (h) If sustained combustion interpreted in plete, an entirely new sample must be taken. accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen- dix is not found at a test temperature of 60 5. PROCEDURE °C (140 °F), repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test tem- Carry out the determination in triplicate. perature of 75 °C (167 °F). In the case of a ma- WARNING—Do not carry out the test in a terial which has a flash point above 60 °C (140 small confined area (for example a glove box) °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), if sustained com- because of the hazard of explosions. bustion interpreted in accordance with para- (a) It is essential that the apparatus be set graph 6. of this appendix is not found at a up in a completely draft-free area (see warn- test temperature of 5 °C (9 °F) above its flash ing) and in the absence of strong light to fa- point, repeat the complete procedure with cilitate observation of flash, flame, etc. new test portions, but at a test temperature (b) Place the metal block on the hotplate of 20 °C (36 °F) above its flash point. or heat the metal block by other suitable means so that its temperature, as indicated 6. INTERPRETATION OF OBSERVATIONS by the thermometer placed in the metal block, is maintained at the specified tem- The material must be assessed either as perature within a tolerance of ±1 °C. For the not sustaining combustion or as sustaining appropriate test temperature, see paragraph combustion. Sustained combustion must be 5.(h) of this appendix. Correct this tempera- reported at either of the heating times if one ture for the difference in barometric pressure of the following occurs with either of the from the standard atmospheric pressure test portions:

728

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00738 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 174

(a) When the test flame is in the ‘‘off’’ posi- hicles, freight containers, and bulk pack- tion, the test portion ignites and sustains ages. combustion; 174.83 Switching placarded rail cars, trans- (b) The test portion ignites while the test port vehicles, freight containers, and flame is in the test position for 15 s, and sus- bulk packagings. tains combustion for more than 15 s after the 174.84 Position in train of loaded placarded test flame has been returned to the ‘‘off’’ po- rail cars, transport vehicles, freight con- sition. tainers or bulk packagings when accom- panied by guards or technical escorts. NOTE TO PARAGRAPH 6 OF THIS APPENDIX: 174.85 Position in train of placarded cars, Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted transport vehicles, freight containers, as sustained combustion. Normally, at the and bulk packagings. end of 15 s, the combustion has either clearly 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. ceased or continues. In cases of doubt, the material must be deemed to sustain combus- Subpart E—Class I (Explosive) Materials tion. [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67517, Dec. 29, 1994, as 174.101 Loading Class 1 (explosive) mate- amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. rials. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, 174.102 Forbidden mixed loading and stor- Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR age. 78634, Dec. 29, 2006] 174.103 Disposition of damaged or astray shipments. 174.104 Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) mate- PART 174—CARRIAGE BY RAIL rials; car selection, preparation, inspec- tion, and certification. Subpart A—General Requirements 174.105 Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials. Sec. 174.106 ‘‘Order-Notify’’ or ‘‘C.O.D.’’ ship- 174.1 Purpose and scope. ments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma- 174.2 Limitation on actions by states, local terials. governments, and Indian tribes. 174.110 Car magazine. 174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials 174.112 Loading Division 1.3 and Division 1.2 shipments. (explosive) materials (Also see § 174.101). 174.5 Carrier’s materials and supplies. 174.114 Record to be made of change of seals 174.9 Safety and security inspection and ac- on ‘‘Cars loaded with Division 1.1 or 1.2 ceptance. (explosive) materials’’. 174.14 Movements to be expedited. 174.115 Loading Division 1.4 (explosive) ma- 174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous terials. materials at destination. 174.20 Local or carrier restrictions. Subpart F—Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Gases) Materials Subpart B—General Operating Requirements 174.200 Special handling requirements. 174.201 Class 2 (gases) material cylinders. 174.24 Shipping papers. 174.204 Tank car delivery of gases, including 174.26 Notice to train crews. cryogenic liquids. 174.50 Nonconforming or leaking packages. 174.290 Materials extremely poisonous by inhalation shipped by, for, or to the De- Subpart C—General Handling and Loading partment of Defense. Requirements Subpart G—Detailed Requirements for 174.55 General requirements. Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials 174.57 Cleaning cars. 174.59 Marking and placarding of rail cars. 174.300 Special handling requirements. 174.61 Transport vehicles and freight con- 174.304 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials tainers on flat cars. in tank cars. 174.63 Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, IBCs, Large Packagings, cargo tanks, Subparts H–I [Reserved] and multi-unit tank car tanks. 174.67 Tank car unloading. Subpart J—Detailed Requirements for 174.81 Segregation of hazardous materials. Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials Subpart D—Handling of Placarded Rail 174.600 Special handling requirements for Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight materials extremely poisonous by inha- Containers lation. 174.615 Cleaning cars. 174.82 General requirements for the han- 174.680 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials dling of placarded rail cars, transport ve- with foodstuffs.

729

VerDate Mar<15>2010 13:51 Nov 28, 2011 Jkt 223215 PO 00000 Frm 00739 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150